Full text of "Year-Book of Pharmacy, comprising abstracts of papers relating to pharmacy, materia medica and chemistry contributed to British and foreign journals with Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference"

ifi^

#lll

Library

Ontario College

Pharmacy

isasPisiarprasissssBFtEfs

ONTARld

COLLEGE OF PHARMACY

-44 gerrard st. e.
Toronto,

RULES REGARDING BOOKS.

Each student on taking a book from
the Library becomes responsible for the loss
or damage of the same.

The Librarian shall examine every book
returned, and if the same be found marked,
or spotted with ink, with leaves turned down,
or in any way injured, the borrower shall
have the loss deducted from his deposit.

Through the day, books must be re-
turned on leaving the reading room.

From 3.30 to 4 p.m. a book may be
obtained for home reading, but must be re-
turned by 10 a.m. the following morning.
For longer detention a fine of 5 cents per
hour will be imposed.

O 4

« I

^ s

• Q J

? ts 5

C ^ -3

^ ^',5 5

(fig I. .iz; ,.

55f

pqcc

S CJ ft H ■;

n:«^

CO O^-^

E-i ^ "2
W « J

>-r-( O -2
•■^ &i s
F— I ^

A> CO £ C «S C

w;
w

w '

CQ a OC

"^ OC 00

it2

5; <» z

iH cc ^ 2

'-' o « 2

g K e o

?; £■

2 I"!

I <

i ^

Z CO o"

2 t: OC

. c CO
aw'"'

Ex S

B «'-<

K X D

w x"

.-I ,H E-.

^ ^ ^^

d ^^■

>^g -02

i-H __ . ^ ri 1-5

ft o -^ iJ Z

="- 2! ^ "^ W

O '-I O . <)
OC . » H, ^

or" J. t^ T .

, rr. "-I X

t- X

■cc

1-1 '.'- r.

- t^ a o 6- H

ft.

f^x X

>'^ -ckSO

«C r/ • OQ

^ 9 ^- K cq

CO ^ % • fL(

►^ -*1 b>. o CC

?; H 5 g ^"

l-( "^ fi| • CO
, . ,Ph 1-1
»c > c^ -

I 1^ I iH
-^ .-.C I

5£ t-H t^ O

X I X X

I-H C " X

. '-'5

•;»:o -x^

.!^ "^ *-| '•^

* S o P g oo
■c a; c~ ~ o

"* £ ■£ ° g S
c K c o ^ -a

•.S C ~ £ i cS
O C a; r_

S g.E E-n 3

s- ffi .^ S i ^
''^^ a; S.O C

H gi-r ^-■-
U g.2

73 r^x "^ •; E •=

Pi .s :■ i ffl §

^tB r, ~ ;: £ a:

n o

=-;^^

n ^ cm-i cc p ^

O J°

o i^"*- t. o ^
■ V "= S o g5 ~

^-^ ^ JD C "^ ■-*

I ■=•=*'■ £' S r?

Pi fN-i?l

c o

- ' o :3
5^U C

a^ 5

£3

S .

^ S2 E 5 g

— t C " ■* ^ *J

■-^ C-tt

1*^ i

CQ Si

2 O^ S .^T- o

■3 a c

Pi ?<
O c S
fe Eh

S >■■ =
O 5^

Wis •- c
.= C IC c
^ a a ■'- -.

c c = S S =s .

W ^c-^rsi §

cs s E - y S o

E ^ r^ C r* ^ rH

E 5 2 c i; a .H

t, I a; C-'Z g (B

o P ^2 ^'S i=

£ > (. 1^ c
c c e c ^ o

P o fl

5 c^

111

•-co

-J ^.2 a
H g o ce _ •

^^00^-"-QU ffl
>-< 0*tCc^^ "^ •

PC Sr^ -fjqa.'S ^ t^
^ "T t; ■■- !^-.-<^ o — ^

73:ScCg:c: :=g

r_ .s = „ <D -^ ^

C/3=gcE-S!a g?
J 1- 1. •— . g ca •« s

B §■= -^ s J^ § °i

g-pg||g ll

<ib§iri. So

W- S ^ ■• "- S c-

>T-( s-JS&.j;fc!a!
^ cCciC£_-2 5'C

■H£<gi§Ei-^

g2!«.2H

. ^ -c ^ s e
- f « £ ^ 2 03 2

Eogc'^&.^C.D

C .C J= -C -C r, ^.ffl P

_ . c g'ja " g— o
o ^- (S J <c £ =i £ '-•

u-gE.||=E=-S
X P.= ibO c <^ k o

.g§ § ° 2

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY

COMPEISIXG

ABSTEACTS OF PAPEES

RELATING TO

PHARMACY, MATERIA MEDICA, AND CHEMISTRY

CONTRIBUTED TO BRITISH AND FOREIGN JOURNALS,
FROM JULY 1, 1886, TO JUNE 30,

1887. p On/^

^0^ /o

'To

WITH THE 0/\y>- ' • ^

TEANSACTIONS

OF THE

BEITISH PHARMACEUTICAL
CONFEEENCE

AT THE

TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING

HELD AT

AUGUST, 1887.

LONDON:
J. & A. CHURCHILL, 11, NEW BURLINGTON STREET.

MDCCCLXXXVII.

YEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY AND TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BntisI) ^3l)armarfutiral Confercnrf.

1886-87.

Committee of Publication.

F. B. BENGER, F.C.S.

President of the Conference, 1887-88.

S. R. ATKINS, J.P.
MICHAEL CARTEIGHE, F.I.C., F.C.S.
THOMAS B. GROVES, F.C.S.
RICHARD REYNOLDS, F.C.S.

SIDNEY PLOWMAN, F.R.C.S.
Secretary to the Committee.

Editor of the Y'ear-Book,
LOUIS SIEBOLD, F.I.C., F.C.S.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

OFFICERS FOR 1887-88.

President.
F. B. BENGER, F.C.S., Manchester.

Vice-Presidents,
WIm have filled the office of President.
Pkof. BENTLEY, F.L.S., M.R.C.S., London.
H. B. BRADY, F.R.S., etc., Newcastle-on-Tyne.
THOMAS B. GROYES, F.C.S., Weymouth.
Prof. REDWOOD, Ph.D., F.I.C, F.C.S., London.
G. F. SCHACHT, F.C.S., Clifton, Bristol.
RICHARD REYNOLDS, F.C.S., Leeds.
Prof. ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.I.C, F.C.S., Londo
JOHN WILLIAMS, F.I.C, F.CS., London.
J. B. STEPHENSON, Edinburgh.
THOMAS GREENISH, F.C.S., F.R.M.S., London.
S. R. ATKINS, J.P., Salisbury.

Vice-Presidents.
M. CARTEIGHE, F.I.C, F.CS., London.
S. PLOWMAN, F.R.CS., London.
C SYMES, Ph.D., Liverpool.
W. MARTINDALE, F.CS., London.

Treasurer.

C UMNEY, F.I.C, F.CS., London.

Honorary General Secretaries.

JOHN C THRESH, D.Sc, F.C.S., Buxton.

W. A. H. NAYLOR, F.I.C, F.CS., London.

Other Members of Executive Committee.

T. MABEN, Hawick.
N. H. MARTIN, F.L.S., Newcastle-on-
Tyne.

F. RANSOM, Hitchin.

G. S. WOOLLEY, Manchester.
Three retire

W. N. ALLEN, Dublin.

M. CONROY, F.CS., Liverpool.

R. H. DAVIES, F.I.C, F.CS., London

D. B. DOTT, F.R.S.E., Edinburgh.

A. W. GERRARD, F.CS., London.

These Officers collectively constitute the Executive Committee.
annually, being eligible for re-election.

Assistant Secretary.
J. C NIGHTINGALE, London.

Auditors.
W. WILKINSON, Manchester.

Honorary Colonial Secretaries.

For Bengal ....
Bombay ....
Canada ....
Cape Colony and Natal
Madras ....
New South Walks
New Zealand .
South Australia .
Tasmania

Victoria ....
West Indies .

C N. KERNOT, M.D., etc., Calcutta.

E. BEYNON, Bombay.

A. H. MASON, F.CS., Montreal.

A. WALSH, Port Elizabeth.

D. HOOPER, F.CS., Ootacamund.

T. M. WILKINSON, Dunedin.
J. PARKER, Adelaide.
A. P. MILLER, Hobart.

W. C. ROSS, Port of Spain.

. a

H W

tn O

Ph o

oH w'

iJ o
tnt/5

Ph O

I— i .

> „

1-3 tn"

-co

§d

-<! ^^ <

-*1 CO

03 S
. <

«3

CD b:

OPh

^«2

P2 5

PiC

^02 a?c

-pq ^

W CO

'■^

P5
^"o2

< o

[V, Z

P3h^

o .
OOQ

!^9
-« ►J

.^d

.Eq
CO ~

• CO

iJ Q
r" 1^

m O

<: Hi
;533

d^ d^

CO Q

t=p5
HP^

2 o

v:fe

tl o

. u

SP3

E-!p^

w w

•^ ^

•E

p ^

m |-:cQ

«^d

- o

-:2

rv' ^

si ^q

< a

Id ^.d

Eh ^

- O

£02

O O

o o

;^d p^i-;

la O

< .

t=.=H -^^^ «*;« p=;

ehp5 Ph?5 Ph;

«o

f- O

^q q

I- - w a

£^

SP-,

d^-i
d9

= o

- .^

5C<

. «

< z.

< .

p >^ p 5

P- J P^ z
, o « -

mo « r-

dd d^

t/jSQ oi^

2 5
w a
^ s

'X.

)

o
fa

1-3

ar;

^
s

r;
<

c
2

•^^

1—

i-s

1-^

•

□

^ ^

.-( M

•02

^^'S

'^1 w

.Or-

=^'^^^:d

^-.^-

t^q Qfa

-^ re.

p'^- ^^d

.3 a sT-H

.p^

Ph J a^/

■z. -■£

< a c

a z z ^-

£;3 ►^ 3

S « Hi

<% %%

gd«.

u: = m o

z z<t;

o o

fa;5 fa"S

M-^^

O ^"^ -* '>!'

oco'aT

CC l^ CO CO

cooo »

CO >CO CO CO

CO 00 CB

t-H rH »-H i-H

l-H »— 1 ,—(

o o o o

o o o

CI '^ -o

O — l^ 30

CO 3D CO X)

^^;^

T-H (— (

t: J S

« S i

"*— '

a^ w

■r

c»H-;

a^'^fa

•

fa "

-<«

^ >"

£g

a! S

ot^

-)< CO

» CO

00 » CO 00

I-H

r—<

t— 1 I-H

t^-f

>.CO

CO CO CO CO

S.O

THE

BRITISE PHARMACEUTICAL COiNFERENCE.

AN ORGANIZATION ESTABLISHED IN 18G3 FOR THE ENCOURAGE-
MENT OF PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH. AND THE PROMOTION OF
FRIENDLY INTERCOURSE AND UNION AMONGST PHARMACISTS.

The most important ways in which a member can aid the objects of
the Conference are by suggesting subjects for investigation, working
upon subjects suggested by himself or by others, contributing infor-
mation tending to throw light on questions relating to adulterations
and impurities, or collecting and forwarding specimens whose exa-
mination would afford similar information. Personal attendance at
the yearly gatherings, or the mere payment of the annual subscrip-
tion, will also greatly strengthen the hands of the executive.

A list of subjects suggested for research is sent to members early
in the year. Resulting papers are read at the annual meeting of the
members ; but new facts that are discovered during an investigation
may be at once published by an author at a meeting of a scientific
society, or in a scientifie journal, or in any other way he may desire ;
in that case, he is expected to send a short report on the subject to
the Conference.

The annual meetings are usually held in the provinces, at the
time and place of the visit of the British Association ; that for
1888 will be held at Bath.

Gentlemen desiring to join the Conference can be nominated at
any time on applying to the Secretary, or any other officer or
member. The yearly subscription is payable in advance, on July
1st. The amount, which includes free delivery of the Year-Book,
is 7s. 6d. for members residing in any European country, Canada,
or the United States of America. For those resident in other
countries, if the Year-Book be mailed direct to members, it is as
follows : — Australasian Colonies, 10s. ; South Africa, India, China,
and Japan, 9s. 6d. ; West Indies and Mauritius, 8s. lOJ. Further
information may be obtained from

The Asst. Secretart ; Brit. Pharm. Conf.,

17, Bloomsbury Squai'e, London, W.C.

THE YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.
The Conference annually presents to members a volume of about
600 pages, containing the proceedings at the yearly meeting, and an
Annual Report on the Progress of Pharmacy, or Year-Book, which
includes notices of all pharmaceutical papers, new processes, prepa-
rations, and formulae published throughout the world. The neces-
sary fund for accomplishing this object consists solely of the sub-
scriptions of members. The Executive Committee, therefore, call
on every pharmacist — principal, assistant, or pupil — to offer his
name for election, and on every member to make an effort to obtain
more members. The price of the Year-Book to non-members is
ten shillings. The constitution and rules of the Conference, and a
convenient form of nomination, will be found at page 339.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PAGB

Introduction 1

Chemistry ............. 19

Materia Medica and Pharmacy ......... 147

Notes and Formulae 281

Bibliography 321

Constitution and Rules of the British Pharmaceutical Conference . . 839

Honorary Members of the Conference ....... 340

Foreign and Colonial Members ......... 341

Home Members ............ 350

Societies and Associations invited to send Delegates to the Annual Meeting 384

Presentation Copies of the Year-Book, to whom forwarded . . . 386

List of Journals presented to the Conference ...... 386

Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference .... 387

Unofficial Formulary 583

General Index ............ 599

INTEODUCTIOX.

The pages of tlii.s volume furnisli evidence tliat the steady growth
of the various sciences bearing on pharmacy has been more than
maintained during the past year, both as regards the niimber and
importance of the contributions to their literature. The reader
who has watched the pi'Ogi'ess of organic chemistry -within the last
decade, and has followed, step by step, the advance in the direc-
tion of organic synthesis, is fully aware that the artificial produc-
tion of vegetable alkaloids and similar active principles, which
but a few years ago seemed little more than a fond dream, has
now become a reality, and is the outcome, not of accidental dis-
covery, but of close and systematic studies of the constitution of
those bodies. As a striking success in this direction we refer to
the complete synthesis of conine recently accomplished by A.
Ladenburg. It will be remembered, from his previous reseai'ches,
that the action of paraldehyde on a-picoline leads to the formation
of a-allylpyridine, and that this bod}-, when treated with i-educing
agents, yields a-propylpiperidine, a base agreeing in most of its
properties with conine, but differing from it by its optical inac-
tivity and the lower melting point of its hydrochloride. Subse-
quently, however, this untiring investigator succeeded in splitting
up the inactive product into a dextrorotatory and a laevorotatory
base, the former of which proved to be identical in every respect
Avith natural conine. This remarkable result acquires special
significance from the fact that a-picoline can be synthetically
built up by a series of reactions beginning with the formation of
acetic acid from its elements, and that the preparation of conine
from a-picoline therefore constitutes the first instance, in the
strictest sense of the term, of the complete synthesis of an im-
portant vegetable alkaloid.

A. Ladenburg also publishes an account of methyl-, etliyl-, and
isopropyl-pyridines, and of the corresponding piperidine bases
produced from alcoholic solutions of the former by reduction with
.sodium. Piperidine obtained in this way is stated to be identical

2. INTIJODUCTION.

with tlio alkaloid prepared from piporine. L. Storcli has effected
the synthesis of a unmher of pyridine bases by heating glycerin
with a strong solution of ammoniiiin sulphate and sulphuric acid,
and a similar result has been obtained by J. Plochl with am-
monium chloride by the action of aldehydes at a high temperature.
The transformation of citric acid into pyridiue-derivatives is
reported upon by S. Ruiiemann.

In order to throw further light on the alleged presence in
strychnine of a phenylpyridine- as well as a quinoline-group, C.
Stoehr has distilled this base with alkali, and has thus obtained, in
addition to a hydride of pyridine, y-picoline, identified as such by
its crystalline form and melting point, as well as by the composition
of its auro- and mercuro-chlorides. A crystalline dihydrate of
strychnine is described by AV. F. Loebisch and P. Schoop, who
also give an account of a fiuoi-escent derivative of this alkaloid
prepared by distilling str^^chnine with zinc-dust. The constitu-
tion of brucine has been further investigated by A. Hanssen, who
arrives at tlie conclusion that this base contains dimethoxyphenyl-
pyridine in addition to a quinoline-group.

A recent report on morphine by D. B. Dott and R. Stockman
deals with the methyl-, ethyl-, and acetyl-derivatives of this base,
and shows that metliylmorphine (codeine), prepared from mor-
phine, agrees as perfectly with codeine from opium in its physio-
logical properties as it does in its chemical and physical characters.
The same physiological properties are shared by ethylmorphine ;
l»ut dimethyl morphine is found to be quite dis.'^iniilar in its action
from the morphine group ; while in the acetyl-derivative the diffei--
ence from morphine consists merely in a slight increase of the
narcotic and tetanizing effects. In another paper, D. B. Dott
refers to the meconatcs of morphine, and records the result of
experiments rendering the existence of an acid meconate veiy
doubtful. F. Ditzler has investigated the behaviour of morphine
towards potassium chromate, and finds that solutions of salts
of this alkaloid, when shaken with excess of potassium chromate,
give a precipitate of morphine; whilst morphine clu'omate is
precipitated when only very small quantities of the reagent are
gradually added. The British Medical Jourual publishes an obser-
vation to the effect that a solution of morphine hydrochlorate,
whicli had been employed subcutaneously, was found, eleven
months later, to produce violent emetic effects, due to the spon-
tiiTieous formation of apomorphinc. No such change, however, has
been noticed by other observers ; and in the absence of confirma-

INTKODUCTION. O

tory evidence on this point, the statement in question shoaki be
received with due reservation. The conversion of morphine into
pseudomorphine may be readily effected, according to 0. Hesse,
1)y addino- a solution of potassium hydrate and potassium ferri-
eyanide, containing two molecular weights of the former to one of
the latter, to a solution of pure morphine hydrochlorate in forty
parts of wat<}r. The same author now accepts Polstorff's formula
for pseudomorphine in the place of the one previously proposed
by himself. G. Goldschmiedt defends the formula CogH^iNO^,
against Co^ Ho^ N 0^, as found by other chemists, and is supported
in this view by R. Jahoda. Recent researches on tliebaine, by W.
C. Howai'd and W. Roser, confirm the conclusion that this body is
a tertiary base, and that it may be regarded as the dimethyl ether
of morphothebaine. Additional information respecting the alka-
hiid cryptopine is furnished by E. Kauder in a communication
I'cad before the British Pharmaceutical Conference. A paper by
P. C. Plugge deals with the opium alkaloids in general and with
the classifica-tion and arrangement of tliese bases in accordance
with their properties and reactions.

It will be remembered that the substance Avhich, under the
name of " hopeine," was brought to the notice of the profession
(Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 188G, 57), as a crystallizable narcotic
alkaloid obtained from wild American hops, was subsequently
])roved to consist of morphine and a variable proportion of another
l)ase. W. Williamson now applies this name to the alkaloid
tlistinct from morphine, and gives a description of its properties ;
but the subject still remains in an unsatisfactory condition calling
foi' further investigation.

Continuing his experiments on the preparation of aconitine,
J. Williams has elaboi-ated a new process consisting in the exhaus-
tion of the ground i^oot of Aconituia Napellns with amyl alcohol,
the removal of the alkaloid from the solution thus obtained by
shaking with acidulated water, its subsequent precipitation from
tlie acid liquid by means of sodium carbonate, and final purification
of the product by crystallization from ether.

A careful investigation of emetine leads H. Kunz to tlie con-
clusion that this substance is a biacid base and a tertiary diamine^
like quinine. He considers that its elementary composition is
represented by the foi-mula CgoHjoNo O5, which differs by Co from
that attributed to the alkaloid by Lefort and Wurtz. It is thought
]n'obable that emetine, like quinine, is a quinoline derivative.

In a contribution to the lecent meeting of the British Pharma-

4 INTRODUCTION.

ceiitieal Conference, J. Williams recommends a new process for
the purification of cocaine liydroclilorate, Avhicli is based on the
insolubility of this salt in ether. The so-called amorphous cocaine,
the true nature of which seems to have escaped the observation of
previous investigatoi'S, has been re-examined by R. Stockman, and
shown to be a solution of ordinary crystalline cocaine in liygrin,
the liquid alkaloid which is also present in coca leaves. This
body is extracted from the leaves in greater or less amount, along
with the cocaine, by the processes which are now used by manufac-
turers, and its presence is stated to account for the disagreeable
properties and effects which have been observed in many samples
of the liydroclilorate.

The chemistry of coffee and its alkaloid caffeine has engaged the
attention of B. H. Paul and A. J. Cownley, whose researches prove
that the discordant statements hitherto published in reference to
the amount of this principle present in coffee must be ascribed to
defective methods of analysis. So far from this propoi'tion being
subject to much variation, it shows a most remai'kable constancy ;
so much so, indeed, that it may be relied on as tiie basis of a
method for the direct determination of the percentage of pure
coffee in any sample of ground coffee, whether sold as such or as a
mixture.

The alkaloids of lierljen's vulgaris have been re-investigated by
0. Hesse, wlio considers that the root of this plant contains at least
four sucli bodies beside berberine. Of these he describes especially
oxyacanthine, and a new base obtained by him fi"om the mother-
liquors of oxyacanthine, which he proposes to name herhamine.
A report on berberine by E. Schmidt and C. Schilbach deals with
products obtained from this base by oxidation with potassium
permanganate in alkaline solution. The formula of hydi-astine is
corrected to C^i H^^ N Og by ]M. Freund and W. Will, avIio also
give a description of the decomposition-products hydrastiuine,
hydro-hydrastinine, and hydrastinic acid. Gelscmium root is found
by F. A. Thompson to contain two distinct alkaloids, one of which
is crystalline and forms an insoluble hj'drochlorate, while the
other is amorphous and yields a hydrochlorate soluble in its own
weight of water. The former of these, for which the name
'• gelseniinc" is retained, corresponds to the formula CVtHg^N^Oj^.
Conessine, the base recently extracted from East Indian Holarrhena,
is believed b}^ K. Polstorft' to be identical with that obtained by
Haines from Wrighiia. Pilocarpine, pilocai-pidine, and jaborine
have been fu)-ther investigated by F. Hardy and G. Calmcls ; and

IXTiiUUL'CTlOX. O

the same service lias been performed for colclucino bj S. Zeisel.
Many other vegetable alkaloids discussed or isolated during the
past year must be left iinnoticed in this place for want of space.

The literature of ptomaines never fails to receive fresh contri-
butions. C. Gram has studied the transformation of choline into
the trimethylvinylammonium base, a poisonous product, which,
according to Brieger is a frequent constituent of putrid matter,
and is foi'med from choline by the action of putrefactive micro-
phytes. It is found that the same change can also be effected by
purely chemical means. Cadaverine is shown by A. Ladenburg
to be identical with pentamethylenediamine, with which it agrees
in its boiling-point, odour, solubility, and its general reactions, as
well as in the composition of the respective niercuriochlorides. A
poisonous ptomaine, to which the name lactotoxine is given, is de-
scribed by E. H. Firth and others as a product of the decomposition
of milli:. The importance of ptomaines in forensic investigations
has induced H. Beckurts to deal with the entire subject in a
valuable essay reviewing the Avork of the last few years in con-
nection with this subject.

In a report on snake poison, R. N. Wolfenden states that the
venom of the Indian cobra does not owe its toxicity to any alkaloid,
ptomaine, or living organisms, and that the crystalline constituent
which has been described under the name of cobric acid is nothing
but calcium sulphate. He attributes the poisonous properties of
the vemon to its prote'id constituents, and more especially to
globulin and syntonin. Gr. Haberlandt believes that the poison of
the stinging nettle is also due to an albuminoid, and disposes of
the fallacy of attributing the irritating effects of the sting of this
plant to formic acid.

Glycyphyllin, the sweet principle extracted from the leaves of
Smilax glycypliylla, has been fui'ther investigated by E. H. Rennie,
who reports that the formula previously published for this substance
should be replaced by Cj H^^ Og. Rottlerin, extracted from karaala
by means of carbon bisulphide or benzene, is stated by L. Jawein
to agree in its general characters, but not in its composition, with
the principle described by Anderson. The wood of Fterocarpus
Santalinus has yielded to P. Cazeneuve and L. Hugounenq two
new crystalline principles, for which the names pterocarpine and
homopterocarpine are proposed respectively. The ripe berries of
the mountain ash are found by C. Vincent and M. Delachanal to
contain, in addition to soi-bine and glucose, an astinngent principle
having a very acid reaction and approximating closely to caffeo-

6 INTRODUCTION.

tannic acid, ami in some i-cspocts also to niorintainiic acid. Tlic
tannin of oalc bark is considered by C. Bottinger as a methyl salt
of digallic acid.

H. Bungener supplies some fni-ther information respecting
]ii])nlic acid, the bitter principle isolated by him from hops, from
which it may be readily obtained by extracting with light petro-
leum, and purifying by repeated recrystallization. This acid is
rapidly oxidized by the air, being converted into an amorphous,
yellow, resinous compound which forms a very bitter yellow solu-
tion ; and it is to this compound, rather than to unaltered lupulic
acid, that the bitterness of beer is asci'ibed. This resinous oxida-
tion product of lupulic acid is also found to have an antiseptic
action on the lactic ferment, though it is said to be without effect
on alcoholic and acetic fermentations. In an article on jervic
and chelidoninic acids, by E. Schmidt, the former is stated lo
be identical with chelidonic, and the latter Avith succinic acid.
Aconitic acid may be conveniently prepared, according to AV.
Hcntschel, by heating two parts of citric acid with an equal
Aveight of sulphuric acid and one part of water in a reflux appa-
ratus from four to six hours.

Anacardic acid, which was originally obtained by Staedler
i'rom the oil contained in the shell of tlie fruit of Auacariliinn
occidentah, is found by S. Ruhemann and S. Skinner to have a
composition answering to the formula Coj Hgo Og. The acid ex-
tracted from hemp oil by saponification is i-egarded by A. Bauer
and K. Haznra, as identical with linoleic acid. The formula for
linoleic acid, Cjg H^gOo, according to which this body would be the
jsologue of palmitic acid, aud convertible into the latter by hydnj-
genising agents, is called in question by K. Peters, who obtained
stearic instead of palmitic acid on heating the acid with such
agents. His analytical numbers agree better with the formula
CjyHogOo, than with the one before mentioned. Erucic and brassic
acids, and their glyceryl compounds, form the subject of a paper
published by C. L. Heimer and W. Will.

,1. F. Eykman calls attention to the occuri-encc of cinnamic aciil
in plants belonging to Ihe order Ericacerr, fi-om a member of
which he has succeeded in extracting this acid by means of chloro
form. Benzoic acid is shown to be convertible into salicylic acid
liy a suitable treatment with hydi-ogen peroxide. A report on
substitu<ion-])roducts of salicylic acid deals with chloro-, iodo-, and
nitro-derivatives of this acid. Phenyl salicylate, which a short
time ago was bi-onglit to the notice of the medical profession

INTRODUCTION. 7

under the uamc of salol, is shown by C. Kolbe to be obtained by
heating together equivalent quantities of salieyhate and carbohxte
of sodium in the presence of phosphorus pentachloride, the end
products of the reaction being sodium chloride, phosphoric anhy-
dride, and salol. Attention is directed by F. H. Alcock to the
variable nature, both as regards composition and charactei'S, of
salicylate of zinc as met with in commerce.

Further researches respecting the constitution of safrole, the
main constituent of oil of sassafras, have induced T. Poleck to
adopt Eykman's formula, Co H-. Cg H5 (0 H). O Me, in place of the
one previously proposed by himself. The substance known as
terpinol proved to be a mixture consisting chiefly of a compound
which is either identical or isomorphous with caoutchine raono-
hydi-ate, and is provisionally named terpol.

The oxidizing effects of oil of turpentine in the presence of air
have been studied with respect to alcohol by C. E. Steedman, and
shown to result in the conversion of the latter into acetic acid
after long exposure.

fjr. Michaelis and W. T. Mayer publi.sli a process for the prepa-
ration of chloroform, Avhich consists in subjecting crude acetates
to dry distillation at temperatures vai'ying between 300° and 500°,
treating the products with hypochlorites, separating the chloro-
form thus formed by distillation, and purifying by rectification.

An exaggerated estimate seems to have been formed hitherto of
the volatility of glycerin during the evaporation of its aqueous
solutions. 0. Hehner, who has recently investigated this subject,
finds that not the slightest loss occurs under such circumstances
from solutions containing less than 50 per cent, of glycerin.

The conversion of glucose into dextrin is effected by E. Grimaux
and L. Lefevi-e, by evaporating a solution of the former in hydio-
chloric acid of 1"026 sp. gr. in vacuo to the consistence of a syrup,
then precipitating by alcohol, and repeatedly purifying the pro-
duct. The dextrin thus obtained is not coloured by iodine, is left
unaffected by infusion of malt, and undergoes hydration somewhat
slowly when boiled with dilute acids. The glucose formed from
it by the action of acids is readily fermentable. The oxidation of
glucose by means of potassium permanganate is found to be com-
plete if the latter be used in excess and the .solution boiled, the
product of the reaction being carbonic anhydride, Avater, and
potassium hydromanganite, KHsMn^OiQ. With smaller propor-
tions of permanganate, and at lower temperatures, oxalic and
formic acids are formed, and a portion of the glucose may remain

O INTRODUCTION.

unaltcveil. The so-called soluble starch contained in vegetable
tissues does not appear to be a carbohydrate analogous to ordinaiy
starch ; but whether it is an albuminoid, as suggested by Niigeli,
or a tannin, as believed b}' Kraus, remains as yet undecided.
Inositc, the erystallizable carbohydrate contained in Avalnut leaves,
forms the subject of a paper by L. Maquenne, who attributes to it
the formula Cg H^.i O^, + 2HoO. A new carbohydrate, described
under the name of irisin, has been extracted by 0. Wallach from
the rhizome of the Avater-lily. It corresponds to the formula
Cg H^y O5 + Ho 0, and closely resembles inulin, from Avhich it
differs, however, by its more powerful action on polarised light.

Saccharin, the coal-tar derivative, whicli a short time ago
attracted much attention on account of its intense sweetness, is
stated by Aducco and Mosso to possess antifermentative i^roperties
equal to those of benzoic or boracic acid. The conclusions arrived
at by Stutzer concerning the innocuousness of this substance when
taken into the human body are fully confirmed by E. Salkowski ;
and it is further stated to cause no increase in tlie quantity of
urine or sugar passed Avhen given to diabetic patients.

The individuality of the new element, "germanium," may now
be considered as conclusively established ; and a complete descrip-
tion of its properties and its compounds with oxygon, sulphur,
chlorine, and iodine, will be fouiul in this volume. It is stated to
occupy a position between gallium and arsenic in the periodic
arrangement of the elements.

H. Sclnvarz points out that pure hydrogen may be conA-enientlj'
prepared by heating a mixture of 20 parts of zinc dust with 22*8
parts of calcium hydrate in a combustion tube. By substituting
for the latter 80 parts of calcium carbonate, pure carbonic oxide
may be obtained. The i-emoval of organic impurity from water
by means of alum has been tested in a further seines of expei'i-
ments by P. T. Austin, who ari-ivcs at the conclusion that this
method of pui-ification deserves to be strongly recommended. The
observation that soft waters containing mere traces of silica have
a marked solvent action on lead, Avhile those containing silica in
the proportion of half a grain or more per gallon do not dissolve
this metal, has led to the recommendation of a ]>i"ocess of artificial
silication, by Avhich the action of tlie water on lead pipes is
I'cdnced to a minimum.

The, reaction between potassium jiermanganate and sodium hypo-
sulphite is shown by ^T. Glaser to result in the formation of a stable
compound of the formula KH3Mn|0i,j, which is not decomposed

INTRODUCTION. 9

l)y cold or hot water. It Avill be seen that this body, to which he
applies the name potassium nianganite, is the same as the potas-
sium hydromanganite referred to by A. Smolka, in connection with
the oxidation of glucose by permanganate. Sodium hypophosj)hite
is stated by A. Cavazzi to form a highly explosive mixture with
an equal quantity of sodiu.m nitrate, the products of the explosion
being trisodium phosphate, water, nitrogen peroxide, and nitric
oxide. H. Beckurts directs attention to the almost constant occur-
rence of traces of potassium chlorate or perchlorate in commercial
potassium niti'ate, and deduces the quantity of this impurity from
the difference in the weight of silver chloi'ide pi'ecipitatcd before
and after ignition of the nitrate. S. B. Newbury has continued his
research on the so-called subchloride of silver, and arrives at the
conclusion that there is no satisfactory evidence of the existence of
such a compound. Fi-om all that has been published concerning
the action of sulphuretted hydrogen on acidified solutions of
arsenic acid, it is evident that the composition of the precipitate
varies with the conditions under which precij^itation takes place.
L. W. McCay supplies some further information on this subject by
showing that when a solution of ai'senic acid or an alkaline arsen-
ate, strongly acidified with hydrochloric acid and saturated with
sulphuretted hydrogen, is heated in a closed vessel at 100° for one
hour, the arsenic is completely converted into pentasulphide, the
precipitate thus formed containing neither trisulphide nor free
sulphur.

We conclude our references to chemical subjects in this place
with a brief notice of some of the analytical methods published
during the past year. Dealing with Reinsch's test for arsenic, H.
Hager recommends the use of brass foil in the place of copper, and
gives full directions as to the manner in which it is best employed.
He also shows that copper foil intended for this test need not be
rejected on account of the presence in it of a trace of arsenic in the
form of an alloy, since this is not attacked by hydrochloric acid.
Zambelli and Li;zzato effect the separation of arsenic and anti-
mony by heating the freshly pi"ecipitated sulphides Avith hydrogen
peroxide, which converts the ai-senic into a solution of arsenic acid,
and the antimony into an insoluble oxide. For the determination
of arsenic in forensic investigations, F. Reich and T. Richter
recommend a process based on the conversion of the arsenic into
silver arsenate after previous destruction of the organic matter
by evaporation with nitric acid and fusion of the residue with
potassium nitrate and sodium carbonate. The disturbing effect of

10 INTRODUCTION.

cai-bolic acid and of salts of mercury iu the detection of phos-
phorus by Mitscherlich's method is pointed out by M. ^Mankiewicz
and K. Polstorif. For the purpose of separating phenol from
organic substances in eases of suspected poisoning, G. Dragendorff
prepares an extract by maceration with alcohol and evaporation
at a low temperatui'C and under reduced pressure. From the
residue he removes fatty matters with petroleum benzin, and then
extracts the phenol by repeated shaking with benzol, Avhich
solvent is finally allowed to evaporate in watch glasses. An
analogous process is recommended by the same author for the
separation of chloral, ether being employed in this case in the
place of benzol. C. Ludeking shows that chloroform may be
detected in the lungs of poisoned animals by the Ragsky method
four weeks after death, and that the method gives trustworthy
results. A new mode of detecting traces of hydrocyanic acid,
suggested by G. Vortmann, is based on the formation of nitroprus-
sides. New colour reactions for the detection of atropine, mor-
])hinc, pseudomoi'phine, strychnine, strophanthin, kairine, anti-
])yrin, and antifebi'in have also been desci-ibed, and are recorded
in this volume. The well-known thalleioquin test for quinine is
modified b\' E. ]\[ylius by the substitution of potassium chlorate
and sulphuric acid for chlorine water. , Xew methods for the assay
of quinine sulphate are never wanting, and each year furnishes its
(piota to the copious literature of this subject. L. Schafer pub-
lishes a process which depends on the insolubility of quinine
oxalate and the comparative solubility of the corresponding salt
of cinchonidine. In 0. Hesse's opinion this method is not less
defective than the optical test in giving too high an indication of
the amount of cinchonidine. l)e Vrij proposes to determine the
(]uinine as chromatc by precipitation with potassium chromatc,
and to estimate the cinchonidine in the filtrate with soda ; but this
y)rocess, too, is adversely criticised both by O. Hesse and B. H. Paul.
The Avholc subject of quinine testing is dealt with in valuable con-
tributions by the two last-named chemisls. giving a critical review
of all the jirincipal tests in use. A test for the purity of chloral
hydrate, recommended by A. Kremel, consists in the treatment of
a weighed quantity of this substance with a knoAvn excess of a
standard solution of sodium hydrate, and the subsequent titration
with normal hydrochloric acid. The liberation of iodine from
solution of potassium iodide by impure ether is traced by W. R.
Dunstan and T. S. Dymond to the presence of hydrogen peroxide
iu the ethiM-. Two new tests for sufrar, foi- Avhich exti-aordinarv

IXTRODCCIION. 1 1

tlelicacy is claimed, arc described by II. ^loliscli, the reagents
being alcoholic solutions of alpha-naphthol and of thymol respec-
tively. It is stated that by means of these reactions the question
of the normal occurrence of sugar in healthy urine has been un-
mistakably decided in the afiirniative. H. Prunier criticises the
nitric acid test for albumen, and shows that it cannot be relied
on in cases where the other well-known tests fail to indicate the
presence of this substance. Xew pi'ocesses for the detection of
blood and mercury in urine, and for the determination in the
same liquid of uric and oxalic acids, have also been recommended.
Among the contributions to the literature of food analysis which
have found a place in tliis volume, we may mention reports on the
detection of adulterations in butter, milk, sugar, flour, beer, Avines,
and alcoholic liquoi's.

As usual, a considerable number of new remedies have been
proposed and old ones revived during the year. The root of the
melon is reported by Heberger to possess emetic and purgative
properties, which are attributed by Torosicviez to the presence of
a powerful pi-inciple soluble in alcohol. In an article on the root
bark of Enpharhiacece, E. Schmidt, referring more particularly to
the species indigenous to France, states that the root bark of E.
Lnihyris is used as a purgative in doses of 1^ gi'f^m ; that E. Esula
is a hydragogue cathartic, and E. Cyparissias acts as an emeto-
cathartic in doses of OGO to 1 gram. Euphorbia Peplis is recom-
mended by Afonsky as a preventive of hydrophobia, the drug
being given in the form of powder after cauterizing the wound
with h^'drochloric acid. The same therapeutic properties are
claimed for the bark of Spircea Filipendula, the roots of which
were already used for the treatment of hydrophobia more than
tifty years ago. The fresh root of Echinacea angustifolia is stated
to produce an excessive flow of saliva and perspiration, and to be
used by the Sioux Indians as a remedy for snake-bite. Sti-ong
stimulating properties are attributed by Pinet and Duprat to the
i-oot of licmijia ferrvginra, the extract of which is found to cause
a considerable inci'case of I'espiratory movements and of cardiac
])ulsation. The rhizome and rootlets of Aletris farinosa, a South
American plant belonging to the order Hjemodoraceoe, are described
as a tonic bitter, and recommended also in uterine disorders.
Eupatorium Aynpana, the leaves of which were used in the early
part of the present century in the treatment of indigestion, cholera,
and pectoral complaints, is now again lecommended for similar
purposes. Attention is called by L. Naudin to the leaves of

12 INTliODUCTION.

Midisia viciccfolia, a compositous plant indigenous to tlic Avestei-n
part of South America, on account of its local reputation as a
reraefly in phthisis and pulmonary diseases in general. Several
species of Heuchcra are recommended as valuable astringents,
particularly in cases of diarrhoea. The alleged value of Hama-
melis Virginica, as a styptic in cases of hjemoptysis, receives
support frona R. Pollock, who attributes its effect to a volatile
oleo-resin combined with gallic acid. The horse-chestnut, ^scidus
Hippocastannm, is again i-evived as a therapeutic agent, its leaves
being recommended for the relief of whooping-cough, and its seeds
for hemori-hoids. The galactagogue properties of jaborandi are
confirmed by Cheron, who states that in order to produce this
action the di'ug must be given in smaller doses than are necessary
to cause salivation and diaphoresis. G. Foy repoi'ts that Carduus
Marianus is now being received with professional favour in France,
where the tincture and alcoholic extract are pi-escribcd on account
of their cholagogue properties. Similar properties are also
ascribed by G. Armstrong Atkinson to the pulp of the fruit of
Gucumis Myriocarpns, Avhen given in non-emetic doses. Z. T.
Emery directs attention to the toxic effects of the bark of Hohinia
Pseudacacia, and relates a case of the accidental poisoning of a
number of boys who had chewed the bark, and were all seized
with violent vomiting, followed by great depression. Since no
constituent is known accounting for such action, a chemical
examination of this bark appeai-s A'ery desirable. Levcanthemum
vulgare, the common moon daisy, is stated to be capable of pro-
ducing very irritating effects on the skin of certain individuals,
chiefly those who suffer similarly from the poison of Bluis Toxi-
codendron. Fuhatilla is highly recommended by G. Smith as a
valuable remedy in acute orchitis; and both Thuja occidentalis and
Ancliieta salutaris are favourably reported upon as antisyphilitics.
The reputation enjoyed in India by the leaves of Cassia alata as a
local remedy for the relief and cure of ringworm appears to be
justified, since good results have recently been obtained with this
plant in Paris by M. Conillebault.

F. S. Halsey gives a very favourable account of the value of
Piscidia Bnjihri)ia as a hy])notic and anod3-ne, and states that it is
free from the unpleasant aftei'-effects so often induced by opium.
The leaves of Bnhus Chammmoriis have proved very iiseful as a
diuretic in dropsy, while the value of Equisetum hyemale for the
same purpose is called in question. Agariais albus has been used
with success for relieving the sweating of consiimjitive patients.

INTRODCCTIOX. 13

and the same result lias been obtained with minute doses of agaric
acid. The seeds of Enfjenia jamholana are credited ■with the power
of I'elieviug thii'st and exhaustion in diabetes. The cultivation of
Anacharis Canadensis is stated by ^I. Brandes to have caused the
disappeai'ance of malaria and diarrhoea in a marshy district where
these diseases formerly appeared 3'eai-ly in a spoi*adic or epidemic
form. Parthenium Uijsterophorus is attracting increased attention
as a febrifuge ; and its alkaloid, parthenine, has also been tried
Avith much success.

Two more synthetically prepared compounds, have been added
to the list of antipyretics. One of these, to which the name
" antifebrin " is given, is acetanilid or phenylacetamide, a well-
known chemical compound ; while the other, introduced under
the name of " antithermin." is phenylhydrazinlevulinic acid, or a
compound of phenylhydrazin with acetopropionic (levulinic) acid.

A new adulteration of senega is described by C. Patrouillard.
and shown to consist of the rootlets of Jiuscus aculeatns. In an
ai'ticle on quillaia bark, F. B. Power supports the view, recently
expi-essed by Kobert, that the valuable medicinal projierties of this
bark render it a desirable substitute for senega in affections for
which the latter is indicated. Prof. Schrenk gives a description
of some of the microscopic characters of the bark of lihamnus
Pv.rshiana, by which this drug may be readily distinguished from
the bark of lihammis Frangida. A spurious chii-etta is i-eported
upon by W. Elborne, and referred to Ophelia alata. A sample of
saffron adulterated with tiny splinters of sandal wood is described
by Niederstadt, who also mentions honey, glycerin, and salt as
occasional adulterants of this drug. Italian aniseed is found bv
C. L. Lochman to contain an admixture of conium fraits, amount-
ing on an average to 2"5 per cent. E. Heckel and F. Schlagden-
hauifen call attention to a false kola nut, consisting of the kernel
of the seed of Uerifiera Utforalis. They believe this to be an
intentional adulteration due to the increasing demand for kola
nuts. Under the name of " cali nuts," seeds have recently been
met with in commerce which, according to E. Merck, present a
great similarity to calabar beans. The}- may be distinguished
from the latter by being rounder, their length but slightly, if at all,
exceeding the breadth. The adulteration of ^^fl^per forms the
subject of papers by C. Heisch, J. Campbell Brown, and N.
Wender. Another spurious cubeb is described by W. Kirkby in a
communication to the recent meeting of the British Phai-ma-
ceutical Conference. A report by J. 0. Braithwaite, read at the

14 INTUODUCTION.

.same meeting, tleals with two species of vesicating beetles from
South Africa, one of whieli is poorer and the other much richer in
cantliaridin than Cantharis vesicatoria. In another place the same
author, in conjunction with E. H. Farr, describes a suspicious
sample of cantliaiides which, upon examination, proved to liave
been exhausted.

A recent chemical investigation of Lobelia inflata by J. U. and
C. G. Lloyd confirms the statement of von Eosen, as to the pre-
sence of two alkaloids in the seed; but the properties of the bases
isolated by them differ somewhat from those previously described.
E. Jahns reports that he has separated from Indian hemp a base
wliich he has identified as choline, and points out that this result
corresponds fairly well with the statements of some previous
workers. The pharmacognosy and chemistry of Strophanthns is
dealt with in two papers by W. Elborne, the contents of which,
however, cannot be intelligibly summarized in the short space at
our disposal in this place. Physiological experiments with various
pre])arations of this drug lead H. D. Rolleston to the conclusion
that the ethereal extracts contain some of the active principle
upon which the potency of the alcoholic tincture depends. Attempts
made by B. H. Paul to detect caffeine in the leaves of Catha edulis
have proved unsuccessful; and the nature of the constituent to
which this plant owes its stimulating properties remains still an
open question. A further contradiction is given by C. J. Rade-
maker to the statement by H. Trimble and H. J. Schuchard, that
the principle isolated by him from Polygoniim hydropipei; and
described under the name of polygonic acid, was a mixture of
tannic and gallic acids. E. Schmidt shows that sumbul root does
not contain angelic acid, as hitherto a.ssumed, but that this acid is
a decomjjosition-product of another substance pre-existing in the
root. A preliminary investigation of Mackay beans, the seed of
Enfada scandcus, by J. Moss, leads to the inference that they
probably contain saponin. A recent examination of asafoetida
by E. Schmidt I'cveals the curious fact that vanillin is one of the
normal constituents of this gum-resin.

The assay of ipecacuanha root forms the subject cf a com-
munication to the British Pharmaceutical Conference by F.
Ransom, and has for its leading feature the use of ammoniated
chloroform as a menstruum for percolation. Further reports on
the assay of opium are published by Hraitliwaite and FaiT, C. ISl.
Stillweli, V. Venturini, O. Schlickuni, 11. Adiian and K. Gallois,
E. Dieterich and C. Bullock.

INTPiODDCTION. 15

The idea of stundardizing pharmaceutical preparations contain-
ing powerful alkaloids has been extended bj W. R. Dunstan and
¥. Ransom to the preparations of Atropa Belladonna. They re-
commend a process for the assay of these preparations, and give
directions for prepai'ing an extract containing two per cent., a
liniment containing 0'2, and a tincture containing 0034 per cent,
of total alkaloids. A. C. Abraham has critically examined the
official process for the preparation of fluid extract of cinchona
bark, and arrives at the conclusion that, in order to obtain an
extract representing as far as possible the bark from which it is
made in an unaltered state, the latter should first be fully ex-
hausted with water, and the residue then extracted with the acid
menstruum. He considers boiling water preferable to cold, and
states that the acid menstruum should be at least double the
strength of that ordered by the Pharmacopoeia. A report on
medicinal extracts in general, by F. J. Lammer, gives the average
yield of the finished products pi-epared in accordance with the
directions of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. R. A. Cripps deals with
the infusions of the British Pharmacopoeia, and publishes tables
showing the alterations in the present mode of theii- preparation
as comjjared with the directions of the Pharmacopceia of 1S67, as
well as the influence of these alterations on the pi-oducts. A good
deal of attention has recently been devoted to the preparation of
tincture of strophanthus. W. Martindale pleads in favour of a
weaker tincture (1 in 20) than that obtained by Prof. Erasers
formula, and thinks that the seeds alone should be used, and should
be first freed from their oil. These views are concurred in by
J. Moss, and have also been adopted by Prof. Fraser himself, who
has altered his original directions accordingly. Another modifica-
tion of the formula for this tincture is suggested by W. Elborne,
in his paper on strophanthus and strophanthiu already referred to.
H. Helbing calls attention to the difficulty of effecting a complete
exhaustion of the seeds in the preparation of this tincture, and
observes that the white strophanthus seeds 3-ield a tincture simi-
lar in nature and colour to that from Kombe seeds.

The results of an examination of a number of samples of aro-
matic spirit of ammonia lead A. C.Abraham to infer that, although
the official process is capable of giving very constant results, such
results are not attained by first-class houses, from which most of
the samples examined had been obtained. The use of Allen's
nitrometer in the estimation of carbonate of ammonia in thi.s
spirit is advocated by I'L D. CJravill.

] (3 INTRODUCTION.

Tn a note on Liquor Strychiw', B. P., E. H. Fan- draws atten-
tion to the liability of tins preparation to deposit crystals of
hydrocldorate of stiyclmine, if exposed to a low temperature, and
thus to lose in strength.

Further suggestions respecting the mode of preparing Blaud's
pills are pu1)lishcd by W. Duncan, T. Thompson, P. Boa, and
T. Maben. The foi'mula recommended by the latter is practically
identical with the one adopted in tlie Unofficial Formulary.
Simple syrup is recommended by C. W. Holmes as the best
excipient for making quinine pills, and simple cerate as a pill
excipient adapted for readily decomposable or deliquescent sub-
stances. The subject of pill coating is dealt with by W. (Jilmour
and T. Thompson.

Linimeutum terebinthinoi is stated by G. E. Perry to be obtained
in a more satisfactory condition by using more soap and less
Avater than the Pharmacopa'ia directs. T. Redwood, on the other
hand, finds that the official formula yields a thick, permanent
emulsion, -well suited for its intended use, if prepared Avith a
neutral or nearly neutral soap. M. Conroy also defends the
official formula, but lays sti-ess on the thoroughly perfect in-
corporation of the soap and water, and the very slow addition of
the oil of turpentine, -with constant ti'ituration.

Dealing with the use of antiseptics for the preservation of
solutions of alkaloids, R. Cf. p]cclcs arrives at the conclusion that
boric acid is generally better suited for this purpose than salicylic
acid, but that benzoic acid is preferable to both.

Nitrite of amyl and bromide of potassium are both I'ccom-
mended as antidotes to cocaine ; urethane is stated to be an
efficient antidote to strychnine, picrotoxiu, and resorciu ; and oil
of turpentine is favourably reported upon as an antidote to
phos])liorus. The effects of chloral hydrate and butylchloral
hydrate ai-e found to be elfectuall3- counteracted by picrotoxin.

A new and, as we venture to anticipate, most Avelcome addition
to the usual contents of this book has been made in the shape
of an " Unofficial Formulary," compiled by a special committee
appointed for this purpose by the British Pharmaceatieal Con-
ference.

CHEMISTRY.

YEAE-BOOK OF PHAEMACY.

PART I.

CHEMISTRY.

Preparation of Hydrogen and of Carbonic Oxide by means of
Zinc-Dust. H. Schwarz. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix.
1140.) Pure hydrogen may be conveniently obtained by heating
a mixture of 20 grams of zinc-dust with 228 grams of calcium
hydrate in a combustion tube. If in the place of the calcium
hydrate 30 grams of calcium carbonate are used, the resulting gas
is carbonic oxide.

Combustion of Carbonic Oxide. L. Meyer. (Ber. der dentsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 1099.) The author confii-ms Dixon's observation
that a well dried mixture of carbonic oxide and oxygen requires a
powei-f ul spark and a tolerably high gas pressure for its explosion.

The Purification of Water by Alum. P. T. Austin. (Chemical
News, July 23, 1886.) The author has further extended his
experiments with this method of purification, and feels justified
in very strongly recommending it. On an average two grains of
alum to each gallon of water will efiiciently clarify it by allowing
the water thus treated to stand for forty-eight hours. The pro-
portion of alum and the time for standing vaiy, however, with
different waters, but may be easily determined for any particular
case which may arise.

Action of Water on Lead. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
269.) In a report on the action of drinking water on lead, pre-
sented by Messrs. Crookes, Odling, and Tidy, to the Chemical
Section of the British Association, it is stated that of a large
number of first-class soft waters, all those which took up lead
in passing through the service pipes contained less than two-tenths
of a grain of silica per gallon, while those containing half a grain

20 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

or more per giillon did not take up any lead. TliLs observation
agrees with results obtained with soft water to which dialysed
silica had been added. The reporters therefore believe that artifi-
cial silication would minimise to the utmost, and practically pre-
vent, the action of the water on lead pipes, and thus effect a real
hygienic imj^rovement. The plan adopted in the Huddersfield
works is to pass the water through tanks containing crushed
flint, sand, and limestone, the surface of these materials being
equal to one foot for every fifty-four gallons of water passing
through per hour. Examination shows that considerable solvent
action is exercised upon the flint, w^hilst the undesired action of
the Avater upon the lead service pipes is prevented.

Occurrence of Free Iodine in a Mineral Water. J. A. Wank-
lyn. (('hoii.ical Neics, liv. 300.) It has been known for many years
that the water of tlie Woodhall Spa, near Lincoln, is exceptionally
rich in bromides and iodides. In the course of an investigation,
the author has made the observation that there is free iodine in
this water sufficient to impai-t to it a brown colour of consider-
able depth of tint.

Upon shaking this water with bisulphide of carbon, the latter
assumes the characteristic deep violet coloration.

The Woodhall Spa is known as a remedy in skin diseases.

Periodates. C. W. Kimrains. (Proc. Chem. Soc, February
17, 1887.) The author, at the suggestion of Mr. Pattison Muir,
has re-examined certain periodates of potassium, silver, and
sodium, with the object of explaining the discordant results of
various observers.

Besides the salt, Na H.j I 0,;, described by Langlois, he has
obtained a sodium periodate of the formula Na-, Ho I Og ; he also
describes a potassium periodate K.^ H L Og. He has pi-epared and
analysed the following silver salts : —

Ag2 H I Oj, dark brown.
Ago H.{ I Og, dark red .
Ag3 Ho I 0(5, slate-coloured.
Ag I 0,^ "Ho O, orange.

Ag I 0^, bright yellow.
Ag^ Tj Og, .3 Ho 0, light yellow.
Ag^ lo Og, Ho 0, claret-coloured.
Ag^ To Og, chocolate-coloured.

Presence of Potassium Chlorate in Commercial Potassium
Nitrate. H. Beckurts. (Arch, der Fharm. [I}], xxiv. 333-337.)
The author has noticed the presence of traces of potassium
chloi-ate or perchloratc in nearlv all samples of nitrate examined
by him. The quantity of this impurity may be tleduced from the
difference in weight of silver chloride precipitated before and after
ifjnition of the nitrate.

CHEMISTRY. ' 21

Potassium Mangauite. M. Gliiser. (Monatsli. Chem., vii.
651-654.) The authoi- has stadied the action of potassium per-
manganate on sodium hyposulphite, and states that the potassium
manganite formed in , this reaction is a stable compound, wliich is
not decomposed by cold or hot water. Numerous analyses con-
firm the correctness of the formula K H^ Mn^ Ojo-

Compounds of Sodium and Potassium Hydrates witli Water.
C. Gottig. (Z?er. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xx. 543, 544, and 1094-
1096.) The author describas compounds of the formulae, ISTa H +
2HoO; 2KHO-f9IL,0; and2KHO + 5H20, which he has
obtained from concentrated alcoholic solutions of the alkaline
hydrates. For particulars as to -their formation and properties,
reference should be made to the above sources.

Explosive Properties of Sodium Hypophosphite. A. Cavazzi.
(Gazzetta chivi. Ital., xvi. 172.) Sodium hypophosphite, when
mixed with an equal quantity of sodium nitrate, forms a highly
explosive mixture. The reaction probably takes place in accord-
ance with the following equation: Na Ho P Oo + 2 Na N" 0.^ =
Na^POi + HoO + NOo + NO.

Sodium Ferrocyanide. L. Pebal. (Liehig's Annalen, ccxxxiii.
165.) The author finds that this salt contains 10 molecules of
water of crystallization, and not 12 as hitherto supposed.

Solubility of Lithium Carbonate. M. Bevade. {Bull. Soc.
CMm., xliii. 123.) The author gives the following table, showing
the solubility of lithium carbonate in 100 parts of water at dif-
ferent temperatures : —

0° C 1-539 parts.

10° C 1-406 „

20° C 1-329 „

50° C 1-181 „

75° C 0-8GR „

100° C 0-728 „

Action of Sulphur upon Solution of Ammonia. J. B. Scnderens.
(Compteti liendns, January 3, 1887.) Pure sulphur Avas digested
with solution of ammonia in a closed vessel at about 12^ C After
three weeks the liquid began to show a slight yellow tint, which
passed gradually into a reddish yellow, and finally to a decided
i-ed. This liquid contained an ammoniacal polysulphide and a
hyposulphite. On exposure to the air sulphur Avas deposited.

Ammonium Vanadates. A. Ditte. (Comptes Bendus, cii. 918-
921.) In aldition to the normal salt, (NH,,)2V2 0g, the author
fully desci-ibes the sesquivanadate, 3 Y^ O^, 2 (N H,^)2 0, the bivana-

22 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

date, (XHi). 0, 2VoO.., and the trivanadate, (NHJoO, SY.Oy
For details, reference should be made to the original paper.

Compounds of Permanganates with Ammonia. T. Klobb.
(Comptes Eendns, ciii. 384, 385.) Metallic permanganates form
combinations Avith ammonia, from which the latter cannot be '
liberated by boiling with alkalies, owing to the formation of
nitrites, unless the permanganate be first reduced by sulphurous
acid. The silver salt, Ag Mn 0^, 2 N Hg, is obtained by saturating
a solution of potassium permanganate with ammonia, and then
precipitating with silver nitrate. It is a crystalline powder, which
explodes when struck, and is decomposed on heating. Copper,
cadmium, nickel, zinc, and magnesium form similar double salts.

Note on Lime-Water. J. I. Eraser. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series,
-Kvii. 782.) The author obtained different results of estimations
of lime in liq. calcis, prepared strictly according to the B. P. (by
shaking the lime in a bottle, allowing it to subside, and siphoning
off the clear liquid), and in that prepared in a jar by repeatedly
stirring up the slaked lime with water, allowing it to subside,
and filtering. The former showed an equivalent of 6"16 grains of
Ca O in ten fluid ounces ; the other, which had been filtered, 5'26
grains.

An examination of eighteen samples of lime-water, bought in
the ordinary Avay, showed that 50 per cent, of them were below
the standard of the Pharmacopoeia.

Remarkable Feature in the Specific Gravity of Lime-Water.
J. A. Wanklyn. {Chemical News, May 13, 1887.) The author
has recently had occasion to take the specific gravity of lime-
water, and has noticed an interesting peculiarity. According to
determinations in his laboi-atory, a litre of lime-water contains
1344 grams of Ca 0, and the specific gravity of the lime-water
reaches the extraordinary figure, 1002'35, compared with distilled
water at the same temperature (13*^ C), reckoned as 1000"00.

It follows from these observations that in the formation of lime-
water a most oxtraordinaiy contraction takes place.

Before solution : —

CaO . . . 0'5 c.c. = 1-811 grams.

ILO . . . 1001-0 c.c. = 10010

which contract so as to occupy one litre.

The ctmtraction is, therefore, equal to three times the volume of
the lime passing into solution.

The purity of the lime-water was ascertained by exactly pre-

CHEMISTRY. 23

cipitating the lime by means of its equivalent of oxalic acid, filter-
ing, and evaporating the filtrate to dryness; the I'esidae was so
small as to be insignificant.

Action of Dry Carbonic Anhydride on the Alkaline Earths and
their Hydrates. C. Scheibler. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix.
1973-1982.) Dry carbonic anhydride is without action on the
dry oxides and monohydi-ates of the metals of the alkaline earths.

When dry carbonic anhydride is passed over the normal hy-
drates of these metals at 100°C. in the presence of moisture
the excess of water present will be removed, and the gas thus
moistened will act on the hydrate, with formation of cai'bonate.
The hydrate is, however, not completely converted into carbonate,
even when 8 molecules of Ho O are present ; and for this reason
the use of the dry gas in removing water from alkaline earths and
converting the latter into carbonates cannot be employed as an
analytical method.

Ammonio-Ferrocyanides of Calcium and Magnesium. T. Salzer.
(Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1697.) Strong solutions of
calcium chloride, containing a large proportion of ammonium
chloride, form with potassium ferrocyanide a crystalline precipi-
tate corresponding to the formula (N" H^)oCaFeCyg. Magnesium
salts, under the same conditions, behave in a similar manner.

The Composition of Prussian Blue and TurnhuU's Blue. E . F .
Reynolds. (Proc. Ghent. Soc, June 2, 1887.) These compounds
are generally represented by the formulas Fe^ Cy^g and Fcj Cy^j ;
but Reindel and others have conjectured that they ai-e identical
in composition. The author has carefully prepared Prussian blue
from hydrogen ferrocyanide and ferric chloride, and Turnbull's
blue from hydrogen ferricyanide and ferrous sulphate; his analyses
of the products show that the above formulee are coi'rect expres-
sions of their composition.

Chromates. A. Stanley. (Chemical Neivs, liv. 194-196.) The
salts described in this paper are sodium bichromate, sodium tri-
chromate, magnesium sodium chromate, and a copper salt of the
formula N"a. Cr 0^, Cu Cr. O7, 2 Cu O + 4 H. 0.

Solubility of Silver Chromate in Alkaline Nitrates. R. F. Car-
penter. (Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., v. 286.) The subjoined table
gives the results of some experiments made to determine the
relative solubility of silver chromate in cold and hot strong solu-
tions of the nitrates of potassium, sodium, ammonium, and mag-
nesium : —

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

One-tenth Normal Silver

Grains of Silver

Nitrate added.

Chromate dissolved

10°C.

100°C.

Pure Water

005 c.c.

0-25 c.c.

0-064

Sodium Nitrate ....

005 „

. 025 „

0064

Potassium Nitrate . . .

010 „

. 0-75 „

0-192

Ammonium Nitrate . . .

0-07 „

1-25 „

0-320

Magnesium Nitrate . . .

0-35 „

1-00 „

0-256

50 grains of each of the above salts were dissolved in 100 c.c. of
water, and the amount of decinormal silver nitrate solution taken
to obtain the reaction with potassium chromate is given in the table.
In the last three cases the author has deducted the amount of silver
chromate dissolved by the water alone, and has given the amount
due to the solvent action of the respective nitrates. From all these
solutions the silver chromate crystallized out again on cooling.

Silver containing Bismuth. W. Go w land. (Froc. Chem. Soc,
March 17, 1887.) An account is given of assays and metallurgical
experiments made with the object of determining the effects
produced by the presence of small quantities of bismuth on the
ductility of silver, and on the uniformity of composition of silver
bullion when in ingots of the form and size ordinarily met with in
commerce. It Avas found : a That when silver is obtained from
copper containing bismuth by the liquation process, with subse-
sequent cupellation of the argentiferous lead, it contains pai't of
the bismuth which Avas present in the copper ; /? that this silver
is brittle, even when containing bismuth in but small amounts ;
y that ingots of such silver are not uniform in composition
throughout their mass, the parts which have solidified last being
richer in silver than the others ; and 8 that when coinage bars
of 900° millesimal fineness are prepared from it, they cannot be
I'olled without special treatment, and even then are hard and un-
sintal)lo for mintage.

Silver Subchloride. S. B. NcAvbury. (Amer. Chem. Journ., viii.
196.) The author has continued his research on the so-called
subchloride of silver (compare abstract, Year-Book of Fharmacy,
1886, p. 35), and arrives at the conclusion that there is no satis-
factory evidence of the existence of such a compound.

Silver Carbonate. G. S. Johnson. (Chemical News, liv. 75.)
Silver hydroxide suspended in Avater and exposed to the air
in a loosely covered vessel was found after tAvo months to have
deposited large, glistening, yelloAv, prismatic crystals of sih'er

CHEMISTRY. . 25

carbonate. These melt at a low red heat, and soon afterwards
decompose rapidly, with the evolution of abundance of gas. Silver
carbonate precipitated from solutions bj means of sodium car-
bonate is amorphous, but resembles the crystalline form in other
properties. 1 litre of water saturated with carbonic anhydride at
16°C. dissolves 0'846 gram of pure precipitated silver carbonate,
and Avhen this solution is exposed to the air for twelve hours, a
yellow precipitate of crystalline silver carbonate separates.

Silver Phosphates and Arsenates. A. Joly. (Coviptes Bendus,
ciii. 1071-1074. From Joiirn. Chem. Soc.) Precipitated and amor-
phous silver phcsphate dissolve in phosphoric acid solution, the
solubility increasing with the concentration of the acid and the
temperature. If a liqiiid containing less tban .38 parts of phos-
phoric anhydride to 100 parts of water is saturated Avith silver
phosphate at 80°, and allowed to cool, it deposits tri-silver phos-
phate in pale yellow rhombic dodecahedrons modified by faces of
the icositetrahedron. The mother-liquor deposits no more crystals
on standing, but will dissolve a further quantity of amoi'phous
silver phosphate if heated, and thus the same solution of phos-
phoric acid can be used for the crystallization of an unlimited
quantity of silver phosphate.

If the solution contains 40 parts of phosphoric anhydride to
100 parts of water, it deposits di-silver hydrogen phosphate,
Ago H P O4., in colourless crystals derived from an hexagonal prism.
They generally form long prisms with rhombohedral terminations.
In contact with water or alcohol they become yellow, and decom-
pose into tri-silver phosphate and phosphoric acid, but they are not
affected by ether. If the concentration of the phosphoric acid
solution differs much from the strength given, the product is a
mixture of crystals very difficult to pui'ify.

When the crystals of di-silver hydi"ogen phosphate are heated to
110-150°, they yield silver pyrophosphate, Ag^PoOy, which can
also be obtained by heating the syrupy solution of the silver phos-
phate to the same temperature. Hurtzig and Geuther obtained
the same compound by adding ether to the solution which had
been heated. The pyrophosphate is not, however, formed in the
wet way, as these authors supposed, since under the given con-
ditions of concentration, the fused acid salt, and not its solution,
is decomposed. The exjieriment simply shows that di-silver
hydrogen phosphate yields the pyrophosphate at a lower tempera-
ture than that at which phosphoric acid is converted into pyi'O-
phosphoric acid.

26 ■ YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Silver arsenate is much less soluble than the phosphate in the free
acid. If the solution contains less than 70 parts of ai-senic anhy-
dride to 100 parts of water, the solution saturated with amorphous
silver arsenate at 80° deposits very brilliant, black, opaque crystals
of tri-silver arsenate, which are unmodified rhombic dodecahedra.

A solution of arsenic acid of the composition Hg As O^ + H, O,
when saturated with silver arsenate, yields white monoclinic crys-
tals of silver dihydrogen arsenate, a compound which is very
readily prepared. It is decomposed into tri-silver arsenate and
arsenic acid by a trace of water, and if heated to 100° yields silver
metarsenate in the form of a white powder, which absorbs water
•very slowly. Before losing water, the crystals of the acid salt
become red, probably owing to the formation of arsenic acid and
di-silver hydrogen arsenate, Ag.j H As O^. In fact, if a solution
from which silver dihydrogen arsenate will crystallize is saturated
with silver arsenate at a temperature a little below 100°, it de-
posits orange-red hexagonal prisms with rhombohedral termina-
tions. Their form agrees with that of di-silver hydrogen phosphate,
and indicates that they are di-silver arsenate, but they could not
be purified.

When a syrupy solution of silver arsenate in arsenic acid is
heated above 100°, it yields a white granular powder similar in
appearance to the compound Ago 0, 2 Aso O5, described by Hurtzig
and Gcuther.

Arsenic Pentasulphide. L. W. McCay. (Chemical Neios, liv,
287.) When a solution of an alkaline arsenate, strongly acidified
Avith hydrochloric acid and saturated with sulphuretted hj-drogen,
is heated in a closed vessel at 100° for one hour, the arsenate is com-
pletely converted into pentasulphide. It contains no trisulpbide,
and, if due precautions have been taken to exclude air, no free
sulphur. Pure arsenic pentasulphide is lemon-yellow in colour,
does not yield any sulphur to carbon bisulphide, and dissolves in
ammonia without separation of sulphur. When the ammouiacal
solution is agitated with silver nitrate, and filtered, a clear filtrate
is obtained, from which nitric acid precipitates silver arsenate.
The formation of arsenic pentasulphide in this manner confirms
Bunsen's results, he having obtained it by the action of sulphu-
retted hydrogen on hot solutions of arsenic compounds.

Combination of Stannic Chloride with Hydrochloric Acid. R.
Engel. (Comptcs IioiiIks, Ju]y l'.\ IS.'^G.) The compound obtained
by the author is a chlorostannic acid, corresponding in its com.
position to chloroplatinic acid.

CHEMISTRY. 27

Preparation of Cuprous Chloride. A. Cavazzi. (Gazz. chim.
Ital., xvi. 167.) This salt may be very readily obtained by heat-
ing 4 grams of copper sulphate with 2 grams of sodium hypo-
phosphite, and about 50 c.c. of water acidified with 30 drops of
filming hydrochloric acid. Copper hypophosphite is first formed,
which is then acted upon by the hydrochloric acid, yielding
cuprous chloride and phosphorous acid. The product thus de-
posited may be purified in the usual way.

Higher Oxides of Copper. T. B. Osborne. (Amer. Jo^im. So.
[3], xxxii. 333.) The hydrated oxides of copper which have been
described as resulting from the action of hydrogen peroxide on
cupric hydrate, are found by the author to be mere mixtures, in
different proportions, of cupric hydrate with the brown dioxide,
Cu02,H2 0.

Mercurous Sulphate. G. Buchner. (Chem. Zeit., x. 759,
760, and 790, 791; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 852.) Mercurous
sulphate was exposed under various conditions to air, light, mois-
ture, and darkness : numerical data are given from observations
extending over three years, and it is shown that light acts to a
certain extent on this salt, but nevertheless when exposed under
the most adverse conditions, the change produced — the decom-
position extending only in one case to 14 per cent, of the mer-
curous sulphate — was never so great as to justify the classification
of this salt amongst the very unstable compounds. It is best
preserved in a moist state in presence of metallic mercury ; or if
dry it should fill a well-stopperd bottle and should be kept in the
dark. The change into mei'cury and mercuric sulphate is reversed
by the action of water, therefore for electrical purposes the slight
decomposition of mercurous sulphate is of no consequence. For
analysis, the mixture of mercuroiis and mercuric sulphates is
digested with dilute hydrochloric acid ; the mercuric salt remains
in solution whilst the mercurous salt is precipitated as chloride.
In the presence of mercury, the mercuric sulphate is also changed
into mercurous chloride ; therefore when such a change would bo
detrimental to the results required, titration with iodine and
potassium iodide is resorted to. Treating the mixture with water,
and observing the formation of yellow Hg S 0^, 2 Hg 0, does not
answer with less than 10 per cent, of mercuric salt present.

Ammonio-Mercuric Chroinates. C. Hensgen. (Bee. Trav.
Chim., V. 187-198.) On dissolving mercuric oxide in ammonium
dichromate, Hirzel obtained a compound to which the formula
(N Hgo, Ho 0)o, 4 Hg Cr O^, was ascribed, although based only on

28 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

determinsiiions of tlie mercury and chromium. In this paper, it
is shown that mercuric oxide dissolves readily in a saturated
solution of ammonium dichromate ; golden, crystalline leaflets or
needles separate out ; these are insoluble in water, alcohol, and
ether, very soluble in hydrochloric acid, but only sparingly soluble
in dilute nitric or sulphuric acid. Analytical results, showed the
atomic ratio, Hg : N : Cr=l : 2 : 2 ; and that three-fourths of the
total nitrogen was in the foi-m of ammonium, and the remainder
in an amido-group, results which point to the composition (N Hgo,
Hj 0)o, Crg Oy 3 (N H^)o Cr^ O7. These crystals Avhen treated
with excess of ammonia yield a canary-yellow powder, which no
longer contains nitrogen in the form of ammonium, and to which
the formula (N Hgj, Ho 0)3 Cr 0^ is ascribed. If mercury chro-
mate be digested with a warm, concentrated solution of ammonium
dichromate, a brown solution is obtained, from which, on pouring
into an excess of cold water, a yellow powder is deposited ; the
composition of the sixbstance is (N Hgo, HoO)oCr04, the analogue
of the sclenate, (N Kg^, Hg O), Se O4. "

Platinum Salts. E. Prost. (Bull, de la Soc. Chim., xlvi. 15G-
160.) An acid solution of platinic sulphate, absolutely free from
nitric acid, after standing for several days, yields an abundant
brick-red precipitate, having the composition Pt S O4. (0 H)o, 4 Pt
(0 H)^, 3 H3 0, the liquid becoming almost colourless ; if, how-
ever, the solution of the sulphate is boiled, a precipitate having
the composition Ptg S 0^ Oj3, 10 H, 0, is formed.

Double sulphates of platinum and the alkali-metals were
prepared by mixing cold concentrated aqueous solutions of the
alkaline and platinic sulphates, the latter being in excess ; they
ai'C all pulverulent brown substances, the ammonium and-rubi-
dium compounds being soluble in water, whilst those of potassium
are insoluble. The salts prepared were :

2 (N H,)o S 0„ Ptg (S 0,)3-|-25 H, O ; Pt^ Rb,, (S OJ,-f 17 H., O ;

3 Ko S O4, PtioOio(S 0,)o + 34 H, ;

5 kg S O4 Ptjs Ooo S O.i-1-34 Ho O.

Germanium, the New Element. C. Winkler. {Journ. pract.
Chem., [2] xxxiv. 177-229 ; from Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 985 ;
compare also Year-Book of rharmacy, 1886, 19.) Germanium is
obtained by heating finely powdered argyrodite with calcined
sodium carbonate and flowers of sulphur at a moderate red heat.
The product is extracted with Avater, and the solution treated Avith
the exact amount of sulphuric acid necessary to decompose the

CHEMISTRT. 29

whole of the sodium sulphide present. After being left for a day,
the solution is separated from the precipitate consisting of sulphur,
and arsenic and antimony sulphides, and treated with hydro-
chloric acid so long as a precipitate is formed. The whole is then
saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen, filtered, and the white volu-
minous precipitate of germanium sulphide washed Avith 90 per
cent, alcohol saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphide
is roasted at a low temperature, warmed with strong nitric acid,
and the oxide so obtained ignited ; it is then reduced.

Germanium melts at about 900^, and volatilises at a temperature
slightly above its melting point. On cooling, it crystallizes in
octahedra. It is very brittle, and can be readily powdered. It
has a metallic lustre, and is whiter than zirconium. Sp. gr.=:
5-469 at 20-4°. When a drop of the fused metal is allowed to fall
on to paper, it divides itself into several globules, which move
continually over the surface of the paper. The metal is converted
by nitric acid into a white oxide ; it is soluble in sulphuric, but
not in hydrochloric acid. The atomic weight of germanium is
72'32 ; the number 72'28 was obtained from measurements of the
wave-lengths of the most brilliant lines of the spectrum. Deter-
minations of the specific heat of gei'manium made by Xilson and
Petterson, at temperatures from 100 to 440°, point to the number
0'0758 ; the atomic heat is 5'48. The specific heat of germanium
dioxide is 0-1293.

Germanious oxide, Ge 0, is obtained by boiling germ anions
chloride with caustic potash ; a hydroxide, pi'obably Ge (H 0)3, is
first formed, and this is converted into the oxide by heating it in
a current of carbonic anhydride. It forms a gi-eyish black powder,
readily soluble in hydrochloric acid ; the solution so obtained
yields a yellow precipitate when treated with alkali, and white
and reddish brown precipitates with potassium ferrocj-anide and
with sulphurettc?d hydi^ogen respectively. It reduces permanga-
nates to manganates, and precipitates gold and mercury from
solutions of their salts.

Germanium dioxide, Ge O^, is formed when germanium is burned
in oxygen, and may be obtained in the pure state by decomposing
the chloride with water. It is a dense white gHtty powder ; sp.
gr.=:4-703 at 18°. It dissolves in 247-1 parts of water at 20° and
in 95-3 parts at 100°, and separates in microscopic rhombic or
rhombohedric crystals. The aqueous solution has an acid taste.
It dissolves readily in alkaline hydrates and carbonates when
fused with them.

30 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Germanious sulphide, Ge S, is obtained in splendid thin plates
by beating the disnlphide in a slow current of hydrogen. The
crystals are greyish-black, and have .an almost metallic lustre,
but are quite transparent, and are red in transmitted light. When
heated in presence of air, it is convei'ted into the dioxide. It
dissolves readily in warm potash, leaving a residue of metallic
germanium as a microscopic crj'stalline powder. When the solu-
tion is treated with sulphuretted hydrogen, the sulphide separates
as a reddish brown amorphous precipitate.

Germanium disulphide, Ge S,, is best prepared by pi'ecipitating
a solution of the dioxide with sulphuretted hydrogen in presence
of much free mineral acid, and washing the white precipitate so
obtained with alcohol saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen ; it is
then washed with ether, and dried in a vacuum. If the sulphide
is washed with water until free from acid, and then put into
water, it yields an emulsion which requires several weeks to
become clear ; the liquid appears then to contain the sulphide in
a colloidal state, and after repeated filtration contained one part
in 221'9 parts of water. The solution in water decomposes
quickly, with evolution of sulphuretted hj^drogen. The disulphide
dissolves readily in alkaline hydrosulphides, probably with forma-
tion of sulpho-salts.

Germanious cJiloride, Ge Clo, is obtained by passing hydrochloric
acid over heated germanium or its sulphide. It forms a colour-
less thin liquid, boiling at about 72°. The low boiling point
indicates the possibility of the substance being a compound,
Ge H CI3, corresponding with silicium chloroform, the compound
not yet having been analysed.

Germanic chloride, Ge Cl^, is prepared by the direct combination
of germanium and chlorine ; the product of the reaction is shaken
with mercury and distilled. It may also be pi'epared by heating
germanium with eight times its weight of dry mercuric chloride.
It forms a thin, colourless liquid boiling at 86°; sp. gr. = l"887 at
18°. When exposed to air, it fumes considerably, but less than
the dichloride. Water decomposes it with formation of an oxide ;
the reaction gives rise to considerable development of heat. When
a mixture of germanium chloride with hydrogen is passed through
a red hot tube, germanium is deposited on the wall of the tube ;
the reduction is, however, only partial.

Germanic iodide, Ge I4, is best prepared by heating germanium
in a current of carbonic anhj'dride containing iodine vapour. The
reaction takes place with much ^less ease than in the case of the

CHEMISTRT. 31

chloride, and the .product always contains free iodine, even when
an excess o£ the metal is present. It is an orange-coloured
substance, which melts at 144°, and boils between 350° and 400° ;
the vapour is yellow, and is inflammable ; when mixed with air
and ignited it detonates feebly. It is very hygroscopic. In
determining the vapour-density, it was found that this compound
does not dissociate at 440°, but that it does so considerably at 658°.

Germanium is most readily identified by the formation of the
white sulphide when its alkaline solution is treated with am-
monium sulphide, and subsequently with a large excess of hydro-
chloric acid. The quantitative estimation is also carried out by
means of the sulphide, which is then converted into the oxide.

The atomic weight and the properties of germanium show that
it is identical with Mendeleeff's ekasilicon, occupying the position
between gallium and arsenic in the periodic arrangement of the
elements.

Action of Acids and Bases on Solutions of Tartar Emetic. M.
Guntz. (Coviptes Rendus, cii. 1472-1474. From Journ. Ghem.
Soc.) When a dilute solution of tartar emetic is mixed with an
equivalent quantity of hydrochloric acid, the whole of the anti-
mony is not precipitated, and the pi*ecipitate is not antimony
hydrate. With one equivalent of hydrochloric acid, 10"5 per cent,
of the total antimony is precipitated, and the amount increases
with the proportion of acid until sixteen equivalents precipitate 58
per cent. Precipitation is diminished by diluting the solution of
tartar emetic, and is increased by a rise of temperature. The
precipitate contains tartaric acid, chlorine, and antimony oxide in
proportions which vary with the conditions of precipitation and
washing. The quantity of antimony precipitated by sulphuric
acid is even less than by hydrochloric acid.

It is most probable that when tartar emetic is mixed with
hydrochloric acid, potassium chloride and antimony hydrogen tar-
trate are formed. The latter is decomposed by water into tartaric
acid and basic antimony tartrate, which is acted on by the excess
of hydrochloric acid, with formation of the oxychloride, Sb^ O5
Clo- This view is confirmed by the behaviour of barium antimony
tartrate. If this salt is treated with an equivalent quantity of
sulphuric acid, pure barium sulphate is precipitated, and pure
antimony hydrogen tartrate remains in solution. If now this
solution is mixed with hydrochloric acid, basic antimony tartrate,
containing chlorine, is precipitated ; if, on the other hand, dilute
sulphuric acid is mixed with a corresponding quantity of solid

32 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

barium antimony tartrate, the barium sulphate which is formed
always contains tartaric acid and antimony oxide, in proportions
which vary with the dilution and the temperature.

When a solution of tartar emetic is mixed with two equivalents
of potassium hydrate, 96 per cent, of the antimony is precipitated,
and any variation from this proportion of j^otasli is accompanied
by a diminution in the amount of antimony thrown down. With
one-fourth equivalent, only 23 per cent, of the antimony is preci-
pitated, whilst with sixteen equivalents the precipitate is com-
pletely re-dissolved. The potassium hydrate forms normal
potassium tai^trate and antimony oxide, and the latter combines
with the excess of alkali, forming a soluble antimonite.

Aromatic Antimony Compounds. A. Miichaelis and A.
Reese. {Liehig's Anualen, ccxxxiii. 39-60. From Journ. Chem.
Soc.) After referring to the various researches on organic anti-
mony compounds by Loewig and Schweitzer (Annalen, Ixxv. 315) >
Hofmann (Ibid., cviii. 357), Landolt (Ibid., Ixxviii. 91, Ixxxiv. 44),
Buckton (Journ. Chem. Soc, 1860, 15), and others, the authors
describe the preparation of ti-ipheuylstibine by the action of
sodium on a solution of antimony trichloride and chlorobenzene
in benzene. The product of the reaction is filtered, the residue
repeatedly extracted with benzene, and the extract added to the
original filti'ate ; on evaporation, triphcnylstibine, mixed with
triphenylstibine chloride, is deposited. The product is purified by
treatment with alcohol mixed with strong hydrochloric acid, the
residue being washed with alcohol, dried and transferred to a
flask containing light petroleum. Chlorine is passed over the
surface of the solution until no further precipitate is produced,
and the precipitate is then washed with petroleum, and recrys-
tallized from boiling alcohol. The chloride thus obtained is
dissolved in alcoholic ammonia, treated with suljdiurctted hydro-
gen, and the precipitated stibine dried and recrystallizcd from a
mixture of alcohol and ether.

Triphenylstibine, Sb Phg, forms colourless triclinic plates, which
are highly refractive ; a : b : c = 069695 : 1 : 088938 ; a = 100°
37' 50" ; (3 = 103° 30' 50" ; y = 75° 25' 0" ; sp. gr. = 1-4498 at 12°.
It is freely soluble in ether, benzene, glacial acetic acid, light
petroleum, carbon bisulphide, and chloroform. It melts at 48°,
and boils at .360° with slight decomposition. Triphenylstibine
unites directly witli chlorine, bromine, and certain metallic
chlorides, for instance cupric chloi-ide. It decomposes mercuric
chloride, forming antimony trichloride and mercuric phenyl

CHEMISTRY.

chloride. Triplienylstibine readily dissolves in strong nitric acid,
and the solution deposits crystals of triplienylstibine nitrate,
PhgSbCNOa), (m.p. 156=).

The dichloride, Phy Sb Clo, forms long slender needles, melts at
143°, and is soluble in benzene and carbon bisulphide. It is not
decomposed by water, and is slowly acted on by aqueous solutions
of alkalies. Alcoholic potash converts it into the hydroxide.

The dibromide is prepared by adding bromide to a solution of
ti'iphenylstibine in glacial acetic acid. It melts at 216", and dis-
solves freely in benzene, carbon bisulphide, and hot acetic acid.
The iodide, Ph3 Sb lo, crystallizes in glistening tables ; it melts at
153°, and dissolves freely in benzene. The hydroxide, Phg Sb
(0H)2, melts at 212°; it is soluble in alcohol.

When a mixture of triphenylstibine and methyl iodide is
heated at 200°, a brick-red powder is produced, which appears to
be identical with the polymeric modification of trimethylstibine
iodide observed by Landolt (J. pr. Chem., Ixxxiv. 336). Attempts
to prepare zinc phenyl by the action of pure zinc methyl on
triphenylstibine were unsuccessful.

In the preparation of triphenylstibine, diplienylstihine chloride,
Ph, Sb CI3, is obtained as a by-pi"oduct. The yield may be in-
creased by diminishing the quantity of sodium used in the reaction.
The crude product is extracted with alcohol mixed with hydro-
chloric acid, and the residue left on evaporating this extract is
repeatedly boiled in dilute hydrochloric acid ; on cooling, the
solution deposits needle-shaped crystals of the chloride contain-
ing 1 mol. Hg O. Dipheuylstibine chloride melts at 180° ; it is
insoluble in water.

Diphenylstibic acid, Ph, SbO'OH, is obtained as a white pre-
cipitate when ammonia is added to an alcoholic solution of the
chloride. The acid dissolves in acetic acid, and in sodium
hydroxide solution.

Influence of Heat on the Decomposition of Oxalic Acid by
Ferric Chloride. G. Lemoine, (IhiU. de la Sor. Chiui., xlvi.
289-294.) The author has studied the action of heat on the
progress of the reaction Fcg Clg + H^ Cg O4 = 2 Fe Clo -f 2 H CI
+ 2 C Oj, employing for his experiments equal volumes of solu-
tions containing the two substances named in equivalent pro-
portions. Little or no action took place on heating this mixture
in the dark to below 50° C ; but at higher temperatures the action
was very marked. At 100° C, the evolution of C Oo was very
rapid at the beginning, decreasing gradually afterwards ; the

34 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

decrease being proportional to the decrease of undecomposed
"oxalic acid in the mixtui-e. The evolution of gas was much in-
creased by dilution with water. Dilution with normal oxalic acid
greatly increased the rate of reaction until sufficient of the acid
bad been added to form an acid ferric oxalate, but further
addition of the acid decreased the speed of the action. On the
wliole the influence of heat seemed to be similar to that of light.

Zinc Salicylate. F. H. Alcock. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 226). The author's examination of samples tends to show
that this salt, as met with in commerce, is not of constant com-
position, and also diifei's much with regard to solubility and
general characters.

Substitution-Products of Salicylic Acid. E. F. Smith and
E. B. Knerr. (Amer. Chem. Journ., viii. 95-101.) The com-
pounds described by the authors are dichlorosalicylic acid, nieta-
chloriodosalicylic acid, and two metanitrosalicylic acids. For
particulars the reader is referred to the original paper.

Preparation of Salol. C. Kolbe. {Pharm. Zeltung, 1886,
544.) Salol is prepared by heating together equivalent quantities
of sodium salicylate and sodium carbolate in the presence of
phosphorus pentachloride, the end products being sodium chloride,
pliosphoric anhydride, and salol.

Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Benzoic Acid. M. Hunriot.
(Co7nptes Rendas, cii. 1250-1251. From Journ. Chem. Sac.) When
benzoic acid is dissolved in 5-10 times its weight of sulphuric acid,
and gradually mixed with 3 times its weight of a 200 vol. solution
of hydrogen peroxide aLso dissolved in sulphuric acid, an energetic
reaction takes place. When the product is diluted with water and
distilled in a cui'rent of steam, unaltered benzoic acid first passes
over, and then a mixture of benzoic and salicylic acids. These
two acids are separated by neutralizing with bai-ium carbonate,
filtering, and boiling the filtrate with an excess of baryta solution,
when the salicylic acid is precipitated in the form of a basic barium
salicylate. A small quantity of another acid is produced, which is
more soluble in water than salicylic acid, gives a wine-red colora-
tion with ferric cliloride, is turned brown by alkalies and even by
ammonium carbonate in presence of air, and dis.solves in concen-
trated sulphuric acid, forming a red solution.

When weaker hydrogen peroxide solution acts on a sulphuric
acid solution of benzoic acid at 200°, the liquid contains a certain
quantity of phenol, but no salicylic acid. It would seem, there-
fore, that at a high temperature parahydroxybenzoic acid is

CHEMISTRY. 35

produced, but it is also possible that the pbenol is a product of
the alteration of salicylic acid at the high temperature.

Presence of Cinnamic Acid in Plants belonging to the Order
Ericaceae. J. F. Eykman. {Bee. Trav. Ghim., v. 297, 298.)
From the leaves of the EnJciantJius Japonicus, an ornamental plant
in Japanese gardens, the author has extracted by means of chloro-
form a crystalline substance, proved by analysis and physical
properties to be cinnamic acid.

Benzylamine. T. Curtius and G.Lederer'. (Ber. der deutsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 2462, 2463.) When benzaldehyde and amidoacetic
acid are heated together at 130°, carbonic anhydride is evolved
and benzylamine formed.

The Reduction of Nitrites to Hydroxylamine by Sulphuretted
Hydrogen. E. Divers and T. Haga. {Broc. Chem. Soc, 1886,
No. 28.) On decomposing silver nitrite with sulphuretted hydrogen
hydroxylamine is formed as the chief product. Mercurous nitrite,
supposed hitherto not to exist, has been prepared by the authors,
and will be described in a future communication ; it also yields
hydroxylamine on treatment with sulphuretted hydrogen. In a
preliminary note reference was made to the production of yellow
crystals of unknown nature, together with metallic mercury and
hydroxylamine, on treating mercurous nitrate with nitric oxide.
Having since prepared mercurous nitrite, the authors have now
learned that these yellow crystals were this salt ; and having
ascertained that sulphuretted hydrogen converts it partly into hy-
droxylamine, they further recognised that the apparent formation
of this base from mercurous nitrate and nitric oxide had really
been its formation from mercurous nitrite and the hydrogen sul-
phide used to remove the mercury from the solution, as mercurous
nitrate is soluble in nitric acid with but partial decomposition.
The green solution prepared by mixing an alkaline nitrite with
copper sulphate also yields hydroxylamine when treated with
sulphuretted hydrogen. Alkaline nitrites alone, treated with sul-
phuretted hydrogen and then acidified, yield no hydroxylamine.
The formation, here described, of hydroxylamine from the nitrites
of the silver-mercury group of metals, is the only indisputable
evidence there yet is of the conversion of an inorganic nitrite into
hydroxylamine.

Derivatives of Thymol. G. Mazzara and G. Uiscalzo. (Gaz-
zetta chim. Ital., xvi. 195-197.) The derivatives dealt with by the
authors ai'e bromonitrothymol, bromonitrosothymol, and bromami-
dothymol. For particulars the original paper must be referred to.

36 TEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Derivatives of C3rmene. G. Mazzara. {Gazzetta chtm.Ital., xvi.
191-195.) A description is given in this paper of amidobromo-
cymene, bromhydroxycymene, and several nitrobromo-derivatives
of cymene. These compounds were prepared by the author in the
course of some experiments made with the object of transforming
derivatives of thymol into those of carvacrol.

Constittition of Safrole. T. Poleck. (Ber. der deutsch. chem.
Ges., xix. 1094-1098.) Further researches respecting the constitu-
tion of this body have induced the author to adopt Eykman's
formula, Cg Hg. CgH^ (0 H). O Me, in place of the one previously
proposed by himself (see Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1885, 209).

Terpinol. G. Bouchardat and R. Voiry. (Comptes Rendus,
April 4th, 1887.) The authors conclude that the substance known
as terpinol is a mixture. They have separated from it a compound
which they name terpol ; this forms five-sixths of the whole, and
is either identical or isomorphous with caoutchine monohydrate.
The second product requires further examination.

Menthol Derivatives. G. Arth. (Ann. Ghim. Phys. [6], vii.
433-499.) The derivatives described in this paper are oxymen-
thylic acid and some of its compounds, ^-pimelic acid, menthol-
urethane, menthyl urethane, methyl carbonate, menthyl benzoate,
normal and acid methyl succinate, and the normal and acid
menthyl orthophthalate. For particulars reference should be made
to the original paper, which is not suited for useful abridgment.

Cinchol. O. Hesse. (Liehig's Annalen, ccxxxiv. 375-379.)
A further comparison of the properties of cinchol and Liebermann's
oxyquinoterpene, or cholestole, confirms the author's previously
expressed opinion (abstract, Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1886, 173),
that these two substances are identical.

Terebenthene Derivatives. L. Pesci and N. Bettelli.
(ArcMv dor Pharm. [3J, xxiv. 1037.) The preparation of the
hydrocarbon phellandrene, of nitro-phellandrene, phellandrendia-
mine, and amidophellandrene, from Oleum pheUandrii has been
recently described by one of the authors. Subsequently, by simi-
lar treatment with nitrous acid, hrvorotatory terebenthene has
yielded a dextrorotatory nitrotcrebenthene, CjqHjj'NOo, from
which nascent hydrogen produces the primary base amidotere-
bentlu'uo, Cj,, IT,- • X H^, whicli again is Ijevorotatory.

Carveol, Borneol, and Menthol. R. Leuckart. (Ber. der
deutsch. chem. Ges., xx. 114-116; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 376.)
The author gives the name carveol to an alcohol, Cjo Hjj O H,
which he has obtained by reducing carvole with sodium and

CHEMISTRY. 37

alcohol. It is a thick liquid, has a characteristic odour quite
different from that of carvole, and boils at 218-220°. The acetate
and benzoate are liquid. With phenyl cyanate, even in the cold,
it yields carvyl phenylamidoformate, N H Ph •COO* Ciq H15. This
compound forms small needles, easily soluble in alcohol, spainngly
so in ether, and melts at 84°. Borneol similarly forms bornyl
phenylamidoformate, N H Ph • C 00 ' C^^^ Hjy, crystallizing in needles
soluble in boiling alcohol and melting at 133°. Menthol, under
similar circumstances, yields menthyl phenyli^midoformate, 'N H Ph"
COO' Cjo Hjg, which crystallizes in silky needles soluble in boil-
ing alcohol and melting at 111°. No corresponding compounds
are obtainable from carvole, camphor, or bromo-camphor, which
seems to point to the absence of an hydroxyl-group in the latter
substances. At higher temperatures, reaction takes place between
carvole and phenyl isocyanate ; carbonic anhydride is evolved, and
diphenylcarbamide is among the products of the reaction.

Camphol from "Valerian. A. Haller. (Oompfes Bend us, c'ni.
151-153. From. Joiirn. Chem. Soc.) Oil of valerian boiling at 220-
250° was heated for several hours with alcoholic potash, and the
product poured into water. The precipitated camphol was washed
with water, sublimed from lime, and repeatedly crystallized from
light petroleum. The product crystallizes in very friable trans-
parent, hexagonal tables, with a pungent, eamphoraceous odour.
It melts at 208'8°, and its solution in toluene has a rotatory power
[a]£)= - 37'77°. The corresponding camphor melts at 178*2°,
rotatory power [a]^ = — 42"96° ; the monobromocamphor melts
at 75'2°, rotatory power [aju = — 127'57°, and the camphoric acid
melts at 186'2°, rotatory power [a]D= - 46'16°. These values
are identical with those obtained for camphol of N'gai and its
derivatives, and it follows that the two substances are identical.

Derivatives of Camphor. L. Balbiano. (Gazz.chim. Ital., ycvi.
132-139. From Journ. Chem. Soc.) In a former paper the
author has shown by means of the phenylhydrazine reaction that
camphor contains a carbonyl-group. Camphophenylhydrazine is
an oil readily decomposed, even when boiled under reduced pres-
sure. In ethereal solution it is converted by hydrochloric acid
into aniline hydrochloride and the nitrile of campholenic acid,
thus : Cio H16 -^2 H Ph + H CI = Cg Hi5 C N + N H^ Ph, H CI.
When distilled with concentrated hydrochloric acid, it yields the
same products together with camphor and phenylhydrazine hydi-o-
chloride, thus :

38 YEAR-BOOR OF PHARMACY.

2 Cg Hi6 No H Ph + 2 H CI + Ho O =
Cg Hi6 C 4- Cg Hi5 -C N + N H2 N H Ph, H CI + N H2 Ph, H CI.

The reaction between bromocamphor and phenylhydrazine is very
violent ; to modify it the temperature must be lowered and the
solvents perfectly dried. Under these conditions phenylhydrazine
hydrobromide is formed, together with a derivative of dihydrazine,
which it is proposed to designate campliylpJienyldihydrazine. This
compound, Ng Hj Ph • C^q H^s '■ No H Ph, is a solid, amorphous
substance, melting at 55°, soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble
in water. The reaction leading to its formation is as follows :

Cjo Hi5 Br + 3 Ph H No H^ =
No H3 Ph -Cjo Hi5 : N2 H Ph + Ph N2 H3, H Br + Ho O.

Cyano-Camphor. A. Haller. (Comptes Bendus, ccii. 1477-
1479.) The author describes the preparation of ethyl campho-
carbonate, C^qH^s 'C Et, and shows that cyano-camphor
may be regarded as the nitrile of camphocarbonic acid.

The formation and properties of sodium and potassium campho-
cyanates, C^q H^^ Na C N O and Cjq H^ K C N 0, are described in
the same paper.

Combinations of Nitro-Camphor. P. Cazeneuve. (Comptes
Rendus, July 26, 1886.) On treating normal chloronitrous camphor
with zinc, copper, iron, or alkalies in presence of dilute alcohol,
it is decomposed with formation of a metallic chloride and oxide
or an alkaline chloride or chlorate, whilst a compound of nitro-
camphor with the metal in question is produced.

Thiopten. A. Biedermann and P. Jacobsen. (Ber. der
dentsch. chem. Ges., xix. 2444-2447 ; Jonrn. Chem. Soc, 1886, 1032.)
On theoretical grounds the existence of a compound, Cg H^ Sg, is
probable, which bears to thiophen the same relation as that of
naphthalene to benzene, and whose constitution is expressible by

.CHCCH^^
the formula, C H^ >C H.

\_s -c -s— ^

Such a compound (thiopten) is obtained in small quantities by
the distillation of citric or tricarballylic acid with piiosphorus
sulphide, and can be purified by means of its crystalline com-
pound with picric acid. It is an oil boiling at 224-226°, of faint,
pleasant odour ; it gives the indophenine reaction. The picrate,
CgH^So, Cg H3 (N02)3, crystallizes in golden needles, melting
at 133°, and the tetrabromoderivative, Cg Br^ Sg, in long white

CHEMISTRY. 39

needles, melting at 172^, soluble in benzene, sparingly soluble in
alcohol.

Derivatives of Tribromophenol. A. Purgotti. (Gazzetta chim.
Ital., xvi. 526-531.) Tlie caZcMMJt-derivative of tribi-omoplienol
crystallizes in white, silky needles ; the awimowMim-derivative
forms minute crystals, more soluble in cold water than in hot ;
the siYt'er-derivative is a red, insoluble powder darkening rapidly
on exposure ; the lead and zwic-derivatives are white precipitates,
and the copper- derivative a violet powder, insoluble in water but
soluble in ammonia. The e^/i?/Z-derivative crystallizes in brilliant
prisms meltiiig at 69°. As an antiseptic tribromophenol seems to
be superior to phenol and thymol.

Derivatives of Umbelliferone. W. Will and P. Eeck. {Ber.
der deufsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1777-1786.) In this paper the
authors describe bromo-derivatives of umbelliferone ethyl and
methyl ethers, and arrive at the conclusion that these ethers are
true coumarins, and, like the latter, yield two isomeric alkyloxy-
acids.

Formation of Quinol from Cliiinone. G. Ciamician. (Gazz.
cMm. Ital., xvi. Ill, 112.) When an alcoholic solution of quinono
is exposed to bright sunlight for a few days it yields quinol and
ethaldehyde, in accordance with the following equation : —

CfiH.Oo+C.HyO = CeHfiO. + aH.Oo.

Preparation of Cluinone and duinol. R. N"ietzki. {Ber. der
deufsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1467-1469.) The author points out
several objectionable points in Seyda's modifications of his own
processes for the preparation of these substances. He now re-
commends the following procedure : — A concentrated solution of
sodium bichromate (one part of salt in two to three parts of
water) is slowly added to a mixture of one part of aniline, twenty-
five parts of water, and eight parts of sulphuric acid, the liquid
being well cooled ; the addition of the chromate solution is
continued until any quinhydrone formed has been oxidized to
quinone. Instead of extracting the quinone with ether and then
i-educing it to quinol, it is best to reduce at once with sulphurous
anhydride, filter oif the insoluble impurities, and extract the
quinol with ether. Operating in this way, a yield of 85 per cent,
of crude quinol (on the aniline employed) has been obtained.

QpUinol and Formic Acid. F. Mylius. (Ber. der deutsch. chem.
Ges., xix. 999-1009; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 706). Quinolformic
acid, Cos -^26 ^10' is formed when quinol (4 mols.) is dissolved in

40 YEAU-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

hot formic acid, and separates on cooling in colourless, pointed
crystals ; it melts at abont 60° with evolution of formic acid.
When dissolved in water, it is decomposed into its constituents.

When quinol is heated with twice its weight of crjstallizable
formic acid for three or four hours at 250^, a product is obtained
consisting of glassy needles ; a large quantity of carbonic oxide
is formed. The new compound cannot be purified by crystalliza-
tion, as all solvents, water, alcohol, etc., decompose it into quinol
and carbonic oxide, and a small quantity of formic acid. It melts
at 170° with evolution of carbonic oxide, and leaves a residue of
quinol. It is probably formed by the elimination of water
(1 mol.) from quinolformic acid (2 mols.), and would thus be
quinolformic anhydride (C^j Hg Oo)8» t)o H^ 0;j. Concordant analy-
tical results could not be obtained, but the results of quantitative
experiments, in w^hich the carbonic oxide and the formic acid were
estimated, support this view.

Quinolhydrocyanic acid (Cj; Hg Oo)o, H C N, is obtained by heat-
ing quinol with anhydrous hydrocyanic acid at 100° ; it forms
coloui'less, lustrous needles, and decomposes into its constituents
when h(>:ited, or by contact with water.

Saccharin. (Jonrn. Soc. CTiem. Iml., July, 1886, 422. From Pharm.
Journ.) The conclusions arrived at by Stutzer concerning the
innocuousness of saccharin when taken into the human body have
recently been confirmed by Professor E. Salkowski {Virchow's
Archiv, cv. 46), and Professor Dreschfeld has ascertained that
when given in diabetes it does not affect either the quantity of
uiino or of sugar passed. It has scarcely any retarding effect on
the digestion of either proteids or carbohydrates, and in two cases
of acid dyspepsia, it was found to relieve some of the troublesome
symptoms. It has also been found that added in small quantities
it increases the diastatic action of malt in presence of sugar.

Antifennentative Properties of Saccharin. MM. Aducco
and JNlosso. (Chem. Zeitiinfj, Oct. 10, 1886. From Pharm. Jonr7i.)
It was found that in the proportion of 016 per cent, saccharin
distinctly and persistently diminished the activity of beer yeast
at a temperature both of 16° and 30° C. In a mixture of equal
parts of a 032 per cent, saccharin solution and urine, kept at a
temperatui-e of 16° to 17° C, ammoniacal fermentation had not
commenced at the end of seven days, when a mixture containing
the same proportion of salicylic acid had broken down. A
saccliarin solution retarded the lactic fermentation in milk, and
the action of a preparation of pancreas was also considerably

CHEMISTRY. 41

slackened by it. Added to a pepsin liquor in the proportion of
0'16 to 0'032 per cent., saccharin retarded the peptonizing of
coagulated albumen, though without stopping it ; but upon reduc-
tion of the saccharin to 0"0064 per cent., the gastric juice was then
scarcely affected. Comparative experiments showed benzoic acid
to be equally powerful in this respect, and salicylic acid a little
more so. In the proportion of 0'16 to 0"32 per cent, in acid
and neutral solutions, saccharin proved capable of affecting the
amylotic action of saliva, the effect being least in the neutral
solution. Salicylic acid proved rather more powerful in similar
solutions, and boric acid had about the same effect as saccharin.

So-called Soluble Starch. J. Kraus. (A7i7i. Agronom., xii.
540, 541. From Jcurn. Chem. Soc.) Janis and Schenk have
found in the epidermis of Ornithogalum and of Gagea a substance
dissolved in the cell sap which strikes a blue colour with iodine.
Nageli has shown that it is not starch, and believes it to be an
albuminoid. The author, having met with this same substance in
the epidermis of some Arums, has come to the conclusion that it is
allied to the tannins. Chloriodide of zinc colour's it rose, ferric
chloride and ferrous sulphate strike a brownish green ; on the
other hand, potassium dichromate and Gardiner's reagent give no
reactions. The substance behaves like a tannin in being developed
under the influence of light, and in persisting without alteration
in dead or dying leaves. That iodine should strike a blue colour
with a tannin is not surprising, since Giessmayer has shown that
a solution of tannin gives with a weak solution of iodine, in feebly
alkaline water, a bright red colour, and Nasser has recognised that
tannic and gallic acids and pyrogallol, in the presence of neutral
salts or acids, are coloured red-purple by iodine.

The so-called Soluble Starch contained in Vegetable Tissues. J.
Dufour. (Ann. Agronom., xii. 297, 298; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886,
903.) The so-called " soluble starch " found in the cell contents
of the epidermis of certain plants is considered by Kraus to be
really a tannin. The author's observations tend to show that at
any rate it is not a carbohydrate analogous to ordinaiy starch. It
may be a glucoside, but it gives none of the reactions of tannin
with ammonium molybdate, ferric chloride, potassium bichromate,
and gelatin. The autlior does not concur in Niigeli's suggestion
that it is an albuminoid.

The plants containing most of this substance are Saponaria
officinalis and Gypsophila perfoliata, Arum Italictim., Bryonia dio'ica;
several species of Hordeum, Ornithogahmi umbellatum^ and Gagea

42 YEAR-BOOK OF PflAEMACY.

lutea also contain it. In all these plants it occurs in tlie epider-
mis, but Ntigeli believes that a similar body exists in various seeds
(Ajiagyris foctida, Peganum harniala, etc) . A fragment of the epider-
mis of Saponaria qficinalis is speedily coloured an intense violet
when immersed in iodised potassium iodide. An alcoholic tinc-
ture of iodine produces the same effect only after evaporation of the
alcohol, when the blue compound is deposited in crystalline needles.
The alcoholic extract of the leaves of S. officinalis, treated with
ether to dissolve out chlorophyll, etc., and then with water to
dissolve out the "soluble starch," yields a yellowish neutral solu-
tion. A drop of this evaporated on a glass slide deposits yellowish
spheroidal crystals, with radial lines, but no trace of concentric
striae. These crystals do not swell out in hot water like starch
gi-anules.

Inosite. L. Maquenne. {Comptes Bendus, civ. 225-227;
Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 355.) Walnut leaves are extracted me-
thodically with about four times their Aveight of water, and the
boiling solution is precipitated first with milk of lime, then with
lead acetate, and finally with basic lead acetate, which forms an
insoluble compound with the inosite. The last precipitate is
washed with water, decomposed by sulphui'etted hydrogen, and the
solution concentrated to a syrup. The boiling liquid is then mixed
with 7 or 8 per cent, of concentrated nitric acid, which destroys
nearly all the foreign matter without attacking the inosite, and,
after cooling, a mixture of 4-5 vols, of alcohol with 1 vol. of
ether is gradually added to the nearly colourless liquid. Inosite
is thus separated as a colourless flocculent precipitate, which is
recrystallized from dilute acetic acid, dissolved in water, again
treated with nitric acid, and again precipitated with alcohol and
ether. A small quantity of calcium sulphate, which always occiirs
in the product, is decomposed by adding barium hydrate, and
the barium is removed by means of ammonium carbonate, the pro-
duct being finally recrystallized fi-om water. The yield is about
294 grams per kilo, of leaves.

Anhydrous inosite has the composition* Cg Hjo Og , Avhilst the
crystals have the composition Cg Hjo Og -I- 2 Ho O ; they lose all
their water at 110°. Inosite does not volatilise without decora-
jiosition, but its molecular weight can be determined by Raoult's
ciyoscopic method ; that is, by determining the freezing point of
its aqueous solution. The freezing point of a solution of 25 grams
of inosite in 100 grams of water is - 029°, whilst the calculated
value for Cg Hj., Og is - 0-27°.

CHEMISTRY. 43

Inosite is only slightly soluble in cold, but very soluble in warm
water. It is insoluble in alcohol, ether, and glacial acetic acid, but
dissolves readily in dilute acetic acid, from which it can be easily
crystallized. It melts at 217° without carbonisation, and boils
with slight decomposition in a vacuum at 319°. When heated in
the air, it burns readily. Solutions of inosite are optically inactive,
both when freshly prepared and after they have been in contact
with Penicilliurn glaticum for six weeks. Inosite is not attacked
by boiling dilute acids or alkalies, does not reduce copper solutions,
and is not acted on by ammoniacal silver nitrate alone, but in
presence of sodium hydi-ate it yields a mirror of metallic silver.
It does not combine with sodium hydrogen sulphite, is not reduced
by sodium amalgam, and is not sensibly affected by halogens in
the cold. When heated with bromine and water at 100°, it yields
brown products precipitable by salts of barium, and similar to
those obtained in Scherer's reaction. These compounds contain
no bromine, and are oxidation-products which can be more readily
prepared by the action of nitric acid.

A New Compound of Saccharose. A. Herzfeld. (Chem. Centr.,
1886, 271.) The combination described by the author is obtained
by suspending saccharates of alkaline earths in alcohol and treat-
ing with hydrochloric acid. A solution is thus obtained from
which a calcium chloride compound of an ethyl ether of the sugar
is slowly precipitated.

Oxidation-Products of Levulose. A. Herzfeld and E. Born-
stein. {Chem. Centr., 1886, 187.) In order to study the action
of weak oxidizing agents, the authors operated with mercuric oxide
in presence of barium hydrate upon a boiling aqueous solution of
levulose. The products obtained were glycollic acid and normal
trihydroxybutyric acid.

Oxidation-Products of Levulose. A. Herzfeld and H. Winter.
{Chem. Centr., 1886, 271-273.) The oxidation of solutions of levu-
lose by the gradual addition of bromine, continued over a period
of several weeks, yielded (after removal of the bromine by treat-
ment with lead and silver oxides) glycollic and trihydroxybutyric
acids, the same products as were obtained by oxidation with mer-
curic oxide and barium hydrate (see preceding abstract).

Irisin. O. Wallach. (Liebig's Annalen, ccxxxiv. 364-375.)
The rhizome of the water lily, Iris pseudacorus, contains a peculiar
carbohydrate, called "irisin" by the author. Irisin, CgH^oO;-!-
Hj 0, closely resembles inulin, but is distinguished from the latter
by its more powerful action on polarised light ; [aju = — 49° 9'

44 TEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

for a 2 per cent, solution of irisin, and [a]D= - 37° 27' for a solu-
tion of inulin of the same strength. Fehling's solution is not
reduced by irisin, but the carbohydrate is easily attacked by dilute
acids, yielding levulose as the chief product. Irisin is four times
as soluble as inulin in water at 22°. Under the microscope the
globules of irisin resemble the minute globules of inulin in size,
but they do not exhil)it double refraction.

Action of Potassium Permanganate on Glucose. A. Smolka.
(Monatsh. Chem., viii. 1-26.) In the presence of an excess of
permanganate the oxidation of the glucose is complete, especially
on boiling ; the products of the reaction being water, carbonic
anhydride, and potassium hydroraanganite, K H3 Mn^ O^q. With
smaller proportions of permanganate, and at ordinary temperatures,
oxalic and formic acids are formed, along with water and carbonic
anhydride, and a portion of the glucose may remain unaltered.

Conversion of Glucose into Dextrins. E. Grimaux and L.
Lefevre. {Comptes Rendtcs, ciii. 146-149. From Journ. Chem.
Soc.) Pure glucose was dissolved in eight times its weight of
hydrochloi'ic acid of sp. gr. 1026, the solution distilled in a vacuum
on the water-bath, and the syrupy amber-coloured residue dis-
solved in water and precipitated by alcohol, solution and pre-
cipitation being repeated several times. The product was then
dissolved in water, decolorised by animal charcoal, the solution
concentrated by evaporation in a vacuum on the water-bath, and
then allowed to evaporate in a vacuum at the ordinary temperature.
The product thus obtained is a white powder which resembles
ordinary white dextrin, is very hygroscopic, and forms gummy
solutions. Its reducing and rotatory power vary with the number
of times the substance has been redissolved and reprecipitatcd.
When prepared by the method just described, the dextrin contains
a small proportion of fermentable sugar, which can be removed by
treatment with yeast. After purification in this way, one product
had a reducing power of 178 per cent., whilst its rotatory power
for [a]D= -f- 97-48.

The dextrin obtained in this way has the composition 3 Cg HjQOg
+ H, O, and belongs to the class of achroodextrins. Its general
properties resemble those of the dextrin obtained by Musculus by
the action of sulphuric acid on glucose in presence of alcohol, but
it has a lower rotatory and reducing power. It is not coloured
by iodine, is unaffected by infusion of malt, and undergoes hydra-
tion somewliat slowly when boiled with dilute acids. The glucose
formed from it by the action of acids is readily fermentable.

CHEMISTRY. 45

The alcoholic liquid from which the dextrin has been precipi-
tated contains other dextrins with higher reducing powers, to-
gether with a fermentable sugar, which is found by Fischer's
reaction with phenylhjdrazine and sodium acetate to be a mixture
of glucose and maltose.

Galactose from milk-sugar behaves like dextrose, and yields a
galactodextrin which resembles glucodextrin. Its reducing power
in tei-ms of glucose is 10 per cent., and its rotatory power for
[a]D=+80.

Acid Fermentation of Glucose. M. Boutroux. (Comptes
Bendus, cii. 924-927 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 682.) The acid
fermentation of glucose takes place under the influence of a
micrococcus resembling that to which the author has previously
given the name M. ohlongus. If this ferment is sown in a solution
of glucose in yeast- water containing an excess of chalk, and kept
at 35°, crystals of the calcium salt of an acid separate, and before
long the surface of the liquid is covered with a crystalline crust.
If the zymo-gluconic acid obtained by the action of M. ohlongus
on glucose is mixed with yeast-water and the ferment under the
same conditions, it yields the same product. In order to obtain
the free acid, the calcium salt is converted into the cadmium salt,
which is purified by recrystallization, and then decomposed by
sulphuretted hydrogen. The free acid is an almost colourless
syrup, with a distinctly acid reaction, very soluble in water and
alcohol, but only slightly soluble in ether. It is turned brown by
a slight elevation of temperature, or by the addition of a slight
excess of alkali, especially ammonia.

The calcium, strontium, and cadmium salts are crystallizable,
but show great tendency to form supersaturated solutions ; the
potassium, sodium, ammonium, and thallium salts have only been
obtained in the form of syrups. The calcium salt crystallizes in
prisms with a rhombic base, which seem to belong to the mono-
clinic .system ; it is only slightly soluble in cold water, but dissolves
much more readily in boiling water ; the hydrochloric acid solu-
tion is distinctly Igevogyrate. The strontium salt forms microscopic
crystals, which seem to be derived from a prism with a rhombic
base ; it is only slightly soluble in cold water, but is much more
soluble in boiling water. The cadmiura salt forms very brilliant
crystals, which seem to belong to the monoclinic system ; it dis-
solves in about 65 parts of water at 15°, and is very soluble in
boiling water. Concenti^ated solutions of the salt are gradually
decomposed by ebullition.

46 YKAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

With normal or basic lead acetate, or with bismuth nitrate,
solutions of the salts give white amorphous precipitate, soluble in
acetic acid. Concentrated solutions also give crystalline pi'ecipi-
tates, which form slowly with salts of calcium and strontium, but
they give no precipitate with salts of barium, magnesium, cerium,
zinc, iron, or copper. The solutions of the acid and its salts have
considerable reducing power. They decolorise alkaline potassium
permanganate ; reduce silver nitrate slowl}' in the cold, instantly
on boiling, and with ammonical silver nitrate they form a silver
mirror. Boiling solutions also reduce Fehling's solution, mer-
curous nitrate, bismuth nitrate, and mercuric chloride.

Analysis of the cadmium and calcium salts shows that the acid
has the formula Cg lljo Og. It is probably not identical with
Maumene's hexepic acid, and the author gives to it the name
" oxy gluconic acid."

Saccharose yields no acid under the same conditions.

The Action of Potassium Hydrate upon Alcohol. R. En gel.
(Comptes Eendus, ciii. 155-157.) Potassium hydrate was sus-
pended in a platinum basket in alcohol until the latter was
saturated. Under these conditions the liquid separates into two
layers, the lower being an aqueous and the upper an alcoholic solu-
tion of potassium hydrate. If the alcoholic solution is kept at 0°
for twenty-four hours, it deposits unctuous, white, crystalline plates,
which have the composition K H + 2 Et H 0, and alter rapidly
when exposed to air. This alcoholate of potassium hj^drate may
be kept in closed vessels at 0° Avithout undergoing alteration, but
at 30° it gradually decomposes. At 60° the crystals melt, and after
some hours the liquid separates into two layers; this decomposition
is very rapid at 100-120°. The alcoholate decom])oses in accord-
ance with the equation, K H 0, 2 Et H = Et K + Et O H -h Ho O.
The liberated water is saturated with potassium hydrate, and
forms the lower layer of liquid. The upper alcoholic layer when
cooled deposits slender needles which seem to have the composi-
tion EtO K-4-EtOH.

The formation of potassium ethoxide by the action of heat on
alcoholic potash, explains the action of the latter on certain organic
compounds.

The Oxidation of Ethyl Alcohol in the Presence of Turpentine.
C. VI. tStoodiuan. {Pfor. Chcm. Soc, June 2, 1887.) The
author finds that dilute ethyl alcohol in the presence of air and
turpentine becomes oxidised to acetic acid. The experiment was
made by placing in a clear glass 16-oz. bottle a mixture of 2 drams

CHEMISTRY. 47

of alcohol, 1 dram of turpentine, and 1 oz. of water ; the bottle
was securely corked and left exposed to a varying temperatui'e,
averaging about 80° F., for three months ; at the end of that time
the liquid was strongly acid from the presence of acetic acid.

One curious fact appears to have light thrown ujDon it by this
observation. Mr. McAlpine, Professor of Biology at Ormond
College, Melboui^ne University, has a method of preserving biolo-
logical specimens by abstracting their moisture with alcohol after
hardening in chromic acid, and then placing the specimen in
turpentine for some time ; great discrepancies arise, however,
according as the alcohol is allowed or not to evaporate from the
specimen before dijiping it into turpentine.

Preparation of Chloroform. G. Michaelis and W. T. Mayer.
(I)ingl. polyt. Journ., cclxi. 496.) The authors' process of px'e-
paring chloroform consists in subjecting crude acetates to dry
distillation at temperatures varying between 300° and 500°, treat-
ing the products with hypochlorites, condensing the chloroform
therefrom by distillation, and purifying by rectification.

Non- Volatility of Glycerin with Aqueous Vapour. O. Hehner.
{Ayialyst, April, 1887, 65.) The experiments recorded by the
author show that glycerin is not volatilized with aqueous vapour
from any solution containing less than 50 per cent, of glycerin.

Lactates. H. Meyer. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 2454-
2456.) Barium lactate, with two or one mol. Ho O, crystallizes
in rectangular needles, soluble in water and glycerin, insoluble
in alcohol, the last molecule of water of crystallization is not
removed without decomposition. Aluminium lactate crystal-
lizes in anhydrous triclinic octahedra ; sodium, aluminium lactate,
Alg (C3H- 0.5)3, (C3 H,i N'*- 03)3 + 0^2' crystallizes in rectangular
pi'isms or tables.

Preparation of Phenylacetic Acid. W. Staedel. (Ber. der
deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1949-1952.) 100 grams of benzyl cyanide,
boiling at 210-235° (prepared from the chloride by Mann's
method) are added to 300 grams of dilate sulphuric acid (3 vols.
acid to 2 vols, water), and the whole heated over a flame until
a reaction begins; the flame is then removed, and in a few seconds
the reaction becomes very violent. To avoid loss, the flask con-
taining the substance is provided with a tube bent twice at i-iglit
angles, the end of which is fitted into a double-necked flask
containing water. A funnel is fitted into the second neck of the
'flask, so that it dips under the water. To avoid water being
ejected through the funnel, a dish is placed at the opening. When

48 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the first violence of the reaction ceases, the whole is heated for
some time ; the product is then mixed with water, and washed to
remove sulphuric acid. The best results are obtained when the
reaction is very violent ; care should therefore be taken that the
mixture is sufficiently heated at first. The yield was 71'5 per
cent, of the theoretical amount.

Gluconic Acids. F. Volpert. (Ber. tier deutsch. chem. Ges.,
xix. 2()"21-'2()28.) The author's experiments lead to the inference
that Iloenig''s paragluconic acid is identical Avith gluconic acid.

A Peculiar Reaction of MalonicAcid. S. Klumann. (Joum.
Chem. Soc, 1886, 935.) Malonic acid dissolves readily in cold
acetic anhj'dride, but on heating the solution, carbonic anhydride
is evolved, and the liquid becomes of a yellowish red colour with
a strong yellowish green fluorescence ; the latter is especially
marked on adding glacial acetic acid. The reaction is very sensi-
tive, being produced with a milligi-am of malonic acid. Metallic
malonates show the reaction slightly, but the ethyl salt does not
do so at all.

In preparing the new compound, it is best to heat a mixtui-e of
one part of malonic acid, one part of anhydrous sodium acetate,
and three parts of acetic anhydride gently on a Avater-bath. The
yield is small, much of the malonic acid being decomposed into
acetic acid and carbonic anhydride. The sodium compound,
Cj^ H3 Og Na, forms a brownish yellow powder. Hydrochloric
acid precipitates the free acid from its aqueous solution in pale
yellow flocks, having the composition Cj^H^Og.

A solution in dilute acetic acid evolves carbonic anhydride,
and the remaining liquid appears to contain resinous matter only.
When the sodium compound in acetic solution is boiled with
phenylliydrazinc, carbonic anhydride is evolved, and an orange-
yellow compound, of the formula C^o Hjq N^ 0^, is formed. The re-
action appears to take place according to the equation, —

C„ H3 0^ Na + 2 N H PhN H., + Co H.^ 0.-, =
CioH^O^ (NN H Ph)o + C O. + 2X 0"+ Na^Co H3O0.

This hydrazine is soluble in alcohol, glacial acetic acid, alkalies,
and strong hydrochloric acid; insoluble in water and ether. Strong
sulphuric acid dissolves it, yielding a green solution, from which
it is again preci])Itated on the addition of Avater. It melts with
decomposition at 180°.

Cholic Acid. F. Mylius. (Bcr. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix.'
2000 -2u09.) When a solution of cholic acid in acetic acid is

CHEMISTKr. 49

saturated with hydrochloric acid, a compound, Coj H^^ O5, H CI,
separates in slender needles. It is decomposed \>j water into its
components ; and when kept for some hours in contact ^vith the
solution from which it is prepared, it gradually dissolves, with
formation of monacetylchoUc acid, Co^ H39 Ac O5. When exposed
to the air, it deliquesces, and yields a resinous mass. The diacetyl
compound, C^^ Hgg Ac^ O5, is prepared by treating cholic acid with
twice its weight of acetic anhydride in the cold. It is a feeble
acid, and dissolves very readily in alcohol, ether, and benzene,
etc. ; it is almost insoluble in Avater. Its solutions have an in-
tensely bitter taste. The salts are more sparingly soluble than
those of cholic acid ; the barium salt is quite insoluble in water.

Dehydi'ocholic acid, prepared by oxidising cholic acid, was found
to have the formula C04 H3J, O5, and not Cos -^ne ^5-

The trialdoxime of dehydrocholic acid, C^i H37 Ng O5, is obtained
by the action of free hydroxylamine on dehydi'ocholic acid. It
crystallizes from alcohol in microscopic plates, which decompose
at 270^. It is almost insoluble in water and ether, sparingly
soluble in hot alcohol. When warmed with dilute hydrochloric
acid, it is decomposed into its constituents.

The results of the experiments described above show that cholic
acid contains three alcoholic hydroxyl-groups, of which two are
primary alcohol-groups ; also that dehydrocholic acid contains
three atoms of oxygen, which react with hydroxylamine, of wliich
at least two are aldehydic.

It is probable that bilianic acid, which is formed by further
oxidizing dehydrocholic acid, has the formula Coj Hg^ Og, and that
it is formed by the conversion of two aldehyde-groups of dehydro-
cholic acid into carboxyl-groups.

Solubility of Choleic Acid. P. LatschinofE. (Bej-. der deutsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 1140.) This acid is soluble at 20^ C. in 22,000
parts of water, 750 parts of ether, 14"1 parts of 98"5 per cent,
alcohol, and 25 parts of 75 per cent, alcohol. Its barium salt dis-
solves in 1200 parts of water, the solubility i-apidly increasing
with rise of temperature.

Linoleic Acid. A. Bauer and K. Hazura. (Monatsh. Chem.,
vii. 21G-229.) The crude acid from hemp oil, prepared by saponi-
fying the oil with soda and decomposing the sodium salt with
sulphuric acid, is further j^urified by solution in spirit, saponifica-
tion with ammonia, and precipitation of the barium salt, with
subsequent saponification and extraction with ether. The pure
acid gave numbers agreeing with the formula C^q Hog Oo, and

50 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

proved to be identical -with linoleic acid. When fused with potash,
it yields myristic, acetic, and formic acids, together with a small
quantity of azelaic acid.

"When oxidized with potassium permanganate, both in the
presence and absence of water, with manganese dioxide and
sulphuric acid, and with hydrogen peroxide, linoleic acid yields
azelaic acid. With a large excess of alkaline permanganate, it
yields sativic acid, C33 Hg, 0^, together with a small quantity of
another substance. Both these products are described in the
paper.

Linoleic Acid. K. Peters. (Monatsh. Chevi., vii. 552-555.)
The author questions the accuracy of the formula C^g H„g Og,
according to which this body would be the isologue of palmitic
acid, and convertible into the latter by hydrogenising agents.
He finds that upon heating with phosphorus and hydriodic acid,
it yields stearic instead of palmitic acid ; and the numbers ob-
tained by him in the combustion of pure linoleic acid harmonise
better with the formula Cjg H32 Oo, than with the one above men-
tioned.

Oxidation-Product of Linoleic Acid. K. Hazura. (Monatsh.
Chem., vii. 037, 638.) When linoleic acid is oxidised with potas-
sium permanganate in alkaline solution, linusic acid, C]8H3g O7, is
formed. It crystallizes in lustrous needles very sparingly soluble
in water, and melts at 188°.

Action of Nitric Acid on Myristic Acid. H. Noerdlinger.
{Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1893-1899.) 100 grams of
myristic acid were distilled with 700-800 grams of nitric acid (sp.
gr. 1'3), until the liquid was homogeneous ; hydrocyanic acid and
carbonic anhydride were evolved. The product in the retort was
found to consist chiefly of succinic and adipic acids, with a small
quantity of glutaric and less of pimelic, rubric, and oxalic acids.

Non-Acid Constituents of Beeswax. F. Schwalb. (Chemical
Neiv.>-, liv. 2"2ti.) Beeswax, in addition to the higher fatty acids
and alcohols, contains several hydrocarbons, two of which, having
the melting-points G0"5° and 68°, have been isolated by the author,
and are probably identical with Krafft's normal heptacosan and
hentriacontan. The alcohol of wax having the highest melting-
point, to which Brodie ascribes the formula C3oHgoO, is more
probably Cj^ Hg^ 0, whilst Brodie's formula seems to suit the
alcohol of carnauba wax. In addition to myi-ic^-lalcohol there
exists in beeswax ccryl alcohol, and a third alcohol, Cj^Hsy 0.

CHEMISTRY. 51

Cantharidin and Cautharic Acid. B. Homolka. (Ber. der
deutsch. cheni. Ges., xix. 1082-1089. Fi-om Journ. Chem. Soc.)
Although, this substance has .been the subject of very many
investigations, and the determination of its vapour- density by
Piccard proved its molecule to have the formula C|q H^, 0^, little
is known as to its constitution. Dragendoi-ff and Masing showed
that when boiled with alkalies, it gradually dissolved, and formed
a salt, CiQ Hj^, O5 M2, but stated that on the addition of acids can-
tharidin was reprecipitated unchanged in the form of needles.
The author finds that, although this latter statement is true "when
an acid is added to the hot alkaline solution, no precipitate is
formed in a cold weak solution. "When this clear solution is heated
to 60-70°, however, cantharidin is at once precipitated. There is
thus little doubt that the free cantharidic acid, C^q H^oO^, was
present in the cold solution, but, owing to the readiness with which
it gives up water, and forms its anhydride, cantharidin, the author
was unable to isolate the acid. Silver cantharidate forms a pre-
cipitate, CjoHi2 O-Ag^ + H2 0; methyl cantharidate, C^qH^o O^Mco,
prepared from the silver salt, crystallizes in flat prisms easily
soluble in alcohol, boiling ether, and water ; it melts at 91^.
With hydroxylamine, cantharidin yields cantharidoxime, CjoH^oOs
(N'O H), crystallizing in stellate needles or prisms soluble in
ether, alcohol, and warm water ; it melts at 166°. "When heated
with hydrochloric acid at 150°, it is resolved into its constituents.
The author also, by the action of free hydroxylamine on sodium
cantharidate, obtained the sodium and lead salts of a canthari-
doximic acid, but was unable to obtain the free acid, as this is
at once converted into its anhydride, cantharidoxime. Canthari-
do.xime dissolves unchanged in soda, but on boiling the solution
ammonia is evolved. The silver-derivative, CiqJIioO^I:!^ Ag, ctjh-
tallizes in quadratic prisms ; the methyl ether forms large, colour-
less prisms melting at 134°.

Cantharic acid yields a white silver salt, and a methyl salt boiling
at 210-220° under 50mm. pressure. With hydroxylamine, this
acid forms cantharoximic acid, Cjq Iljg O4 N (isomeric with can-
tharidoxime), crystallizing in colourless, quadi-atic scales, Avhich
melt with decomposition between 175 and 180°. When heated
with hydrochloric acid at 150°, cantharic acid and hydroxylamine
are re-formed, together with a small quantity of an oily product
having the properties of an aldehyde.

When cantharic acid is heated at 140-150° with dimethylaniline
and zinc chloride, carbonic anhydride is evolved, and a leuco-base

52 YEAR- BOOK OF PHARMACY.

obtained, -wliicli forms a colourless crystalline mass having basic
properties, and becoming green on contact with the air. Its
platinochloride, Cg^ H33 O No, Hj Pt Clg, forms orange crystals.
When oxidized, the base forms colouring matters, the colour vary-
ing with the oxidizing agent employed. Thus, braunite and dilute
sulphuric acid produce a green, chloranil or arsenic acid in acid
solutions a violet colour. Such a condensation of an aromatic
carboxylic acid with dimethylaniline, accompanied by the evolu-
tion of carbonic anhydride, only takes place when the acid contains
the a-kctone-group, C O • C H.

From the results of his experiments, the author concludes that
both cantharidic and cantharic acids must contain this group,
and their formula; must therefore be Cg Hjg 0^ ' C " C O H and
CgHiiO-CO-COOH respectively.

Anacardic Acid. S. Ruhemann and S. Skinner. (Proc.
Chem. Soc, Juno 1(3, 1887). Anacardic acid was originally ob-
tained by Staedler from the oil contained in the shell of the
fruit of Anacardium occidentale ; he assigned to it the formula
C^^HynOy (C =: 6). The authors find that it is an hydroxy-car-
bolic acid of the formula Coo H30 O3. They describe several salts,
and give the results of their analyses.

Lupulic Acid. H. Bungener. {Bull, de la Sue. Chim., xlv.
487-496.) The bitter principle which the author has designated
luptdic acid, Cjq H^g Oy (Year-lhoh of Pharmacij, 1886, 193), may
be obtained frora hops by extracting Avith light petroleum and
purifying by repeated rocrystallization. It forms colourless, pris-
matic crystals, melts at 92-93°, and is readily soluble in the usual
solvents witli the exception of water; on treating its ethereal
solution with an aqueous solution of copper acetate, copper hipti-
late, C-„H(S Oj,Cu, is precipitated as a green, crystalline powder.
The author was unable to obtain the salts of potassium, sodium,
calcium, and barium in the crystalline form ; the salts of the
alkalies are very solublr in water, wliilst those of calcium and
barium are insoluble iu water but dissolve in alcohol. Lupulic
acid reduces ammoniacal silver solutions, it is also rapidly oxidized
by the air, being converted into an amorphous, yellow, resinous
compound, very similar in its properties to the uiialtered acid,
a small amount of valeric acid and aldehyde being formed at the
same time; it is probable that the unpleasant odour of old hops
is due to this. The oxidised resinous product is soluble iu water
(03 gram per litre), forming a ver}- bitter yellow solution, from
which it is precipitated on the addition of sulj^huric acid. It is

CHEMISTRY. 53

to this resinous compoTind tliat the bitterness of beer is due ; in
aqueous infusions of hops, however, a considerable amount of tlie
unaltered lupulic acid is present, dissolved in minute floating
globules of oil.

The resinous oxidation-product of lupulic acid has an anti-
septic action on the lactic acid fei'ment, but the various saechai'o-
mjces and the acetic acid ferment are unaffected by it.

Angelic Acid. E. Schmidt. (ArcMv der Pliann. [3], xxiv.
528-531 ; Journ. Gheni. Soc, 1880, 867.) This acid Avas obtained
from sumbul root by Reinsch in 1884. O. Sasse, at the instance
of the author, has investigated the occurrence of the acid in this
root, and finds that the acid is a decomposition-product, and does
not occur as such in sumbul root. The root was extracted with
light petroleum, and the solution was distilled until a pale yellow
balsam-like residue was obtained. This was digested for an hour
with an alcoholic potash solution, the alcohol removed, and the
residue digested with watei- ; a brownish mass cr3'stallized out,
and a considei^able amount of angelic acid went into solution. To
obtain the acid, the liquid was neutralized with sulphuric acid,
evaporated to dryness, supersaturated with sulphuric acid, and
extracted with ether. Finally, after removing water, there re-
sulted from 1 kilo, of the root about 4 grams of a liquid boiling
at 180-190°, and an equal quantity boiling at 190-200°. Both
distillates gave a crop of colourless crystals when placed in a
cooling mixture. Those from the 180-190° liquid fused at 45°,
agreed in properties with angelic acid; whilst those from the 190-
200° fraction fused at 64°, and agreed with the properties of
methylcrotonic acid, an isomeride of angelic acid. The two acids
wei-e produced in nearly equal amounts, and they appear to be
formed simultaneously, although angelic acid is gradually con-
verted into methylcrotonic acid by long boiling.

Erucic and Brassic Acids. C. L. Reimer and W. Will.
(Ber. der deutsch. chevi. Ges., xix. 3320-3327; Journ. Cheni. Soc,
1887, 233.) Erucic acid is best obtained by saponifying rape oil
with alcoholic potash, distilling off the alcohol, and dissolving the
acid liberated on addition of sulphuric acid in three times its
volume of 9') per cent, alcohol ; on cooling to 0° crystals of erucic
acid separate in an almost pure condition. The melting point of
the acid was found to be 34°. Ethyl erucate, Cio H.^ Oj Et, is a
colourless, odourless oil, boiling above 360° without decomposition;
its vapour-density, however, could not be determined. The
anhydride, C^ Hgj O3, is prepared by heating erucic acid and

54 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

I)Ii()sphonis trichloride in molecular proportions. It is an oil
crystallizing' in a freezing mixture to a mass of scales, and is very
readily soluble in ethei", benzene, and chloroform, spai-ingly soluble
in alcohol. The amide, C.ij H^j (NHo), crystallizes in colour-
less needles, melts at 84°, and is i-eadily soluble in ether and
benzene, sparingly soluble in alcohol, insoluble in water. The
anilide is crystalline, melts at 55°, and is readily soluble in ether
and benzene, sparingly soluble in alcohol.

Dierucin, Cg H5 H (G.^t, H^^ Oo)o. — When rape oil is allowed to
stand for a long time, a yellowish, tallow-like deposit is frequently
found in the casks ; this, by repeated solution in ether and sub-
sequent addition of alcohol, can be obtained in silky needles.
Dierucin melts at 47°, and is readily soluble in ether and light
petroleum, insoluble in cold, but soluble in hot alcohol. A trieruciu
could not be separated from rape oil.

Brassic acid is best prepared by warming erucic acid with dilute
nitric acid to the melting point, and then adding sodium nitrite ;
the product is quite pure after two crystallizations fx'om alcohol.
The ethyl salt is obtained directly from the acid, or by the action
of nitrous acid on ethyl erucate ; it crystallizes in laminae showing
a vitreous lustre, melts at 29-30°, and boils above 360° without
decomposition; the vapour-density could not, however, be deter-
mined. The anhydride, C^^ Hgo O3, formed by heating the acid
with phosphorus trichloride, crystallizes in lustrous tables, melts
at 28-29°, and is insoluble in water and alcohol, readily soluble in
ether and benzene. The amide melts at 90°, and resembles in its
properties the amide of erucic acid ; both amides can be obtained
by heating the corresponding ethyl salts to 230° with ammonia.

Trihrassidin is formed Avhcn i-ape oil (100 parts) is treated with
nitric acid of sp. gr. = 1"2 (5 parts) and sodium nitrite (1 part);
after some time, the resulting crystalline mass is washed, dis-
solved in ether, and from the solution cooled to 0° a lustreless,
crystalline powder is obtained. Trihrassidin melts at 47°, but
when heated above its melting point and allowed to cool, the melt-
ing point is subsequently found to be 36° ; it is insoluble in alcohol,
readily soluble in ether and chlorofoi-m. Pihrassidin, C3 H5 II
(C22 H.jj O^)^, is formed when dierucin is treated with nitrous
a.;id ; it forms feebly lustrous crystals, melts at 65°, and is less
soluble iu ether than trihrassidin.

By distilling the calcium salts of erucic and brassic acids, two
ketones are obtained which seem to be different; they are both
vei'y sparingly soluble in alcohol.

CHEMISTRY. 55

Jervic and Chelidoninic Acids. ^E. Schmidt. (ArcJiiv der
Fharm. [3], xxiv. 513-522, and 531-534.) The authoi- finds that
jervic acid, a constitnent of white hellebore, has the formula
C5 Ho O3 (COO H)2, and is identical with chelidonic acid.

Chelidoninic acid, described by C. Zwenger a long time ago, is
found by the author to be identical with succinic acid.

Aconitic Acids. W. Hentschel. (Joiirn. praht. Chem., xxxv.
205, 206.) Aconitic acid is readily obtained when crystallized
citric acid (2 parts) is heated with sulphuric acid (2 parts) and
water (1 part) for from four to six hours in a reflux apparatus ;
the yield amounts to from 35 to 45 per cent, of the citric acid
employed. Acetone is also formed in the reaction, and gas is
evolved consisting of 2 vols, of carbonic anhydride and 1 vol. of
carbonic oxide.

Transformation of Maleic and Fumaric Acids into Aspartic
Acid by Ammonia. M. En gel. {Comptes Bendus, June 20,
1887.) Maleic and fumaric acid take up directly the elements of
ammonia, and are thus converted into inactive aspartic acid. If
the transformation is not total it is because aspartic acid is
partially decomposed by water at 140^^ to 150°.

Rottlerin. L. Jawein. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xx. 182,
183.) Rottlerin was obtained fi'om kamala by Anderson, who
attributed to it the formula C^ H^q O3. By extracting the drug
with carbon bisulphide or benzene, the author obtained a yellow
ci'ystalline substance melting at 200°. It i-esembles Anderson's
compound in its solubility and in giving a red liquid with alkali ;
but the analytical results do not agree with the formula suggested
by Anderson.

Morindin and Morindon. T. E. Thorpe and T. H. Greenall.
(ProG. Chem. Soc, December 2, 188G.) Morindin was discovered
by Anderson in the Surangi, the roots of Morinda citrifolia, which
are extensively used in India as a dye-stuff, more especially for
dyeing reds, purples, and chocolates. The substance occurs
mainly in the root bark, and can be extracted by treatment with
dilute alcohol, from which it crystallizes in lustrous sulphui'-yellow
prisms. According to Anderson it has the formula Cog H3Q O^j.

On heating in closed tubes it is decomposed, and yields a subli-
mate of morindon, crystallizing in long, red, needle-shaped crystals,
to which Anderson assigned the formula Cog H^o^io-

According to Rochleder and Stenhouse, morindin is identical
with ruberythric acid, Cog Hog Oj^, and hence morindon is alizarin.
Stein (Jourii. p-akt. Chem., xcvii. 234), has, however, pointed out

56 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

several facts which are inconsistent with this supposition. Morin-
din, like ruherjthric acid, is a glucoside, but the product which
it yiekls on liydroljsis, in addition to glucose, is not alizarin.

The authors have examined this question, and in the main their
results agree with those of Stein. They extracted morindin from
the roots of Morinda citrifoUa, for a sample of which they are
indebted to the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, and have
compared its properties with those of ruberj^thric acid, obtained
through the kindness of Dr. Schunck. The two substances are
not identical, and they behave very differently on hydrolysis.
^Morindin gives, with sulphuric acid, ferric chloride, and on treat-
ment with nitric acid perfectly different reactions from those
afforded by alizarin. The analytical numbers obtained for morin-
din agree closely with those of Anderson ; those obtained for
morindon indicate that it is probably trihydroxymethylanthra-
qninone. The quantity of the two products at the disposal of
the authors was insufficient to definitely settle the constitution of
the substances. Through the kindness of Mr. Wardle, of Leek,
they have obtained a large supply of M. citrifoUa, and also of
M. tincforia, and a further communication on the subject is
promised.

Carrotene. A. Arnaud. (Comptes Bendus, cii. 1119-1122.
From Journ. Chem. Soc.) The author has previously shown that
carrotene is identical with the orange-red crystalline substance
which can be obtained from leaves, and which also exists in many
fruits, especially the tomato.

In order to prepare carrotene, cairots arc rasped and pressed,
and the juice mixed with lead acetate, Avhich precipitates the
caiTotene in the form of a lake. The precipitate is dried in a
vacuum and extracted with carbon bisulphide, which is then
evaporated, and the residue ti-eated systematically with cold light
peti'olenm. The pressed pulp is also treated with the same
solvents, and the crude carrotene is dissolved in carbon bisulphide,
precipitated by adding alcohol, and recrystallized from benzene.

Cai'rotene has the composition Co6H38(C88"67, H10"63 per cent.),
and crystallizes in rhombic plates with a metallic lustre, blue by
reflected light, and orange-rod by transmitted light. It decomposes
above 300° in a vacuum, and forms a colourless, viscous liquid.
It combines readily with oxygen, chlorine, and bromine. If car-
rotene is dissolved in dry benzene and mixed with iodine, the
di-iodide. Cog Hgg L, is obtained in deep green crystals Avith a
cop})ery lustre. Carrotene oxidizes in the air even at the ordinary

CBEMISTRT. 5<

temperature, oxidation taking place very rapidly if the carrotene
is in solution or if it is heated to 70^. The product is soluble in
cold alcohol, but only- slightly soluble in carbon bisulphide, and
does not crystallize from its alcoholic solution. It melts at 125°,
and has the composition C 70' 10, H 857, 21-42.

It follows from these results that carrotene is not an oxygen
compound, but an unsaturated hydrocarbon ; and the author pro-
poses to change the name carrotine previously assigned to it. It
dissolves in concentrated sulphuric acid with formation of an
intense indigo-blue solution.

The carrotene analysed by Husemann must have undergone con-
siderable oxidation. Husemann's hydrocarrotene is really vege-
table cholesterin, C.^g H^^ 0, Ho 0.

The Blue Colouring Matter of Decaying Birch Wood. S.
Rideal. (Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 810.) The blue colouring
matter formed in decaying birch wood {Behda alba) is soluble in
chloroform and glacial acetic acid to a fine blue solution ; potash
changes it to brown, but on acidifying the blue colour returns.
On evaporating the chloroform solution, a blue, amorphous mass
is left, soluble in glacial acetic acid but turned brown by concen-
trated hydi'ochloric acid. The acetic solution loses its blue colour
after a time or on wanning; hence, on partial evaporation, a brown
residue is obtained. This residue gives a brown precipitate in
"water, insoluble in chloroform or carbon bisulphide, but soluble in
glacial acetic acid, potash or ammonia yielding a yellowish brown
solution. When acidified with hydrochloric acid, the alkaline
solutions give a bright blue precipitate. The colouring matter
is non-nitrogenous, and is destitute of mineral matter, the blue
colour is destroyed by reducing agents, but may be restored by
careful treatment with nitric acid. The chloroform solution
exhibits a faint but distinct absoi-ption-band in the spectrum,
situated between the C and D lines. Coniferin has not been
detected in birch wood. Moreover, comparative experiments
establish the distinction of this blue colouring matter from that
found in decaying Canadian balsam pine-wood (Abies balsamea),
and from that produced by the action of sulphuric acid on coni-
ferin. It is suggested that its origin may probably be traced back
to the action of an organism.

Fisetin, the Colouring Matter of Young Fustic (Rhus Cotinus).
J. Schmid. (Ber. der deutsch. eJiem. Ges., xix. 1734-1749.) The
author has reinvestigated this substance. He finds that it occurs
in the wood of Rhus cotinus in the form oi a glucoside (to which

58 YEAU-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the author gives the name fustin) combined with tannin. This
componnd is readilj broken up into its constituents by either
alkalies or acids, and the supposed red and brown colouring
matters of former investigators were probably only the coloured
oxidation-products of this tannin. The fustin-tannide (the com-
pound of the glucoside with tannin) was extracted with water,
impurities precipitated by lead acetate in acetic solution, and the
tannide extracted from the aqueous solution with ethyl acetate.
Thus obtained, it formed long yellowish white needles, easily
soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. The aqueous solution gives
with ammonia a brown, with potash a brownish red coloration.
It reduces Fehling's solution. The substance is decomposed
when heated above 200°. When dissolved in a little warm glacial
acetic acid, and the solution diluted with water, the tannide
yields yellowish white lustrous needles of the glucoside fustin,
(Cos ^u Ofl) Cg Hjj Og)o. This substance begins to blacken at 200°,
and melts with decomposition at 218-219^. It is easily soluble in
boiling water, in alcohol, and in alkalies, sparingly in ether. With
lead acetate or stannous chloride, it gives a yellow, with copper
acetate a brown precipitate, all of which are soluble in acetic acid.
Ferric chloride gives a green coloration, Avhich, on the addition of
dilute soda, changes through violet-blue to red. When warmed
with dilute sulphuric acid, this glucoside is gradually decomposed
into a sugar and fisetin. Cog H^ O3 (0 H)g. The tisetin thus
obtained was identical with that obtained from cotinin, a com-
mercial extract of young fustic, prepared by extracting the wood
with dilute soda. Pure fisetin crystallizes fi'om dilute alcohol or
from acetic acid in small yelloAv prisms, which are readily soluble
in alcohol, but sparingly soluble in boiling water, ether, and
chloi'oform, and contain six molecules of water of crystallization,
which they lose at 110°. Fisetin is stated to be very similar in
properties to quercetin, from which it differs in composition by
C Oo. A full description of its properties and of some of its
derivatives will be found in the original paper.

Pterocarpiiie and Homopterocarpiiie : two Crystalline Principles
obtained from Eed Santal-Wood. P. Cazeneuve and L.
HugouneiK]. (Coinj^tcs liendus, June 13, 1887. From Chemical
News.) From the wood of red santal (Pterocarpiis Santalinus)
there have been already isolated santalinc, the colouring-matter,
and a crystalline compound, santal, isomeric with piperonal.
Pterocarpine is a white crystalline body, insoluble in water and in
cold alcohol, slightly soluble in boiling alcohol and in ether. It

CHEMISTRY. 59

dissolves in chloroform, from "wliicli it separates in splendid
clinorhombic prisms. It softens and melts at 152°, taking a
yellow colour. Tliis compound is insoluble in acids and potash
lye, even at a boil. Homopterocarpine is a white crystalline
substance, soluble in ether, chloroform, benzene, and carbon
disulphide. From ether it crystallizes in fine needles.

Glucosides from Japanese Oleaceae. J. F. Eykman. {Rec. Trav.
Chim., V. 127-140; Jouni. Chevi. Soc, 1886, 1040.) Several
species of the Oleaceae are used as febrifuges, not only in Jjurope,
but also in Asia. In this paper, the extraction and properties of
a glucoside obtaine4 from Japanese species are described. The
glucosides from the Olea fragrans and Forsythia sus-pensa are found
to be identical with one another, and also in general properties,
with exception of the melting point, with the glucoside philyrine,
C27 Hg^ Oji, obtained from the Philyria. The compound, CogHgo O^^,
thus obtained, crystallizes in colourless, silky needles, sparingly
soluble in cold, more readily in hot water, insoluble in ether and
petroleum ; its aqueous solution is not pi-ecipitated by lead acetate
and other mineral salts. It is decomposed by acids into glucose
and another substance of phenolic properties ; this melts under
water at 70°, is readily soluble in alcohol and ether, sparingly
soluble in water, insoluble in petroleum. Its product of oxidation
by chromic acid has the odour of vanillin, but has not been
further examined.

The Tannin of Mountain Ash Berries. C. Vincent and M.
Delachanal. {Bull, de la Soc. Chim., April 5, 1887; Chemical
News, Ivi. 24.) The juice of ripe mountain-ash berries contains,
besides sorbine and glucose, an astringent principle having a very
acid reaction. Caustic alkalies and ammonia turn it an intense
gold-yellow, which disappears on acidification. It does not pre-
cipitate solutions of alum ; it reduces salts of silver on heating,
precipitates copper acetate olive-green, and turns a very intense
dark green with ferric salts, which alkalies and ammonia alter
to a reddish brown. With neutral lead acetate it gives a light
yellow precipitate ; with the sub-acetate a very pure lemon-yellow.
It does not precipitate gelatin. On distillation it give.s a thick
brown liquid, rich in pryocatechin, and leaves a voluminous
charcoal. This tannin approximates closely to morintannic acid,
and especially to caffeotannic acid, but differs from them in
several respects. The authors propose to name it sorbitannic
acid.

60 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Oak TanniD. C. Bottinger. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xx.
761-766.) The author arrives at the conclusion that oak tannin
is a methyl salt of digallic acid.

Vernine. MM. Schnlze and Boschard. (Jonrn. de Pliarm.
et de Chim., July 15, 1886.) Vernine is a nitrogenous crystalline
substance occurring in Vicia sativa, Pinus sylvestris and other
species of Pinus. It is sparingly soluble in cold Avater, readily
soluble in boiling water, ammonia, and dilute acids, and insoluble
in alcohol. A solution in dilute nitric acid, when evaporated in
a poi'celain dish, leaves a yellow residue, which changes to an
intense red on being touched with ammonia.

Formation of Asparagin. K. 0. Miiller. {Pliarm. Jonm., 3rd
scries, xvii. 1016.) The author has investigated the mode of
formation of albuminoids, especially of asparagin, in a vai'iety of
plants, and lias arrived at the following conclusions. Asparagin
is formed in the dark, and disappears again in the light, but has
no pathogenic properties. Its formation does not appear to depend
on the absence of carbohydrates. Its formation commences as
soon as the process of assimilation is suspended ; it is a secondary
product of assimilation, being formed out of the carbohydrates,
and the nitrogenous inorganic constituents of plants.

A New Asparagine. A. Piutti. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges.,
xix. l(;91-16l)5 ; Joiirn. Chem. Soc, 1886, 870.) A new form of
asparagine was found in the mother-liquor from crude asparagine
from vetch buds. The amount obtained was- 100 grams of jiure
product from 20 kilos, of crude asparagine, which had been
extracted from 6,500 kilos, of vetch buds. The results of crystal-
lographic measurements show it to have the reverse form to
ordinai-y asjjaragine ; its aqueous solution has the same power of
rotation as a solution of ordinary asparagine of equal sti*ength, but
it is dextrorotatory. It is only slightly more soluble in water
than ordinary asparagine. Both forms of asparagine yield com-
pounds having the same chemical propei'ties ; when optically active
products are formed, they have the same rotatory power, but in
different directions. Dextrorotatory asparagine has an intensely
sweet taste. Both asparagines, when heated above 200°, yield the
same product (polyfumaric acid?). When heated with 2 mols.
of dilute hydrochloric acid at 170-180°, they both yield inactive
aspartic acid, identical with the acid obtained by Dessaignes from
ammonium malate. Inactive aspai-tic acid is also formed when
aqueous solutions of dextro- and lasvo-rotatory aspartic acids are

CHEMISTRY. 61

mixed and allowed to crystallize slowly. The inactive acid thus
obtained differs in appearance from both active acids.

Lactucerin. G. Kassner. (Liebig's Amialen^ ccxxxviii. 220-
228 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 605.) Lactucerin can be obtained
in a pure state by treating the ethereal solution with an aqueous
solution of potassium hydrate. Alcohol is then added to the
ethereal extract, until a small precipitate forms. On the addition
of water to the filtrate, lactucerin is deposited in white, microscopic,
needle-shaped crystals. Lactucerin, purified in this manner, melts
at 200°; but after it is purified by sublimation in an atmosphere of
carbonic anhydride, it melts at 210°. The results of analyses agree
with the formula C^g ^u ^2 niore closely than they do with Hesse's
formula, Cogii^oO.y On fusion with potash hydrogen is evolved,
and lactuGol C^g H^(, O, is formed according to the equation.
Cog H^i Oo + 2 H, = C. H.t Oo + 2 C^g H^g -0 H + 2 H.. Lactucol
melts at 160-162°, and crystallizes in needles. The acetate
melts at 198-200°. Solutions of the alcohol and of the acetate in
ether, chloroform, and carbon bisulphide are dextrogyrate. These
results differ in some important respects from those of Hesse.

Glycyphyllin, the Sweet Principle of Smilax Glycyphylla.
E. H. Rennie. (Froc. Chem. Soc, 1886, No. 27.) Sviilax
glycyphylla is a plant which grows in abundance on the shores of
Port Jackson, and is common on the coast of the noi-thern parts
of New South Wales and the southern parts of Queensland ; the
sweet principle extracted from its leaves has already been partially
examined by Dr. Wright and the author. The author now
corx'ects the formula previously given to Co^ Ho j Og ; glycyphyllin
separates from aqueous ether with three, and from water with
four and a half molecules of water of crystallization. On hydroly-
sis, it yields phloretin and isodulcite, Cj^ Ho^ O9 + 2 H, = Cj.- Hj^ O5
+ CgHj^Oe, and is therefore closely allied to phlorizin, with which
it is proposed to carefully compare it.

Alkaloids of Gelsemium. F. A. Thompson. (Pharm. J(mni.,
3rd series, xvii. 606.) The author describes two alkaloids obtained
by him from gelsemium root, thus confirming so far Messrs.
Ringer and Murrell's hypothesis that the root contained two
alkaloids, one of them exercising a paraly.sing and the other a
tctaiiising influence. The alkaloids Avere obtained by percolating
the finely powdered root mixed witli freshly slacked lime with
alcohol, shaking the percolate with chloroform, and then ti-eating
the chloroform solution with water acidulated with sulphuric acid.
The separation of the alkaloids is effected by the addition of

62 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

hydrochloric acid, the hydrochlorate of one of them, which is
crystalline, being insoluble, and that of the other, which is
amorphous, being soluble in its own weight of water. The
crystalline alkaloid, for which the author proposes to retain the
name " gelsemine," gave upon analysis results corresponding with
the formula C54 Hgg N^ O^g, differing, therefore, considerably from
that attributed by Mr. Gerrard to the alkaloid analysed by him.
The amorphous alkaloid has not yet been obtained sufficiently pure
for analysis.

Hopeine. W. Williamson. (Chem. Zeit. x. 491.) The sub-
stance now described by the author under this name is the base,
distinct from morphine, referred to by Ladenburg (abstract,
Year-Booh of Tharmacy, 1886, 57). It crystallizes from weak
alcohol in needles, fuses below 100° C, and sublimes partially
below 160°. It is slightly lajvorotatory. Solutions of its salts
form precipitates with the usual alkaloidal reagents.

The Bitter Principle of Hops. F. Davis. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii. 20.) The author made an ethereal extract from the
green strobiles, and obtained from this a mass of minute white
acicular crystals, soluble in water, ether, and bisulphide of carbon.
Three grains of the cry.stals dissolved in water, and injected hypo-
dex-mically into the jugular vein of a medium sized cat, caused
the death of the animal in seven minutes. The cat appeared in
no pain, but showed a peculiar twitching of the muscles.

Note on the Solubilities of Morphine Hydrochloride, Salicin, and
Gallic Acid. D. B. Dott. (Fharm. Jouni., .'>rd series, xvii. 9-il.)
The mean results of the author's experiments are as follows : —

Soluhilihj of Morphine Hydrochloride in Rectijied Spirit. — One
part is soluble in 40 parts at 16° C.

Soluhillty of Saliciti in Rectijied Spirit. — One part is soluble in
66 parts at 16° C.

Solubility of Gallic Acid in Water. — One part is soluble in 118
parts at IG" C.

The Evidence for the Existence of Acid Morphine Meconate.
D. B. Dott. (Pharyn. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 690.) The author's
experiments render the existence of such a compound very doubt-
ful. Morphine and meconic acid, in various proportions, dissolved
in anhydrous alcohol and evaporated, leave an amorphous hygro-
scopic residue which is extremely .soluble in water and quickly
combines with its water of hydration, when the neutral meconate
witli 5 Ho O crystallizes out, even in the presence of sufficient acid
to form the bimeconate.

CHEMISTRY. 63

Behaviour of Morphine towards Potassium Chromate. F.
Ditzler. (Archiv der Pharni. [8], xxiv. 701-705.) Morpliine
salts in solutiou, when shaken with excess of potassium chromate
solution, give a pi-ecipitate of morphine ; whilst morphine chro-
mate is precipitated when only very small quantities of potassium
chromate are gradually added. Morphine chromate attaches
itself to the walls of the precipitating vessel in the form of light
yellow needles of the formula (Cjy HjgX Og),, Ho Cr O4..

Spontaneous Transformation of Morphine into Apomorphine.
(^Amer. Pharm. Jourii., xs'ovember 1886.) A solution of morphine
hydrochlorate, which had been employed subcutaneously, was
found, eleven months later, to be violently emetic, and was ascer-
tained to contain apomorphine. This observation points to the
necessity of keeping such solutions for a short period only.

Pseudomorphine. 0. Hesse. (Liebig's Annalen, ccxxxv. 229-
232.) When two molecules of potassium hydrate and one mole-
cule of potassium ferricyanide are added to a solution of pure
morphine hydrochloride dissolved in 40 parts of water, pseudo-
morphine is deposited ; 100 parts by weight of morphine yield
88'4 parts of pseudomorphine.

The author finds that the formula for pseudomorphine is
0^7 Hj8 N Og" Ci7 Hjg I^ O3, as proposed by Polstorff, instead of
Cjy HjjN O3, as formerly proposed by himself.

Papaverine and Papaveraldine. Gr. Goldschmiedt. (JMonatsJi.
Chem., vii. 485-505.) In this paper derivatives of papaveraldine,
and the most convenient method of its preparation, ai'e described.

In an additional note, the author defends the formula, CgQ Hj^
N O4, for papaveHne, as against Coi H^i '^ ^4' ^^^^ proposed by
Hesse, Beckett, Wright, and others ; exception is also taken to a
statement of Hesse relative to the existence of an alkaloid, p.seudo-
papaverine.

Papaverine and its Salts. R. Jahoda. (Monatsh. Chem., vii.
506-516.) As a further effort to arrive at a correct formula for
papaverine, the author has pi-epared and analysed a number of
its salts. The results obtained afford confirmatory evidence of
the correctness of the formula Cjo Ho^ jST O4. (See preceding ab-
stract.)

Thehaine. W. C. Howard and W. Roser. (Ber. der deutsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 159G-1604. From Journ. Chem. Soc.) Former
experiments by one of the authors (abstract, Year-Booh of Fhar-
macy, 1885, 53), have shown that thebaine is a tertiary base, and
that when heated with hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid, it yields

64 YKAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

morphothebaine, together with either methyl or ethyl chloride.
By repeating' the experiment with hydriodic acid it is shown that
methyl iodide is formed, thus :

CigH2iN03 + 2HI = Ci7Hj7N03 + 2Me I.

Theba'inc, Cjy Hjj N (0 Me)2, is therefore the dimethyl ether
of morphothebaine, C^~ H^ N 6 (O H)^.

Morphothebaine is also characterised as a tertiary base by its
combining directly with the halogen-derivatives of the hydro-
carbons ; its methiodide crystallizes in quadratic tables, the ethio-
dide in the rhombic form, and the benzochloride in small needles.

Among the products of the decomposition of thebaine-meth}^-
hydi'oxide are trimethylamine, and a substance of the composition
0^4 H^2 O3, Avhich is probably an oxy-derivative of phenanthrene.

Ophim Alkaloids. P. C. Plugge. (Archiv der Pharm. [3],
xxiv. 1)93-1014 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 280.) Morphine, codeine,
theba'ine, papaverine, narcotine, and narce'ine are the most im-
portant opium alkaloids. Their physiological action varies from
strongly narcotic or sleep-inducing, to strongly exciting or cramp-
producing ; but different observers are not agreed as to the exact
order of the membei-s of the series. In the arrangement of the
bases according to their poisonous nature, different observers are
more nearly in accoixl. The author examined the reactions of
salts of these alkaloids Avith alkaline salts of organic acids.
Moi'phine, codeine, and thebaine, in neutral liquids, react strongly
alkaline to litmus, and afford stable salts. Narcotine, papaverine,
and narceine, on the contrary, do not affect litmus paper, and
combine only feebly with acids. Thus narceine sulphate and
chloride ax-e slowly decomposed by cold water, more quickly by
hot water. It appeared probable from this that solutions of
salts of the stronger bases would give no precipitate with alka-
line salts of organic acids, whilst in the case of the weak bases,
the alkaloid would be precipitated as such. The following salts
were employed : sodium and ammonium acetate, ammonium
oxalate, sodium salicylate, sodium potassium tartrate, sodium
benzoate and hydrogen sodium carbonate.

Besides the six opium bases, many other alkaloids were ex-
amined in the course of the investigation, such as caffeine,
cocaine, atropine, pilocarpine, coniine, strychnine, brucine, quinine,
cinchonine, and cinchonidine ; the latter, however, only with
sodium acetate. None of these bases were liberated and precipi-
tated ; in the case of the cinchona bases, however, it was necessary

CHEMISTRY. 65

to carefully neutralize the sodium acetate with acetic acid, or
precipitation took place. With a perfectly neutral solution of
sodium acetate, the only alkaloids precijDitated are the three weak
opium bases, papaverine, nai-cotine and narce'ine. These three
bases are also precipitated both by slightly acid and by slightly
alkaline acetate solution. Neither of the two solutions exerts
any influence on the strong opiunr bases, consequently the ordi-
nary non-neutralized acetate solution can be used for the separa-
tion of the bases with advantage in point of time, and perhaps
completeness. Narcotine, papaverine, and narce'ine were precipi-
tated as pure bases by all the alkaline salts mentioned previously.
Thebaine was precipitated by sodium salicylate as salicylate, and
by hydrogen sodium carbonate. Morphine and codeine were not
precipitated by any of the salts. Arranging the alkaloids iu
series, according to their molecular weights, it will be seen that
the first three are sti'ong bases, and the last thi'ee feeble ones : mor-
phine, Ci7 H21 N O3 ; codeine, Cjg H^i N O3 ; thebaine, C^g Ho^ N O3;
papaverine, Cg^ H,^ N 0^ ; narcotine. Coo H03 N Or. ; narce'ine,
CooHogXOg. Slightly acidified sodium acetate solution will
indicate as little as 1 : 40,000 of narcotine in solution. "With
p^ipaverine, the limit is 1 : 30,000. Narce'ine is not nearly so
sensitive, the limit being about 1 : GOO. The precipitation of
thebaine as salicylate gave a limit of about 1 : 2,000. For
quantitative estimation, narcotine is best precipitated by ammonia,
where it is the only substance thrown down by this reagent ;
sodium acetate has, however, the advantage of precipitating it for
qualitative pui-poses from faintly acid solutions in which all other
alkalo'ids, excepting papaverine and narce'ine, remain in solution.
Papaverine and narce'ine are also best precipitated quantitatively
by ammonia.

Decomposition-Products of Strychnine. C. Stochr. (Ber.
der deutiich. cheni. Ges., xx. 810-814.) In order to obtain evidence
on the view of Hanssen that strychnine contains a phenylpyridine-
group as well as a quinoliue-group, the author has distilled
strychnine with alkali, and obtained, in addition to a hydride of
pyridine, not fully examined, y-picoline, identified by analyses of
its auro- and raercuro-chlorides, and crystalline form, as also by
the melting point of the latter. Experiments to obtain methyl
chloride as a product of the decomposition of strychnine were
unsuccessful. It is shown that strychnine does not contain a
hydroxyl-group, in that by treatment with phosphorus penta-
chloride the atoms of oxygen remain intact, whilst three hydro-

66 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

gen-atoms are displaced by chlorine to form a trichloi'o-deTiva-
tive, Cgi Hjg CI3 Ng Oo, tlic b jdrocliloride and sulpbate of which
crystallize in leaflets.

A Derivative of Strychnine. W. F. Loebisch and P. Schoop.
(McnataJi. Clicrii., \n. 609-GlO.) The products obtained on dis-
tilling strychnine with zinc-dust vary according to the temperature;
at a lower temperature, one atom of oxygen is removed from the
molecule with formation of a compound, Cnj Hoo N, 0, a solid
substance, soluble in alcohol with a blue fluorescence, sparingly
soluble in dilute acids, insoluble in water. It does not give the
strychnine reaction with potassium dichromate and sulphuric acid.
At a higher temperature the strychnine molecule is completely
decomposed ; hydrogen, ethylene, acetylene, and ammonia are
evolved, whilst carbazole distils over.

Specific Gravity of Crystalline Strychnine. T. P. Blunt.
(Fharm. Journ., JJrd series, xvii. 62.) The gravity was detei'mined
in the following manner: — A solution of subacetate of lead was
prepared, of such strength that a crystal of strj-chnine was
.suspended indifferently in any part of the fluid ; the specific
gravity of the liquid was found to be 113, which was therefore
that of the crystal.

Strychnol. W. F. Loebisch and P. Schoop. (Phann. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 352, from Monatshefte far Chemie.)

Strychnol or strychnine hydrate, Co^ Hjo Ng 02 + 2 Ho 0, is prepared
by boiling strychnine with a mixture of sodium ethoxide and ab-
solute alcohol. The strychnine dissolves with a yellow coloration.
On evaporating the mixture to expel the alcohol, a brown oil
remains, which in time becomes solid. On dissolving this in
water and passing a stream of carbonic anhydride, strychnol sepa-
rates as a slightly yellow precipitate, which can be further purified
l>y solution in ammonia and reprecipitation. It then forms a
white, crystalline mass, consisting of microscopic, wedge-.shaped
needles ; it does not give the strychnine reaction with potassium
dichromate and sulphuric acid, but is coloured an intense caj*mine-
red with sulphuric and nitric acids. At 150" the greater part of
tiio water is lost, but decomposition takes place, and strychnine
cannot be obtained from the residue. Strychnol is precipitated
from acetic acid solution by the usual alkaloidal reagents ; it is
vory sparingly soluble in cold water, easily in hot. Boiled with
dilute acids, or allowed to remain for some time with strong acids,
it is dehydrated, and strychnine is formed. Strychnol differs

CHEMISTRY. 67

from stryclinine in being very readily oxidized, it even reduces an
ammoniacal solution of silver oxide.

The authors point out the close relation between the colour
reaction of strychnine and brucine, and also the identity of their
respective actions with bromine. Strychnol gives no compounds
"with ammonia, trimethylamine, or aniline ; it dissolves in all
these, but any compound formed is dissociated on evaporation.

Strychnine, when heated with aqueous potash, does not yield
strychnol in the same way that nitrostrychnine yields xantho-
strychnol, but a substance is formed which is probably identical
with Gal and Etard's diJiydrostrychyiine .

The authors have also repeated Goldschmidt's experiments, and
have confirmed the formation of indole by fusing strychnine with
potassium hydroxide. They also obtained evidence of the presence
of butyric acid in the fused mass.

When an alcoholic solution of strychnine is reduced with
metallic sodium, an additive pi'oduct — strychnine hydride — is
apparently formed.

Constitution of Bnicine. A. Hanssen. {Ber. der dentsch. chem.
Ges., 4.51-460; Journ. Chem. Sac, 1887, 505.) With the view of
throwing further light upon the constitution of brucine, the pre-
paration and composition of kakotheline, originally obtained by
Strecker, have been further investigated. To this substance is
ascribed the formula Coj Hoo N^ Og, instead of Coq H^o Nj Og,
hitherto accepted. When reduced, it yields a base, the analysis
of whose hydrochloride pointed to a formula Cji H25 N3 O5, derived
from kakotheline by the reduction of one nitro-group and elimina-
tion of another. With bromine, kakotheline yields an acid sub-
stance, CjgHj^NoO^, the platinochloi'ide of which crystallizes in
orange-yellow needles, its silver salt in glistening needles ; its
methyl salt could not, however, be obtained, but the crude product
treated ^vith ammonium chloride yielded a base, C^g Hoo Me^ Ng 0^,
crystallizing in yellow, sparingly soluble prisms. In this reaction,
the acid seems to be analogous to nicotinic acid ; and thus it would
appear that in kakotheline, as also in brucine, a pyridine grouping
is present. The above acid when oxidized with chromic acid yields
the base, Cjg H^g No 0^, obtained formerly as a product of decom-
position of brucine. According to the author there is present in
brucine, besides a quinoline-gi'oup, also a dimethoxyphenylpyridine,
and in strychnine, a phenylpyridine residue ; the stability of brucine
seems to indicate a ring-arrangement.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Colchicine. S. Zeis el. Monatsh. Chem., vii. 557-597; Jour7i.
Chem. Soc, 1887, 284.) Previous observations on the composition
and properties of colchicine have, for the most part, been very
discordant ; in this paper a long summary is given. The prin-
cipal results obtained by the author are as follows : the compo-
sition of colchicine is expressed by the formula Cgo H25 N Oq ; it
combines with chloroform to form a crystalline compound,
Coo H05 N Og, 2 C H CI3, readily decomposed by water into its com-
ponents. Colchicine is slightly basic, but its salts, with the
exception of an aurochloride. Coo H05N Og, H Au Cl^, cannot be
obtained from their aqueous solutions. Colchiceine, formed from
colchinino, when heated with a trace of hydrochloric or sulphuric
acid, has the composition 2 C.21 H03 N" Og, Ho 0. As the difference
between the two compounds is one C H, or methylene group, and
as methyl alcohol is pi-oduced in the decomposition, it follows that
colchiceine is a demethylated colchicine.

Colchiceine possesses at once the properties of a base, as evi-
denced by the formation of an aurochloride, Coj H03 N Og, H An Cl^.
and also those of a monobasic acid, or more probably of a phenol,
as shown by the formation of a copper derivative (Coj Hgo N 05)0 Cu,
and by the readiness with which it dissolves in alkalies. As
colchicine has no acidic properties, it is probably a methoxy-
derivative of a compound, of which colchiceine is the corresponding
hydroxy-derivative.

It is suggested that the molecular formula of each of the above
substances is the dou.blc of that given; owing to the complex
composition of the substances, the number of hydrogen-atoms is
given with a certain reserve.

Sparteine. E. Bamberger. (Liebig's Annalen, ccxxxv. 368-
376.) The author has re-examined the sulphate, hydriodide,
ethiodide, and methiodide of this alkaloid, and has obtained
results differing in many instances from those obtained by Mills.
Fuller information will be found in the original article.

Ecgoniue. C. E. Merck. (Ber. der deiitsch. chem. Ges., xix.
3002, 3003.) The author has repeated an experiment made by
Calmels and Gossin (abstract, Ycar-Boolc of Pharmacy, 1886, 53),
and finds that ecgonine, when distilled with almost dry barium
hydrate, yields methylamine and not ethylamine as one of the
products : this corresponds with the behaviour of tropine under
like conditions.

Amorphous Cocaine. R. Stockman. (Phann. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii., 861-863.) In isolating cocaine from coca leaves there

CHEMISTRY. 69

is found in the mother liquors a varying quantity of a body
generally known as " amorphous cocaine." The names " cocaicine "
and " cocainoidine " have also been proposed for it, but have not
met with much acceptance. A short description of this body has
been given by Lyons (Amer. Journ. of Phann., Oct., 1885) and by
Bender (Tear-Book of Pharmacy 1886, 182), but neither of them
have appreciated its true nature.

The samples examined by the author were practically similar
but differed slightly in outward appearance. The colour varied
from dark yellow to dark brown, and the consistence from that of
treacle to a sticky, tenacious solid. The smell was peculiar, re-
calling that of nicotine, but more aromatic and less pungent ; while
the taste was bitter and aromatic. It is alkaline in reaction, and
soluble in alcohol, ether, acetic ether, chloroform, benzol, amylic
alcohol, and petroleum ether. Its solubility in water varies with
its consistence. The solid specimens are nearly quite insoluble,
while on adding water to the more fluid specimens, a dense whitish
precipitate is at first formed, Avhich becomes dissolved upoiL
agitation. It therefore, in this case, dissolves the water, rather
than vice versa.

On gently heating it becomes quite fluid. It is very soluble
in dilute acids, with which it forms non-crystalline salts, all of
which dissolve readily in water. If it be dissolved in rectified
spii-it, and treated with animal charcoal, or with acetate of lead
in the usual way, to get rid of the colouring matter, the body
ultimately obtained is pale yellow in colour, sticky in consistence,
and non-crystalline, nor do crystals form in it even after standing
for months. By repeated solution in alcohol, and repeated pre-
cipitation with ammonia, a nearly white non-crystalline, flocculent
body is obtained. The original odour and taste remain, no matter
how often the purifying process is repeated. It can be dried {)i,
vacuo over sulphuric acid, but on exposure to the air rapidly absorbs
moisture again. The purified hydrochlorate of amorphous cocaine
is also pale yellow in colour, and retains the characteristic dis-
agreeable smell and taste. It is hygroscopic, but if tolerably pure
and thoroughly dried shows sometimes a tendency to form im-
perfect crystals. It is very soluble in water, alcohol, chloroform,
acetic ether, and amylic alcohol ; insoluble in ether, petroleum
ether, and benzol. From a study of the physiological action and
chemical relations of this body, the author has been led to the
conclusion that it is a solution of ordinary crystalline cocaine in
hygrin, the liquid alkaloid which is also present in the coca leaves.

70 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

This body is extracted from the leaves in greater or less amount,
along with the cocaine, by the processes which are now used by
manufacturers, and its presence accounts for the disagreeable
properties and effects which have been observed in many samples
of the hydrochlorate.

Cocaine is extremely soluble in hygrin, and when once solution
has occurred, it is practically impossible to separate the two
bodies, as they are both soluble in the same menstrua, and are
both precipitated by the same reagents. The same holds good
for their salts, but to the same extent. These facts account as
ordinarily fully for the presence of hygrin in the hydrochlorate
of cocaine sold, and it is the admixture of hydrochlorate of
hygrin which makes the salt hygroscopic, and imparts to it the
peculiar odour.

The great solubility of cocaine in hygrin also accounts for the
peculiar behaviour of fluid amorphous cocaine when water is
added to it. The addition of a small quantity of water pre-
cipitates the cocaine from its solution, and it is not until the water
lias become thoroughly incorporated with the hygrin that the
precipitate is dissolved up. The addition of more water than the
hygrin can dissolve precipitates the cocaine permanently ; the
latter, as is well known, being only slightly soluble in water.

As regards the physiological action, the author found that
amoi'phous cocaine and its hydrochloi-ate produced the same effects
as the pure substances, the activity being proportionately detracted
fi-om by the amount of hygrin present.

There is, however, one very important difference. In using
amorphous hydrochlorate of cocaine to cause ansesthesia of the
conjunctiva, it was observed that considerable irritation followed,
this being without doubt due to the hygrin.

The Amount of Caffeine in Various Kinds of Coffee. B. H.
Paul and A. J. Cownloy. (Fharm. Jouni., ord series, xvii.
565 and 648.) The method adopted and recommended by the
authors for estimating the proportion of caffeine in coffee beans is
as follows : —

The finely powdered coffee is mixed with moist lime, and per-
colated with alcohol. The residue loft on evaporating the percolate
is treated with water and a few drops of dilute sulphuric acid,
filtered, and the filtrate exhausted with chloroform, which on
evapoi'ation leaves the caffeine fit for weighing. By this method
the following results have been obtained with different kinds o
unroasted coffee : —

CHEMISTRY.

Moisture
per cent.

Caffeine.

Kinds of Coffee.

Berries dried
at 212° P.
iser cent.

Air dried
Berries,
per cent.

Coorg

Guatemala

Travancore

Liberian

8-0
8-6
10-0
8-0
80
9-1
9-0
6-6
6-2
7-3
7-2
8-7
80
9-0

1-20
1-29
1-29
1-30
1-39
1-20
1-29
1-20
1-24
1-22
1-24
1-21
1-28
1-28

1-10
1-18
116
1-20

Liberian

Rio

Santos, Brazil

Manilla

Ceylon

1-28

Perak

Costa Rica

Pale Jamaica

Mysore .........

—

Jamaica

—

Roasted coffee contains about 1'3 per cent, of caffeine, but this
amount varies slightly.

It is evident from the results quoted in this table that the dis-
cordant statements hitherto published in reference to the amount
of caffeine in coffee must be ascribed to defective methods of
analysis ; and that, in reality, the determination of the amount of
caffeine in a samjile of coffee by the method described would be
one of the most conclusive data to rely upon in any question as to
the adulteration of coffee.

In some further notes on the chemistry of coffee (ihid, 821, 822,
and 921, 922) the authors describe experiments proving that there
is no appreciable loss of caffeine by volatilization in the roasting
operation, when it is carefully carried out ; also confirming their
previous observation that the amount of caffeine in moderately
roasted coffee may be fixed at 1"3 per cent.

The practical advantages of the pioposed method of analysis,
as applied to the detection of adulterants in coffee, are that the
i-esults obtained by it give at one and the same time an indication
of the actual amount of coffee present in the sample examined, and
also an indication of the amount of admixture independently of its
actual nature, which is, for the purpose in view, a matter of com-
paratively little importance. By the application of this method of
testing there is no difficulty in ascertaining the amount of real
coffee present in any sample.

72 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Caffeine Methhydroxide. E. Schmidt. (ArcMv der Pharm.
[3], xxiv. 522-528.) T)io body described in this paper was ob-
tained by the action of moist silver oxide on caffeine niethiodide.
It appears to differ from the analogous quaternary ammonium
bases in yielding, not methylcaffeine, but caffeine, on dry distillation.

Guanine. E. v. Briicke. (Monatsh. Chem., vii. 617-620.) It
has long been known that guanine, when evaporated with nitric
acid, gives a yellow residue, soluble in potash with yellow colora-
tion ; the solution thus obtained, on evaporation to dryness, gives
at first a purple then a violet 'coloration ; on exposure to air the
original colour returns. In this paper, it is shown that these
changes arc due to the proportion of water present ; thus there
exist two compounds : the one, golden-red, with the greater, the
other, indigo-blue, with the less proportion of Avater. It is not
improbable that an intermediate purple-red compound is also
formed. Experiments confirmatory of this view are described, in
which the coloured solutions are exposed to conditions of the
presence and absence of water respectively.

Cinchonine Derivatives. W. J. Comstock and "W. Koenigs.
(Be)-, der deutscJi. chem. Ge<., xix. 2853-2859.) From considerations
based on its chemical behaviour, the authors have adopted the
formula 0^9X123 BrgNoO for cinchonine dibromide, instead of that
given in their previous paper. A crystalline sulphate is obtained
by allowing a solution of cinchonine dibi-omide in 7 to 8 parts of
concentrated sulphuric acid to remain for several hours. It is
soluble in hot water and dilute alkalies, excess of alkali throwing
out the salt, but dilute acids dissolve it with difficulty. When
heated at 130'' in a sealed tube with hydj-ogen bromide, it is
decomposed into cinchonine dibromide and sulj)huric acid.

Dehydrocinchonine, Cjg Hog No O, is obtained in practically colour-
less needles by heating cinchonine dibromide with alcoholic potash
in a reflux apparatus for sixteen to twenty hours, distilling off
three-fourths of the alcohol, and adding water to the residue. It
is purified by precipitating its hydrochloride with ammonia, and
crystallizing from alcohol. The base melts at 202—203°, and sub-
limes without decomposition if the temperature be carefully
raised. It dissolves easily in alcohol, acetone, and chloroform,
less easily in ethei- and hot benzene, and is practically insoluble
in Avater. The hydrohromide, Cjg H^q N^ 0, HBr, crystallizes from
water in colourless, transparent prisms, the hydrochloi'ide in long,
silky needles.

Dehydrocinchonine chloride, C^g HjgN^ CI, is prepared by treating

CHEMISTRY. 73

dehjdrocinchonine livdrocliloride with phosphorus pentachloride
and phosphox'ic oxjchloride, adding ammonia, and crystallizing
fi'om benzene. It melts at 148-149'^, and is readily soluble in
benzene, alcohol, acetone, chloroform, and ether, but insoluble in
light petroleum.

Dehydrocinchene, CjgH^gNo, is obtained by boiling dehydrocin-
chonine chloride "with alcoholic potash for sixteen hours, and is
purified bj reciystallizing its hydrogen tartrate. The free base
crystallizes from dilute alcohol, forms long colourless needles,
which melt at about 60°, and contain at least 3 mols. Ho 0. The
hydrohromide, Cjg H^g N",, 2 H Br, is obtained in small, broad, trans-
parent, concentrically-grouped prisms, which dissolye readily in
water, but only sparingly in alcohol and ether. The platinoMo-
ride, CjgHjgNo, H, Pt Cl^, a yery sparingly soluble salt, is obtained
in bright red tables from the solution of the base in concentrated
hydrochloric acid.

Cinchene dibromide, Cjg H^q Bro No' ^^ ^Q^^ prepared by gradually
adding bromine to a solution of cinchene in chloroform until the
yellow perbromide begins to separate, sodium hydi'ogen sulphite
and hydrochloric acid are added, and the base, precipitated from
the separated aqueous layer by ammonia, is purified by conyersion
into the hydrohromide, etc. From its ethereal solution it is
obtained in beautiful colourless crystals, which begin to fuse at
110° and melt at 113°. The hydrohromide crystallizes in concen-
trically-grouped colourless needles ; the nitrate and zincochloride
also crystallize well. Boiling for twenty hours with alcoholic
potash converts cinchene dibromide into dehydrocinchene.

GlycyrrMzate of Quinidine. H. Hager. (Pharvi. Zeitung,
xxxi. 641.) The author prepares this compound as follows: —
1000 grams of coarsely powdered peeled licorice root are mace-
rated in 1'5 litres of distilled water at about 40° C. for twelve
hours ; it is then displaced with a mixture of lo litres of distilled
water, 70 c.c. of ammonia water (10 per cent.), and 15 grams of
bicarbonate of ammonium ; and lastly with distilled water until
the liquid has a pale yellow colour and a scarcely percejjtible sweet
taste. The mixed liquids, if turbid (owing to the presence of
carbonate of calcium), must be filtered. To the filtrate is. added
by agitation a solution of 75 grams of sulphate of quinidine in
500 c. c. of luke-warm distilled water and 300 grams of hj-drochloric
acid, sp. gr. 1124. If, after the lapse of one hour, the solution
should have a strong alkaline reaction, it must be neutralized with
dilute acetic acid. It must be stirred frequently, and then put

74 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

aside for several hours. The precipitate is collected on a wetted
linen strainer, and washed with cold distilled water, gently ex-
pressed, and spread on porcelain plates in layers about 1'5 cm.
thick, and only covering one-half of the plate. The plates are
placed in a slanting position, so that the liquid can drain off.
When dry it is powdered in a cold porcelain mortar. The yield
is about 200 grams. Thus prepared, glycyrrhizate of quinidine is
a grey-yellow powder, of a bitter-sweet taste, insoluble in water,
and .sparingly soluble in alcohol. Acids and alkalies decompose
it. Its composition corresponds to the formula, CooHo^NoOg.
C.i4 Hg3 N Oj8 + 2 Ho = 1577. It contains 41-09 per cent, of quini-
dine.

Cluinoline. A. Glaus and F. Collischonn. (Ber. der deutsch.
chem. (res., xix. 2502-2508.) In this 2:)aper the authors describe
a number of halogen additive products of the propio-haloid com-
pounds of quinoline. These products were obtained by treating a
chloroform solution of the propio-haloid salt with the halogen.

Phenyl-Derivatives of Piperidine. E. Lellmann. {Ber. der
deutsch. chcni. Ges., xx. 080, 081.) Tlie compounds described by
the author are : phenylpiperidine, dinitroplienylpijperidine, para-
nitrojjhenylpipcridine, and amidoplicnijlpiperidine. For details
refei'once must be made to the original article.

Pyridine Bases. A. Ladenburg. (Comptes Bendus, ciii. 092-
695.) Several methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl-pyridines are described
in this paper, along with their platinochlorides and other com.-
ponnds. For particulars the reader is referred to the original
article.

Piperidine Bases. A. Ladenburg. (Ccrtnptes Bendus, ciii.
747-749.) The bases dealt with in this paper were obtained by
treating boiling alcoholic solutions of the corresponding pyridine
bases mentioned in the preceding abstract with a large excess of
sodium. Piperidine obtained in this way is identical with the
alkaloid prepared from piperine.

Action of Chlorine on Pyridine. E. H. Keiser. {Avier. Chem.
Journ., viii. .')U8 i) 15 ; Joiini. (.'hem. Soc, 1887, 277.) Anderson
has worked on this subject (Annalen, cv. 340). When anh3drous
pyridine is treated with dry chlorine, it iinally solidifies, and by
distillation a white crystalline solid boiling at 130°, and a yellow
solid boiling at 218°, are obtained. The first is purified by crystal-
lization from alcohol ; it melts at 72°, is very stable, and with
platinum chloride gives a precipitate having the composition
(C5H3Cl2N)o, HoPtClg. The second substance cannot be dis-

CHEMISTRY. 75

tilled without partial decomposition ; it is very deliquescent, and
is soluble in water; with, platinum chloride, the solution gives a
precipitate of pyridine platinochloride ; the yellow compound
itself has the composition Cj Hj NCI, and is evidently an unstable
additive product.

When chlorine is passed into pyridine diluted with its own bulk
of water, nitrogen and carbonic anhydride are evolved, and on
further dilution a white precipitate is thrown down, which when
dry smells like bleaching powder, and with platinum chloride
gives a precipitate of pyi-idine jilatinochloride ; it is therefore an
additive product of pyridine, probably the hypochlorite, and the
carbonic anhydi'ide and nitrogen ai-e derived from the decomposi-
tion of this substance. When chloi'ine is passed into a pyridine
solution containing free alkali, nitrogen is evolved with explosive
violence ; but if the contents of the flask be kept cool the action is
more gentle, and chloroform and dichloracetic acid are to be found
in the distillate. This decompos'ition of pyridine by chlorine is
far more readily explained by Riedel's formula than by Korner's.

The Transformation of Citric Acid into Pyridine-Dei'ivatives,
and the Constitution of Pyridine. S. Ruhemann. (Proc. Chem.
Soc, March 17, 1887.) Hofmann and Behrmann have shown
that citramide is converted by heating with sulphuric acid into
citrazinic acid, the dihydroxypyridinecai^boxylic acid in which
both hydroxyls are in ortho-positions to the nitrogen-atom, the
carboxyl being in the para-position. The author finds that the
formation of the pyridine-derivative takes place even at ordinary
temperatures if ethylic aceto-citrate be mixed with strong aqueous
ammonia, and the mixture allowed to stand several days ; dilute
chlorhydric acid then precipitates citrazinamide. The production
of a pyridine-dei'ivative in this manner is a strong argument, he
thinks, in favour of Riedel's contention that the nitrogen-atom in
pyridine is in connection with the carbon-atom, which relatively to
it is in the para-position ; and ia further support of this view he
states that no condensation takes place if methylamine be sub-
stituted for ammonia,^ there being in this case no available hydro-
gen-atom associated with the nitrogen-atom to separate with the
hydroxyl and thus permit of the union of the nitrogen-atom with
the para-carbon-atom. Incidentally it is mentioned as an indica-
tion of the mobility of the acetyl-group, that if ethylic aceto-citrate
be treated with phenyl hydrazine, the acetyl-derivative of the
latter is foz-med ; ethylic acetomalate and diacetotai'trate behave
similarly.

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Synthesis of Pyridine Bases. J. Ploclil. (Ber. dcr deutsch,.
chem. Ges., xx. 722, 723.) Pyridines are formed by tlic action of
aldehydes on concentrated solutions of ammonium, chloride at a
high temperature. Collidine was obtained from paraldehyde, and
parvoline from propaldehyde. Tlie reactions are analogous to
those by means of which quinolinc-derivatives are obtained from
the li^'ilroclilorides of primary amines and aldehydes, ketones, etc.

Preparation of Pyridine Bases by the Action of Ammonium
Salts on Glycerin. L. S torch. (JJer. der deutsch. chevi. Ges., xix.
2456-2459.) The close affinity of the pyridine with the quinoline
bases would lead to the supposition that the former Avould be
obtained from glycerin and ammonia or its derivatives by Skraup's
synthetic method. It is here shown that if glycerin is heated
with a 30-40 per cent, solution of ammonium sulphate and concen-
trated sulphuric acid at 200-230°, the resultant distillate contains
pyridine, /3-picoline, and lutidine, together with higher homologues.
With ammonium phosphate, a precisely similar result was obtained;
but expei'iments with alcoholic ammonia, ammonium oxalate, and
ammonium chloride wci-e unsuccessful.

Synthesis of Active Conine. A. Ladenburg. {Ber. der de^dsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 257S-25S3 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 160.) Further
experiments on a larger scale, and with pure materials, have con-
firmed the author's previous results. a-AUylpyridine boils at
187"5-192"5°, and is a strongly refracting liquid of sp. gr. 0"9595
at 0°, sparingly soluble in water, and having a distinct conyrine-
like odour. The platinochloride, (Cg Hj'Cj H^ N),, Ho Pt Clg, melts
at 185-186°, and crystallizes in needles sparingly soluble in water.
The anrochloride melts at 135-136°; the mei'curiochloride and
cadmio-iodide are also described. By the action of sodium on an
alcoholic solution at the boiling ]x)int, a-all3'lpyridine is reduced
almost quantitatively to a-propylpiperidine. This base has a sp.
gr. 0-8626 at 0°, and boils at 166-167°; its hydrochloride crystal-
lizes in white, silky needles, melting at 203-205°. In smell,
solubility, specific gravity, and physiological action, a-propylpi-
peridine resembles conine, and not only are the platinochlorides,
aurochlorides, and cadmio-iodides similar, but Avhen a-propylpi-
pei'idine is converted into conyrine by llofmann's method, a blue
fluorescence is obtained just as with conine. This fluorescence is
due to an accompanying pi'oduct, for if the fluorescent base after
separation from unaltei-ed conine be convert-ed into the platino-
chloridc, the conyrine regenerated from it is no longer fluorescent.
Conyrine platinochloride from conine crystallizes in monoclini-j

CHEMISTRY. 77

forms: a : 6 : c = 1-0G14 : 1 : 1-5374 ; ^ = 87° 8'; and the crystals
from the synthetical base give practically the same value on
measurement.

a-Propylpipei'idine, however, in addition to the lowei- melting
point of its hydrochloride, is optically inactive, and must be re-
garded as a physical isomeride of conine. To effect a separation
into two optically active bases, a sterilised nutritive solution con-
taining 0'5 per cent, of the tartrate was seeded with Peyiicilliwm
glaucum, but without result. The active base, however, was
obtained by introducing a crystal of the salt into a very concen-
trated solution of a-propylpiperidine hydrogen tartrate ; a slow
separation of ciystals took place, which yielded a dextrorotatoiy
base, whose specific rotation Avas [a]u=13° 87', compared with
[a]i, = 13°79' for conine. The hydrochloride of the synthetical
active base melts at 217-5°, that of conine at 2l7-5-2185°.

From the mother-liquor a Isevorotatory base was obtained, but
it contained a large proportion of the dextrorotatory modification,
which could not be further separated by the crystallization method.
However, on converting this Isevorotatory mixture into the cadmio-
iodide, it was found that after crystallization, the ciystallized salt
yielded a base which was less Itevorotatory than before, whilst
from the mother-liquor a base was obtained which in a 50 per
cent, alcoholic solution gave a rotation of — 3° 30' in a decimetre
tube, compared with 3° 10' for conine under the same conditions.

Conyrine Platinochloride. T. Liweh. (Ber. der deutsch. chem.
Ges., XX. 07, 08.) The author has submitted synthetical conyrine
platinochloride to a crystallographic examination, and gives results
which show that the crystals are precisely similar in form to those
of the conyrine platinochloride obtained from natural conine.

Action of Ethyl Iodide on Nicotine. 0. de Coninck. (Gomptes
Fendus, civ. 513-515.) Nicotine reacts readily with ethyl iodide,
and yields a yellow, translucent solid which dissolves in warm,
absolute alcohol, forming a deep brown solution. If this is mixed
with potash of 45°, and heated on a water -bath for ten hours, a
garnet-red coloration is produced, which afterwards changes to
carmine. When the solution is mixed with an excess of hydro-
chloric acid, and is poured into acidified watei', there is no change
of colour and no fluorescence, but after twenty-four hours the
liquid becomes j^ellow.

Derivatives of Picolinic and Nicotinic Acids. E. Seyfferth.
(Jouru. prakt. Chem. [2], xxxiv. 241-2G3.) The researches re-
corded in this paper deal with the following compounds: chloro-

78 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

picoHiiic acid, clilorohydroxypicoHnic acid, trichloropjridine, and
dichloronicotinic acid. For details reference must be made to the
orig'inal article.

Synthesis of Pyrroline. Gr. Ciamician and P. Silber. (Ber.
der deutsch. cliem. Gcf!., xix. 3027.) The authors stowed previously
that succinimide may be readily converted into tetrachlox'opyrro-
line, but were unable to completely reduce tbe latter to pyrroline.
This can be readily effected by boiling the chloride with the cor-
responding amount of potassium iodide in a I'eflex apparatus. The
iodide so obtained is very readily reduced to pyi-roline by warming
with potash solution in presence of zinc-dust.

The Alkaloids of Berberis Vulgaris. O. Hesse. (Ber. der
deiitsch. clinn. Ges., xix. 3190-3194 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 283.)
The author has reinvestigated the alkaloids in the root of this
plant. He believes that there are therein at least four alkaloids
besides berberine, and describes especially oxyacanthine (Wacker,
Chem. Centr., 1861, 321), and a new alkaloid he has obtained
from the mother-liquors of oxyacanthine, and which he names
bei-bamine .

He finds the true formula of oxyacanthine to be C^g Hjg N O3,
and not Cja Ho^ N O3, as he has previously given. "When crystal-
lized from water and dried at 100°, this alkaloid melts at 138-
150° ; but when crystallized from alcohol or ether, it forms needles
melting at 208-214°. It is easily soluble in chloroform, and then
gives [a]„ = + 131-6° (j9 = 4, f = 15°). In light petroleum and
alkalies, it is only slightly soluble, and ether extracts it
completely from the alkaline solutions. The hydrochloride,
CigHjgNOg, HCl + 2 HoO, forms small colourless needles which
in aqueous solutions give [«]„= + 1636° (p = 2, f = 15°.) The
platinochloride is a yellow, flocculent precipitate. The nitrate and
sulphate are both crystalline. "When heated with potash and a
little water, the base melts to a brown mass which floats on the
surface of the fused potash. This brown mass is the potassium
compound of ^-oxyacantJiine . This conversion into a /?-modifica-
tiou also takes place very readily, even at ordinary temperatures,
when the alkaloid is acted on by alkalies or barium hydroxide in
the presence of alcohol. Ether now no longer extracts the
alkaloid from the alkaline solution. Hydrochloric acid precipi-
tates ^-oxyacanthine, which is soluble both in alkalies and in
excess of acid. If, however, the alkaline solution of the (3-com-
pound is supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, a-oxyacanthine
hydrochloride crystallizes out. The author believes the ^-modifi-

CHEMISTRY. 79

cation is due to the alkaloid taking up an additional molecnle
of water. Oxjacauthine very closely resembles narcotine in pro-
perties.

Berhamine crystallizes in small scales of the composition
Ci8 Hjg N O3 + 2 H^ O. It is easily soluble in ether. When
anhydrous, it melts at 156°. The hydrochloride crystallizes in
scales, the nitrate in needles ; the platinochloride forms a yellow
crystalline precipitate.

Action of Potassium Permanganate on Berherine. E. Schmidt
and C. Schilbach. (xh-chio der Fharm. [3], xxv. 164-170;
Journ. Chem. Sac, 1887, 604.) Berberine, under the action of
concentrated nitric acid, yields a tribasic nitrogenous acid, ber-
beronic acid, C5 Hg N (C O • O H)g, as has been shown by Weidel
and again by Fiirth. It is remarkable that the principal effect of
the action of potassium permanganate on berbei'ine should be the
production of non-nitrogenous acid analogous to hemipinic acid,
as J. Court has shown in an investigation instigated by one of the
authors. The authors, in supplementing this investigation, con-
ducted the oxidation in an alkaline solution, and in general
followed the course taken by Court. A hot dilute solution of
berberine was treated with aqueoiTS potash and then with hot
potassium permanganate solution. The slight excess of perman-
ganate was decomposed by a few drops of alcohol. Pi-eliminary
tests indicated the formation of ,only very minute quantities of
oxalic acid. On the contrary, carbonic anhydride was freely
evolved on adding excess of sulphuric acid, and a strong odour of
nitric acid was perceptible. The filtrate from the manganese oxide
was neutralized with sulphuric acid, evaporated to dryness, pow-
dered, well shaken with ether, and treated with excess of moder-
ately dilute sulphuric acid. On distilling off the ether, a brown
liquid remained which deposited a considerable quantity of
crystals when placed over sulphuric acid. To avoid loss, the
brown liquid was dissolved in water and the contained acids were
precipitated by means of a slight excess of lead acetate. The
well-washed precipitate was treated with sulphuretted hydrogen,
the lead sulphide and excess of sulphuretted hydrogen removed,
and the liquid evaporated and set to crystallize over sulphuric acid.
The filtrate from the lead precipitate was freed from acetic acid
by repeated evaporation, and again treated with lead acetate, when
a further crop of crystals was obtained. The lead acetate treat-
ment gave crystals much purer than those obtained by direct
crystallization of the ether extract. These crystals, dried at 100°

80 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

have a constant melting point of 160-162°, and amount to about
30 per cent, of the original bcrberine. A small quantity of
nitrogenous, nodular crystals was obtained by treating the mother-
liquor of the ether extract with water, dissolving the precipitate
obtained in hot water, and purifying with the aid of lead acetate.
No other well characterised compounds were isolated. A con-
siderable poi'tion of the nitrogen of berberine was evidently
converted into nitric acid dui-ing the oxidation. Another portion
appeared in the form mentioned above. A further portion Avas
converted into ammonia, or at least into compounds which gave
ammonia on distillation with potash. The copious oxidation pro-
duct melting at 160-162°, obtained as above, Avas compared Avith
hemipinic acid, specially prepared by Schilbach from narcotine,
and the two compounds wei-e shown to be identical.

Hydrastine and Hydrastinine. M. Freund and "\V. Will.
(Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xx. 88-95.) The authors substitute
the formula Co^ Ho^ N Og for that prcAuously ascribed to hydras-
tine. They have examined the base Itrjdrastinine, C^^ H^j N Oo +
Ho 0, obtained together with opianic acid Avhen hydrastine is
ti'eated with oxidizing agents. Hydrastinine forms white ciystals,
melts at 116-117°, fusion, hoAvever, occurring if it be kept at
100° for some time, and is soluble in benzene, ethyl acetate (these
solvents produce a partial decomposition), light petroleum, ether,
and Avater ; the aqueous solution is strongly alkaline and intensely
bitter. Like cotarnine, of Avhich it is the next lower homologue,
hydrastinine crj'stallizes from all solvents Avitli 1 mol. Ho ; this,
however, is not present in its salts. The hydrochloride, Giilii^l^ Oo,
H CI, ciystallizes in feebly coloured needles, melts at about 212°
Avith decomposition, and is readily soluble in alcohol and Avater;
the aqueous solution shows a feeble fluorescence, and is optically
inactive. The sidphatc, Cj^ H^^ N Oo, Ho S O^, forms yelloAV crystals
showing a green fluorescence, and is soluble in alcohol. The
dichromate, Cj] H^j N Oo, Ho Gv^ ^7' crystallizes in slender, golden-
yelloAV needles, and is soluble in water. The methiodide,
Cj] Hjj N Oo, ^le I, crystallizes in slender, yelloAv needles showing
a vitreous lustre, and is soluble in alcohol and Avater. The plat ino-
chloride, Cji H^ N Oo, Ho Pt Clg, and the aurochloride form yellow
crystals, Avhilst Avith potassium feri'icyanidc a compound crystal-
lizing in reddish brown needles is obtained.

Tlie authors also giA'e a descrii^tion of hudrohydrastinine,
Cjj Hj.j N Oo, a crystalline base obtained from h^-drastinine by
reduction with zinc and hydrochloric acid; and of hydrastinic acid,

CHEMISTRY. 81

Cg H- N O4, whicli is obtained bj boiling liydvastine with dilute
nitric acid until potassium hydrate ceases to precipitate the
product.

Pilocarpine. E. Hardy and G. Calmels. (Comptes Bendus,
cii. 1116-1119. From Journ. Chem. Soc.) The authors have
analysed the following compounds of pilocarpine : the nitrate,
Cii Hjg No On. H N O3, which forms rhombic lamellse, very
soluble in water but less soluble in alcohol ; the platinochloride,
(Cu Hjg No 0.2).2, Ho Pt Clg, which forms somewhat soluble
quadratic prisms and lamellse ; the modified platinochloride,
(Cjj HjgNo 03)2 Pt CI4, a very soluble, crystalline, yellow powder;
the aurochloride, Cj^ HjgNo Oo Au CI3, formed in slender needles
when the pilocarpine is in excess ; the aurochloride, C^ Hjg Nj Oo,
2 Au CI3, obtained in microscopic needles Avhen the auric chloride
is in excess. Both these compounds form viscous oils when heated
in presence of water, and combine with only one equivalent of
hydrochloric acid. The acid aurochloride, Cj^ Hjg No Oo,
H Au CI4, obtained in needles by adding a limited quantity of
auric chloride to a solution containing free hydrochloric acid ; the
acid diaurochloride, C^ Hjg No Oo, 2 H Au CI4, obtained in needles
or right rectangular prisms by adding excess of auric chloride
in presence of hydi'ochloric acid ; the mercurochlorides, which
crystallize in slender needles and are very soluble in acids ; and
the hydrochloride, which forms a gummy mass. Pilocarpine
itself is a viscous substance, very soluble in alcohol and water,
slightly soluble in cold ether or chloroform, more soluble on
heating, and readily soluble in ether or chloroform mixed with
alcohol. Pilocarpine does not act on carbonates, but with alkaline
hydrates it forms compounds which are decomposed by carbonic
acid. These facts point to the presence of an internal anhydride.
Pilocarpic acid does not exist in the free state. The copper salt,
(Cji Hi7N2 03)2Cu, is a sbghtly soluble green powder, and the
silver salt forms a curdy precipitate. Free pilocarpine forms witli
silver nitrate two compounds,

AgN03,Ci,HigN2 02,

and (AgN03)2, Ci^HigNjOo, which crystallizes in needles. The
constitution of pilocarpine is represented by the formula

-co-.

Pilocarpidhie . — The substance produced by the action of nitric

82 YEAR-liOOK OF PHARMACT.

or hydrochloric acid on pilocarpine or by boiling pilocarpine or its
salts "with water in presence of air, is pilocarpidine,

Cs H4 N/3.C Me (N Meo)C H.
Its salts are similar to those of pilocarpine ; they are gummy
substances decomposed by carbonic anhydride, soluble in water and
alcohol of 90°, but insoluble in absolute alcohol if they are dry.
The copper salt is green, the silver salt crystallizes in a mass of
small needles. The hydi-ochloride is soluble in Avater and crystal-
lizes badly from an acid solution ; it is a guramy substancd which
crystallizes slowly from alcohol in scales with a prismatic struc-
ture. The aurochloride, C^q Hi^No O,, H Au Cl.^, is obtained in
right rectangular prisms by adding pilocai-pidine hydrochloride
gradually to an acid solution of auric chloride, and allowing the
liquid to evaporate spontaneously. In solutions containing no
free acid, the aurochloride, Cjg Hjj No Oo, Au CI3, is foi'med. The
plutinochloride, (Cm H^j^No Oo)o, H, Pt Clg + 2 H, O, is formed in
lamellte by adding the hydrochloride to an excess of platinum
chloi-ide solution. If these crystals are dissolved in a large
quantity of cold water and allowed to recrystallize in the cold,
the platinochloride separates in large, yellow lamellae similar to
those of naphthalene. If crystallization takes place in a warm
solution, small red prismatic crystals, of the composition
(Cio Hjj Ng Oo)o, Hi Pt Clg + Ho O, separate. This second modifi-
cation is also obtained by heating the dihydrated salt.

Jaborine. E. Hardy and G. Calmels. {Gomptes Rejuliis,
eii. 1251-1254. From Journ. Chem. Soc.) Pure dry pilocarpine
does not yield jaborine when heated at 100° for six hours, neither
can this substance be obtained by the action of alcoholic iodides on
argento-pilocarpidiue. If, however, carefully dried pilocarpine is
heated rapidly to 175°, kept at this temperature for about half an
hour, and the product extracted Avith water made alkaline with
baryta, and shaken with ether, the ether contains jaborine, and the
aqueous solution contains pilocarijidine and jaboric acid. Jaborine
separates from alcohol or ether in a brown mass, which changes to
a brittle, resinous solid. It is insoluble in water, but dissolves
I'cadily in ether, and is also soluble in jaboric acid. From solutions
of the hydrocliloride it is thrown down by potash as a cui-dy pre-
cipitate, which readily agglomei-ates under warm water. When
boiled Avith coucentx'ated aqueous potash it is converted into
pilocarpidine.

Jaborine hydrochloride is extremely soluble in water and alcohol.
When boiled with excess of hydrochloric acid, it is converted into

CHEMISTRY. 83

pilocarpidine hydrochloride. Solutions of jaborine are brown witli
a greenish fluorescence, which is not completely removed by animal
charcoal. An alcoholic solution of free jabox-ine yields Avith a
limited quantity of platinic chloride, a dirty v/hite, gelatinous pre-
•:cipitate of the composition (Cog H32N^04^)o, Pt Cl^ ; with platinic
■chloride in excess, a yellowish-white precipitate of the composition
Coo H30 N^ Oj, Pt Cl^, and with auric chloride a precipitate of the
composition Coo HgoN^ O4, 2 Au CI3 In presence of a slight excess
of hydrochloric acid, platinic chloride, whether in excess or other-
wise, precipitates the compound

CosHgoN^O^HoPtClg.
Jaboric acid is separated from pilocarpidine by precipitating
with excess of silver niti'ate, which forms a curdy precipitate of the
composition C^g Ho|. Ng O5 Ag, Ag N O3. Jaboric acid resembles
jaborine in appearance, but is very soluble in water, and is not
removed from its aqueous solution by ether. With alkalies it
forms gummy salts which dissolve in water and alcohol, and are
not decomposed by carbonic anhydride. With silver nitrate in
limited quantity it forms the compound Cjg Ho^ N3 O5 Ag, which is
precipitated by alcohol in the form of a brown powder. Hot con-
centrated potash or boiling hydrochloric acid converts jaboric acid
into pilocarpidine and yS-pyridine-a-lactic acid. Alcoholic solutions
of jaboric acid give with platinic chloride in limited quantity a
viscous pi'ecipitate of the compound

(Ci9Ho,N3 0,)o,PtCl,;
with platinic chloride in excess, a yellow pi-ecipitate of a hemi-
platino-chloride,

(Ci9 H05 N3 0.,)o, Pt Cl, + 2 C,,, Ho, N3 O, Pt CI,.
With auric chloride a diaurochloride, Cjg H05 No 0-, 2 Au CI3, is
formed. The hydrochloride and nitrate of jaboric acid are viscous
substances : an aqueous solution of the former gives a viscous
precipitate of the composition (C^y Ho- Ng 65)0, H2 Pt Cl^, Avith a
limited quantity of platinic chloiide.

Jaborine and jaboric acid are products of the condensation of
pilocarpine, this condensation talcing place on the betain nucleus,
and may be thus represented (Py = p.yi"idyl) : —

J-^ ^viGs^ -C O C Mo Py/3X ^'

Jaborine.

H- C Me Pyi3 • C • • N ilcg C Me Py/3- C H.

Jaboric acid.

S^ YEAIi-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

A New Synthesis of Acridine, R. Mohlau. (Ber. der deutsch.
chem. Ges., xix. 2451-2453.) The constitutional formula of
acridine has been confirmed by its synthesis from diplienylamine
and formic acid or chloroform, as also from the condensation of
orthotolylanih'ne. In this paper, a synthesis from aniline and
salicylic aldehyde, in presence of zinc chloride, is described, the
reaction being as follows :

Ph N Ho + H • Ce H^ • C O H = C^g Hg N + 2 H2 O.

The product was identical in chemical and physical properties
with the acridine originally obtained from crude anthracene by
Gracbe and Caro. It is also shown that parahydroxybenzaldehyde,
as also benzaldehyde, form acridine with diphenylamine, probably
from an intermediate decomposition of the aldehyde into phenol
or benzene on the one hand, and formic acid on the other, and this
latter substance I'cacts in accordance with the above-mentioned
synthesis.

Emetine. H. Kunz. (Archiv der Pharyn., 1S87, 461 ; Fharm.
Journ , 3rd series, xvii. 1049.) A careful investigation has led the
author to the conclusion that emetine is a biacid base and a tertiary
diamine, like quinine. He considers that its elementary composi-
tion is represented by the formula CgQ H^q Nj O5, which difPers by
Co from that attributed to the alkaloid by Lefort and Wurtz. The
introduction of a methyl group yielded a new base which Avas
obtained as a hydrate, — " methylemetonium hydrate," — to which
the formula C^q H.^q (^ H3) No O5 is attributed. This compound
was amorphous and very hygroscopic, and the sulphate was
the only crystalline salt prepai'ed from it. "Methylemetonium"
differs sharply from emetine in its physiological action, in which
it resembles cui'are, 0'0037 gi*am injected subcutaneously into a
frog producing total paralysis of the motor system in two minutes.
It is thought very probable that emetine, like quinine, is a quinoline
derivative. Besides emetine, ipecacuanha root contains choline.

Conessine. K. PolstorfF. (Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix.
1682-1685 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 901.) Conessine (gee ab-
stract, Year -Book of Pharmacy, 1886, 75) was found to be present
in East Indian llolarrhena to the extent of 0'08 per cent. It was
purified by dissolving it in very dilute acetic acid, almost neutraliz-
ing with ammonia, treating with lead acetate, and removing the
lead by means of sulphuretted hydrogen. After repeating this
treatment four or five times an almost colourless solution is ob-
tained. The nitrate, C^ Hog N, H N O3, forms small needles ; the

CHEMISTRY. 85

picrate (with 1 mol. Ho 0) crystallizes from alcohol in broad,
lustrous, gold-coloured needles, which explode violently when
heated.

The author considers the substance to be identicul Avith that
obtained by Haines from Wrightia (Jonrn. de Phann. [2], vi. 432).
The results of analyses of Haines' compound, made by Warnecke
agree with the formula C^o H^q N, as well as with Cj^ Hjg X. Also
the reaction given by Warnecke for Haines' compound holds good
with conessine from Holarrhena.

Piliganine, a New Alkaloid. H. Adrian. {Comptes Eendus,
cii. 1322, 1323. From Journ. Chem. Soc.) The Piligan is a
Brazilian lycopod, which resembles L. Selago, and is probably the
variety L. Saicssuriis.

Piliganine forms a soft, yellowish, transparent mass, with an
odour recalling that of pelletierine. It has an alkaline reaction,
and gives white fumes with hydi'ochloric acid. It dissolves in
water, alcohol, and chloroform, but is only slightly soluble in
ether. The hydrochloride forms highly deliquescent, microscopic
crystals. Solutions of piliganine give the following reactions : —
Sodium phosphomolybdate, yellowish white precipitate ; iodine
solution, pale brown precipitate ; tannin, white precipitate ;
mercuric potassium iodide, bulky white curdy precipitate ; mer-
curic chloride and platinum chloride, no reaction ; picric acid,
yellowish, crystalline precipitate after some time.

Piliganine is very poisonous, and has a distinct emeto-cathartic
action.

A New Constituent of the Germinated Seeds of Liipimis Liiteus.
E. Schulze and E. Steiger. (Per. der deutscli. chem. Ges., xix.
1177-1180.) The body described by the authors under the name
of arginine is a nitrogenous base somewhat similar in its properties
to creatinine. It is obtained from the germinated cotyledons by
precipitating the aqueous extract with tannin and lead acetate,
acidifying the filtrate with sulphuric acid, filtering again, then
adding phosphotungstic acid, treating the jirecipitate thus formed
with milk of lime, and removing the excess of lime from the filtered
solution by a current of C Oo. The clear liquid, when neutralized
with nitric acid and concentrated to a syrup, yields needle-shaped
crystals of the nitrate corresponding to the formula, C,;Hj^X^Oo,
HN0, + iH2 0.

Asiminine. T. U. Lloyd. (Ayner. Journ. Pharm., December,
1886.)

Process for obtaining the Alkaloid. — Extract the seeds of Asimina

88 YEAR-COOK OF PHARltACy.

triloha (papaw) with alcohol ; evaporate the alcohol, addincr
towards the last water cnnngh to precipitate the oils ; acidulate
with acetic acid, stir well, and after twenty-four hours filter.
Ammonia water is cautiously added to the filtrate until in
slight excess, care being taken to avoid a strong alkaline reaction.
The precipitate is collected and, while moist, agitated with sul-
phuric etlier in successive portions ; the ethereal layers are decanted,
mixed, evaporated, and the residue is dissolved in a little alcohol.
To this solution, hydrochloric acid in slight excess is added, Avhen,
if concentrated, a magma of ci-ystals of the hydrochlorate of the
alkaloid will be produced. If the solution is dilute, evaporation
will be necessary. These crystals are purified by crystallization
from hot alcohol, then dissolved in water, precipitated with
ammonia, and the amorphous alkaloid is dried. The yield is small,
but a considerable quantity of the alkaloid is lost in the process
of purification. In working large amounts, an increased yield
would result after the first batch.

Properties. — This alkaloid is white, odourless, tastele.ss, and
practically insoluble in water. It dissolves freely in ether and
alcohol, less freely in chloroform and benzol. Upon evaporation
of the solvents, it sepai-ates in an amorphous condition. The
soluble salts are bitter, and produce copious precipitates with the
usual alkaloidal reagents. Salts of asiminine and the usual acids
employed in the commercial production of alkaloidal salts, dissolve
freely in water (excepting the hydi-ochlorate, which is less soluble),
produeiTig bitter liquids, from which dilute alkalies precipitate the
alkaloid. The author did- not succeed in crystallizing either the
nitrate or the acetate, but the hydrochlorate crystallizes easily
from alcohol, forming beautiful squares, and the sulphate in
lamina; of crystalline natui-e. The principal salt, owing to its ea-sy
production in a pure crj'stalline condition, will be the hydrochlo-
rate if this alkaloid should come into demand as a medicinal
agent.

ITydrochlorafc of asinrinine is white, odourless, and to the taste
at first sweetish and then bitter, leaving a bitter after-taste. It
crystallizes from alcohol in transparent square plates or in groups
of crystals composed mainly of the interlocked sections of cubes.
Even if the alkaloid be in minute amount, it forms, with nitric
acid, at once a carmine red, which quickly changes to a deep dark
purple colour. This reaction is vei-y delicate, and is similar to
that of concentrated nitric acid on morj)hine salts, excepting that
the colour is not hlood red, and instead of becoming lighter, darkens

CHEMISTRY. 87

for a time to purple, and then changes to deep red, but not yellow.
Without due care one might possiblj confuse asirainine with
morphine by this test. With sulphuric acid it effervesces, dis-
solves, turns greenish yellow slowly, afterwards yellowish red,
then dark red, and the liquid remains this colour. Hydrochloric
acid does not affect it ; but the addition of a little sulphuric acid
and a gentle heat produces a purple colour similar to the morphine
reaction with the same reagent. Mercuric chloride causes a pre-
cipitate in solutions of this salt. Chlorine water does not affect the
alkaloid, but the solution of its hydrochloride is precipitated white.
Antithermin. (Pharm. Jonm., from Nouv. Eeniedes, March,
1887, 102.) "Antithermin" is the name proposed for a new
synthetically prepared compound which has just been added to
the army of antipyretics. The systematic name of the compound
is " phenylhydrazinle\Tilinic acid," from which it is evident that
it has a near chemical relationship with " antipyrin." One of the
intermediate products in the formation of this widely used anti-
pyretic is phenylhydrazin, the composition of which is represented
by the formula : —

fCeH,

This componnd has the property of combining with other com-
pounds to a remarkable extent ; as, for instance, with aldehydes,
ketones, sugars, and ketone acids ; antipyrin being, in fact, a methy-
lated derivative from a compound of phenylhydrazin with aceto-
acetic acid. The new antipyi-etic is a compound of phenylhydrazin
with acetopropionic acid, a homologue of acetoacetic acid, to which
the name levulinic acid also has been applied, because it can be
prepared by oxidizing levulose. Phenylhydrazinlevnlinic acid, or
antithermin, is said to be obtained by dissolving phenylhydrazin
in dilute acetic acid, and adding to it a solution of levulinic acid,
which gives rise to a yellow precipitate that yields well-formed
crystals upon recrystallization from alcohol.

Tyrotoxicon : its Presence in Poisonous Ice Cream ; its Develop-
ment in Milk ; and its Probable Relation to Cholera Infantum and
Kindred Diseases. V. C. Vaughan. (Amer. Journ. Pharm., 18SG,
452, 1887, 291 ; also Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 147.) This
paper is full of interest and importance ; but as it is not suited
for absti-action, we can only recommend it to the reader's atten-
tion, and refer him to either of the sources above mentioned.

88 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Poisonous Ptomaine in Milk. R. H. Firth. (Lancet, i., 1887,
213, 214.) An epidemic of attacks of violent purging and vomit-
ing among the soldiers in the Punjab was traced to the use of
certain milk. The residue of the suspected milk was found to be
of sp.gr. 1'025; casein, 4"1 ; fat, 39; and sugar, 5"04 per cent.
The dairy pans were found to be unwashed, and some emitted a
re])ulsive odour ; the Aveather at the same time was very hot. The
milk was coagulated, filtered ; the filtrate was neutralized and
made feebly alkaline by potassium h3'drate, and shaken with ethier.
On evaporating- the ethei-eal extract, a crystalline residue of sickly
odour and pungent taste was obtained. Given to men in small
quantities, it produced nausea and. headache. Given to dogs, in
fifteen minutes it produced violent purging and vomiting.

First, milk tested in a similar way gave negative results. Eight
samples of milk were allowed to stand, and tested every twenty
days. After two months, three of the samples yielded the same
crystalline substance which produced the same symptoms when
given to animals. This substance — which seems to be a ptomaine
— is evidently the result of decomposition. No specific organisms
on which to fasten it — beyond some common forms of oidium and
penicillium — were found. The name proposed for it is lactotoxine.

Formation of a Poisonous Alkaloid from Choline. C. Gram.
(Cheni. C'viUr., 1880,647.) The author has studied the transforma-
tion of choline into the trimethylvinj-lanimoniuni base. According
to Brieger, the latter poisonous product is a frequent constituent
of putrid matter, and arises from the action of putrefactive micro-
phytes on choline.

This same change can be effected by purely chemical means.
The lactate of choline when heated gives rise to a poisonous sub-
stance with muscarine-like action. Inasmxich as many researches
have shown that choline is widely distnbuted throughout animal
and vegetable organisms, and as it is moreover capable of being
converted into a poisonous substance by simple chemical action, the
author considers it necessary to conduct researches on ptomaines
with more caution, and perhaps to regard with mistrust ptomaines
posisessing a. muscarine-like action.

Cadaverine. A. Ladenburg. (Ber. der deiifsch. cliem. Ges.,
xix. 2585, 2586.) The author shows this alkaloid to be identical
with pentamethylenediamine, with which it agrees in its boiling
point, solubilit}', odour, in its general reactions, and in the com-
position of the respective mercui-iochlorides. The iminc obtained
from either base is the same, and is identical with piperidine.

CHEMISTRY. 89

Ptomaines. H. Beckurts. (ArcMv der Fliarm. [3], xxiv.
1041-1065; Jotcrn. Ghem. Soc, 1887, 385.) The importance of
ptomaines in forensic investigations Las induced the author to
review the recent literature of this subject. Until ver}- recently
only ptomaines of unknown composition had been isolated, and in
all cases by the methods of Stas-Otto and Dragendorff. It is
mainly to Brieger's investigations during the past four years that
we are indebted for a more accurate knowledge of the composition
of these compounds. From decomposing flesh, Brieger obtained
neuridine, C5 Hj^ Nn, and neurine, C5 Hjg N 0. From decompo.sing
fish he obtained a poisonous isomeride of ethylendiamine, possibly
ethylidencdiamine, Co H^ (N H2)o, muscarine, CgH^^NOg, and the
physiologically inactive gadinine, CgHj^JSTOo. Fully decomposed
cheese yielded neuridine. Decomposing glue gave neuridine,
dimethylamine, and a muscarine-like base ; whilst rotten yeast
gave dimethylamine only. As these compounds result from the
action of bacteria on animal tissues, so Brieger showed that the
same or analogous compounds were similarly formed in the human
subject. In the earlier stages of decomposition, only choline was
found. After three days, neuridine appeared in increasing amounts,
whilst choline gradually disappeared, being replaced by ti-irae-
thylamine. After fourteen days neuridine had also disappeared.
Later, there most commonly appeared cadaverine, C5 H^g IST,, and
putrescine, C,^ 11^2 '^2- With cadaverine is also found a substance
of the same composition, called saprine, but differing considerably
in its reactions. The bases choline, neuridine, cadaverine, piitres-
cine, and saprine, are physiologically indifferent ; but after fourteen
days' decomposition a new poisonous base, mydaleine, was obtained,
which seems to be a diamine. In human remains (heart, lung,
liver, etc ), maintained at — 9 to 5° C. during four months, a new
base, mydine, Cg Hj^ N" 0, Avas found, a strongly reducing agent,
and a poisonous base, mydatoxine, Cg H^f. N Oo, also the poisonous
methyl-guanidine was isolated. 0. Bocklisch, employing Brieger's
method, obtained a large number of bases from decomposing fish.
The bases so obtained were not poisonous, and attempts to separate
the injurious compounds were unsuccessful. Tlie fact that
decomposition bacteria induce the formation of numerous basic
substances from albuminoid compounds, makes it higlily probable
tliat pathogenic bacteria possess similar properties. Thus, Koch,
Nicati, and Rietsch have found poisonous j^tomaines in cholera.
In cultivations of typhus bacilla, a strongly basic poison, typho-
toxine, Cy Hjj N Oo, was obtained ; and from tetanus cultivations a

90 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

strong base, totanine, Cj^ H30 No 0^^, ^vas obtained. The bases
obtained by Brieger are either liquids of definite boiling-point, or
solid crystalline substances. The salts show the so-called general
alkaloid reactions, so that as a group the ptomaines cannot be
separated from the alkaloids. The non-poisonous ptomaines readily
give rise to poisonous compounds ;. thus, cadaverine, which has
been shown by Ladenburg to be pentamethylenediamine, is con-
verted by rapid distillation of the hydrochloride into the poisonous
piperidine. Whilst the constitution of cadaverine has just been
indicated, putrescine is either a diraethylethylendiamine or methyl-
ethyl-methyl-endiamine ; which of the two, further investigation
must decide. The present methods of isolating the alkaloids do
not yield absolutely certain results, and further extended investi-
gation is required.

Tetanine, a New Ptomaine. L. Brieger. (Ber. der deutsch.
cJicvi. Ges., xix. 3119-3121.) The beef extract in whicli Rosen-
bach's microbe had been cultivated for four to six weeks, was
acidified with hydrochloric acid, boiled, and filtered ; the filtrate
evaporated and treated with lead acetate and alcohol, filtered, and
the lead removed as far as possible as chloride, and finally as
sulphide. The strongly alkaline filtrate was distilled with steam,
acidified with hydrochloric acid, evaporated to dryness, and
ti-eated with alcoliol to remove ammonium chloride. After re-
moving the alcohol, the new base was separated as its auro-
chloride.

The free base, C5 Hji N, is volatile, boils about 100°, but was
not obtained free from water. The hydrochloride is crystalline,
melts at 205°, and is very readily soluble in water and absolute
alcohol. The aui-ochloride, C5 ll^ N, H Au CI4, ciystallizes in
plates, and melts at 130° The platinochloride, (C5HjjN)o,
H.^PtClf;, crystallizes in jilates, is decomposed at 240°, and is
sparingly soluble in water. The picrnte crystallizes in readily
soluble needles. The base gives a yellow precipitate witli phos-
phomolybdic acid, a Avhito precipitate with phosphotungstic acid,
and a red crystalline precipitate with potassium bismuth iodide.
Injected hypodermically in a comparatively large dose, it produces
ihe symptoms of tetanus.

Snake Poison. R. N. Wolfenden. (J". P%9('o?., vii. 327-370;
Journ. Chcm. Soc, 1886, 1057.) With regard to the venom of the
Indian cobra {Naja tripndinns) , it is found that its toxicity is Jiot
due to any bacterium or living organism, nor to any alkaloid —
alkaloids and ptomaines arc entirelj' absent from the venom — nor

CHEMISTRY.

is it due to any cobric acid sucli as was described by Bljtli
(Analyst i. 204). The autbor finds that the crystals to which the
name cobric acid was given are in reality composed of calcium
sulphate. The venom, however, is sometimes faintly acid, some-
times neutral. The poisonous properties of the venom are due to
its proteid constituents, which are as follows : — (1) Globulin,
which is always present, and kills by causing asphyxia. (2) Syn-
tonin, which is precipitated with magnesium sulphate with the
globulin. It dialyses through parchment paper to some extent.
The poisonous property of the acid dialysates is due to this
proteid, not to cobric acid. Its action is similar to that of the
globulin, but less intense. (3) Serum albumen; this is also
toxic, producing paralysis. (4) Traces in some specimens of
hemialbumose, and questionable traces of peptone are regarded
as accidental.

The venom of the Indian viper (Dahoia Eugsellii) has the same
reaction as that of the cobra; but here again there is no toxic acid,:
alkaloid, or living organism, but the proteids are the poisonous
constituents; these are three in number: — (I) Globulin, which
greatly prepondei-ates, as in cobra venom ; (2) Serum albumen
in small amount ; (3) A proteid which possesses many of thei
properties of an albumose. True peptones do not occur, and it
is probable that the substances described by Weir, Mitchell, and
Reichart in crotalus, copperhead, and mocassin venoms as peptones,
are in reality albumoses.

Snake Poison. C. J. H. Warden. {Chemical Netvs, liv. 197-
199; 209-211.) Two samples of air-dried snake-venom contained
respectively 16'26 and 15"43 per cent, of water. Fresh venom
yields 25-50 per cent, of solid residue. For the author's experi-
ments, the solution of the dried venom in distilled water was
injected under the skin of the back of white or piebald China
mice. A dose of 0'012 gram of anhydi'ous venom was fatal in four
minates, and the rapidity of action decreases as the quantity of
poison administered is diminished ; with 0"000016 gram, the ani-
mal may live three hours, whilst O'OOOOOS gram is not fatal. Very
large and very small doses cause convulsions, intermediate ones do
not. In the case of white mice, the fatal I'atio of poison to body
weight appears to be about 1 : 10,000,000. Heating the solution of
the venom soon produces marked coagulation, but it is only after
heating for some time that the toxic activity is reduced, hence
prolonged heating at a moderate temperature is more effective
for such a purpose than short periods at higher temperatures.

92 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Similar remarks apply to the action of picric acid, ■\vhicli causes
an abundant precipitate in solution of the poison, and in some
experiments a marked reduction in the toxic action -when the
filtered solution was employed.

The Poison of the Stinging Nettle. G. Habcrlandt. {Pharm.
Journ., 3r(l series, xvii. G25.) The author disposes of the theory
that the presence of formic acid is the cause of the iiTitating
effect produced by the sting of nettles, showing that formic acid
has no such virulent properties in the minute quantities in which
alone it could be present in the stinging glands of the nettle ; and
that the irritation must be produced by a fixed substance, since
the dried contents of the gland will cause the ordinary effects of a
nettle-sting if introduced beneath the skin ; while formic acid is,
of course, volatile. The author finds, on the other hand, invari-
ably in the fluid a substance which possesses all the properties of
an albuminoid ; it is destroyed by boiling water. The substance
which produces the irritation is probably, he considers, of the
nature of an unformed ferment.

Vegetable Ferments. A. Hansen. {Bot. Zeit., 1886, 137;
Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 1059.) The author has examined the
latex of different species of plants for the presence of ferments.
He finds none in the Euphorbiacese, in Ficus elastica, Scorzonera,
Taraxacum, or the juice of the opium poppy. The latex of Ficus
Carica, on the otlier hand, contains principles capable of effecting
four fermentative changes; they peptonize albuminoids in the
presence of either alkalies or acids, act like diastase on starch, and
coagulate the casein of milk. 20-100 grams of fibrin previously
caused to swell by immersion in hydrochloric acid of 0'2 per cent,
strength, are completely dissolved in ten to thirty mintites when
treated at 40° with 2-3 c.c. of this latex. The products of this
digestion arc the same as with })epsin, yet the two ferments are
not identical, since the ficus latex peptonizes in the presence of
alkalies as well as acids, although more slowly. Probably there
are two peptic ferments present — one acting in acid, the other in
alkaline solutions. By digestion with hydrochloric acid, the latex
entirely loses its peptonizing properties ; digested with sodium
carbonate (which destroj^s the activity of pepsin), it retains them
intact. If a few drops of the latex be added to milk, which is then
raised to the boiling temperature, the casein is at once precipi-
tated. Incipient ebullition therefore does not destroy the curdling
power of this latex, although prolonged ebullition does, and even
a temperature of 65° if continued for two hours. The diastatic

CHEMISTRY. 93

action of this latex is demonstrated by the partial transformation
of starch-paste and glycogen into sugar. When the latex is pre-
cipitated by alcohol, and the precipitate taken up with water, the
action on milk and on starch is found to persist, whilst that on
fibrin disappears.

The latex of Carica papaya peptonize.s, precipitates casein, and
transforms starch into sugar.

The author does not consider that these yegetable ferments play-
any role in the nutrition of the plant.

Prevention of Secondary Fermentations. U. Gay on and G.
Dupetit. (Comptes Eendns, ciii. 8S3-885.) Salts of bismuth,
even in small quantities, completely prevent secondary fermenta-
tions. Tannin, in quantities of 0'5-l"0 gram per litre gives good
results, but does not prevent the development of Mycoderma aceti.
The addition of O'l gram of subnitrate of bismuth per litre of
distiller's wort almost entirely prevents any increase in the acidity
of the latter, and indirectly jDroduces an appreciable increase in
the yield of alcohol.

Acetous Fermentation. A. Romegialli. (Gazzetta chim.
Ital., xvi. 73-101.) This fermentation is favoured by the pre-
sence of glycerin, and of succinic and malic acids. It is more
effectually prevented by sulphurous than by salicylic acid.

Lactic Fermentation. G. Marpmann. (Archiv der Pharm. [3],
xxiv. 24^3-256.) The author remarks on the very contradictory
views still prevailing as to the nature of lactic fermentation.
During the summer of 1885 he has investigated the micro-
organisms of cow's milk in the neighbourhood of Gottingen, and
has detected five seemingly new and different species, which more
or less strongly induce lactic fermentation in cane-sugar as well
as in milk. Coagulated milk filtered, mixed with 10 per cent, of
pure gelatin, and carefully sterilised by means of heat, was em-
ployed for the cultivation, and the solution to be tested was
brought into contact with it on glass plates. As the different
organisms developed, they were employed to commence fresh
growths, and by this process of selection pure cultivations wei-e
at length obtained. The action of these organisms on milk was
then investigated quantitatively, but the results are not given.
The author is still engaged on the subject.

A Diastatic Ferment in Leaves. L. Brasse. (Ann. Agwnom.,
xii. 200-203.) A diastatic ferment can be extracted from green
leaves in the following way: — The leaves are bruised in a mortar
and covered with cold water ; after twenty-four hours they are

94 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARilACY.

pressed, and 1| volumes of 90° alcoliol added to the juice, ^vhich
is then filtered. The same quantity of alcohol is again added to
the filtrate, and after a few minutes the clear liquid is siphoned
off, and the precipitate thrown on a filter, and i-apidly washed
once or twice with alcohol of 65° G.L. The diastase is obtained
in solution by dissolving the washed pi-ecipitate in water, and
filtering ; 10 c.c. of such a solution is added to 0'5 gram of starch
made into paste, and kept at 63°, and the formation of sugar is
shown by comparison with a similar flask to which a few drops
of chloroform have been added. The leaves of the potato, dahlia,
artichoke, maize, beet, castoi^-oil plant, and the uni'ipe seeds of
the opium poppy, sunflower, and castor-oil plant have all yielded
positive results. Microbes have not been found in the solution,
and the starch was in all cases transformed into a mixture of
reducing sugar and dextrin. To connect this with the formation
of sugar in the growing plant, the autlior shows by a series of
experiments that although diastase will only act on starch-paste
and not on crude starch at 60°, 57°, and 50°, yet at 42° and at
34° it always transforms a little crude starch into sugar. The
quantity of sugar produced reaches a limit in twenty-four or
thirty-six hours ; but if it be dialysed out of the solution as fast
as it is formed, the formation is rendered continuous. The same
result is produced by diluting the solution, so that it seems to
be the accumulation of sugar which puts an end to the diasta-
tic action. Cuboni's experiment, therefore, in which the disappear-
ance of starch from a vine leaf placed in the dark Avas prevented
by an annular incision in the stem above and below the leaf, does
not negative the idea that starch is transformed into sugar by a
diastatic ferment in the leaf ; arrest of sugar formation would
under these cii'cumstances be bi'ought about by accumulation of
sugar in the isolated leaf.

Diastase. 0. Locw. {Ber. der dentsch. chem. Gcs., xx. 58.)
In reply to adverse criticism, the author reaflirms the utility of
the method of purifying ferments with lead salts, provided due
precautions are taken.

The Physiology of Digestion. C. A. Ewald and J. Boas.
(Bied. Cent/:, 188G, 354; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 727.) The
authors found on examination of the contents of the stomach of
a person subject to vomiting, that after a mixed meal of meat
and carbohydrates, lactic acid was found for the first 10 to 100
minutes, but that when pure boiled albumen Avas eaten, no lactic
acid was found. Then followed a period when both lactic and

CHEMISTRY. 95

hydrocliloric acids were present ; afterwards a third period in
which the latter only was observed.

The lactic acid is either a product of the fermentation of the
carbohydrates, or is dissolved out of the meat. The hydrochloric
acid can only be considered as a product of the secretions of the
glands of the stomach.

The peptonising commences immediately after taking food,
and appears to be commenced by the lactic acid when the diet is
a mixed one ; the curves of the peptone and hydrochloi-ic acid ai'S
identical, and reach their highest point about the middle of the
digestive process, and a considerable time previous to the dis-
appearance of the contents of the stomach.

The Physiology of Digestion. F. Hofmeister. (Bied. Centr.,
1886, 354<.) The author's experiments on digestion have led him
to the conclusion that the mucous membrane of the stomach and
intestines contains larger quantities of peptone than the blood,
it having been found after four houi\s' digestion ; the lining of
the intestinal canal has not only the power of seci-eting peptone,
but of decomposing it, so that it no longer responds to the usual
reactions. The part so changed passes at once into the tissues of
the body, the unaltered portion passes into the blood, Avhere it
does not exist in a free state, but in combination with the cells.

Pancreatic Digestion. A. Hirschler. {Zeit. ■p^'V^ii-ol. Chem.,
X. 302-305.) The author finds that in addition to the known
px'oducts of the digestion of fibrin, a small quantity of ammonia
is formed, which may be detected and estimated in the distillate,
provided no putrefaction has yet occurred.

A Study of Peptonization. R. G. Eccles. (Avier. Journ.
Pharni., October, 188G ; from Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1886.)
This is a lengthy inquiiy into the nature of peptones, and the
conditions of digestion in the presence of various acids and other
compounds, and at different temperatures. While many salts
throw down a portion of the peptones, the best precipitants are
the sodiohydric and disodic molybdates, causing white precipitates
which are partly soluble in ammonia with a light blue colour ;
but in the presence of potassium citrate or acetate, which salts
throw down a portion of the peptone, the molybdate fails to
produce a precipitate. Many samples of pepsin yield similar
precipitates with the molybdate, but it has not yet been ascer-
tained whether pui-e pepsin is thus affected. True peptone is the
product of true digestion, and is soluble in alkaline, acid, and
neutral liquids ; while parapeptone, an injui-ious product of semi-

96 YKAR-BOOK OF THARMACY.

digestion, is precipitated by salts in neutral solutions, and in some
cases also from acid liquids. The best results for the peptoniza-
tion of ground albumen at a temperature of 38-40° C, were
obtained with "3 and "2 per cent, of H CI in ninety minutes, and
with 2 per cent, in thirty nflnutes, while the peptonizing power
decreased if less than 1 per cent, of phosphoric, citric, or tartaric
acid was used. The eft'ects of other acids differed from these.
For the purpose of testing the peptonizing power, the tempera-
ture of 55° C. (130° F.), applied for thii-ty minutes, was found to
be the best. Pills containing pepsin and reduced iron, had been
found to have no digestive power, and it was ascertained to be
due to the disappearance of the free acid. Alcohol scarcely inter-
feres with artiticial digestion until the strength of the mixture
exceeds 8 or 10 per cent. The cinchona alkaloids have a retarding
effect, but less in the presence of excess of acid. Marked retai-d-
iug effects wei-e also observed with all salicylates, bismuth citrate,
alkalies, alkaline salts, oils of cinnamon and cloves, excess of
glycerin, etc.

Preparation of Peptone. E. Merck. (Dingl. polyt. Joiiru.,
cclxi. 31G.) Tlie author calls " nucleo-proteids" substances which,
when boiled with water under pressure or treated with acids,
alkalies, or ferments, are resolved into nuclein and albumen ; for
instance, the vitellin of the yolk of eggs or the casein of milk.
To prepare peptone from these substances, 100 grams of casein are
treated witli 1 litre of distilled water at 150-170° for about ten
hours. The mixture is then filtered, and the solution containing
the peptone again heated with water in order to separate addi-
tional quantities of unaltered albumen remaining in the solution.
The final filtrate contains casein-peptone, which is separated in the
usual manner. Another process consists in treating the nucleo-
proteids with a 0"1 per cent, solution of sodium hydrate at
80-90° for about eight hours, neutralizing with acid, tiltering, and
separating the peptone.

Peptones. W. Kiilmc and R. H. Chittenden. {Zeit. Biol.,
xxii. 423-4-58.) Ammonium sulphate precipitates from a solution
all proteids but peptones. Peptones can in this way be obtained
free from albumoses, with which they have in previous researches
always been mixed. It was therefore necessary to repeat many
previous experiments concerning the composition and properties
of peptones. Amphopeptone (the mixture of peptones obtained
in gastric digestion) and antipeptone (from tryptic digestion) were
thus examined. The result of digestion was acidified with acetic

CHEMISTRY.

acid, saturated Avith ammonium sulphate, filtered, the filtrate
evaporated to a small bulk, and filtered from the crystals of the
salt which separated ; the i-emainder of the salt was removed by
aqueous baryta, and the last traces by barium carbonate ; dilute
sulphuric acid was added to remove the baryta, and the barium
sulphate filtered off. From the filtrate the pej^tones were pre-
cipitated by alcohol, redissolved, again precipitated by phospho-
tungstic acid, and dried. In the case of amphopeptone, the first
analyses were invalidated by adherent pepsin and a substance
designated mucin-peptone, apparently derived from the mucous
membrane of the stomach ; it forms a sticky, elastic precipitate
with alcohol, but was not further investigated. The error due to
these admixtures was obviated by saturating concentrated artificial
gastric juice with ammonium sulphate ; this precipitates the mucin
and pepsin, of which the latter alone redissolves in dilute hydi'o-
chloric acid ; this solution was used as a digestive fluid ; from it
no mucinpeptone was obtained. The remains of the pepsin were
subsequently removed by the ammonium sulj^hate with the albu-
moses.

Antipeptone was prepared both from fibrin and by the pancreas
being allowed to digest itself.

The following table gives some of the results obtained in the
analyses of those substances. In each case the samples had been
purified by means of phosphotungstic acid. I. Amphopeptone
from fibrin ; II. Antipeptone from fibrin ; III. Antipeptone from
the pancreas : —

Ash.

I. . . .
II. .
III. .

48-75
46-59
44-47

7-21
6-69
7-15

16 26
18-28
17-94

0-77
0-67
0-57

27-01

27-77
29-87

.3-2-2
3-67
2-07

Contrasted with previous analyses, the numbers obtained show
about 1 per cent, less carbon, 1 per cent, more nitrogen, and 3
to 0-4 per cent, less sulphur. The percentage of nitrogen is
greater in antipeptone, especially in that obtained from the glaud,
than in amphopeptone.

The following are the chief pi-operties of pure peptone : When
dissolved in water, it hisses and froths in the same way that
phosphoric anhydride does ; heat is at the same time evolved. Its
solution in water is brown, which prevents its laevorotary power
being estimated. Its taste is somewhat cheesy, but not un-

YEAT^-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

pleasant. The hitter taste of artificially digested food must
tlierefore be due to some product not jet separated, native pi"o-
teids and albumosos being almost tasteless. Peptones are not
precipitated by sodium chloride In acid solutions, nor by ammonium
sulphate ; they ai-e completely precipitated by tannin, iodo-mer-
'curic iodide, phosphomolybdic acid, phosphotungstic acid, and
picric acid. A 5 per cent, solution rendered faintly alkaline by
soda shows the foUowinar additional reactions : —

Fibrin-antipeptone.

Fibrin-amphopeptone.

Acetic acid and ferro-

C3'anide of potassium

Normal lead acetate .

Bassic load acetate . .
Mercuric chloride . .

Copper sulphate (5 i^er
cent.)

Platinic chloride (5 per

cent.)

Chromic acid . . .
Ferric chloride . . .

Ferric acetate and con-
centrated HjS O4 .

Nitric acid ....

Boiling with concen-
trated II CI . , .

Millon's reagent . .

Biuret reaction

At first clear ; later a trace of
opalescence.

First drop nothing ; more,
■well-marked opalescence.

Dense opalescence.

First drop nothing ; more,
dense opalescence.

At first clear; later, a feehle
opalescence, disappearing
with excess of reagent.

Feeble ojDalescence with ex-
cess.

Nothing.

Opalescence disappearing on
small excess.

Brown-red colour.
Yellow colour.

Colour darkens a little.
A white precipitate turning to
a dirty yellow on heating.

Well marked.

Opalescence less

marked.
Opalescence less dense.
Opalescence denser.

Nothing.

Nothing.
Nothing.

Brown-red colour.
Yellow colour.

Colour darkens a little.
A white precipitate

turning to bright red

on heating.
Well marked.

The most noteworthy difference in the above table is the be-
haviour to Millon's I'cagent ; antipeptone never forms leucine and
tyrosine in pancreatic digestion; whilst amphopeptono, which
contains hemipcrptone, docs. Antipeptone, moreover, after being
subjected to the action of trypsin, yields no products which are
coloured red or violet by bromine or chlorine watei', as hemi-
pcptonc does. Moreover, when treated with sulphuric acid, anti-
peptone did not yield crystals of tyrosine ; and no proof could be
obtained of its presence by Hoffmann's nor by Piria's reaction.
From antialbumid, similarly, no tyrosine could be "obtained ;
whoHier this Avill prove to be a general rale for the anti-group of
digesilon-prodncts, the authors intend to investigate.

CHEMISTKT. 99

Casein-peptone. H. Thierfelder. {Zeit. physiol. Chem., x.
577-588; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, 1051.) Casein prepared from
milk by the author, and pure casein prepared by Merck, were
subjected to gastric digestion. The ultimate product, peptone,
and the intermediate products, were submitted to elementary
analysis. The intermediate products, two in number, are desig-
nated propeptone I. and II. Propeptone I., precipitated by sodium
chloride from the neutralized products of digestion, contains three
substances, which correspond with the proto-, hetero-, and dys-
albumose of Kiihne and Chittenden. From the filtrate, propep-
tone II. is precipitated by hydrochloric acid ; this appears to be a
single substance, its solution is rendered cloudy by acetic acid and
ferrocyanide of potassium, is not coloured by nitric acid, and gives
the biuret reaction. After the separation of the propeptones,
peptone remains in solution and can be precipitated therefrom by
phosphotungstic acid.

Wheat Gluten as an Article of Diet. A. Constautinidi.
{Zeit. Biol., xxiii. 433-455.) The author quotes a number of
experiments proving the gluten of wheat to be exceedingly valu-
able as a food.

Albuminoids of Wheat Flour. S. H. C. Martin. (Brit. Med,
Journ., 1886, ii. 104, 105.) Gluten does not exist in flour as such,
but is formed by the action of water (perhaps also by a ferment
action) on the proteids pre-existent in the flour. The doctrine of
ferment action is supported by the fact that washing flour with
water at a low temperature (2°) does not lead to the formation of
gluten. Flour itself contains two proteids : (1) globulin of the
myosin type, coagulating between 55° and 60°, precipitated hv
sodium chloride and magnesium sulphate ; (2) soluble albumose.
Both these proteids can be extracted from flour by means of a lO
to 15 per cent, sodium chloi-ide solution.

Free Hydrochloric Acid of the Gastric Juice. H. A. L a n d w e h v.
(Che7n. Centr., 1886, 484; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 287.) The
author has previously shown, in conjunction with Fick, that the
action of this acid on diastase is inverted in the presence of
peptones, in the sense that its activity is increased rather thaa
suspended ; the cause probably lying in its combination Avith
amido-acid groups of the peptones. Calm has recently shown
(Deutsch. Arch. f. klin. Med., xxiii. J that in certain pathological
conditions the gastric juice has the reactions rather of an organic
acid than of dilute hydi'ochloric acid.

It is well known that lactic acid decomposes sodium chloride

100 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

That tliis takes place in cold dilute solution is readily seen by
comparative observations of the acidity (methyl-violet being used
as indicator) of a lactic acid solution before and after addition of
sodium chloride. The author applies these observations to a dis-
cussion of the origin and nature of the acidity of gastric juice,
arriving at the following hypothesis : — -Lactic acid is formed by
fermentation from the mucus of the stomach, and acting on
alkaline chlorides, liberates hydrochloric acid, which is forthwith
taken up in combination by the albuminoids of the food. The
sodium lactate is simultaneously assimilated. With the gradual
peptonising of the albuminoids, the hydi'ochloric acid is liberated.

Physiological Note on Digitalin. P. Lafon. (Archives de
Pharm., 1887, 32.) The author states that digitalin is not altered
by diastase, pepsin, gastric juice, pancreatic juice, bile, j^east,
emulsin, or in contact Avith putrefying substances, and therefore
cannot be altered in the digestive canal ; but after it has entered
the circulation it appears to be oxidized. Alkalies and mineral
acids, with the exception of nitric acid, do not interfere with the
detection of digitalin ; but it is destroyed by nitric acid.

Bacteria in Drinking Water. M. Bolton. (PJiarm. Journ., 3rd
sei'ies, xvii. 593.) The author has contributed an important paper
on this subject to Koch and Pfliiger's Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene. He
tinds tliat in oi'dinary spi-ing water certain bacteria are always
present and are capable of multiplying in it. Among these may
be specially mentioned Micrococcus aq^iatilis, occui-ring as cocci
collected into small irregular heaps, and Bacillus erythrospoi-ics, dis-
tinguished by its spores having a reddish brown sheen, and the
presence of a greenish pigment without any deliquescence of the
gehatin in which it was cultivated. Both these bacteria multiply
with extraordinary )-apidity in water, the quality of the water and
the amount of organic and inorgannic substances contained in it
appearing to have no effect on the reproduction of microbes, Avhich
is, however, materially promoted by a rise of temperature. It
took place considerably quicker at 35° than at 20°. These bacteria
ai*e not pathogenic.

On the other hand, the author fouiul that pathogenic bacteria,
when introduced into spring water, never multiply, but disappear
after a time varying in length according to the species and the
temperature, and according as to whether the species produces
resting-sporcs or not. The spores of Bacillus anthracis had not
lost their vitality after the lapse of a year ; those of typhus fever

CHEMISTRY. 101

were still active after a month, but not after ten and a half
montlis. The quality of the water appears to have no influence
in prolonging the life of pathogenic bacteria.

The genei"al conclusions drawn, by the author are that the quantity
of bacteria present in spring water is no guide whatever in deter-
mining the wholesomeness or otherwise of the water for drinking
purposes, since most of them are entirely harmless ; and that it
is impossible by chemical analysis to determine the presence of
bacteria in larger or smaller numbers. The presence of the specific
pathogenic bacteria can only be determined by direct micro-
chemical observation.

Changes Introduced in Water by the Development of Bacteria.
T. Leone. (Gazzetta Chim. Ital., xvi. 505-511 ; Journ. Chein. Soc,
1887, 615.) The author has already demonstrated that the number
of micro-organisms, in a typically pure water, such as the Maug-
£all near Munich, although at first small, yet on standing gradually
increase to a maximum, and afterwards rapidly decrease. The de-
velopment of bacteria induce certain chemical changes in the water;
thus the quantity of oxidizable organic matter gradually decreases,
whilst the proportion of ammonia increases to a maximum, and
then decreases owing to its oxidation into nitrites and nitrates ;
on this account, the time which elapses between the taking of a
sample and its analysis is an important factor. The consequent
changes are divisible roughly into two distinct periods : the first,
in which the oi'ganic matter is decomposed with production of
ammonia ; and the second, in which this is subsequently oxidized.
It is further shown, on the other hand, that certain micro-organ-
isms seem to act as reducing agents, reconverting the nitrates into
ammonia, and even the same organisms, according to the conditions,
may have either an oxidizing or a reducing function. In the first
phase, when the nutritive matter is readily oxidizable and assimi-
lated, the micro-organisms thi-ive at its expense, the process of
nitrification being materially assisted by atmospheric oxygen ; in
the second phase, on the other hand, the necessary oxygen is
dei'ived from the nitrates ; thus a change, seemingly of reduction,
is induced.

Eflfect of Carbon Dioxide on Micro-organisms in "Water. J.
Sohnke. {Chem. Centr., 1886, 699.) The author confirms the
observation that water impregnated with carbonic acid gas suffers
a constant diminution of living organisms, as may be readily seen
from the examination of artificial mineral waters. In spring
waters containing a number of organisms more than half were

102 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

i-endered incapable of reproduction after the water liad been
chai'g-ed ■with the gas.

Bacterial Life in Relation to Oxygen. P. Liborius. (Chcm.
Centr., 1886, 579; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 291.) The author
chxssifies bacteria as follows : —

(1) Exclusively anaerobic : amongst these there are many
which multiply without attendant fermentation.

(2) Exclusively aerobic : reduced to inactivity by deprivation of
oxygen. This class includes: — B. Jlnorescens liquifaciens, B. aero-
phihis, B. cyaiiogenus, B. fuscus, B. arpuitilia fuscus, B. snltilis.
With exception of the first-named, which appears to determine a
special fermentation of albuminoids with formation of volatile fatty
acids, the bacteria of this group have not been closely studied in
relation to feimentation.

(3) Optionally anaerobic : activity lowered, but not suspended,
by deprivation of oxygen. This class includes all the pathogenic
organisms : B. anthracis, B. typhi ahdom. From this general view
of the conditions of bacterial life, and from his own special in^-esti-
gations, the autlior concludes that an attendant fermentation is
not an essential condition of anaerobic activity in the sense in
which it has been so stated by Pasteur and Nageli.

Note on the Cellulose formed by Bacterium Xylinum. A. J.
Brown. {Proc. Chem. Soc, June 2, 1887.) The author showed
in a previous paper (Chem. Soc. Trans., 1886, 432), that the acetic
ferment, B. mjlinum, is able to convert lajvulose into cellulose. On
treating this cellulose with strong sulphuric acid, it is found to be
converted into a dextrorotary sugar, and in this respect to resemble
ordinary cellulose.

The Action of Tin on the Animal Organism. T. P. White.
(Fharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 1(3G-1G8.) The author describes
a number of experiments which lead to the conclusion that tin,
though possessing decidedly toxic properties Avhen introduced into
the blood, is entii-ely devoid of danger when taken internally in
any form that could arise from being in contact with fruit or
vegetables, lie does not believe that the metal would at all be
influenced by long contact ; but even if it were, it would not be
absorbed, but pass off with the excretions without producing an
effect. The cases of accidental poisoning reported he attributes to
the solder employed in closing the can, or to impurities — arsenic,
copper, and lead — used in the composition of the metal, and not
to tin itself.

CUEMISIRY. 103

Presence of Iron in the Liver. S. S. Z ale ski. (Zciticlir. fiir
] hysiol. Ghem., x. 453-502.) The iron found in the liver is not to
be attributed to the blood present in that organ, hut is pi'oved to
he a constant constituent of the organ itself after all the blood
has been removed from it by thoroughly washing it out from the
vessels by means of a 2| per cent, solution of cane-sugar. The
quantity of the iron, however, varies within wide limits.

Presence of Diastatic Ferment in Urine. E. Holovotschiner.
{Chem. Centr., 1886, 327.) The author has observed the presence
of ptyalin and similar ferments in urine. The proportion reaches
a maximum four to six hours after eating.

Occurrence of Pepsin and Trypsin in Normal Urine. Dr. Sahli.
(Amer. Jonrn. Pharm., August, 188G.) Tlie investigation of the
amount of pepsin in urine is based on the facts given by V.
Wittich, that blood fibrin, both in neutral and acid solutions,
absorbs pepsin with great eagerness, and that the amount which a
flake of fibrin absorbs depends on the proportion of fibrin present in
the fluid. To compare the amount present in two perfectly fresh
urines, equal quantities of well-washed fibrin are introduced into
them, and left in them for equal periods. The urine is poured off,
and the flakes washed with distilled water, after which they are
placed in equal quantities of '1 solution of hydrochloric acid. The
time required to efl:'ect the disappearance of the fibrin allows an
estimate of the amount of ferment present. In this way the author
found that human urine invariably contains pepsin, and that the
amount present undergoes very great variations in the course of
twenty-four hours. The morning urine contains the greatest
proportion; next in order conies the urine before dinner, and then
that dii'ectly before supper. The first minimum occurs two hours
after breakfast ; the second, more marked, one and a half to two
and a half hours after the midday maximum. A comparison of
the curve exhibiting these variations with that which shows the
secretion of the fundus of the stomach, leads to the conclusion
that the pepsin in the urine is derived, not from the pepsinogenic
substance of the gastric glands, but that it is the completed secre-
tion of the stomach, resorbed along the digestive tract, and cui-ried
by the blood current to the kidneys, by which it is partially
eliminated.

Urine also contains trypsin, which, liowevei', cannot be isolated
by fibrin. Still, the author convinced himself that the amount
of this ferment also varies, being regularly diminished after dinner,
and cri-eatest after breakfast.

104 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Notes on the Fermentation of Urine. A. M tiller. (Biecler-
manns Centralb., xv. Part 5.) The author has investigated the
influence of certain chemicals on the spontaneous fermentation of
urine. Potassium permanganate appears to accelerate this fermen-
tation, while potassium chlorate delays it.

Influence of Glycerin, Sugar, and Fat on the Secretion of Uric
Acid in Man. J. Horbaczewski and F. Kanera. {MonaUh.
Chem., vii. 105-120.) A series of experiments were conducted on
one of the authors during a period of seventy days, when the daily
rations aiid mode of living Avere the same, with the exception of
periods during which varying daily amounts of glycerin, sugar,
and fat respectively were taken in addition to the normal food.
For particulars as to the quality and quantity of food consumed
and detailed analyses of the excreta, the original paper must be
consulted. The general results were as follows: —

When glycerin is taken with the daily food, a marked increase
in the amount of uric acid secreted takes place; this, however, is
only the case when free glycerin is taken ; if it is taken combined
Avith the fatty acids as neutral fats, it exerts no influence on the
formation of uric acid.

Cane-sugar, and pn)l)ablv other carbohydrates, exert no dii'ect
influence on the formation of uric acid ; it causes, however, a
marked decrease of the seci-eted uric acid, due to the "albumen-
retarding" action of the carbohydrates, and proportional to itj
This lowered secretion only continues as long as cane-sugar is
taken.

The neutral fats have a simihir influence on the formation of
uric acid to that of carbohydrates, but the after effects are dif-
ferent. The decrease in the amount of acid is proportional to the
" albuincn-retarding" action of the fat, but when the addition of
fat to the diet is stopped, the secretion of uric acid returns at once
to tlie normal amount.

Glycerin causes an incirase in the amount of ;ill>uinrn formed
in man, as it was known to do in the dog.

A New Crystalline Acid in Urine. J. ^larshall. (Amer.
Journ. Fharvi., 1887, 131 ; Med. News, 1887, p. 35.) The author
has isolated from urine a new crystalline acid possessing more
powei'ful reducing properties than glucose. Pending further in-
vestigations of this substance, he proposes for it, provisionally, the
name glyocosuric acid.

Behaviour of Clninol with Urine. A. N. Anraeff. (Vrach,
1887, "i.SO '2'-V2.) Tho author iinds that quinol pi'events the

CHEMISTRY. 105

fermentation of nrine, an addition of 2 per cent, keeping urine
without apparent change either to the eye or to test-paper for
twenty-five days.

The Precipitate produced by Picric Acid in Normal Urine.
!M. Jaffe. (Zeit. Fkysiol. Chem. , x. S\)l-4:00 ; Journ. Chem. Soc,
1886, 1056.) With human urine, the addition of a concentrated
solution of picric acid produces in the coui".se of an hour a small
amount of crystalline sediment. On treating this precii:)itate
with hot water, two substances can be separated fi'om it : one
insoluble in hot water, uric acid ; the other, compi'ising the greater
part of the sediment, soluble in hot water ; the latter is a double
salt of creatinine picrate witli potassium picrate, having the
formula C^H^Xo 0, Cg H3O (N 03)3 + K Cg Ho (X O.Og- It cry-
stallizes in lemon-coloured needles or thin prisms, is readily soluble
in hot alcohol, sparingly in cold alcohol, and almost insoluble in
ether. It contains no water of crystallization, and detonates when
heated. Besides these two substances, there are others present in
smaller quantities which have not yet been investigated. With
dog's urine, the precipitate obtained with picric acid contains little
or no uric acitl. The kynurenic acid of dog's urine is not
pi'ecipitated.

Creatinine picrate, 04117X3 0, CgHj (N Oo) 3, is formed when
solutions of picric acid and creatinine are mixed ; after being recrj-s-
tallized from hot water, it forms thin, yellow, lustrous needles ; it
is free from water of crystallization, and detonates on heating. It
is more ea.sily soluble in water than the double salt above mentioned.
Creatinine Jcynurenate, formed by adding powdered kynurenic acid
to a hot dilute solution of pure creatinine, crystallizes in bundles
of colourless thin prisms, which are easily soluble in water, but
decompose when the water is heated, with formation of kynurenic
acid .

When a solution of picric acid is added to a solution of creatinine
A^th a drop of dilute potash or soda, a deep red colour is produced
even when the dilutioTi of the creatinine is I'oOOO. This is a
delicate test, and by it the presence of creatinine can be shown in
the urine of man, dog, and rabbit. Acetone gives a similar l)ut
not so intense a colour in the cold ; dextrose gives the colour only
after heating.

Distinction between the Colorations of Urine by Chrysophanic
Acid and by Santonin. JM. Hoppe-Seyler. (Journ. de Phann.
et de Chim., xv. No. 1.) These colorations may be distinguished
by adding to the urine caustic soda, and then agitating with amylic

lOf) YKAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

alcohol. If tliu coloration is due to santonin, tlie colouring-matter
passes almost entirely into the solvent, and the ui-ine is decolorized.
If it is derived from chrjsophanie acid, the amjlic alcohol takes up
mere traces, and the urine remains red. But if the urine is acidu-
lated, the chrjsophanie acid may he removed by amy lie alcohol,
and if the solvent is then shaken up with ammonia, the aqueous
stratum is reddened. Under the same circumstances the colouring-
matter of santonin is not removed. The absorption spectrum of
the two colours likewise differs.

Detection of Albumen in Urine. H. Prunier. (Jonrn. de
Phann. [5], xiii. 501, 502.) The author criticises the nitric acid test
for albumen, and shows that it cannot be relied on in cases where
the other well-known tests fail to indicate the presence of this
substance. The method in question should always be controlled
by boiling another sample of the urine with sodium sulphate and
a few drops of acetic acid, as otherwise jieptone may be mistaken
for albumen.

Detection of Blood in Urine. C. Rosenthal. (Chem. Centr.,
1886, 251. From Journ. Chcm. Soc.) The author has investigated
Heller's and Struve's tests for the presence of the blood colouring
mattei- in urine ; the former consists in warming with aqneous
soda, when the precipitate shows a I'ed coloration. This test gave
definite results Avith a dilution of 1 c.c. of blood in 1000 c.c. of
normal urine ; with a dilution twice as great the test failed.
Struve's test, consisting in the isolation of hajmin from the precipi-
tate occasioned in urine by tannin, is uncertain in its results : the
presence of iron, however, in the ash from the ignition of this
preci])itate is satisfactory evidence of the presence of haemoglobin
in tlie urine.

Detection of Mercury in Urine. A. Almen. (ArcMv iler
I'hanii. [o], xxiv. 10.'»1.) The urine to be tested is mixed Avith
about y^o of its weight of hydrochloric acid, and heated gently for
one and a half hours Avith a coil of brass wii'e. The Avire is then
dried on paper and placed in a small glass tube, Avhich is sealed
off a few m.ra. above the Avire. The coil is now carefully heated
and the sublimate examined Avith a lens. A i-eddish brown non-
A'olatile incrustation Avill be found close to tlic Aviie ; beyond this
beads of mercury, then yellow oil drops, and finally some moisture.
It is generally useful to heat a large quantity of the urine Avith
solution of caustic soda and glucose, then allowing to settle, and
submittinsr the sediment to the test.

CHKMISTRY. 107

A New Method for the Determination of Uric Acid in Urine.
J. B. Haycraft. {Zeitschr. fiir Anahjt. CJtem., xxv. 165-169.)
The urine, after being freed from any albumen present, is mixed
with sodium bicarbonate and then with ammonia and ammonia-
nitrate of silver. A gelatinous precipitate of silver urate is thus
obtained which is very insoluble in ammoniacal liquids. This
precipitate is collected and thoroughly washed, then dissolved in
nitric acid, and the silver determined in the solution by Volhard's
sulphocyanide method (abstract, Year-Book of Pharmacy, 1874,
253). Each c. c. of centinormal sulphocyanide solution used cor-
responds to 0'00168 gram of uric acid.

Quantitative Estimation of Oxalic Acid in Urine. 0. Xickel.
(Zeitschr. fiir phydol. Chem., xi. 186-200.) The methods proposed
by Xeubauer and Schultzen are criticised by the author, who finds
both processes open to the objection of giving variable results,
owing to the apjireciable solubility of calcium oxalate in the liquid
in presence of acetic acid, and to its imperfect separation from
calcium pho.sphate.

Phenylhydrazine as a Test for Sugar in Urine. R. v. Jaksch.

(Zeits. KUh. Med., xi. 20-25 ; Jouru. Chem. Soc, 1886, 744.) The
compound of phenylhydrazine and sugar described by Fischer
(Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xvii. 579) furnishes a delicate test for
dextrose in clinical work. When a solution of phenylhydrazine
hydrochloride, containing also sodium acetate, is added to a solu-
tion of sugar, a yellow precipitate of needles of phenylglucazone,
occurring both singly and in bundles, forms in a few minutes.
The formation of crystals takes longer in a dilute solution of
dextrose : the sediment should be examined microscopically, and
for certainty its melting-point (204-205°) ascertained. By this
test, sugar is never found in normal urine; it can be detected in
the urine of diabetic patients when it is present in too small a
quantity to give the ordinary tests ; it possesses an advantage
over the copper test, as it is not affected by other reducing sub-
stances occurring in urine besides sugar. In the urine of persons
poisoned by arsenic, sulphuric acid, or by potash, there are re-
ducing substances present, and no sugar is indicated by this test;
but in that of persons poisoned by carbonic oxide or by other
iri'espirable gases, the occurrence of sugar seems constant. When
the urine is strongly albuminous, the proteid must be first separ-
ated by heat. A small quantity of albumen, hov.-ever, does not
interfere with the test. In blood and dropsical fluids, sugar can

108 YEAR-BOOK OF THARMACY.

always be detected by this test : it is necessary to precipitate
and filter off the proteids before applying the test.

Two New Tests for Sugar. H. Molisch. (Ainer. Journ. Pharm.,
September, 1886.) The two reactions described are common to
cane-sngar, milk-sugar, glucose, levulose, and maltose, and to
the carbo-hydrates and glucosides capable of yielding glucose by
the action of sulphuric acid. They do not, however, produce any
result with inosite, mannite, or quercite.

1. From one-half to two cubic centimetres of the suspected
liquid are treated with two drops of a 15 or 20 per cent, alcoholic
solution of alpha-naphthol, and the mixture is shaken. A slight
turbidity results from the precipitation of a little naphthol ;
sulphuric acid is then added in quantity equal to or even double
the volume of the fluid, and the whole is bi-iskly shaken. In the
presence of sugar a deep violet colour is developed, and dilution
with Avater throws down a violet-blue precipitate, soluble in
alcohol and ether with a yellow colour, or in caustic potash with
a golden-yellow colour. In order that the reaction may occur as
described, the test must be performed exactly as stated.

This test will permit the detection of O'OOOOL per cent, of sugar,
and, with the exception of vanillin, anethol, methyl salicylate, and
a few similar substances, gives no reaction when sugar is not
present. These substances, howevei", either produce the colour
with sulphuric acid alone, or the precipitate formed Avhen the
violet solution is diluted with Avater, differs totally in character
fi-om that produced in saccharine liquids. The limit of sensibility
of Fell ling's test is O'OOOS per cent., and that of Trommer's test
is 000'25 per cent.

2. If, instead of the alpha-naphthol in the preceding test, an
alcoholic solution of thymol of similar concentration be employed,
the remaining manipulations being the same as before, a deep red,
A-arying from cinnabar to carmine, is produced ; dilution with
water brings the colour to carmine, and after a time there sepa-
rates a flocculent precipitate, Avhich dissolves Avith a pale yellow
colour in alcohol, ether, and caustic potash, but Avith a bright
yellow in ammonia.

The delicacy of this reaction is about ilie same as of that with
alpha-naphthol.

After many experiments had shown the trustworthiness of the
results giA^en by these tests, they Avere applied to the solution of
the disjnited question Avhether normal human urine does or does
not contain sugar. The results of the first attempts were so

CHEMISTRY. 109

decided that the urine examined appeared to be diabetic. The
urine of a number of perfectly healthy individuals was therefore
examined, bu.t with precisely the same results. The tests were
made with alcoholic solutions of alpha-naphthol and thymol,
exactly as has been described, and the extraordinary delicacy of
the reactions can be better understood by the statement that
normal urine diluted to from one hundred to three hundred times
its volume with water still gives a recognisable reaction. When
the urine is diluted to four hundred times its volume, the test
shows no result.

In oi'der that there might be no question as to sugar being
the actual cause of the reaction, the following substances Avere
examined and gave negative results with both alpha-naphthol and
thymol : urea, creatine, xanthine, uric acid, allantoine, hippuric
acid, succinic acid, phenol, pyrocatechin, and indican.

These results confirm the opinion advanced by Briicke, and
supported by many other obsei-vers, that normal urine constantly
contains sugar.

A New Test for Picric Acid. K. Fleck. {Analyst, 1887, 16.)
If a solution of picric acid is concentrated in a small porcelain
dish, and mixed Avith a few c. c. of 10 per cent, hydrochloric acid,
the colour is at once destroyed. Biuitrocresol is also decolorized
after a few minutes. If now a piece of zinc is introduced, and
allowed to act for one or two hours, the picric acid turns a fine
blue ; but biuitrocresol turns blood red. To apply the reaction to
foods, they must be powdered and extracted with alcohol. The
residue obtained after evaporating the spirit must be carefully
tasted for bitterness, and then treated with hydrochloric acid and
zinc as described.

Estimatioa of Boric Acid. T. Rosenbladt. {Zeitschr. fitr
analyt. Chem., xxvi. 18-28). The author's process is based on
the observation that boric acid can be completely volatilised by
repeated distillation with diy methyl alcohol. In the case of a
borate, sulphuric acid is to be used along with the alcohol in order
to liberate the acid. The distillate is mixed with ammonium
carbonate and evaporated in a platinum basin, in which about
3 parts of magnesia for 1 of boric acid have been strongly ignited
and weighed. The increase of weight gives the amount of Bj O.^.
Insoluble borates require to be fused with alkaline carbonates.
Any chlorides present must be removed with silver sulphate
before the distillation.

110 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Separation and Estimation of Boric Acid. F. A. GoocTi.
(Chemical Neus, \x. 7-10.) Tlie author confirms the practical value
of methyl alcohol as a means of volatilising boric acid, and finds
it superior in this respect to etliyl alcohol and water. He recom-
mends the following modus operandi for the separation and
estimation of this acid: — The substance, dissolved in Avater and
nitric acid, or acetic acid, or in the acids alone, is run into a retort
connected Avith a condenser and receiver and heated by means of a
paraffin bath, and distilled to dryness. The residue is treated six
times successively with 10 c.c. of methyl alcohol, being evaporated
to dryness after each addition ; wlien niti'ic acid is used, a little
water is added from time to time to break up the cake of nitrate ;
Avlien acetic acid has been used, a few drops of acetic acid are
added with the fourth portion of metliyl alcohol. In all cases the
receiver contains a quantity of lime ignited and weighed before
and after the distillation ; any increase in the latter weighing is
due to boric acid. Chlorides, if present in the original substance,
must be removed from the nitric acid solution by silver nitrate
before distillation.

Characteristic Reaction of Citric Acid. M. Mean. (Joum. de
I'harm. et de Chim., xiii. 477.) The author cautiously heats

1 gram of citric acid and 0"7 grani of glycerin in a porcelain
capsule. The mass begins to bubble up and emit vapours of
acrolein. On adding a small quantity of ammonia and about

2 drops of fuming nitric acid, or a 10 per cent, solution of
hydrogen peroxide, a bright green coloration is produced, Avhich
gradually turns blue if the heat is continued.

Detection of Atropine. E. Beckmann. (Archiv der Pharm.
[,3], xxiv. 4S1-484 ; Joum. Chem. Sac, 1886, 955.) Vitali's re-
action for atropine depends on its oxidation Avith concentrated
nitric acid, and subsequent formation of an intense violet colora-
tion on the addition of alcoholic potash solution, followed by a
cherry-red, and final disappeai-ance of the coloration. Veratrine
\inder the same conditions gives similar colour changes. These
reactions do not take place Avith aqueous potash. To di.stinguish
between the two alkaloids, the following reactions may be em-
ployed : — With nitrons acid instead of nitric acid, and an aqueous
potash solution instead of an alcoholic solution, atropine gives
a reddish Aaolet coloration, whilst veratrine gives a yellow one.
Atropine when boiled for a short time with a mixture of equal
A'olumes of glacial acetic and sulphuric acids gives a broAvnish
green fluorescent liquid; the solution remains colourless until

CHEMISTRY. Ill

the brown co]our appears. Yeratrine gives the same brown-
coloured liquid finally, but during the heating passes from
colourless through an intense cherry-red colour to the final
brown. The fragrant odour produced on heating atropine
with sulphuric acid, or with sulphui'ic acid and potassium
dichromate, is not produced by veratrine ; but on the addition of
the dichromate, the latter gives an odour of acid caoutchouc gum.
The new atropine reactions depending on its stronger basic natui'e,
as compared with most of the other alkaloids, are not shared by
veratrine. Atropine when heated with hydrochloric acid does
not give the red solution yielded by veratrine ; and a mixture
of atropine and sugar gives yellow and brown, whilst veratrine
gives green and blue colours.

Reactions of Pilocarpine, E. Hardy and G. Calmels.
(ComjJtes Ren'his., ciii. 277-2S0.) If the barium-derivative of pilo-
carpine or pilocarpidine is distilled, it yields a liquid which has
a peculiar odour, and forms a very deliquescent crystalline hydro-
chloride and nitrate. When gold chloride and platinum chloride are
added to the aqueous solution of this liquid, they yield respectively
the compounds Au CI3, Cg H^^ Is^o ;' Au CI3, H CI, C.j Hi^N. ; Pt CI,,,
(CgHj^Xj),, and Hj Pt Clg, (Cg Hj^^ No):,, amorphous precipitates
which aggolomerate in warm water or aqueous alcohol, and are
very soluble in alcohol.

New Test for Morphine. G. Yulpius. (Analy.^t, 1887,142.)
The author substitutes sodium phosphate for potas.sium arseniate.
If a little morphine, not less than •00025 gram., is first moistened
with six drops of sulphuric acid, then mixed with a few centi-
grammes of .sodium phosphate, and now heated, until white fumes
appear, the colour first becomes violet, afterwards brown. If after
cooling a few drops of water are added, the colour turns a fine
red, but the addition of about 5 c.c. of water makes it dirty green.
If the liquid is now put into a test tube, and shaken with an equal
volume of chloroform, the latter will, after subsiding, be found to
l)e of a fine blue colour. The blue colour obtained in the well
known test with morphine and neutral ferric chloride is not soluble
in chloroform.

Reactions of Morphine and Pssudomorphine (Dehydromorpliine).
J. Donath. (Jonrn. prakt. Chem. xxxiii. 559-562 and 5G3, 5G4.)
^^ hen an intimate mixture of morphine, potassium arsenate,
an.l sulpliui-ic acid is heated, a blue-violet coloration is produced,
turning a dark brown-red on further' warming. On moderate
dilation wdth water, a red colour is formed, but if chloroform is

112 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

added it gives a violet dye. Pseudomorpliine (oxydimorphine),
for which the author prefers the name dehydromorphine, under
the same conditions gives a green coloration, but no dye with
chloroform. j\Iorphine heated with potassium chlorate and con-
centrated sulphuric acid gives a grass-green coloration.

A good test for dehydromorphine (pseudomorpliine) consists in
heating it with sulphuric acid (two parts of acid to one of water)
until the vapours of sulphuric anhydride are evolved; the liquid
is of a blue-green colour, turning rose-red on moderate dilution,
and a deep violet on addition of an oxidizing agent.

Dehydromorphine resembles morphine in its reactions with
ferric chloride, concentrated nitric acid, Frohde's reagent, and
iodic acid ; but it is more spai'ingly soluble in most solvents than
morphine. It is not reduced to morphine by sodium amalgam or
bv liydrocliloric acid with zinc oi- tin.

Characteristic Eeaction of Pseudomorphine. O. Hesse. (Lie-
big's Annaleu, ccxxxiv. 253-256.) If pseudomorpliine be mixed
with an equal weight of cane-sugar, and dissolved in pure sul-
phuric acid, a dark green coloration is produced, Avhich gradually
turns brown. If the acid contains a minute quantity of a ferric
salt, a blue coloration turning dark green is produced. The re-
action is shared by diacetopseudomorphine. Morphine, under the
same cdnditions, gives a violet-red coloration.

The Thalleioquin Test for duinine. K. Mylius. (Chem. Centr.,
1886, 602, 603.) This delicate and well known test is worked by
the author in the following manner : — About 001 gram of the salt
to be tested for quinine is treated on a watch-glass with about the
same volume of potassium chlorate and a drop of strong sulphuric
acid; ammonia is then added in excess, and the whole stirred,
when the solution assumes a dark gi'een colour. Less than a
milligram of quinine can be easily detected by this reaction.

New Test for Coniferin. H. Molisch. (Chem. Centr., 1887,
366.) An alcoholic 20 per cent, solution of thymol is diluted with
Avater as long as it remains clear; an excess of solid potassium
chlorate is added, and after some hours the mixture is filtered.
Coniferin, treated with a drop of this solution and two drops of
strong sulphuric acid, acquires a fine blue colour when evaporated
in direct sunlight. A wood section, or wood-pulp paper moistened
with ihis solution, and a drop of hydrochloric acid, rapidly becomes
bliu' v\vn in the dark. Since coniferin is only present in lignefied
cell-walls, thymol may probably be of use in the microscopic
detection of wood-fibre.

CHEMISTRY.

113

Reaction of Alkaloids with Mercuric Chloride. ^I. Schweis-
singer. (Zeitschr. fur Aiialyt. Chem., xxv. Part 3.) The author
has applied Gerrard's test for atropine (abstract, Year-Book of
Pharmacy, 1884, 158), to a number of different alkaloids.
Arbutine, condurangine, and sparteine, when gently heated with
alcoholic solution of mercuric ohloi'ide, gave no precipitates ;
cocaine yielded a white precipitate, but only in very concentrated
solutions. Scoparine gave a yellow precipitate. The behaviour ot
hyoscyamine and homatropine is particularly interesting. If 1 mg.
of the former is covered with 2 c.c. of the 5 per cent, alcoholic
solution of mercui-ic chloride, no precipitate appears ; but if only
2 drops of the solution are used, the precipitate comes up on
gently warming, just as with atropine, and does not disappear on
the addition of more of the mercuric solution. Homatropine, whicli
with sulphuric acid and sodium nitrite behaves exactly like
atropine, yields with alcoholic mercuric chloride no precipitate at
all, is produced if the solution is dilute, but in a concentrated
solution a white precipitate, which disappears on the addition of a
further quantity of mercuric chloride ; no red precipitate appears.
The reaction is suitable for quantitative determinations ; it
applies only to the alkaloid itself, and not to its salts. The caution
is given that inorganic basic bodies, such as calcium and mag-
nesium hydroxides, produce the very same precipitates.

Colour Tests for Strychnine and other Alkaloids. C. L.
Bloxam. {Chemical Neivs, April 7, 1887.) The author recom-
mends the following as a characteristic and delicate test for strych-
nine : —

The alkaloid, on a glass slide or a porcelain crucible lid, is dis-
solved in a drop of dilute nitric acid, and gently heated ; to the
warm solution a very minute quantity of powdered potassium
chlorate is added, which will produce an intense scarlet colour ;
one or two drops of ammonia will change this to a brownish colour,
giving a brownish pi-ecipitate ; the mixture is then evaporated to
di-yness, when it leaves a dark green residue, dissolved by a drop
of water to a green solution, changed to orange-broAvn by potash,
and becoming green again with nitric acid; these last changes of
colour may be repeated any number of times.

The green colouring-matter is evidently a product of the action
of ammonia upon the scarlet body, for if this be bleaclied by heat-
ing or by excess of chlorate, before the ammonia is added, the
residue on evaporation is light bi'own, and yields with potash a
bright yellow solution which is nearly bleached by nitric acid.

114

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

No other of the commonly occurring alkaloids tried by the
author could be mistaken for strychnine by the above test, but
each of them exhibits some peculiarity when treated in the same
way, which would give a cbie to its identity. This will be seen in
the subjoined table, in which the tests are supposed to be applied
to the same jDortion of the alkaloid, as described above : —

HNO

Heated.

KCIO,.

NH3.

Residue.

KHO.

HNO,.

'' Cold.

Strychnine

Pink.

Scarlet.

Brownish
precipitate.

Green.

Orange.

Green.

Brucine .

Violet ;

Yellow.

Bright

Green.

Dark

Gieen;

scarlet.

yellow.

brown.

Narcotine .

— .

Bright

Yellow.

Dark

Reddish

Vellow.

brown.

vellow.

Morphine .

Orange-ied.

Yellow.

Red-brown.

Light
brown.

'Light
brown.

Quinine

—

Green

Light

precipitate.

brown.

CincVionine

—

White
precipitate.

Light
brown.

—

Caffeine .

Palo
yellow.

Bleached.

Hed;
yellow.

Some time ago the author dreAv attention to the use of bromine-
water in the detection of alkaloids. He finds that a more con-
venient reagent can be made by mixing a weak solution of potas-
sium chlorate with enough strong hydrochloric acid to turn it
bright yellow, and enough water to make it very pale yellow.
This euchlorine solution is added by degrees to the solution of the
alkaloid in H CI, which is boiled after each addition.

Strychnine gives a fine red colour, bleached by excess and
by returning when boiled.

Brm-iiie produces a violet colour in the cold, which is bleached
by excess and restored by boiling.

Narcotine gives a bright yellow colour in the cold, which be-
comes pink on boiling and adding more of the euchlorine solution.

Quinine gives a faint yellowish pink on boiling.

After cooling the solution, weak ammonia is gradually added.

Strychnine gives a yellow colour unchanged by boiling.

Brucine gives the same.

Narcotine produces a dingy green, becoming brown on lioiling.

Quinine yields a bright green, becoming yellow on boiling.

Morphine gives no reaction ; but if, after boiling with the
euchlorine solution, the liquid be cooled and allowed to remain in
contact with zinc for a minute or tsvo, it will give the character-
istic pink reaction with ammonia.

CHEMISTRY. 115

Separation of Strychnine and Morphine from Fatty Matters. M.
Focke. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., October 15, 1886.) The
suspected matter is exhausted by heating with alcohol acidified with
tartaric acid. The liquid -when cold is filtered, and evaporated on
the water-bath. The residue is taken up with ten times its weight
of water, and the solution mixed with an excess of baryta water.
After the lapse of some hours a slight excess of sulphuric acid is
added ; the mixture is allowed to settle for some time, filtered, and
the acid precipitated with barium chloride. It is filtered afresh,
and evaporated on the water-bath until the hydi'ochloric acid of
the barium salt is completely eliminated. The residue is taken up
in absolute alcohol, and the solution is evaporated to dryness on
the water-bath. The new residue, which is slightly acid, is dis-
solved in water, and exhausted with ether, which takes up the
fatty matters still contained in the liquid. The aqueous solution
is rendered alkaline, again taken up with ether, and, after the
evaporation of this solvent, the residue is treated with water
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, which dissolves merely the
alkaloids.

Reactions of Kairine, Antipyrine,'and Antifebrine. C. A. Kohn.
(Jonrn. de Pharm. et de Chim., April 1, 1887. From Chemical News.)
In a dilute aqueous solution of kairine, a drop of ferric chloride
gives immediately a violet colour, w^hich quickly changes to brown.
An excess of ferric chloride produces in a strong solution of kairine
a blackish brown precipitate. Potassium dichromate gives, in a
neutral solution of kairine, an intense coloration, and a violet
precipitate is shortly deposited. Antipyrine yields a red colour
with ferric chloride, even in very dilute solutions ; with nitrous
acid a greenish blue colour is produced. Antifebrine gives no
reactions with the above-named reagents.

Determination of Small ftuantities of Cinchonidine in Quinine
Sulphate. L. Schafer. (Archiv der Pharm. [3], xxv. 64-72.) 2
grams of quinine sulphate are dissolved in a small tared flask in
55 c.c. of boiling water, and 0"5 gram of neutral, crystallized
potassium oxalate in 5 c.c. of water is added. The liquid is made
up to 625 grams, and cooled for half an hour in water at 20"^, with
occasional agitation, and then filtered. If on the addition of one
drop of officinal aqueous soda to the filtrate no turbidity appears,
the quinine sulphate contains less than 1 per cent, of cinchonidine
sulphate. In the presence of 1 per cent, of the latter salt, a tur-
bidity or a precipitate of cinchonidine appears. For quantitative
estimations, 5 grams of quinine sulphate are taken, and an aliquot

116 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

part of the filtrate is treated with aqueonssoda; the precipitated
cinchonidine is collected and weighed. Since a certain amount of
cinchonidine remains in solution, and a little also goes down with
the quinine oxalate, it is necessary to apply a slight correction to
the amount found. This collection should be 0"04 gram cinchoni-
dine for each 100 c.c. of solution originally taken. If more than 4
per cent, of cinchonidine is present, a more dilute solution should
be employed, as the process is expressly intended for small quanti-
ties only. The test also indicates small quantities of quinidine and
cinchonine sulphate when present; indeed, the conditions are more
favourable in the case of these compounds, as they are not carried
down by the oxalate precipitate.

Assay of Quinine Sulphate by Means of Neutral Potassium
Chromate. J. E. de Vrij. (Arch. Pharm. [3], xxiv. 1073.) In
order to estimate the proportion of pure quinine in the sulphate,
2 grams of the sample are dissolved in 200 c.c. of boiling water ;
the solution is mixed with 0"5 gram of potassium chromate pre-
viously dissolved in a small quantity of water, the mixture well
stirred and allowed to stand in a cool place for twelve hours.
The whole of the quinine will then be found to hare separated as
chromate in the form of anhydrous crystals of the composition
(Coo -^24 •'^s ^2)2' -^2 C^' ^i- The precipitated chromate is Aveighed,
and its weight increased by "05 gram for every 100^ c.c. of mother-
liquor and wash water, to allow for the slight solubility of the salt.
From the total thus obtained the percentage of pure quinine is
readily calculated.

The amount of cinchonidine in a sample of quinine sulphate may
be estimated by dissolving 5 grams of the sulphate in 500 c.c. of
boiling water, adding a strong solution of 1"2 grams of potassium
chromate, and allowing the mixture to remain in a eool place for
twelve hours, after which the quinine chromate is collected on a
filter and washed. The mother-liquor and washings are heated
with soda on a water-bath for some time, whereby the cinchonidine
separates out in a crystalline form, and is collected, dried at 160°,
and weighed. The author found in 5 grams each of three com-
mercial samples, 0"ir»7, 0"205, and 0'2-lri gram of cinchonidine
respectively.

Assay of Quinine Sulphate by Means of Neutral Potassium
Chromate. O. Hesse. (I']iarm. Jouni.., 3rd series, xvii. 58.") and
()()5.) The author criticises De Vrij's method of assaying quinine
sulphate by means of potassium chromate (preceding abstract),
showing that the precipitated and air-dried chromate is not anhy-

CHEMISTRY. 117

clrous but contains 2 molecules of water, which it loses at 80^ C.
and absorbs again on exposure. Cinchonidine and hydroquinine,
when present in quinine sulphate, cannot be correctly determined
by De Vrij's chromate method, for although the neutral chromates
of these two substances are more readily soluble than quinine
chromate, they cannot be separated from the latter by crystalliza-
tion, as they crystallize out with the chromate. In fact, where
quinine sulphate contains 8 per cent, or less of hydroquinine, the
latter behaves exactly like quinine ; whilst in the presence of 0'3
per cent, of cinchonidine, the mother-liquor from the quinine
chromate yields a precipitate consisting not wholly of cinchonidine,
as is supposed by De Vrij, but for the most part of a compound of
seven molecules of cinchonidine with one molecule of quinine ;
also when the percentage of cinchonidine exceeds 0'3, the mother-
liquor not only behaves in the same way, but a varying quantity
of cinchonidine chromate crystallizes with the quinine chromate.
The mixture of chromates obtained on treatment with ammonia and
ether yields the compound Co,, Ho j No Oo, 2 Cjg Hoo N^ 0, which by
crystallization from hot dilute alcohol can be converted into large,
brilliant, rhombohedrons of the formula,

Coo H.i No Oo, 7 Cig Ho2 N2 0..

The Chromate Test for Clainine. B.H.Paul. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 585.) In a note appended to Hesse's paper on
this process of quinine testing (see jjreceding abstract), the author
points out that the consequence of taking the chromate to be an
anhydrous salt in the calculation of the results of analysis would
be to bring the amount of quinine sulphate as between 4 and 5
per cent, higher than it would be if the correct formula of the
chromate were made the basis of the calculation. He also shows
that the addition recommended to be made for quinine chromate
dissolved, amounts to no less than 5 per cent, of the total quantity
of quinine sulphate operated upon, and is equal to the average
amount of impurity to be tested for.

The Testing of ftuinine Sulphate. 0. Schlickum. (Archiv der
Pkarin. [3], xxv. 128.) Employing De Vrij's chromate method
(p. 116), the author finds that not only quinine but also cinchonine
forms a chromate soluble in 2,000 parts of water at moderate
temperatures, whilst quinidine and cinchonidine chromates are
much more soluble in water. On precipitating a quinine so-
lution by means of normal 2:)otassium chi-omate, and allowing it
to remain four or more hours, the filtrate remains unchanged on

118 YEAR-BOOK OF THAEMACY.

the addition of soda if the quinine salt is pure. If the quinine
salt contains cinchonine, quinidine, or cinchonidine in not too
minute traces, the soda produces a turbidity either at once or after
some time. The method is capable of detecting ^ per cent, of
cinchonine sulphate, and 1 per cent, of cinchonidine or quinidine
sulphate. In testing other neutral qiiinine salts it is not necessary
to convert them into sulphates. Acid quinine salts require con-
ve.'sion into neutral ones by evaporation to dryness Avith ammonia.

The Tests for the Purity of duinine Sulphate. B. H. Paul.
(Phaj-m. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 645.) This paper furnishes an
interesting review of the literature of this subject, the perusal of
■which, and also of a leading article on the same subject in the
same paper, pp. 554 and 555, we strongly recommend to the reader.
Dealing Avith the official tests of different pharmacopoeias, he con-
siders that of the British Pharmacopoeia, as it now stands, to be
decidedly in advance of the others. He deems it unfortunate,
however, that the addition of acid should ha\'e been dii-ected in
making the solution, for except in so far as perfect neutralization
is concerned, every drop of acid added proportionately invalidates
the result by introducing into the mother liquor so much the more
quinine, and thus reducing the delicacy of the test for cinchoni-
dine. As another objectionable feature, he considers the treatment
of such a large volume of liquid with ether and ammonia. Five
ounces of the solution Avill dissolve at least half an ounce of ether
before there is any separation of ether to dissolve the alkaloid,
and in that Avay a liquid will be produced Avhich is itself a solvent
of cinchonidine to such an extent as to interfei'e with the indi-
cations of its presence. The proper mode of operating Avould be
to evaporate the mother liquor of the cr^-stallization to a small
bulk before treating it Avith ether and ammonia, and then the
result of the test would be much more distinct and accurate.

Gninine Testing. O. Hesse. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
974—977.) Tlie author shoAvs that Schiifer's oxalate test (p. 115)
is not less defective than the optical test in giving too high an in-
dication of the amount of cinchonidine.

The bisulphate test recommended by De ^'rij is stated to giA-e
A'ery good results when it is carried out with the modifications
suggested by the author. In order to conduct that method of
testing most successfully, it is desirable to operate Avith 5 grams
of the sulphate in question, to dissolve this quantity in 12 c. c.
of normal sulphuric acid in a small porcelain basin Avith the aid of

CHEMISTUY. 119

heat, then to pour the solution into a funnel closed at the bottom,
and rinsing the basin out with a few di'ops of water. The crystal-
lization of the bisulphate soon commences, and is complete after
two hours. By then removing the stopper of the funnel the
mother liquor may be drained away, and an}^ residue removed
by a suction pump. The upper portion of the crystals should
be pressed down with a glass rod and washed with 3 c. c. of cold
water, added drop by drop, while the suction is kept up. The
whole solution is mixed with 16 c.c. of ether from 0"721 to 0'728
specific gravity, and shaken up, then 3 c. c. of ammonia solution
of 0"960 specific gravity added, and the whole well shaken again.
After standing for one day the ether is removed with a pipette,
the crystals which have separated are collected upon a filter
and washed with water saturated with ether. After this the
filter is placed on an absorbent surface and the crystals again
washed with some ether before being dried at 100° C. These
crystals have a composition represented by the formula,
CogHo^Ng Og, 2 CjgHojjN^o 0' ^^^ thcrc is generally some quinine
adhering to them, especially when the amount of cinchonidine
in the quinine sulphate tested is very small. In order to ascer-
tain from the weight of the crystalline mass the amount of
cinchonidine with the greatest accuracy, it is necessary, for the
reason above stated, not to multiply by 0-6-45 in accordance with
the formula of the compound, but with 0'62, this number being
the mean result of all determinations the author has made in
reference to this mode of testing.

This paper also contains a critical review of other well-known
methods of quinine testing, for which Ave refer the reader to the
original source.

New Reaction of Sparteine. A. Grandval and M. Valser.
(Jouni. de Pharm. et de Chun., July 15, 1886.) When a drop of
ammonium sulphydi'ate is placed on a watch glass, and a trace of
sparteine or one of its salts is added to it, a permanent orange-
red coloration is produced immediately.

Reaction of Stroplianthin. H. Hell:»ing. {Vharm. Joum., 3rd
series, xvii. 924.) The author proposes the following charac-
teristic reaction : — A trace of strophanthin is dissolved in a drop
of water, and a minute quantity of solution of ferric chloride
added, followed by a little concentrated sulphuric acid. A reddish
brown precipitate is thus formed, which, after a while, sometimes
not before one or two hours, turns to an emerald-green, and

120 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

then I'omains unchanged for a long time. Very minute traces of
stroplianthiu may be detected in tliis manner.

Detection of Thalline and Antipyrine. M .Blumeubach. (Amer.
Jourji. I'har)ii., December, 188G, from Phann. Zeitschr.fiir jRussland.)
The author found that thalline is not, or only in traces, taken
up by agitating acidulated aqueous solutions with benzin, benzol,
chloroform, or ether, bat is dissolved from ammoniacal liquids,
by these solvents, though only spai'ingly by petroleum benzin.
Distinct reactions could be obtained by this treatment with O'OOl
gm. of thalline in 100 ccm. of urine ; from a similar amount of
blood or food mixture the reactions were faint, but with 0"005 gm.
they were distinct. The green colour produced by ferric chloride
is unmistakable in solutions, 1 : 10,000, and still recognisable in
dilutions, 1 : 100,000. A green colour is also produced by gold
chloride, silver nitrate, chromic acid, chlorine w^ater, and mercuric
nitrate, and in acid solutions also by chlorinated lime and potas-
sium ferrocyanide. Iodine colours dark brown, then dingy green ;
platinic chloride yellowish green ; and a i-ed colour is produced by
warm fuming nitric acid, by sulphuric and nitric acids, and by
sugar and sulphuric acid. The solutions of thalline, if not too
dilute, yield precipitates with the usual reagents for alkaloids.

Given to animals by the stomach or subcutaneously, thalline
caused a dark coloration of the urine, which contained very little
unaltered thalline, but after acidulation yielded to benzin, benzol,
etc., a derivative coloured green by ferric chloride ; after precipita-
ting the phosphoric acid with a few drops of ferric chloride, the
filtrate yielded with more ferric chloride the red colour observed
by Jaksch.

Defection of Aiitipyriue. — The author recommends treating the
aqueous solutions with petroleum benzin, and, after the addition
of ammonia, with benzol, chloroform, or amylic alcohol, Avhen very
distinct reactions will be obtained with 0001 or 0005 gm., and
faint reactions with O'OOl gm. of untijiyrine in 100 ccm. of organic
mi.vturcs.

The alkaloidal reagents produce ])roci[)itates in not too diluted
solutions of antipyrine, and ferric chloi-ide gives in neutral solution,
1 : 1,000, a dark brown colour ; with 1 : 10,000 a light brown, and
with 1 : 50,000 a light yellow colour. Fuming nitric acid colours
dry antipyrine dark red, and in liquids green, recognisable in
solutions containing 1 : 10,000. The solution, mixed with con-
centrated sulphuric acid, and warmed with a little fuming nitric
acid, becomes deep I'ed.

CHEMISTRY.

121

Observations with animals prove that antipyiine is rapidly
resorbed, and for the next eighteen or twenty hours may be
detected in the urine ; but only for a few hours in the different
organs. On the other hand, antipyrine was found, after putrefac-
tion had proceeded for a fortnight, in all organs of animals killed
about two hours after swallowing the chemical or receiving it by
hypodermic injection.

A Study of the Use of Mayer's Reagent in the Estimations
of Alkaloids. A. B. Lyons. (From a paper read before the
Michigan State Pharmaceutical Association, October, 1886, and
printed in the Amer. Pharm. Journ., Dec, 1886, 579-587, and
January, 1887, 1-7.) The author's researches respecting the
volumetric estimation of alkaloids by ]\Iayer's reagent lead to the
following inferences : — ■

1. Results of titrations with this reagent are influenced by
various conditions to such an extent that their indications have
at best only an approximate value.

2. In dilute solutions the results of titration are always high.
Either a stated correction must be made, or a second experiment
carried out, in which the solution is brought to a standard strength,
say of 1 : 200 or 1 : 300.

3. The influence of alcohol and of iodides (the same is true to a
certain extent also of bromides and chlorides) is to interfere with
the precipitation, and yet the effect of their presence may be bene-
ficial rather than otherwise, the end of the reaction being more
sharply defined with them than without. This is especially true
where a modified reagent is employed, containing an excess of
potassium iodide. Such a reagent gives more uniform results with
certain alkaloids than the usual solution, but with many alkaloids
is not to be preferred, and is not to be recommended for general
use.

The author also deals with the question Avhether or not Mayer's
reagent may be depended upon for the purpose of gravimetric
estimations. He finds that a few only of the precipitates produced
by it approximate in composition corresponding with the formula
assigned to them by Prof. Mayer, but that the inconstancy in com-
position is not such as to render the process unfit for use in cases
where approximate results only are contemplated. The following-
table gives the results of experiments made with rcfei'ence to the
composition of the precipitates : — •

122

YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

NiME OF Alkaloid.

Aconitine
Atropine . .
Berberiue
Brucinc . .
Cinehonidine
Ciiicbonine .
Cocaine . .
Colcliicine .
Emetine . .
Gelsemine .
Hydra Rtine .
Hyoscyamiuc
Morphine
Pilocarpine .
Quinine . .
Strychnine .

«)

C.5 3

179-188

216-245

200

190-214

348-370

324-348

240-270

155-180

240-256

185-200

200-210

222-250

100-204

295-310

310-335

258-274

CS 5 O

54-8
54-4
65-0
48-9
28-5
30-0
40-7

40-8
52-4
47-6
43-5
48-6

30-8
37-9

o-d

t-i

182-5

27-5

220

—

205

352

339

62-5

246

159

245

—

210

228

202

308

325

2G4

p-i

0-73

2-35

0-73

106

042

2-06

0-59

2 33

0-92

192

4-65

0-96

176-5

4-28

0-76

2-25

0-58

25?

1-09

105

4-10

1-02

1-61

073

2-28

0-66

1-87

0-60

135

0-84

127?

2-08

T'H

161

4-11

0-95

107

2-81

954-1002
62+-708
670

749-843
11172-1140
983-1073

491-571
1190-1270

816

834

642-703 ?

541-5821

614-707
10t>4-10S5

860-913

Further experiments are needed to determine tlie conditions
under wliicli the best results can be obtained.

Detection of Arsenic by means of Brass. H. Hager. (Chem.
Centr., 18SG, G80, 681.) The liquid to be tested is mixed with i-|
its volume of pure hydrochloric acid, and allowed to act upon a
plate of brass for one and a half hour; if the brass remains bright,
arsenic is absent. In the presence of arsenic, a grey film is formed
on the brass. The larger the quantity of arsenic pi'csent, the
quicker is the deposit produced. Heav}^ metals, including iron,
must be absent. If antimony is suspected, the liquid should either
be warmed with the strip of brass, or set aside for some hours at
ordinary temperatures. Arsenic gives a steel-grey to black film,
antimony a light grey. Held in a spirit-lamp flame, an arsenic
film becomes steel-blue and volatilises ; antimony remains un-
changed. If the deposit can be scraped oli into a diy test-tube,
add to it two drops of water and then 10 of nitric acid (30 per
cent.). Arsenic will dissolve, antimony remain undissolved.

Note on Reinsch's Test for Arsenic. H. Hager. {Chem. Centr.,
1886, 772, 773.) According to the author, the presence of traces
of arsenic in the copper employed docs not interfere Avith its use
for this test, since the impurity consists in the form of an alloy,
which is not attacked by hydrochloric acid. Copper foil may
safely be used if it stands the following test : — A piece of perfectly
bright foil is immersed in perfectly pure hydrochloric acid of 10 to
125 per cent., and allowed to remain for two houi-s ; if at the end

CHEMISTEY. 123

of that time it is still quite bright, it may be used for the detection
of arsenic ; if the surface has become dimmed, the foil is of course
rejected. The foil may contain traces of arsenic and still give no
coloration with acid ; in that case, it can be used both for the de-
arsenification of acid and for the qualitative detection of arsenic.

Determination of Arsenic. F. Reich and T. Richter. (Zeit-
schr. fiir analyt. Chem., xxv. 411, 412.) One part of the substance
Tinder examination is warmed with strong nitric acid nntil the
greater part of the latter is evaporated ; the residue is mixed
with 8 parts of sodium carbonate and 8 parts of potassium nitrate,
the dried mass fused for ten minutes, then dissolved in water, the
solution slightly acidified Avith pure nitric acid, and mixed with
solution of silver nitrate (equal to 2 parts of metallic silver), and
finally with sufficient ammonia to insure perfect neutrality. The
precipitate is collected, washed, and dried, and the silver deter-
mined in it in the usual way. The quantity of silver thus found
corresponds to 23-15 per cent, of its weight of arsenic.

Separation of Arsenic and Antimony. MM. Zambelli and
Luzzato. (ArcMv der Pharm. [3], xxiv. 772.) These metals
may be readily separated by treating the freshly precipitated
sulphides, while still moist, with hydrogen peroxide at 40° C. for
some hours, then raising the temperature gradually to near the
boiling point, and filtering. The sulphide of arsenic is thus con-
verted into arsenic acid, and passes into the filtrate, whereas the
antimony is left on the filter as an insoluble oxide. The results
are stated to be very satisfactory.

Detection of Phosphorus by Mitscherlich's Method. 'M. Man-
kiewicz. (Archiv der Fharm. [3], xxv. 32.) The test was found
to fail with one and also with two milligrams of phosphorus in
200 c. c. of water containing 3 per cent, of cai'bolic acid ; but it
succeeded with five milligrams of phosphorus under the same
conditions.

Note on the Separation and Detection of Phosphorus by Mit-
scherlich's Method. K. Polstorff and J. Menschiug. {Ber. der
deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1763, 1764.) The authors find that the
disturbing effect produced by mercuric chloride in this test, ob-
served by Lecco {Ber. der deutsch. chem. Ges., xix. 1175), is also
shared by other salts of merciuy. Cupric salts do not produce
this effect.

Detection of Phenol in Poisoning Cases. G. Dragendorff.
(Amer. Journ. Pharm., December, 1886, from Pharm. Zeltschr. fiir
Rtissland.) Experiments were made by Dr. Woldcmar Jacobson

124 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

for the purpose of isolating and recog-nizing phenol. The organic
mixtures, 100 ccm., were macerated for a day with 400 ccm. of
alcohol, the filtrate was freed from alcohol by distillation at a low
tempei'ature and under reduced pressure, the aqueous residue
filtered, agitated with a little petroleum benzin for the separation
of fat, and then i-epcatedly shaken witli benzol, wliich solvent was
evaporated in watch-glasses. The following reactions wei^e em-
ployed : —

The authors 'method: The residue was left in contact at or-
dinary temperatures with solution of mercuric nitrate, containing
a little nitrous acid ; the red colour appears in lialf an hour with
1 phenol in 100,000 mixture.

Jacquemins method : Dissolve 3 drops of colourless aniline in
50 ccm. of water. Dilute 5 or 10 drops of 4his solution with 5
ccm. of water, and add sufficient solution of sodium hypochlorite
(1 sodium carbonate ; 1 chlorinated lime ; 10 water; filter), until
a distinct violet or brown colour is produced. Add of this freshly
prepared mixtui-e to the phenol, previously mixed Avith ammonia,
until the liquid is coloured violet or brownish, when in a short
time in the presence of phenol (1 : 50,000) the colour will change
to blue, or with less phenol (1 : 100,000) to green.

Landolfs reaction : Cloetta and Schaer have shown that the
crystalline precipitate with bromine is still obtained in solutions
of phenol diluted to the proportion 1 : 100,000. In separating
small quantities of phenol from animal matter, Jacobson obtained
amorphous precipitates with bi-omine, which, after drying, dis-
solving in alcohol, and evaporating slowly, yielded the character-
istic groups of needles. Minute quantities of phenol are best
dissolved in little water, and then ex})osed to bromine vapours.

Detection of Traces of Hydrocyanic Acid. G. Vortmann.
(MouaisJi. Chc))i., vii. 416, 417.) The liquid to be examined is
mixed with a few drops of potassium nitrite, three drops of ferric
chloride, and so much dilute sulphuric acid as will suffice to dis-
solve the yellowish brown basic ferrous salt at first formed to a
yellowi.sh solution. The mixture is heated to boiling, cooled, the
excess of ii-on removed by a few drops of ammonia, filtered, and
the filtrate tested with a few drops of very dilute colourless
ammonium sulphide solution. The formation of a violet colora-
tion, turning successively blue, green, and violet, indicates the
presence of a cyanide. The test is based on the formation of
nitroprussides.

CHEMISTRY. 125

The Post-Mortem Detection of Chloroform, C. Ludeking.
{Chemical News, April 1, 1887.) The manner of experimenting
adopted was as follows : — Dogs of from fifteen to twenty pounds
weight were destroyed gradually by the administration of chloro-
form through the liangs in from five to ten minutes. Then the
carcases were allowed to stand in summer's heat or the temperature
of the room for different periods of time, and finally the lungs
removed and tested for chloroform, by the Ragsky method.
{Tjrdmanns Journ., xlvi. 170.) The lungs, after having been
finely minced and rendered slightly alkaline by means of sodium
carbonate, were heated over a water-bath in a flask through
which a current of air was slowly passing. The escaping gases
were sent through a Bohemian glass tube, which was heated to
bright redness over a space of two inches. The iodised starch
paper was five inches distant from this heated portion of the tube,
and throughout the experiment remained perfectly cool.

A very strong blueing of the paper was observed, and the nitrate
of silver solution was strongly precipitated.

Numerous similar experiments", are described, from which the
following conclusions are drawn : —

1. By the process of decomposition no substances are generated
which could vitiate the tests for chloroform by the Ragsky method.

2. Chloroform, when it has caused death by inhalation, can with
certainty be detected in the body four weeks after death, and,
notwithstanding its volatility, it is certainly retained in the viscera
in large amount during this time.

Detection of Chloral in Forensic Investigations. G. Dragen-
dorff. (^Amer. Journ. Pliarm., December, 188G, from Pharm.
Zeitschr. fiir Russland.) Having previously shown that chloral
hydrate may be abstracted from aqueous solutions by agitation
with ether and acetic ether, the author recommends, based upon
the researches of Tiesenhausen (see next abstract), the treat-
ment of urine first with petroleum benzin, then with ether, Avhen,
on evaporation of the latter solvent, the chloral liydrate is left
behind. Other organic mixtures, such as the contents of the
stomach, require to be acidulated with diluted sulphuric acid, and
macerated for a day with three volumes of strong alcohol ; the
filti'a.te is evaporated spontaneously until the alcohol has been
volatilized, when the aqueous residue will yield fat, etc., to petro-
leum benzin, and subsequently chloral hydrate to ether. Blood,
and organs containing much blood, retain the chloral within the
coagulum, in which it is best recognised by the production of

126 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY,

chloroform on distilling with sodium hydrate. 0005 gm. chloral
hydrate may, by these processes, be readily recognised in from
75 to 100 ccm. of mixture.

The most suitable reactions for the recognition of chloral hydrate
are the following : —

The dry chloral hydrate is warmed with alcoholic soda solution
and a little pure aniline ; the odour of isonitril is still distinct,
though faint, with m^„m_, gm. of chloral hydrate.

Heat to 50° C. the hydrate, with one or two drops of concentrated
aqueous potash soltition, and a little naphthol ; the blue colour,
produced also with chloroform, is recognised with ^^Iqo gm. of
chloral hydrate.

Experiments with animals show that chloral hydrate is rapidly
resorbed and transformed into products which, like urochloi-alic
acid, do not show the reactions of chloral hydrate.

Detection of Chloral Hydrate in Animal Fluids. H. Tiesen-
hausen. {Zeitschr. fur Analyt. Chem., xxv. Part 4.) The author
applies the " shaking out " method used in searching for alkaloids.
Absolute ether is the best agent, acetic ether is almost as good,
whilst petroleum ether, chloroform, and benzene are not applic-
able.

Test for the Purity of Chloral Hydrate. A. Kremel. (Pharm.
Post, 1886, 738.) A weighed quantity of the chloral to be ex-
amined is dissolved in water and treated with an excess of standard
solution of sodium hydrate. After a few minutes, the excess of
soda left is determined with normal hydrochloric acid, litmus being
used as an indicator. One gram of chloral hydrate requires for
decomposition into chloroform and sodium foi^mate 6"04 c.c. of
normal soda solution, whilst chloral alcoholate requires only
517 c.c.

The Pharmacopoeial Test for the Purity of Ether. W. R.
Dunstau and T. S. Dymond. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
841.) The pi'esent British Pharmacopoeia directs that ether shaken
with solution of potassium iodide and staixh paste should produce
little or no blue colour. The authors have investigated this test
and found that ether prepared from sodium ethoxide and ethyl
iodide docs not liberate iodine from potassium iodide until after
about three hours, and then only traces of it are set free ; but
hydriodic acid at once causes the liberation of iodine. Etlier
pi'cpared from sulphuric acid and alcohol liberates iodine from
strong solutions of potassium iodide, and veiy slowly from dilute
solutions, the reaction being accelerated by the presence of acid.

CHEMISTRY. 127

The reaction is not clue to ozone, for on agitating the ether with
mercury or silver, the filtrate showed the same behaviour as before.
On warming the ether with solution of sodium carbonate, neither
the escaping gas nor the remaining ether had any effect upon
potassium iodide. The presence of hydrogen peroxide, thus indi-
cated, was sho-^vn by shaking the ether with a very dilute solution
of potassium chromate acidulated with sulphuric acid, when the
ether separated with a deep blue colour, due to perchromic acid.
Some commercial ethers, particularly if made fi'om methylated
spirit, contain an impurity which forms Hn Og after a short time,
and this may then be detected by the perchromate test. The
quantity of Hj Oo, determined from the iodine liberated, amounted
to only -04 per cent. The impurity may be removed by treating
the ether with excess of lime and washing the distillate with
alkaline water.

The Purity of Ether. G. Vulpius. (Dingl. polyt. Joimi.,
cclxi. 96.) The author calls attention to the fact that a specific
gravity of less than 0'735 affords no proof that a sample of ether
is free from heavy oil of wine. He detected over 1 per cent, of
this impurity in a sample of 0'722 sp. gr., by allowing the ether to
evaporate. The residue consisted of the oil, with mere traces of
acetic acid and water.

A New Test for Tannic Acid. J. E. Saul. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii. 387.) Agitate about O'Ol gm. of the sample with 3 c.c.
of Hg 0; add three drops of 20 per cent, alcoholic thymol solution,
and then 3 c.c. of strong H^ S 0^^. Tannin under these conditions
yields a turbid rose-coloured solution. Gallic acid, on the other
hand, remains untinted ; or only develops the faintest possible pink
coloration, visible chiefly in the sulphuric acid layer at the bot-
tom of the test-tube. This cannot, however, be mistaken for the
deep rose tint produced with tannic acid.

Pyrogallol, similarly treated, yields a dull violet solution.

Estimation of Tannin. (Zeitschr. fiir anahjt. Chnn., xxv. 527,
528.) The author employs a solution containing 48-2 grams of
iron alum, 25 grams of sodium acetate, and 40 c.c. of acetic acid
(of 50 per cent, strength) per litre. Of this he adds an excess to
the tannin solution, and then determines the excess of iron in the
filtrate with permanganate in the usual way.

Determination of Tannin in Sumach. J. ]\[acagno. (Chem.
Centr., 1887, 125.). The author has compared Lowcnthal's method
for the determination of tannin with those of Davy and Gerland.

128 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

He finds that Davy's method, which consists in precipitating the
tannin with gelatin, drying, and weighing the precipitate, and
multiplying the weight by the factor 0"4, gives results, both with
pure tannin and also with sumach, which stand in the ratio to
results obtained by Lowenthal's method as 53'34 : 100 ; whilst
Gerland's method (precipitation of the tannin with tartar emetic
solution in the presence of ammonium chloride ; the reagent is
prepared by dissolving 2"611 grams dry tartar emetic in a litre of
water, 1 c.c. equals O'OOS gram tannin) gives results which, when
compared with Lowenthal's method, stand in the ratio of 2 : 3.

Process for the Determination of Tannin. M. Villon. (Bull,
de la Sue. (Jhini., xlvii. 97 ; Chemical Neics, April 15, 1(38.) Liebig
and Strecker first remarked that a solution of lead acetate gives
a yellow precipitate with tannic acid. Stein, in 1857, devised a
method for determining tannin by precipitation with a boiling
solution of lead acetate in excess. The precipitate was collected
and ignited, and the lead oxide weighed, which formed 64 per
cent., whence the tannin was readily calculated.

The author states that the precipitate of lead tannate varies in
its com})osition according to the terapei'atui-e and the concentration
of the solutions. He finds, however, that in a liquid containing
a weight of lead acetate equal to three to five times that of the
tannin, the precipitate formed has a constant composition. The
addition of a small quantity of sodium acetate promotes the
formation of the precipitate, which is of a constant composition
and is not dissociated l)y water. Upon these facts he founds
the following process : —

Prepare the tannin liquor so that 100 c. c. may contain about 2
grams of tannin. Prepare a lead liquor by dissolving in heat 100
gj'ams neutral lead acetate and 20 grams sodium acetate in 500
grams Avater, and making up the solution to exactly 1 litre. Mix
in a precipitating glass 100 c.c. of the tannin liquid, 100 c.c. of the
lead solution, leave them in contact for five minutes, and filter.
Take the sp. gr. D of the lead acetate, the sp. gr. D' of the tannin
liquor, and the sp. gr. 8 of the filtered mixture, all at the same
temperature. The proportion of tannin in the liquid under
examination is then calculated as follows: — If the two liquids
mixed without precijiitation or alteration in volume, the sp. gr.
of the mixture would be —

D + D'
2 '

CHEMISTRY. 129

but as the lead tannate disappears from, tlie liquid, the sp. gr. is
diminished, and we find a difference —

^ ^-

Let 2 be the difference of sp. gr. produced in an aqueous solution,
of a volume equal to 100 c.c. by the disappearance of the same
weight of tannin as that precipitated as lead tannate ; probably —

D + D' „

will be propox'tional to 2, whence —

This equation permits us to calculate 2, if A is detei-mined once
for all, and from 2 to deduce p, the weight of tannin in grams
contained in 100 c.c. of the solution in question, by means of
Hammer's table. This table may be summed up in the following
formula : —

^ 0-00405"

The constant A is not the same for all the tannins : for gallotannic
acid it is 50 per cent. ; for quercitannic acid, 45'3 ; castaneotannic
acid, 44'8 ; aspidospertannic acid, 42-5 ; abietannic acid, 40 ; and
catechutannic acid, 52 per cent.

Detection of Tannin in Vegetable Tissues. J.M.Moll. (Joum.
de Pharm. et de Ghim., Dec. 15, 1886.) Sections of the vegetable
tissues are steeped in a saturated solution of copper acetate for
about a week, and are then transferred to a dilute solution of
ferrous acetate and kept in contact with it for several minutes,
after which they are washed in water. The presence of even
traces of tannin will thus manifest itself.

Estimation of Cellulose. W. H o f f m e i s t e r. (Landiv. Vermchs-
Stut., xxxiii. 153-159.) The author recommends the following
modification of Schultze's method as applicable in cases where
large quantities of materials can be operated upon :■ — The fat and
resins are first removed by any suitnble means, the sample is then
reduced to the finest possible state of division, a portion treated in
a flask with hydrochloric acid of 1'05 sp. gr., and as much potassium
chlorate added as is dissolved at 17'5-20°; the flask is then closed
and well shaken from time to time. At the end of about twenty-
four hours the reaction is complete, and the substance has become

130 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

yellow tlirougliout. It s tlien diluted with water, and carefully
washed on a filter with hot water ; again transferred to a flask,
digested for one to two hours on a water-bath, again filtered, and
washed successively with water, alcohol, and ether. The residue
is nearly pure cellulose.

Application of Sodium Hyposulphite in place of Sulphuretted
Hydrogen in Uualitative Analysis. G. Vortmann. {Monatsh.
Chem., vii. 418-428.) After precipitation of the hydrochloric acid
group of metals, and subsequent j)i*ecipitation of lead, barium,
strontium, and calcium in part as sulphates, copper, mercuric,
bismuth, arsenic, antimony and tin salts can be removed from the
filtrate by boiling with a strong solution (one part in five) of
sodium hyposulphite, which should be added in small quantities at
a time and not in excess. Before its addition, the liquid should
not contain too much free acid and not any nitric acid. The
reagent answers as well as sulphuretted hydrogen, and is less
offensive.

Simplification of the Molyhdate Method for Determining Phos-
phoric Acid. M. A. V. Reis. (Chcm. Centr., 188G, 437.) The
process recommended by the author consists in the reduction of
the molybdic acid contained in the precipitate by means of zinc in
the presence of sulphuric acid, and subsequent titration of the
resulting liquid with potassium permanganate. 0'8381 gram of
Mo 0.. has the same reducing power as 1 gram of oxalic acid.

Effect of Ammouium Citrate on Phosphoric Acid Estimations
by means of Magnesia Mixture. C. Mohr. {Chem. Zeit., x. 675.)
Ill the presence of auimouium citrate the result of determinations
of phosphoric acid as ammonio-magnesium phosphate are invariably
too low, owing to the appreciable solubility of the precipitate in
the citrate.

Estimation of Manganese. R. W. Atkinson. (Journ. Soc.
Chem. lud., v. 3G5-3G7, aiul 467, 468.) Owing to the length of
time occupied in the gravimetric method of estimating manganese,
the use of Pattinson's volumetric process is strongly recommended
by the author, although it is said to give results which are slightly
below the truth, the difference being attributed to the incomplete
oxidation of the manganese. " Where accuracy is required, the
gravimetric method, in which the manganese is twice precipitated
by bromine and ammonia, however tedious, is the only practical
process.

Direct Separation of Manganese from Iron. L.Blum. (Zeitschr.
far analtjt. Chem., xxv, ollK) The author's process is based upon

CHEMISTRY. 131

the precipitation of manganese from ammoniacal solutions by
potassium ferrocjanide and the non-precipitation of iron under the
same conditions. The separation is can-ied out as follows : — A
hydrochloric acid solution containing ferric chloride and manganous
chloride is mixed with tartaric acid in excess, and is then rendered
strongly alkaline by ammonia. From the clear ammoniacal solution
the Avhole of the manganese is precipitated as Mn^ Fe Cy^ on
the addition of potassium ferrocyanide, while the iron remains
in sohition. Nickel, cobalt, and zinc, if present, would also
be precipitated along with the manganese. A clear filtrate can
be obtained after boiling ; but since the precipitate cannot be
washed, this method of separation is only applicable for quali-
tative purposes.

Volumetric Estimation of Nitrous Acid. A. G. Green and
F. Evershed. (Journ. Soc. Chevi. Ind., v. 633, 634.) The authoi's
confix'm the accuracy of the method of estimating nitrous acid by
means of aniline published by Green and Rideal about three years
ago, but propose as a modification the substitution of normal for
decinormal solutions, Avhich simplifies and accelerates the process.
The method has the advantage of being applicable in the presence
of other oxidizable substances.

A Simple Nitrometer. T. P. Blunt. .(Pharm. Journ.. 3rd
series, xvii. 763.) Two glass syringe tubes, of \ oz. and 1 oz.
capacity respectively, have their points connected by a piece of
black india-rubber tube, on which is placed a pinch-cock, such as
is used for burettes. This is the nitrometer. It is graduated by
pouring into the shorter tube half a drachm of water, the upper
surface of which is then marked with an india-rubber band, or
better by a file mark ; another drachm of water is then poured
in, and the surface similarly marked. The longer tube is now
graduated in the same Avay, by pouring in successive draclims of
water, up to eleven drachms. *

To use the instrument the longer tube is placed in a vessel of
brine deep enough to reach the neck ; the form of the vessel,
beaker, measure, or pot, is of little importance. The clip is relaxed,
and the lower tube completely filled by sucking the upper one, any
drops drawn into the latter being turned out, after again clipping
tight. The upper tube is now tilled to the \\ drachm mark with
the spirit of nitre to be tested, the clip is released, and the whole
lifted out of the vessel of brine until the spirit of nitre has reached
the lower mark, which means that the lower tube now contains
one drachm of it. The excess is poured away, the tube rinsed,

132 YEAR-BOOK OF PHAUMACY.

and tlio solution of potassium iodide and the dilute sulphuric acid
introduced in the same way, the half drachm being rejected in
each case, the object of this being to insure the absence of air.
After moving the lower tube gentlj up and down once or twice, it
is raised until the level of the fluid within and without it is equal,
and the volume of gas is read off.

Estimation of Chromate in the Presence of Bichromate. N.
McCulloch. (Chemical News, \y. 2,3.) The substance, dis.solved
in a little water, is mixed with a few c.c. of hydrogen peroxide
solution and covered with a laj'er of ether, standard sulphuric acid
is run in gradually until, after agitation, the ether assumes a blue
colour. From the quantity of acid used the amount of chromate
pre.sent is easily calculated, since the blue colour is not produced
until acid has been added in excess of that required to convert the
chromate into bichromate.

Volumetric Estimation of Sulphides. C. Friedheim. (Ber.
der (Jrutsch. cheiii. Ges., xx. 59-(32.) The author has critically
examined Weil's method, which he finds to be untrustworthy and
liable to error from two sources. The copper sulphide pi'ecipitated
from ammoniacal solutions always carries down copper oxide, and
has a tendency, moreover, to oxidize and rodissolve.

Detection of Hyposulphite in Sodium Bicarbonate. M. Bren-
stein and T. Salzer. (Archiv der Pharm. [3], xxiv. 761.) On
adding to a 5 per cent, solution of sodium bicarbonate a few drops of
silver nitrate solution, then excess of nitric acid, and heating to the
boiling point, even minute traces of hyposulphite give an immediate
dark precipitate of silver sulphide. The absence of hyposulphite
is easily ascertained by adding a few drops of iodine solution to
about 20 c.c. of a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate ; the
solution must have a yellowish tint. Decoloi-ization of the iodine
solution does not necessarily imply the presence of hyposulphite,
since normal carbonate, the most commonly occurring impurity,
produces this effect.

Assay of Chlorinated Lime by Means of Hydrogen Peroxide. G.
Lunge. (7)V/-. der dritt.^ch. du in. Ct'.<:., xix 8t)S~871.) 5 c.c. of a
turbitl solution of chloride of lime (10 grams in 250 c.c. of water)
are put into the decomposing flask of a nitrometer. An excess of
hydrogen peroxide (about 2 c.c. of the commercial product) is put
into the inner tube ; the flask is then fitted on to the indiarubber
stopper, and the tap turned so that the flask communicates with
the measuring tube, the mercury being at zero. The flask is
inclined so that the liquids mix; in one to two minutes the reaction

CHEMISTRY.

133

is complete, and the oxygen is measured according' to Winkler's
method (Ber., xviii. 2533). The volume of oxygen corresponds
with that of the active chlorine in the bleaching powder.

This method has the advantage of being independent of any
normal solution, and also of being quicker than any other. It
gives as sharp results as Penot's method.

Volumetric Estimation of Sulphates. H. Wilsing. (Zeit.
analyt. Chem., xxv. 500, 561.) A measured excess of barium
chloride is added to the neutral solution, and the excess is then,
determined by titration with sodium carbonate, using phenol-
phthalein as indicator. The liquid is to be boiled while titrating.
Substances precipitated by soda must fir.st be removed.

Estimation of Tartaric Acid in Tartar. A. Bomtrager.
(Zeit. fiir analyt. Chem., xxv. 327-359 ; Jo^trn. Chem. Soc, 1886,
1082.) The author has submitted every detail of the methods of
Warington and of Grosjean to an exhaustive experimental in-
vestigation.

1. Solubility of Hydrogen Potassium Tartrate. — Pure water at
29° dissolves 0-8536 per cent. ; at 12-5°, 0-498 per cent. A 10 per
cent, solution of potas.sium chloride at 29^ dissolves 0-0583 gram;
at 12-5°, 0-0376 gram in 100 c.c. (Grosjean at 12° found 00227).
The solubility in potassium chloride is therefore not only much
lower, but varies less with varying temperature. Both in potassium
citrate and in citric acid solutions, it is more soluble than in water,
but in a mixture of the two it is less soluble than in. water. In
a dilute solution (2-7 per cent.) of potassium oxalate, it is less
soluble than in water, but on increasing the strength of the
oxalate solution the solubility rises, so that with 9 per cent, it is
gi-eater than in water. A mixture of citric acid and of potassium
oxalate dissolves less than either separately ; but here also the
solubility rises with increase in the strength of the oxalate solu-
tion.

2. Warimjton s Process. — The quantity of material prescribed
by Warington (2-2-5 grams of tartaric acid) is not sufficiently
precise. For 2-5 grams of tartaric acid 2 grams of citric acid
is insufficient ; 2-5 grams of citric acid gave better results, but
the percentage obtained varied with the amount of tartaric acid
present, and this variation became still greater when 3 grams
of citric acid were u.sed. The best result (9902 per cent), was
obtained by using 3 grams of citric acid when 35 grams of
hydrogen potassium tai^trate (2-7926 of tartaric acid) were present;
but working in the same way, only 97- 76 per cent, was obtained

13 t YEAR-BOOK OF THARMACY.

from 2"o grams of tartrate (r0947 grams of tartaric acid). The
preliminary approximate determination cannot be dispensed -with.
3. Grosjeans Method. — The addition of 5 grams of potassium
chloride (to 50 c.c.) at once raises the results 2-2"5 per cent., and
reduces the effect of variations of temperature (10*^) to an
insignificant amount (0'2 per cent). Although, in the absence of
potassium citrate and citiic acid, oxalate greatly inci'eases the
solubility of the tartrate in potassium chloride, yet when precipita-
ting with citric acid fi-om a neutral solution of the tartrate in 10
per cent, potassium chloride, the presence of 1"5 to 3'0 grams of
oxalate is beneficial, raising the yield to 99"5 per cent, of the tar-
taric acid employed. A larger quantity of oxalate again depresses it.
But the greatest advantage of the presence of potassium chloride
is that when the quantity of citric acid used is increased to 3 grams,
widely varying amounts of tartrate (1'5 to 4'0 grams) can be
employed with practically identical percentage results (99"3 to
99-7 per cent.) The preliminary approximate determination
therefore becomes unnecessary, since by using 7'5 grams of lees, or
3"75 grams of tartar, the amount of tartrate present will in almost
all cases fall within the above limits. Using these quantities, the
number of cubic centimetres of normal alkali required by the
precipitate gives at once (when multiplied by 2 for 7'5 grams,
or by 4 for 3' 75 grams) the percentage of tartaric acid present.
For Avashing, it is better to use Klein's 10 per cent, solution of
potassium chloi-ide saturated with acid tai-trate than Grosjean's 5
per cent, solution, and it is convenient after heating with oxalate
(for half an hour) to dilute with 100 c.c. of hot water before
neut)-alising, and to concentrate to 50 c.c. after filtering.

Application of the Ferric Chloride Test to Organic Substances.
\V. 11. liice. (/7/rfr?». ./f»7/r»., .'Jrd series, xvii. 4U1.) The author's
method of applying this test depends on the change of a ferrous
salt to a ferric salt by the addition of bromine. The substance
to be analysed is placed in a test tube, and a perfectly neutral
solution of ferrous chloride added, then bromine vapour is care-
fully poured in, and the. characteristic action of the substance
analysed is observed. The ferrous salt should be slightly in
excess at the end of the operation, as excess of bromine often
leads to further decomposition. The value of this reagent con-
sists in the fact that both the ferrous and feriic reactions can be
shown on the same portion of the substance to be analysed.

A few reactions are shown in the followinQf table : —

CHEMISTRY.

135

Substance to be Analysed.

Trihydroxybenzoic Acid
(Gallic Acid) ....

Gallo-tannic Acid . . .

Trihydroxybenzene (Pyro-
gallol)

Benzoic Acid (Ammonium
Salt)

Hydroxybenzoic Acid (Am-
monium Salt) ....

Cinnamic Acid ....

Acetic Acid (Na salt) . .
Morphine

Phenol

No. 1. Reaction

with Ferrous

Chloride.

No. 2. Addition
of Bromine. .

Faint blue.
Colourless.

Rose.

Colourless.

Colourless.
Colourless.

Colourless.

Indigo.
Blue-black.

Euby.

Eeddish

precijjitate.

Violet.

Yellow- orange

precipitate.

Euby.
Dirty blue.

White ppt.

Excess of
Bromine.

Bleached.
Green to red.

Euby.

No change.

Brown-red.
No change.

No change.

Yellow-white

precipitate.

No change.

Apparatus for the Examination of Water "by Dr. Koch's Process.

C. W. Folkard. (Chemical Netvs, March 18, 1887.) Test-tubes,
about 7 inches long and ~ inch in diameter, are used to receive the
nutrient jelly. They are closed by a plug of cotton- wool, which is
tied by thread round a piece of glass tube bent at right angles and
drawn off at one end. The bent tube has a capacity of 1 c.c,
and serves for the introduction of the measured quantity of water
for experiment. The whole is sterilised in the usual way.

The water, of which a sample is required to be examined, is
allowed to run through a piece of ^-incli india-i'ubber tube (pierced
with a small hole in the middle, and furnished with a glass jet at
the end) till all germs in the tube have been washed away.

The capillary end is passed through the hole in the india-rubber
tube, and sufficient time allowed for any germs on it to be washed
away. The capillary end is then broken off by the fingers, or by
a pair of pliers, while it is inside the india-rubber tube.

The water (which is running all the time) fills the bent tube,
being assisted if necessary by partially stopping the glass jet for
an instant. The bent tube is then withdi'awn, the capillary end
sealed in the flame, and the 1 c.c. of water transferred to tlie
test-tube by shaking.

By allowing the gelatin to set when the test-tube is in a hori-
zontal position, the "centres" can be easily counted and examined,
being spread over an area of 4 or 5 square inches.

136 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

The above is merely a simplified form of the well-known Aitken's
test-tube, modified so as to enable the operator to dispense with,
all but the ordinary laboratory apparatus. The transfer of the
solution from the test-tube to a glass plate, Avith the attendant
ris'c of aerial contamination, is also avoided.

The advantage of taking the tube to the water supply, instead
of bringing a sample of water to- the laboratory, is obvious.

Volumetric Determination of the Total Organic Carbon and
Nitrogen in Waters. C. A. Burghardt. (Ghem. Neics, March,
i8th, 1887.)

1st. Preparation of the Standard Solutions. — 1st. Ordinary deci-
normal permanganate of potassium solution (3'16 grms. to 1 litre).

2nd. A solution of pure chromic acid in pure distilled Avater
(about 25 grms. to the litre).

.3rd. A solution of ferrous sulphate-in pure distilled water (about
25 grms. to the litre).

The author titrates the ferrous sulphate solution by means of
the decinormal permanganate solution, and finds in this way how
much permanganate is equal to the ferrous sulphate solution ;
and, knowing the " oxygen value " of the permanganate solution,
it at once furnishes him with the "oxygen value " of the ferroiis
sulphate solution.

He next takes a known volume of the chromic acid solution,
and titrates it Avitli the standard solution of ferrous sulphate,
until all the chromic acid is reduced — a point easily seen with a
little practice, as the slightly yellowish green colour at the final
stage of the titration changes sharply to a bluish green on the
addition of one drop in excess ; at this point, using a solution of
ferricyanide of potassium as an indicatoi-, it is seen that there is
a veiy slight indication of excess of ferrous sulphate present,
whereas, before the addition of this drop, there was no such in-
dication. This operation furnishes the value of the chromic acid
solution expressed as ferrous sulphate solution. The chromic acid
solution will keep a very long time, biit it is advisable to prepare
the ferrous sulphate solution freshly at least once a week.

Having prepared the standard solutions, the process of analysis
is as folloAvs ; viz. —

Beteriyiination of the Organic Carbon. — Place 250 c.c. of the AA^ater
sample in the " boiling flask," of 16 oz. capacity, add 100 c.c. of
the chromic acid solution, and 10 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid, and
boil for about thirty minutes, when the oxidation of the organic
matter is complete, the Avater in tlie " boiling flask " having be-

CHK3IISTEY. 137

come perfectly clear. The contents of the flask are then diluted
to 1 litre, and 100 c.c. of this solntion are tritrated with the
standard ferix)us sulphate solution until there is a very slight
excess of the latter. By calculation it is found how much carhon
the oxygen thus indicated is equal to.

Determination of the Organic Nitrogen. — Contrary to expectation,
the author found that the nitrogen in organic compounds is con-
verted into ammonia, and not into nitric acid or nitrous acid, by
the action of chi'omic acid. A similar fact was discovered hy
Kjeldahl (Zeits. Anal. Chem., xxii. 366), who describes the con-
version into ammonia of niti'Ogenous matter, by boiling it with
strong sulphuric acid, phosphorus pentoxide, and powdered man-
ganate of potassium.

Marker tested this method thoroughly (Zeits. Anal. Chem., xxiii.
553-557) against the well-known method of Yarrentrapp and
Will, and found the results by Kjeldahl's method sufficiently
correct.

To determine the organic nitrogen in the water, the author takes
250 c.c. or more of the solution obtained by the previous organic
carbon j^rocess (the solution made up to 1 litre), places it in the
" boiling flask," pours down the funnel' tube a perfectly ammonia-
free caustic soda soliition in excess, and attaches the exit tube of
the "boiling flask" to the Liebig's condenser and flask as used
in the org"anic carbon determination, placing however, in this case,
about 50 c.c. of ammonia-free water and a few drops of pure
hydrochloric acid into the " receiving flask." It is better to
take the necessary precautions to prevent the sucking of the water
from the " receiving flask " back into the "boiling flask." The
author boils the contents of the flask for about thirty minutes
(keeping the condenser cool) ; then makes up the condensed
water in the "recei^ang flask ".to one litre, takes out 100 c.c, and
determines the amount of ammonia present in it in the usual way
Avith Nessler's reagent, and calculates how much nitrogen it cor-
responds to.

No nitrogen is lost by this method, because all the ammonia
evolved from the " boiling flask " is passed into cold, acidulated
water; whereas by the old " ammonia-method," the violent bump-
ing in the retort often drives steam and ammonia through the
long condensers used in that process, consequently there must
be a loss of ammonia.

Assay of Carbolic Soap. A. H. Allen. (Analyst, xi. 103-106.)
In the method recommended, the hydrocarbons are removed by

138 YEAR-BOOK Oy PHARMACY.

agitating the soap, dissolved in soda and -water, with etlier, and
the fatty acids are precipitated by means of brine. An aliquot
part of the resulting solution is acidified with sulphuric acid, and
titrated with bromine-water until the solution is permanently
tinged of a faint yellow colour; the bromine-Avatcr is standardised
immediately before or after use by a solution of phenol or cresol.
The remainder of the solution may be used for preparing a larger
quantity of the bromine-derivative for qualitative purposes.

Estimation of Colophony in Soaps. A. Grittner and J. Szilasi.
{Chem. Zeit., x. 325.) About a gram or two of soap is dissolved
by warming with 80 per cent, alcohol, and when necessary the
solution is neutralized with ammonia ; it is then treated with a
10 per cent, alcoholic solution of calcium nitrate, by which stearic,
palmetic, and part of the oleic acids are precipitated and removed
by filtration. The clear filtrate is treated with excess of silver
nitrate and diluted ; silver resinate and oleate are precipitated.
The precipitate is washed, dried at 70-80°, and extracted with
ether, which dissolves the resinate readily, but the oleate only
sparingly. The ethereal solution is run into a graduated vessel,
the silver salt decomposed with hydrochloric acid, an aliquot part
of the clear solution evaporated, and the residue (the resin)
weighed. A deduction of 00016 gram per 10 c.c. of ether solution
must bo allowed for oleic acid.

Report on BecM's Test for Cotton-Seed Oil in Olive Oil. Abridged
from the Report of the Commission of Florence appointed to
examine Bechi's Test. (L'Ornsi, Feb., 1887, 37. From Avier.
Journ. Pharm.) To examine olive oil for admixed cotton oil, with
Bechi's method, the Commission recommend the division of the
suspected sample into three parts, as follows :

No. 1. Tube of the suspected oil and reagents.

No. 2. Tube of the suspected oil and 20 per cent, of cotton oil,
and the reagents.

No. 3. Tube of the suspected oil and reagents.

Now expose tubes No. 1 and No. 2 to the heat of boiling water
for five or ten minutes, but do not heat tube No. 3 ; use it simply
as a guide to see if No. 1 remains unaffected by heat or becomes
coloured. If the sample is j)ure, the oil will remain unchanged,
that is the same in appeai'ancc as No. 3, while No. 2 acquires the
characteristic colour. If the oil in tube No. 1 has been sophisti-
cated with cotton oil the brownish coloration will soon appear,
while tube No. 2 will be a much deeper brown; evidently showing
that the brownish colour is duo, in part, to the quantity of cotton-

CHEMISTRY. 139

seed oil present, as well as the pi'oportion of silver niti-ate and
oil of rape.

Estimation of Glycerin in Fats. 0. Helmer. (Analyst, 1887,
44.) Saponify about 3 grms. of the fat with alcoholic potash ; do
not drive oif all the alcohol, lest g'lycerin should volatilize from
the concentrated solution, but dilute to about 200 c.c. ; decompose
the soap with dilute sulphuric acid, filter off, and estimate insoluble
fatty acids as usual. Vigorously boil the filtrate and washings
(amounting to about 500 c.c.) in a covered beaker or basin, down
to one-half, add 25 c.c. strong sulphuric acid (suitably diluted),
and 50 c.c. standaiTl bichromate. Heat to near boiling for two
hours, and titrate back the excess of bichromate with excess of
ferrous sulphate, and ultimately the latter with decinoi'mal
chromate, using ferricyanide as indicator. Calculate from the
chromate consumed the amount and percentage of glycerin.

The standard solution is made by dissolving 80 grams of
bichromate of potash, and 150 c.c. of strong sulphuric acid in a
sufficient quantity of water to make one litre. The exact value
of the solution should be ascertained by titration with solutions
of known weights of iron wire.

Butter Testing. H. Hager. (Chem. Cenfr., 1886, 495 ; Jonrn.
Chem. Soc, 1887, 309.) The author recommends the Reichert-
Meissl method of examining butter, the chief feature of Avhich is
a determination of the volatile fatty acids. The method is simpler
and more expeditious than Hehner's. The butter is filtered and
5 grams are saponified with pux^e sodium hydroxide (2 grams) in
presence of alcohol (80 per cent.). The volatile fatty acids are
separated by decomposition with sulphuric acid and distillation,
and estimated by titrating the distillate with decinormal alkali.
The following table gives the number of c.c. of the latter required
to neutralize the distillate in the case of certain typical fats :

Normal Butter . . . . 2G to 31 c.c.
Oleomargarine . . . . l-l) ,,

Cocoa Butter ..... 7"-i ,,

Pig's Fat 0-(5

Rancid Butter. E. Duclaux. (Com23ies rendns, cu. 1022-1024,
1077-1079 ; Jotirn. Ghem. Soc, 1886, 685.) It is generally supposed
that the rancidity of butter is due to a butyric fermentation
resulting from the action of microbes derived from the air on the
albuminoids present in the butter. Some very old and salt butters
imported from Brazil were found, however, to contain casein in

1 iO YKAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

its oidginal coiKlitioii, and Avliea tlio Luttcr was "washed the water
was free ffom microbes. The free acid in the butter had, however,
increased to ten or twenty times its original amount. It follows
that the rancidity of bntter is not due to microbes, but is the
result of a spontaneous decomposition of the glycerides analogous
to that which Berthelot has observed in the case of other ethereal
salts. This decomposition is accelerated by the presence of water
and free acid, but is more or less retarded by salt and borax. Of
the different ethereal salts present in butter, butyrin is the least
stable, capi'oin more stable, and the glycerides of the non-volatile
acids still more stable.

This spontaneous decomposition is complicated by the action of
air, microbes, and light. The action of air and light results in an
absorption of oxygen with formation of carbonic anhydride, the
quantity of which is always less than that which corresponds Avith
the amount of oxygen absorbed. The products of oxidation are
various, but the most important is formic acid. Oxidation, how-
ever feeble, first attacks those substances to Avhich the butter owes
its flavour and odour. As oxidation progresses, an odour of tallow
is developed, this action being especially rapid in direct sunlight.

In addition to the action of air and light, there is the action of
microbes, and especially of cryptogamic vegetations, which cover
the mass of the butter with their loose, almost invisible mycelia.
This action accelerates the decomposition of the glycerides, and
at the same time brings about tlie alteration of the nitrogenous
compounds present in the butter. If the albuminoids are present
in small quantity, butyric acid is formed, and its presence accele-
rates the decomposition of the glycerides, more free acid being
liberated up to a certain point, beyond whicli the acid is only set
free in quantity equal to that which is oxidised or evaporates.
The butter remains colourless, except where it is in contact with
mycelial tubes. AVhen the quantity of albuminoids is large, the
mass becomes .ilkaline, and the fatty matter darkens in colour,
owing to its gradual conversion into a black resin, completely
soluble in alcoliol and in alkaline soluti<ms. The resin is also
formed in sunlight in presence of an alkali. These facts explain
the grov oi- black colour of old choose.

Nitrites and Nitrates in Milk as an Indication of Adulteration.
M. Schrodt. (Bied. Gentr., 1886, 629.) Nitrites or nitrates
never occur in normal milk, not even if the cows be fed with
fodder to which these salts have been added. Their presence in
milk, which may be readily detected by Soxhlet's diphenylamine

CHEMISTRY. 141

test, may therefore be regarded as a jjroof of adulteration with
water.

Detection of Saccharine as an Admixture in Sugar. H. Rei-
schauer. (^Biedermanns Centralh., xv. part 7; Chemical News,
Jan. 7, 1887.) One hundred grams of sugar are allowed to stand
for some hours in a closed vessel with 150 to 200 c.e. of ether,
shaking frequently. If a sample of sugar has an alkaline reaction
a strong aqueous solution is used instead of solid sugar; it is
slightly acidified, with jjhosphoric acid, and then shaken out with
ether. The ethereal solution is then drawn off with a syphon and
filtered. In both cases the ether takes up a large part of the
saccharine, which is obtained in the residue, after distilling off
the ether, almost free from sugar. The presence of saccharine is
best demonstrated by cautiously heating the residue in a platinuni
crucible with a mixture of six parts of pure sodium carbonate and
nitre, and finally igniting, not too strongly. Saccharine contains
sulphur, which is thus completely converted into sulphuric acid.

Detection of Alum in Flour by the Logwood Test. J. Herz.
{Dingl. 'pnlyt. Jonrn., cclxii. 96.) A glass cylinder is filled one-
fourth with the flour under examination, the latter then moistened
with water and a few cubic centimetres of alcohol and a few di-ops
of a five per cent, tincture of logwood. The mixture is now well
agitated, and the cylinder then filled up with a saturated solution
of sodium chloride. An equal quantity of flour known to be pure
is treated in exactly the same manner side by side with the other.
If alum was present in the sample, the salt solution will be violet-
red to blue, according to the proportion of alum. 001 per cent, of
alum may thus be detected.

An Improved Method for Detecting duassia in Beer. A. H.
Allen. (^Analyst, 1887, 107.) The presence of quassia could be
readily detected by the author as follows : The liquid was con-
centrated, precipitated witli neutral lead acetate, the filtrate
treated with sulphuretted hydrogen, and the refiltered liquid
further concentrated and agitated with chloi'oform. On evaporat-
ing the chloroform a residue was obtained, which had an intensely
bitter taste, and yielded a solution which gave a white precipitate
with tannin, but did not reduce ammonio-nitrate of silver. The
residue gave no colour on wai-ming with concentrated sulphuric
acid, but gave a well-developed mahogany-brown colour Avith
ferric chloride. By the bromine and ammonia test it gave a
strong yellow coloration.

The author also deals in the same paper with the detection of

142 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

other hop substitutes. For partlcuhxrs as regards these processes
the reader is referred to the original article.

Detection of Liquorice in Beer. H. Hager. (Journ. Soc. Chem.
Iiul., 1886, 508.) The constituents of liquorice extract are pai'tly
precipitated from their solution by organic acids, such as acetic,
succinic, benzoic, salicylic, etc., acids. A small qiiantitj of
liquorice added to beer during the process of brewing therefore
escapes detection after fermentation, as by the acids invariably
formed during the latter process it is converted into an insoluble
form, and collects at the bottom of the fermenting vat. Beer to
which salicylic acid has been added, or which has turned sour,
would likewise appear free from liquorice. The presence of this
substance might, however, be proved in the sediment formed in
the cask. In order to detect glycyrrhizin, the chief constituent of
liquoi'ice juice, in beer, the latter is evaporated to one-fourth its
original volume, and the sediment formed mixed with plaster of
paris, and after drying extracted with 90 per cent, alcohol. The
hop constituents may be separated by mixing this extract with
calcium hydroxide, evaporating to dryness, and again extracting
with alcohol. Calcium glycyri-hizinate is left undissolved, from
which, b}^ means of acetic acid, the glycyri-hizin is separated.

Detection of Adulteration in Wines. M. Samuelson. (Chem.
Zeit., X. 998.) When mixed with an aqueous solution of sodium
nitrate, white Avine remains clear, but the colour becomes darker.
In genuine red wines, a precipitate forms and the supernatant
liquid becomes yellow, sometimes only after some time. This is
not the case with artificially coloured wines. In a mixture of red
and white wines, the amount of precipitate formed is inversely
proportional to the quantity of white wine present. White wines
coloured red with bilberry, mallow, i"ed poppy, or orseille coloui'ing
matter do not give any precipitate. Red wines mixed with
coloured white wines yield, in addition to the precipitate, the fol-
lowing reactions : with bilberry or malloiv colours, a violet liquid ;
with orseille, a cherry-red liquid; Avith red poppy, a bright red
liquid. The addition of cider to Avhite Avine can be detected by
sodium nitrate, as cider is coloured dark-brown by this reagent,
and after some tiiiie gives a slight precipitate.

Method for Distinguishing the Natural Colouring Matters of
Wine from added Coal-tar Colours. C. Blarez and G: Deniges.
{Hull, de la Soc. Chini., xU'i. 14:8-151 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886,
1084.) 10 c.c. of the Avine is treated Avith 10 drops of glacial
acetic acid, heated to 100, and 0"2 gram of poAvdei-ed mercuric

CHEMISTRY. 143

acetate added, the mixture shaken rapidly, cooled, and filtered ;
any coal-tar colouring matters then pass through into the filtrate,
whilst all the natural wine colouiing matters remain on the filter
as a lake. When only a mere trace of the artificial colouring
matter is present, it may not he readily seen in the filtrate and
may be partly held by the precipitate. In this case the precipitate
is drained, and then washed by pouring 5 or 6 c.c. of alcohol, con-
taining some di'ops of acetic acid, through the filter several times,
by which means any coal-tar colours are exi:racted ; the artificial
colouring matters in the solutions may then be examined, the
reactions of about 20 being described in the paper.

Determination of Fusel Oil in Alcoholic Liquors. J. Traube.
(Biederman)i's Centralhl., vol. xv. part 8.) The author I'ejects the
methods now in use, and describes a new capillarimetric process,
by which fusel oil can be determined to about 1-50 per cent.
It depends on the fact that the rise of the aqueous solutions of
organic bodies of a homologous series at the same percentage
often decreases very considerably with an increasing molecular
weight of the dissolved body. Hence, especially on proper dilu-
tion, a very small proportion of fusel oil in brandy, etc., may be re-
cognised by the decrease in the capillary ascent. The compounds
pi'esent in fusel oil, the propylic and butylic alcohols, and the various
aldehyds, including furf arol, reduce the ascent more than ethylic
alcohol, but less than amylic alcohol. The author's apparatus
consists essentially of a very thin capillary tube, as narrow as
possible, secured to a very fine scale, gradtiated in half millimetres.
It terminates at its zero in two points, which may be fixed exactly
at the level of the liquid by means of sci-ews. The capillary tube
may easily be kept clean if it is rinsed after eveiy exjDerimeut
with water, and alcohol, and a current of dry air, free from dust, is
drawn through it. The liquid is sucked up in the capillary two
or three times, and the position of the lower meniscus -is read off
a few houi-s after the liquid has come to rest. This can be done
to 1-lOth of a m.m., even without a lens. Liqueurs, in which the
specific gravity of the distillate differs considerably from that of
the original liquid, are first distilled and then diluted with water
to a specific gravity corresponding to a 20 per cent, (by volume)
dilution of alcohol. The capillai-y rise, compared with that of a
pure 20 per cent, alcohol, shows] the proportion of fusel oil. Dif-
ferences of temperature require a very small correction.

Effect of Sulphocyanides on Vegetation. E. Meusel. (Bied.
Centr., 1887, GG-G9.) The experiments described by the author

144 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

tend to confirm the observation that ammonium sulphocjanide,
which often occufs as an impurity in commercial ammonium
sulphate, is injurious to vegetation, owing to its physical and
chemical action on the seeds and some of their constituents.

Chili Saltpetre as Manure. A. Stutzer. (Bied. Centr., 1886,
585-597 ; Juurn. Chem. Soc, 1887, 77.) The author was awarded
the first pi-ize offered by the union of nitrate firms on the western
coasts of South America for his essay on the value of Chili salt-
petre as a manure. Wagner has condensed the contents of this
essay and that of Damseaux, which obtained the second prize, into
a compact form of questions and answers, which are of value in
agricultural science. Some of the answers follow : Plants cannot
grow under normal conditions unless a supply of nitrogen is
available for their roots, and a satisfactory crop cannot be obtained
without the use of nitrogenous manures. Stable manure, in the
quantities prodiTced on a farm, does not provide sufficient nitrogen
to produce good results ; high farming requires that nitrogen be
procured as artificial manure. Manures containing nitrogen in the
form of animal matter take a long time to alter into nitrates,
whilst the Chili saltpetre is at once available.

The inci^ease in weight of various crops tried was greater when
the saltpetre was used than when amnioniura. sulphate was the
manure. The application of phosphates and potassium salts
increase materially the activity of the saltpetre. This manure
does not unduly exhaust the soil ; it renders the ra.ineral plant
foods more assimilable, but no more of them is removed than is
accounted for in the inci^ease of the crop. The crops which are
most benefited by Chili saltpetre are all straw-growing plants ;
next rape, mustard, etc. ; fodder, sngar-beets, and potatoes come in
the second rank, meadow grasses in the third ; the least effect is
produced on pease, vetches, lupines, clover, and linseed. Chili
saltpetre should be applied as top-di-essing only on sandy or porous
soils, just before vegetation begins ; the time of application should
be in early spring.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

l4ft

PART II.
MATERIA MEDICA AXD PHARMACY.

Melon Root. (Pharm. Journ., .3rd series, xvii. 687.) The root
of the melon is said bj Dr. Heberger to possess emetic and purga-
tive properties, and Dr. Torosicviez has obtained from the roots
a crude emetic principle by treating the aqueous extract with
alcohol. It has a slightly acrid and bitter taste, and is precipitated
by acetate of lead and infusion of nut galls. It is easily soluble
in caustic potash, and is precipitated again by acids as a greyish
brown precipitate difl&cultly soluble in water. From experiments
made with this substance in the military hospital of Lemberg, it
would seem that a solution of nine centigrams of it is sufficient to
cause vomiting. The powdered root of the wild plant acts, accord-
ing to Dr. Langewicz, as an emetic in doses of 50 to 75 centigrams.

Sumbul Root. E. Scbmidt. (Archiv der Pharm., 1886, 528.)
The author shows that angelic acid does not pre-exist in this root,
since it is not extracted by boiling with a weak solution of sodium
carbonate. But on treating the balsam obtained with hot petro-
leum-benzin, with an alcoholic solution of potash, angelic acid is
formed, together with the isomeric methylcrotonic acid, probably
by the decomposition of one of the constituents of the root.

Bryony Root. C. F. Heller. (Amer. Journ. Pharvi., February,
1887.) The author made the following determinations with a
specimen of the root containing 7' 5 per cent, of moisture. It
yielded 5"5 per cent, of ash, consisting of sulphate, chloride, and
carbonate of potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium, and alu-
minium. The benzol extract amounted to 0'746 per cent., and
consisted of fixed oil, waxy substance, and colouring matter. The
alcoholic extract weighed 15"494 per cent., and from it the glucc-
side bryonin was prepared by the process of Walz. The aqueous
extraction contained 9".360 per cent, of solid matter, consisting
mainly of sugar, gum, and albumen. On continued boiling Avith
diluted sulphuric acid, starch was the chief principle taken up,

147

148 YKAK-BOOK OF THARMACY.

the extract Aveigliing 49'024 per cent. Caustic soda now dissolved
61 per cent., and the residuary cellulose, after bleaching and
drying, weighed 6506 per cent.

Veratrum Viride and Veratrum Album. H. C. Schrenk.
(Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 609.) The rhizome of Veratrum
viride is so like that of V. album that f liickiger states that it is
quite impossible to distinguish the root-stocks of the two species.
The author remarks that those of V. viride have often a decidedly
loose and spongy structui'e, but he is not certain whether this is
characteristic of this species or depends upon the time at which the
rhizomes were collected. The only structural difference he has
noticed is that the cells of the endoderm, when cut transversely,
present a lumen (or empty space), which has the form of a U in
V. viride and of a V in Veratrum album.

Constituents of the Root of Hydrastis Canadensis. M. Freund
and W. Will. {IJer. der deutsch. chcm. Ges., xix. 2797-2803.)
Perrins (Pharm. Journ., 2nd series, iii. 546) obtained from the root
of Hydrastis, berberine and another alkaloid, to which he ascribed
the name hydrastine. The authors found that the latter is best
obtained by extracting the finely powdered roots with ether.
Their analyses confirm the formula Co, H23 N Og ascribed to it by
Malila. When hydrastine is dissolved in hydrochloric acid and
treated with potassium permanganate, it is converted into opianic
acid. Nitric acid acts on hydrastine, yielding a base melting at
115°, very readily soluble in chloroform, alcohol, and ether. Hydras-
tine is not changed when fused with potash. These experiments
show that great analogy exists between hydrastine and narcotine.

The root also yielded a crystalline non-nitrogenous constituent,
possessing the properties of a lactone.

A New Adulteration of Senega. C. Patrouillard. (Journ.
de Pharm., April, 1887, 864.) The adulterant described by the
author consists of the rootlets of Jiuscus acideatus. These differ
from senega root in the paler colour of their external surface, and
in being cylindrical and of nearly uniform thickness throughout.
The transverse section also has a nearly uniform white colour,
whilst in senega the cortical portion is darker than the nieditul-
liuni, especially in the layer immediately surrounding the latter.
The senega root examined by the author contained about a quarter
of its weight of the adulterant.

The Active Principle of Calumba Root. H. Duquesnel.
(Chemist and Prugyist, April 23, 1887.) The author proposes a
new method for the preparation of calumbin, the ijeculiar principle

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 149

of calumba root. The powdered root is exhausted with 95 per
cent, alcohol ; the tincture is evaporated to a syrupy consistence,
and treated with chloroform ; the chloroform solution filtered,
evaporated, and treated with 60 per cent, alcohol, which dissolves
most of the colouring matter. The residue (which contains the
calumbin) is dissolved in strong alcohol, finally decolorised with
animal charcoal, and crystallized. The yield of the principle is
from 0"35 to 0-4 per cent.

Remijia Ferruginea. MM. Pi net and Duprat. (Brit. Med.
Journ., June 4, 1887, 1230.) The authors state that this drug acts
chiefly on the medulla oblongata, and that it causes a considerable
increase of respiratory movements and of cardiac pulsation. The
preparations used were an aqueous and a spirituous extract of the
root, the aqueous being the most active. Both extracts were acid
to litmus paper.

Echinacea Angustifolia, a Remedy for Snake-Bite, (riiarm.
Journ.., 3rd series, xvii. 803.) This plant is used under the name
of " black Samson," as a remedy for snake-bite by the Sioux
Indians. The fresh root is used, being scraped and administered
to the person bitten. It produces an excessive flow of saliva and
perspiration. The pungency of the root is said to resemble that
of prickly ash bark, and it therefore probably may be classed
among the active sialogogues.

The Active Principle of Anacyclus Pyrethrum. C. J. G.
Thompson. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 567). The root
of the Anacyclus pyrethrum., or pellitory of Spain, has long been
used in medicine for its well-known properties as a sialogogue and
local irritant. Its fusiform root, that breaks with a resinous frac-
ture, with its radiated structure and black spots, cannot easily
be mistaken.

In earlier times it was officinal in the majoi-ity of the pharma-
copoeias of Europe, in which it formed an. active ingredient, in
numerous stimulating powders, tinctures, and gargles.

The root owes its irritating properties to its active princi])le
pyrethrin, or pyrethric acid, a very acrid, resinous substance, which
resides mostly in the cortical portion. A good sample of pellitory
will yield about 5 per cent, of pyrethrin. On analysis, the root
is found to contain, besides pyrethrin, an acrid resin, volatile oil,
yellow colouring matter, tannin, gum, and inulin. Pyrethrin is a
soft, dark brown, resinous, substance, having an unpleasant odour,
and extremely hot and pungent to the taste. A very minute
quantity placed on the tongue causes a strong burning sensation,

150 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

which shortly increases, and remains for a considerable time,
inducing a copious flow of saliva. A strong solution painted on
the skin causes a sharp, prickling sensation, and reddens the part
where it has been a])plicd. If the part is kept covered, a blister
will be produced. Pji^ethrin may be obtained by evaporating a
washed ethereal extract, or the following more satisfactory method
may be employed. Reduce the root to a coarse powder, and
exhaust it by means of percolation with alcohol. Acidulate the
percolated powder Avith acetic acid, boil with a further quantity
of alcohol, and filter; mix the liquids and evaporate.

It is soluble in ether and alcohol, and readily soluble in oils or
acetic acid. Pyrethrin is composed of an acrid, brown, resinous
substance, which is soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in water and
strong alkaline solutions ; and a dark yellow oil, which is soluble
in alkaline solutions. This oil is not nearly so acrid as the brown
resinous matter, and it is probable that what burning taste it pos-
sesses is due to a small quantity of the resin being mixed with it.

Active Constituents of Asclepias Currassavica, A. Incarnata,
and Vincetoxicum Officinale. C. Gram. (Chem. Centr., 1886,
735 ; Jonrn. Chem. Soc, 1887, 377.) These three asclepiadeje
contain a glucoside which the avithor calls asclepiadin. In the
aerial parts of Asclepias currassavica the easily decomposed ascle-
piadin of Harnack was found ; this appears to be identical with
the asclepin of Feneulle. The asclepiadin isolated by the author
is easily soluble in Avater, sparingly soluble in alcohol ; it is easily
conA'erted into the less active asclepin. Only asclepidin, and no
asclepin, could be obtained from the I'oot of Vincetoxicum officinale.
The asclepin Avhich is prepai-ed from Asclepias tuherosa by Keith
& Co., consists of a mixture of asclepiadin, asclepin, and ascle-
pion ; the lattei- has the composition Coo ^34 ^3 > ^^ melts at 104°,
and is contained in Asclepias syriaca and in Viyicetoxicitni. The
asclepiadin which is prepared by Parke, Davis & Co., from Ascle-
pias tuherosa, contains asclepin and a small quantity of a substance
Avhich has a tetanic action.

Leptandra Vii-ginica. G. Stein mann. (Amer. Journ. Phai-m.,
May, 1887.) Tu obtain the bitter pnnciple, the author poured
the concenti'uted tincture into Avater, and agitated the acidu-
lated aqueous solution Avith petroleum benzin, benzol, and chloro-
form ; only the benzol liquid yielded a residue Avhich Avas
crystalline. 500 gm. of the drug yielded only 0"5 gm. of the
crystals, Avhich after reciyst alii zing from ethci", AA'ere of a pale

MATERIA MEDTCA AJ^D PHARMACY. 151

lemon-jellow colour, of a peculiar agreeable odour, and of a very
bitter taste. They were found to be insoluble in petroleum benzin,
soluble in aleobol, ether, and benzol, less freely soluble in cold
water, not precipitated by Mayer's solution or by tannin, and not
yielding glucose on being boiled with dilute sulphuric acid. The
resinous matter precipitated by water fi*om the alcoholic extract
loses the bitter taste almost completely by repeated solution and
precipitation.

Aletris Farinosa. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 122, 123.)
The i"hizome and rootlets of this South American plant have re-
cently been brought before the medical profession of this country.
Amongst the other names by which the drug is known may be
mentioned true unicorn, cordial, colic root, star grass, blazing star,
mealy star-wort, etc. It belongs to the natural order Haemo-
doraceas, although it has been ascribed by others to the order
Liliacere (the former order has, however, an inferior ovary, while
the ovary of the latter is superior). It was formerly placed in
the secondary list of the U.S. P. (1870).

General Characters of the Plant. — A perennial, with radical leaves
arranged in a star-like manner, which contributes to one or more
of its many names. Being a monocotyledonous plant the leaves
have parallel venation, with margins entire, a non-articulated
stalk, and are about four inches long. The flower stalk is about
eighteen to twenty-four inches high, and is, except for a few
scales, naked. The inflorescence is a spiked raceme, composed of
mealy white flowers, each having a six-partite perianth. Flowers
appear in June and July.

The rhizome and rootlets are chiefly used.

Characters. — A horizontal rhizome one to two or three inches
long, and about one-eighth to two-fifths of an inch thick, being
flattish or concave on the upper surface, and densely tufted with
light-grey fibrous or scaly remnants of leaves. From the under
surface, which is convex, there are given off numerous simple
rootlets from two to three inches long, some (the older) being
wiry, and of a glossy black colour externally, and if more recent,
brown or whitish and soft. Internally the rhizome is white,
iind has a mealy fracture with scattered wood bundles protruding.
It has no odour, and the taste is amylaceous, followed by much
bitterness.

Chemistry. — The bitter principle is not very soluble in water,
(a decoction is therefore not very bitter), but is removed by proof
or stronger spirit. Tannin is not indicated in this tincture by the

152 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

usual tests, siicli as persalts of iron, etc. There is macK starch
pi'esent, Lence its specific name.

Uses. — This drugf is described as a "tonic bitter" and is also
highly recommended in " uterine disorders."

Dose and Mode of Administration. — A decoction 1 oz. to 1 pint
prepared, secundttm artem, dose h an ounce ; a tincture 2| ozs. to
1 pint, S. Y. T., dose 1-2 fluid drachms ; in powder, 10 grains. A
cordial is also sold.

Anchieta Salutaris. (Chem. Zeitung, 1886, 619. From Pharm.
Journ.) The root of Anchieta salutaris, a violaceous plant, having
a popular reputation in Brazil as a remedy in skin diseases, has
been recommended as useful in syphilis. The dose is O'l to 0'35
gram of the powdered root dail^^, and the drug is also administered
in the form of a syrup prepared fi-oni a tinctiire of the root. The
root is met with in pieces 0'3 to 2"0 centimetres thick, the outer
bark being greyish-white, with flushes of brown, in which occur
white points, whilst the inner bark is brown, and the wood light
yellow, witli large vessels. In consequence of the drug being used
for syphilis and provoking a flow of saliva, it shares with some
other substances the name of " vegetable mercury." Some years
since Dr. Peckholt called attention to the usefulness of the drug
in skin affections. He administered the powdered root, com-
mencing with 035 to 0"70 gram three times a day, and gradually
increasing the dose. The first effects are drastic, but these pass off
after a day or two. ]3r. Peckholt isolated from the root bark an
alkaloid, which he considered to be the active principle, and named
" ancheitinc."

Ginseng. ]\r. Foulk. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 163.)
Thist contribution io tlie literature of this diitg is from the pen
of the United States consul in the Corea, from which countiy
the most A^alued varieties are derived. The author says that the
plant is cultivated in the Corea, and that the ginseng is of two
kinds, Uic rod ginseng" (Jieng-lum) and white ginseng (pak-lum).
Both kinds, howevei-, are from the same plant, the white gin.seng
being the root simply washed and dried, and the red the root
after having been submitted to a process of curing. This process
consists in prolonged steaming and d^-eing, cold water being
dashed over it at the end of the operation, which solidifies the
roof, the fracture becoming glossy and brittle, Avhile its colour is
changed to a fleshy pink. The curing is a monopol}' of the
government, red ginseng not being an article of ordinary trade.
Wliitc ginseng is used enormously in the Corea as a strengthening

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. ] 53

and blood-purifying medicine, the natives preferring it to the red,
which thej say loses strength in the cui'ing. The most esteemed
ginseng should consist of the roots of wild plants at least thirty
years old, and commands fabulous prices. The author saj-s that
from personal experience and observation he is satisfied that
ginseng is an active, strongly heating medicine, but caution is
required in its use, as sometimes it causes boils and eruptions,
sleeplessness, and flushing of the body. It is most commonly
taken in the form of a concentrated infusion, but sometimes the
sliced fresh root is eaten with honey. Notwithstanding the general
impression among western nations that the virtues attributed
to this drug are imaginary, the author thinks the evidence is in
favour of the mystic value having been attached to it after its
virtues had been practically ascertained. Some yellowish speci-
mens that are met with occasionally appear to be imperfectly
cured red gfinseno:.

Astringent Properties of Heuchera and Mitella. F . W . A n d e r-
son. (Botanical Gazette, 1887, 65.) The author reports that
the roots of Heiichera hispida, H. cylindrica, and H. parvifolia,
are much used in the west by hunters, prospectors, and others as
astringents, particularly in cases of troublesome diarrhoea caused
by the drinking of water in alkali regions. H. parvifolia is the
com.monest species in northern Montana. Of milder and some-
what slower action is the root of Mitella pentandra, which contains
also a bitter principle, and is not likely to cause sudden constipation
like the heucheras.

Pastinaca Sativa. J. T. Bennett. (Contrib. Dep. Pharm.
Univ. IFf'.s-., 1886, from Amer. Journ. Pharm.) The fresh and dried
root were analysed by the author, who found them to contain
volatile oil, traces of tannin, colouring matter, sugai', hard tasteless
resin, soft re.sin (having a somewhat burning taste and soluble in
petroleum benzin), and gum, but no starch ; an alkaloid could not
be detected. Several of the products administered to cats pro-
duced no synaptoms of poisoning.

Prof. Power considers the wild-grown parsnip root to be not
poisonous, and refers to communications from Dr. J. J. Brown, of
Sheboygarn, Wis., and Dr. Vasey, of Washington, D.C., in con-
firmation of this view. The popular belief that wild parsnip root
is poisonous may have originated from mistaking for it the roots
of the cow-parsnip (Ileracleum lanatum, Mich.), water-parsnip
(^Sium), and other tall, umbelliferous plants.

154

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Analysis of the Underground Portion of Phlox Carolina. H,
Trimble. (Amer.Journ. Pliarm., October, 1886.) The results of
the author's examination are summarised in the followino: table :

Per Cent.

Moisture

7-82

Ash

16-70

Camphor with red colouring

1-00

Sol. in iDetroleum spirit.

Kesin

•44

„ ,, stronger ether.

Tannin ....

1-82 \
•27

Glucose ....

Soluble in absolute alco-

Saccharose ....

•78
7-09^

hol, 9-96 per cent.

Undetermined .

Gum

. 2-34 ^

Glucose ....

•33

Allied Sugars

. 1^49

- Soluble in water, 8-68

Albuminoids

4-52

per cent.

Albuminoids sol. in dilute Alkal

I -99

Calcium Oxalate

2-90

Sol. in dilute hj'dro-

Gum

•36

chloric acid, 10-86

. 7-Go)

per cent.

Volatile Acid, Butyric

trace.

Lignin ....

5-53

Cellulose and allied substances

. 36-65

Total

98-63

Less Calcium Oxide in 1
Calcium Oxalate) *

1^19

97-44

Loss ....

2-56

Total

100-00

The most interesting of these constituents is the camphor
extracted by petroleum spirit, a full description of which, with
woodcut illusti-ation, is given in the paper.

Smilax Rotundifolia. A. H. Cohn. {Amer. Jouni. riiarm.,
September, 1886.) This plant has a creeping pale yellowish
rhizome many feet long, about j inch thick, with internodes 4 to
6 inches in length, the nodes considei-ably thickened, and each
marked by a prominent brownish triangular leaf scale, and beset
with some fine light-coloui'ed rootlets. Tlie rootlets are more
numerous near the growing end and are of a brown colour. The
dried rhizome is brittle, has little or no odour, and has a somewhat
bitter and slightly acrid taste. The author collected the rhizome
for investigation, and obtained from the air-dry powder 23 per
cent, of ash, and by treatment with bcnzin "05 per cent, of wax ;

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 155

with ether "5 per cent, of resin, and with alcohol 2'8 per cent, of
extract, the latter probably containing a glucoside, as indicated
by the reactions. More of this principle was shown to be in the
aqueous infusion, but it was not isolated. The presence of gummy
matter, sugar, pectin, starch, etc., was ascertained ; also the
absence of calcium oxalate.

Valeriana Hardwickii. J. Lindenberg. (Pharm. Zeitschr. fiir
Riissland, 18S6.) An analysis has been made of the rhizome of
this East Indian plant by the author, and the results compared
with those obtained with Val. officinalis. They are summai"ised in
the following table :

V. Hardw. T. Officin.

Moisture 10--46 11-57

Ash 4-04 4-31

Fat and Eesin, soluble in Petroleum-Benzia . 0-56 36

Volatile Oil and Valeric Acid, sol. in Benzin . 100.5 0-90

Volatile Acid, soluble in Ether .... 0-335 31

Eesin and Wax, soluble in Ether . . . 0-56 0-85

Eesin, soluble in Alcohol 105 975

Tannin 3-13 1-64

Citric, Tartaric, and other Acids , . . 0-335 OoG5

Glucose G-03 5.3-2

Other substances, sol. in Water, insol. in Alcohol 14-96 14-39

Mucilage and Albumen, soluble in Water . . 4-16 2-97

Albuminoids extracted by Soda .... 9-72 7-83

Metarabic Acid, Phlobaphene, and Albuminoids 19*10 16 70

Starch , 14-05 12 87

Cellulose 10-36 11-65

Lignin and other Compounds .... 10-015 1680

Inula Helenium. G. Marpmann. (Pharm. Centralhalle,
March 10, 1887, 123. From Pharm. Journ.) Helenin, the
stearoptene obtained from elecampane root (Inula helenium), has
been recommended in the treatment of tuberculosis and diphtheria
and credited with being a powerful antiseptic {Pharm. Journ. [3],
XV. 890; xvi. 919). Bat according to the author the root yields
two other compounds, both of which are more powerful antiseptics
than helenin ; these he has named alantol and alantic acid,
apparently from the German populai- name of the root, " Alant-
wurzel." They are obtained by the distillation of the root, which
yields a mixture of helenin, alantic anhydride, and alantol.
Alantic acid (C^- Hgo O3) is described as crystallizing frona alcohol
in white crystals, melting at 91° C., and subliming as the
anhydride (^u^io^^)- Bo^'h the acid and the anhydi'ide are
insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and fixed oils, and form

156

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

with alkalies readily soluble salts. Alautol (C^q H30 0) is an
aromatic Isevogyre liquid which boils at 200° C, combines after
a time with water, and possesses " ozonising " properties. It is
probably formed during the distillation from some other con-
stituent of the root. Alantic acid and alantol were always
obtained as a mixture, and this mixture is said to have given
better results than helenin in the treatment of tuberculosis, whilst
its use can be continued a long time Avithout inconvenience. The
author states that only fresh roots sliould be used for distillation,
as the roots appear to lose their active constituents with age. Dr.
Dono reports (Noiw. Bern., 1887, p. 142) that he has employed
helenin with favourable results in three cases of chorea, in doses
of 2 centigrams three or four times a day. It is also reported to
have been given with success in bronchitis and spasmodic cough.

Spiraea Filipendula. J. M. Maisch. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
February, 1887.) This drug is a perennial herb, the tuberous
roots of which were formerly used in excessive secretion of
mucous glands, and over fifty years ago were recommended in
hydrophobia. Recently a Polish physician, Dr, F. I. Jagell,
stated that he had successfully used the bark of this plant in the
form of infusion, in 88 cases where persons had been bitten by
rabid dogs or wolves, 26 of the patients having already exhibited
the early symptoms of hydrophobia.

The root has not been fully analysed, but is known to contain
tannin, sugar, and starch, and in the fresh state also a volatile
oil, probably identical with that of the stem and leaves, Avhich
consists of salicylic aldehyde.

The Mineral Constitiients of Ipecacuanha Root. H. E. Munns.
(rjiarm. Jo7ini., 8rd series, xvii. 898, 899.) The author found this
root to yield 3" 22 per cent, of ash, which had the following
composition :

Per cent.

Silica 31-98

Irou and Alumina

3-53

Lime ....

15-!)8

Magnesia .

4-57

Phosphoric aubyJride .

C-19

Alkalies ....

13-80

Sulphuric anhydride .

4-84

Chlorine

l-5fi

Carbonic anhydride

15-2,5

Undetermined, including tri

ice of

Man

ganes

e 2-30

10000

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 157

Magnolia Bark. J. U. and C. G. Lloyd. (Phann. Rundschau,
iv. 266.) Commercial Cortex magnoUce comes from, the mountains
of North Carolina, and is collected from Magnolia glauca, umbrella
and macrophylla. The bark was extracted with alcohol, the latter
evaporated, resinous matters being left behind, which apparently
were a mixture of three different resins. The residue was taken
tip with water, which after a few days gave colourless crystals,
which were recrystallized from alcohol. They were then dissolved
and boUed with dilute sulphuric acid, the solution neutralized with
barium carbonate, and filtered. The filtrate reduced Fehling's
solution, and it is therefore very likely that the crystals represented
the magnolia glucoside. Experiments for obtaining an alkaloid
from the resinous residue were unsuccessful, although the usual
reagents for alkaloids pointed to the presence of an alkaloid.

Ash of Cinchona Bark. D. Hooper. {Pharm. Jouni., 3rd
series, xvii. 545.) The author's experience with regard to cul-
tivated barks is that they yield over 3 per cent, of ash, the average
of three hundred estimations being 3 4i2 per cent. Renewed and
old natural barks are the poorer in mineral constituents, but they
never fall below 2 per cent. On the other hand, young and branch
bark gives as much as 4 per cent., and it is interresting to notice
that the leaves afford as much as five and sometimes six per cent.
With regard to the species of cinchona, there is a marked difference
in the amount of ash yielded by each, provided that natural bark
is operated upon. The crown bark is richer in ash than that of
the red, and the red richer than that of the Ledger ; and knowing
that crown bark grows at an elevation of 7,000 to 8,000 ft., the
red at 5,000 to 6,000 ft., and the Ledger at 3,000 to 5,000 ft., the
altitude may have something to do with this gradation of ash in
the different species.

When gently incinerated at a low red heat, cinchona bark should
always leave a greyish white ash. If it is at all reddish, it points
to the presence of dust or dirt adhering mechanically to the sample:
if weighed, it will be found much in excess of that obtained from
clean bark.

A complete analysis was made of the ashes of the two .species of
cinchona grown on the Nilgiris, the C. officinalis growing in the
Dodabetta plantation, and the C. succirubra from the lower elevation
at Naduvatam. Notwithstanding the barks were from different
species and localities, the result of the examination shows that
there is a great similarity in the composition of the ash.

158

YEAR-BOOK OF I'HARMACY.

Soluble in Water
Soluble in Acid
Residue

Insoluble Silica
Soluble Silica
Alumina
Iron Oxide .
Manganese .
Lime .
Magnesia
Potash .
Soda

Carbonic Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Chlorine

C. Officinalis.

C. Succirubra

27-33

24-46

66-92

69-94

5-75

5-60

100-00

C. Officinalis.

C. Succirubra

5-75

5-60

1-42

4-40

2-70

4-24

2-85

3-21

trace

—

32-70

32-80

2-07

2-52

16-35

12-49

3-40

2-28

27-22

27-77

1-16

108

3-93

3-19

•45

•42

100-00

10000

The ('liief constituent is the lime, which forms nearly one-third
of the whole, and exists in the ash in the form of carbonate. The
next element of importance is the potash, which amounts to one-
sixth and one-eighth of the whole ash respectively.

Eoot Bark of Euphorhiaceae. E.Schmidt. (Bepert.de Pharm.,
1887, 73 and •237.) The author describes the microscopic struc-
ture of the i-oot barks of Eupliorhia coroUata and E. Ipecacuanha.
He remai-ks concerning the species indigenous to France, that
the dose of the root bark of IE. Lathyns as a pui'ge is 1| gram;
that E. Esula is a hydragogue cathartic, and E. Cyparissias acts
as an cmeto-cathai-tic in doses of 0"60 to 1 gram. The bark of
E. Esula is distinguishable from that of the nearly allied E.
Cyparissias by the charactei-s aiforded by the woody zone. In the
former it is formed of four large fibrovascular bundles separated
by wide medullary rays. In E. Cyparissias the fibrovascular bundles
are narrower and more numerous, and the number of medullary
rays is conse(|neu<l3- greater.

Cortex Adstringens Brasiliensis. V. W i 1 b u s z e w i t c z. {Pharm.
Zeitschr. fiir liussland, 1886 ; Amer. Joiirn. Pharm., September,
1886.) This is the bark of Stryphiiodendnm Barbatimas, one of
the Brazilian Mimosea?. The author's analysis shows the presence
of a considerable proportion of phlobaphcne and a small quantity
of tannin, the latter being obtained by the process of J. Lowe, by

MATERIA MEDIC A AND PHARMACY. 159

precipitating Avith sodium chloride, redissolving in water, and
agitating with acetic acid. By dialysis a small quantity of gallic
acid was obtained. The phlobaphene is readily soluble in am-
moniacal water, nearly insoluble in cold water, and is not
precipitated by gelatin. Three tannins, differing in composition,
one of them being slightly soluble in cold water, wex-e obtained ;
their reactions were similar : brown-black with ferric salts ; light
brown with copper acetate ; red-brown with copper sulphate ;
yellow with lead acetate ; blue-green with ammonium vanadate ;
tartar emetic, no precipitate, etc., 1 gm. potassium permanganate
oxidized 1"329 gm. of one tannin, and 1"305 gm. of another variety.
Decomposed with potash, protocatechuic acid was obtained, but
phloroglucin could not be observed. On heating with diluted
sulphuric acid in a sealed tube, the tannin was decomposed,
yielding phlobaphene, gallic acid, and traces of ellagic acid, but no
sugar.

Condurango. Dr. Riegel. (Munich, med. Wochenschr., Feb.
8, 1887.) The author states that in his hands no agent has proved
a better stomachic than condurango bark, which can be adminis-
tered most suitably in the form of condurango wine. The " cortex
condnrango " of the Pharmacopoeia Germanica is the bark of
Gonolobus Condurango, which acquired a temporary notoriety some
years since through being recommended as a specific against
cancer.

Quillaia Bark as a Substitute for Senega-Root. F. B. Power.
(Pharni. liundschau, September, 1886 ; Pharm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 350.) At a meeting of the Society of German Naturalists,
held at Strassburg about a year since. Dr. Kobert directed atten-
tion to the valuable medicinal properties of quillaia bai-k, and
proposed it as a substitute for senega in affections for which the
latter is indicated. Its advantages over the latter are stated to
consist in the fact that the glucoside to which it owes its activity
is present in about five times the amount of that contained in
senega, and by containing a considerable amount of sugar its
decoction possesses a sweet taste, while another and not unim-
portant consideration is its relative cheapness. The experiments
of Dr. Kobert are stated, moreover, to have proved that patients
bear quillaia better than senega, that it rarely produces vomiting
or diarrha3a, and is readily taken by children, while its expectorant
action is beyond all question.

After giving a resiiviS of the chemical litei-ature of the subject,
the author states that, from a pharmaceutical point of view, the

160 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

absence of pectin bodies in quillaia renders the ordinary lic|uid
preparations of this drug pei-manent and elegant, and the use of
ammonia, as was recommended by Kennedy (Proc. Amer. Phartn.
Assoc, 1879, 721) in the preparation of the fluid extract and syrup
of senega, and adopted by the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, becomes
entirely unneccssaiy. The author has prepared a fluid exti-act of
quillaia by the following process, which affords as handsome a
preparation as could be desired, and appears to thoroughly repre-
sent the activity of the crude drug : 100 grams of quillaia, in No.
40 powder, Avere moistened with 40 grams of dilute alcohol, packed
firmly in a cylindrical percolator, and enough dilute alcohol
subsequently added to saturate the powder and leave a stratum
above it. It was then allowed to macerate for forty-eight hours,
after which period the percolation was allowed to proceed, with
the use of dilute alcohol as the menstruum. The first 90 cubic
centimetres of the percolate were reserved, the percolation con-
tinued with dilute alcohol until the drug was exhausted, and this
second percolate evaporated to the measure of 10 cubic centimetres
and mixed with the resei-ved portion.

The finished fluid exti-act is of a deep reddish brown colour, and
by simple admixture with syrup, in proportions coi-responding to
those of the ofiicinal syrup of senega, namely, 4 parts of fluid
extract and syrup to make 25 parts, a perfectly transparent and
handsome syrup of quillaia is obtained. The preparation with
which experiments were instituted in Germany as reported in the
Aerztl. Lit. Blatt., 1885, No. 48, was a decoction made from 5 parts
of the bark for adults, and 3 parts for children, with 180 parts of
water and the addition of 10 parts of syrup ; the dose being a
tablespoonful every hour.

The use of quillaia is stated to be contra-indicated in inflam-
mation of the intestines or stomach, or in ulcerated states of
the mucous membranes.

In conclusion, the author strongly recommends quillaia to the
attention of medical practitioners, and also to the Committee
of Revision of the Pharmacopoeia, with a view to the adoption of
suitable ])rc'parati(His of the same.

Extract of Pomegranate Bark. L. J. von Schroeder.
(Pharm. Zeit., Sept. 18, 556. From Pharm. Journ.) The official
preparation of pomegranate bark is open to objection on account
of its nauseousness, and some yeai-s since L. Siebold (see abstract,
Ycar-Pook of Pharmacy, 1883, 562), in order to obviate this,
suggested a process for removing the astringent principles. With

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 101

a similai' object the author has recommended the use of an extract
free from tannic acid, but containing all the alkaloid of the bark.
The extract is pi^epared by treating a decoction of the bark with
milk of lime to remove the tannic acid, filtering, neutralizing- the
filtrate exactly with sulphui-ic acid, evaporating it on a water-bath
almost to dryness, treating the residue with 70 per cent, alcohol,
and then driving oS the alcohol from the extract obtained. The
product is described as nearly entirely crystalline, and solable in
water with a slight turbidity. The yield is about one gram of
extract from twenty grams of bark. In order to retard as much
as possible the absorption of the pelletierine, which is present in
the extract as a sulphate, it is recommended to add to this quantity
one or two grams of tannic acid to convert the alkaloid into the
difficultly soluble tannate.

The Alleged Toxic Effects of Pelletierine, the Active Principle of
Pomegranate. Dr. Meplain. (ArcJdves de Phana., September,
1886, 409. From Pharm. Journ.) It has been stated occasionally,
that the administration of pelletierine to adults has been followed
by symptoms of poisoning', though not very serious ones, and this
has caused hesitation in administering it to children. Some
recently reported cases appear, however, to indicate that the
physiological action of this ttenifuge is relatively less energetic in
infants than in adults. The author administei-ed six centigrams of
pelletiei'ine to a child two and a half years old, and Dr. Betences
the same quantity to a child five years old, without the least
symptom of poisoning, but with the removal of the worm in both
cases. In another case a dose of ten centigrams was successfully
administered to a child ten years of age.

Poisoning by the Bark of Robinia Pseudacacia. Z. T. Emery.
(Neiv York Med. Journ., January 22, 1887.) The author reports on
the poisoning of thirty-two bcrys at the Brooklyn Orphan Asylum
from chewing the inner bark of the locust tree, which they had
obtained from the yard where fence-posts had been stripped. In
the mildest cases vomiting of ropy mucus was observed, together
with flushed face, dryness of throat, and dilated pupils. In the
severest cases large quantities of ropy mucus mixed witli blood
were vomited ; the other symptoms were retching, pain in the
epigastrium, debility, stupor, extremities cold and pulseless, heart's
action feeble and intermittent, pupils dilated, faces of a dusky
pallor. These patients were given bismuth subcarbonate and
brandy by the mouth, and morphine hypodermically ; sinapisms
were applied over the stomach, and bottles with hot water along

162 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

the extremities. The patients were discharged from the hospital
in two days.

The stem bark has never been examined chemically. Asparagin
has been found in the root, and the flowers contain the glucoside
robinin, which yields quercetin. The bark deserves investigation
in view of the fact that a number of woody leguminous plants are
known to contain poisonous alkaloids, and other more or less
active principles.

China Bicolor. 0. Hesse. (Liehig's Annalen, ccxxxiv. 380-384.)
The author is of opinion that the small quantities of quinine and
other alkaloids which Hodgkin (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xv.
217) found in the bark of China bicolor, are probably due to the
presence of a small quantity of the bark of Bemijia pedunculata in
the China bicolor bark.

Xanthoxylum Fraxineum. E. T. Moff it. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
September, 188().) The author examined this bark, and found the
air-dry powder to retain 8 per cent, of moisture, and to yield 11 '08
per cent, of ash, one-fifth of which was soluble in water, and three-
fourths soluble in hydrochloric acid, a little silica being left
undissolved. Treatment with benzin yielded 32 per cent, of
greenish fixed oil, mixed with a crystalline resin, the latter being
doubtless identical with that previously observed by Lloyd and
by Colton. Ether now extracted from the powder 4".34 per cent,
of green acrid resin, and absolute alcohol gave 270 per cent, of
extract, consisting of resin, a little sugar, tannin, colouring matter
precipitated by basic lead acetate, and an alkaloid which was
isolated by adding ammonia, agitating with chloroform, and evapo-
rating the latter, Avhen yellowish ciystals were left. These were
soluble in alcohol and chloroform, insoluble in benzin, ether, and
benzol, had a slightly bitter taste, produced with nitric acid a
yellow solution, with sulphuric acid a brown colour changing to
dai-k red, and precipitates with the following reagents : potassio-
mercuric iodide, white flocculent ; auric chloi-ide, reddish brown and
red; platinic chloride, brownish yellow; picric acid, yellowish;
tannic acid, greyish yellow. The alkaloid is doubtless identical
with that obtained by Colton from Xaii. caroliniaiium ; but this is
stated to be insoluble in chloi-oform.

Further treatment of tlio ]iowder showed the presence of sugar,
gum, bitter extractive, and albuminoids, and the absence of starch.

Hamamelis Virginica. W.B.Cheney. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
September, 188G.) Witch-hazel bark has been subjected to an
analysis by the author, with the following results: the yield of

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 163

ash was 6" 16 per cent., and it consisted of sulphate, chloi'ide, phos-
phate, and carbonate of potassium, sodium, and m.agnesium, man-
ganese and silica. The air-diy powder contained 9" 75 per cent, of
moisture, and yielded 115 per cent, of benzin extract, which was
also soluble in ether, absolute alcohol, benzol, chloroform, and oil
of turpentine, and consisted mainly of wax saponifiable by alcoholic
solution of soda. The powdered bark now gave with ether 7 65
per cent, of hard greenish extract, of which neai'ly two-thirds was
soluble in water, this portion containing tannin, but no alkaloid or
glucoside ; the remaining resin was soluble in alcohol. Absolute
alcohol extracted from the remaining powder 6'4 per cent, of
soluble matter, fully two-thirds of which was soluble in water,
and the remainder in ammonia ; tannin and a little sugar were
found to be present, but no indication of the presence of an alkaloid
or other crystalline principle was obtained. The aqueous extract
amounted to 574 per cent., of which 12 per cent, was glucose,
besides mucilage and other principles. Soda solution extracted
1"75 per cent., including "25 per cent, of albuminoids, and dilute
acid took up 4 per cent., leaving half its weight of ash. The
bleached cellulose weighed 57"61 per cent. The total amount of
sugar, determined by Fehling's solution, was 1'4 per cent., and the
tannin, weighed as gelatin precipitate, was 6" 75 per cent. The
search for an alkaloid or glucoside gave negative results.

Hamamelis Virginica as a Styptic. R. Pollock. (Practitioner,
1886, 138. From Fharm. Jourti.) The author reports favourably
on the styptic action of a distilled preparation of hamamelis, stat-
ing that in several cases of heemoptysis it speedily checked the
hoemorrhagic tendejacy, and in a case of cystitis with profuse
haematuria, a 25 per cent, injection of the liquid in warm water
speedily checked the bleeding. He atti-ibutes the good effect to .a
"volatile oleo-resin combined with gallic acid." This testimony
as to the value of hamamelis conflicts somewhat with previous
statements by other writers (abstract, Year-Book of Pharmacy,
1886, 162), but tends to show that there is in it a volatile oil
which probably acts like that of turpentine, Solidago odura, etc.,
as an astringent to the blood vessels.

Wistaria Chinensis. M. Ottow. (Nieuw. Tijdschr., 1886, 207.
From Amcr. Junru. Pharm.) A poisonous glucoside has been
isolated from the bark of this ornamental climber by the author
and has been named wistarin. It is freely soluble in alcoholic
liquids, sparingly soluble in ether, chloroform, and cold water ; is
coloured violet and green brown by ferric chloride, and dissolves

164 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

ill alkalies and alkaline carbonates with a yellow colour, and in sul-
phui'ic acid with, a yellow colour changing to cherry red. Wistarin
has a bitter and astringent taste, melts at 204° C, is not precipi-
tated by tannin, yields a white precipitate with basic lead acetate,
and a green one with copper sulphate, and on being boiled with
dilute sulphuric acid is decomposed into sugar, a crystalline resin,
and a volatile oil having the odour of menyanthol ; this oil, when
treated with warm potash solution, is converted into a white com-
pound of a coumarin-like odour.

The bark contains also a resin having apparently toxic pro-
perties.

Chemical Investigation of the Bark of Fraxinus Americana, G.
W. J. Hoffman and D. W. Cahill. (Amer. Journ. Fharm.,
August, 188G.) In 1882 H. M. Edwards reported having obtained
evidence of the presence of an alkaloid in the bark of the American
>vhite ash (abstract, Year-Booh of Pharmacy, 1882, 178). The
authors have i*einvestigated this subject, and give a description
of their experiments, which render the existence of an alkaloid in
white ash bark more than doubtful, without throwing much light
upon the bitter pi'inciple. Kremer's results (ibid., 372), indicate
a probable relation of at least one constituent to fraxin and
fraxetin ; but these principles, as obtained from the barks of the
European ash and of the horse-chestnut, are still very imperfectly
known.

Wild Cherry Bark. K. Rot her. (Amer. Journ. rharm., 1887,
286.) The author undertook the examination of this bark, with
the object of obtaining some knowledge of its fluorescent con-
stituent, which he succeeded in isolating from it in a crystalline
form.

The proportional quantity of this crystalline constituent of
wild cherry bark is exceedingly small. Without the fluorescing
property, as a guide, it would have been practically impossible to
detect and isolate it. Judging from its ci'ystalline form, it does not
appear to be mandelic acid, a decomposition product of amygda-
lin. It may, however, be an analogue, or a substituted derivative
ot" it. This conjecture leads to the question, Avhether or not
it is aniygdalin as such, from which the benzoic aldehyde and
hydrocyanic acid of syrup of wild chciry results.

St. If^natius' Bark. W. E. Crow. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. '■ 70.) The author shows that the presence of strychnine
antl Iniicine in Strychno.-i Ignatii is not confined to the seeds but
a,lso extends to the bark. The tree does not appear to be indi-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 165

genons to China proper, though its seeds are a well-known ai'ticle
of materia medica. The material examined hj the author was
obtained from the Pliilippines.

Rhamnus Purshiana. Prof. Schrenk. (Amer. Druggist, 1887,
61.) The author points out that the bark of Rhamnus Purshiana
may be distinguished fi-om that of R. FranguJa bj the presence
of sclerenchymatous cells of most irregular angular shape, wedged
together so as to form large compact groups, which increase in
size and number toward the surface ; to these the short fracture
of the outer bark is due. The sclerenchjmatous cells are absent
from the bark of B. Franguhi.

Constituents of Red Sandal Wood (Pterocarpns Santalinns).
P. Cazeneuve. (Comptes Eendus, civ., 1725.) Besides " san-
talin," the crjstallizable colouring matter described bj Pelletier,
and " santal," a crystalline body isomeric with piperonal isolated
by Weidel, the author has previously shown that this wood con-
tains another crystalline substance, to which he gave the name
" pterocarpin." He now announces the isolation of another body,
homologous to the latter, which he proposes to name " homoptero-
carpin." These compounds were obtained by digesting powdered
Sanders wood with milk of lime, di'ying, exhausting the cake with
ether, distilling the yellow ethereal liqvior to dryness, and treating
the residue with boiling alcohol, which deposited on cooling a cry-
stalline mixture of pterocai'pin and homoptez'ocarpin, separable by
treatment with bisulphide of carbon, in which the latter is soluble
and the former is not. Pterocarpin melts at 152^ C, and has a com-
position agreeing with the formula C^q Hg O3. Homopterocarpin
melts at 82^ C, and is represented by the formula Cjo Hjo O3.
Both compounds, when fused with pota.sh, give off an odour
resembling that of coumarin, and probably belong to that group.

Quality of Belladonna Leajfes and Root. A.B.Lyons. (Proc.
Anier. Pharra. Assoc, 18SG.) In a lai'ge number of assays of the
leaves, the author obtained as high as 0'87 per cent, of alkaloid,
and as low as 0'23 per cent. ; the average was about 0'44 Twelve
assays of belladonna root yielded between 42 and 086 per cent,
of alkaloid; average, 0'618 per cent. The average yield of ex-
tract with 66 per cent, alcohol was for the root 26'27, and for the
leaves 22"5 per cent. The amount of alkaloid does not appear to
decrease in pressed leaves kept for several ycai's.

Examination of the Leaves of Gymnenia Sylvestre. D. Hooper.
{Pharvi. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 867, 868.) The author's analysis
of this drug gave the following results : —

1G6 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Ether Extract (Chlorophyll and Resins). . 5-51

Alcoholic Extract (Gyninemic Acid, Tartaric

Acid, Glucose, neutral bitter priuciplc, etc.) 19'50

Aqueous Extract (Gum, 1-45 per cent.), Glu-
cose, Carbohydrate and extractive . . 16-87

Alkaline Extract, by difference (albuminous

and colouring matters) .... 8-15

A -J CI 1 i- C Calcium Oxalate . . . 7'64
Acid Solution ^

tPararabin .... 2-74

Ash (balance of) 5-69

Cellulose 27-86

Moisture 6-04

100-00

Note on Henna Leaves. C. J. S. Tliompson. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 845.)

Lawsonia alba, or L. inermis, belongs to the natural order I/y-
fhracecf, and is a shrub that grows abundantly in the countries of
the East. It does not appear to possess many medicinal proper-
ties beyond the astringency of the leaves due to the amount of
tannin and gum they contain. It is stated that the powdered
leaves, formed into a paste with oil, and applied externally, give
relief to headache. The'leaves are small, and somewhat leatheiy
in texture ; are OA^al in fomi, with entire margins. The dried leaf
when broken has a brittle fracture, and a section examined by the
microscope exhibits the cells crowded with the brown colouring
matter. This colouring matter may be very easily extracted, it
being almost entirely soluble in hot water.

The leaves should first be reduced to a coarse powder, then
macerated for two or three hours in boiling water, and strained.
Boil the residue in two or three successive quantities of water, till
thoroughly exhausted, mix, and evaporate the sti-ained liquors.

They will be found to yield froni 12 to lo ])er cent, of a dark
brown gum.

This brown gum is readily soluble in hot water, glycerine,
strong solutions of potash and ammonia, and dilute acids; but
very slightly in ethei", chloroform, or alcohol.

The colour of the aqueous solution is intensified by alkalies and
diminished by strong acids. It turns black on addition of ferric
salts. The leaves also yield 2 per cent, of an olive-green resin
which is soluble in ether and alcohol.

The following rough method is employed by the Arabs in pre-
pai'ing henna for their use : —

The leaves and young twigs ai-e dried and powdered, then

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARiMACY. 167

allowed to stand for some days moistened with water. The mass
is afterwards boiled with more water some hours, and this de-
coction is diluted or not, according to the shade of colour it may
be desired to produce.

Examination of the Leaves of Chimaphila Umbellata. E. S.
Beshore. (Amer. Jouni. riiarni., March, 1887.)

Chimaphila umbellata, natural order Ericacece, Pyrolece, is indi-
genous to North America, northern Asia, and northern and central
Europe; it is found in dry woods, and flowers in June and July.

The leaves contain 7"83 per cent, of moisture, and yield 404! per
cent, of ash. Petroleum spirit extracts from them a crystalline
principle which, after purification, proved to have a composition
corresponding to the formula C^ijHjgO.

Examination of the Leaves of the Horse-Chestnnt (.SEsculus
Hippocastanum. E. 0. Ray. (Amer. Journ. Pharm., 3vd series,
xvii. 108.) The extended consideration which for some months
past has been accorded to the alkaloid cocaine, and its acknow-
ledged importance and intrinsic value, has led to the expression
of the hope that in the order of Sapindacece, which is botanically
so closely related to the Erythroxylacece, the same alkaloid, or at
least one having analogous properties, might possibly be found.

The young leaves of the horse-chestnut were collected early in
June, and were very carefully dried without the aid of artificial
heat, and afterwards preserved in a dry place. Portions of the
finely powdered leaves were treated according to the improved
process of Dr. Squibb for the assay of coca leaves, and also
according to the process recommended by Dr. A. B. Lyons, but
without obtaining any decided reactions for an alkaloid. A por-
tion of the fresh leaves was distilled with water made alkaline
with caustic potash ; the liquid fi'othed strongly upon heating,
but a small amount of distillate was obtained, which was colourless
and possessed a strong odour, but afforded no indication of the
presence of a volatile alkaloid. Another portion of the leaves,
distilled with dilute sulphuric acid, afforded a distillate possessing
a peculiar odour, probably due to traces of a volatile oil, but no
volatile oil was obtained. A portion of the leaves was now ex-
tracted successively by petroleum benzin and alcohol, but only
oily and i-esinous matters containing much chlorophyll, together
with tannin and sugar, were found, without establishing the pre-
sence of any special principle of further interest.

Since at least one product of the natural order Sapindacece,
namely, the seeds of Paullinia sorhilis, is known to afford con-

168 YEAR-BOOK OF PIIARMACY.

siderable amounts of the alkaloid caffeine, it was considered of
interest to determine whether the same or an analogous principle
might not also be contained in the leaves of the horse-chestnut.
For this purpose 200 grams of the leaves were digested with water,
with the aid of a gentle heat. The filtrate, which was of a deep
brown colour and very mucilaginous, was precipitated by a solu-
tion of lead acetate, and again filtered. The latter filtrate showed
no fluorescence, indicating the total absence of cesculin. It was
now made slightly alkaline with ammonia water, again filtered
and tested with basic lead acetate, which, however, produced no
further precipitate. The lead salt was now completely removed by
sulphuretted hydrogen, the liquid filtered and evaporated to a small
volume on a water- bath, but no crj'stallinc product was foi'med.
The aqueous solution was subsequently shaken with chloroform,
which, upon spontaneous evaporation, left a small amount of oily
residue, having a strong, peculiar, and rather unpleasant odour.
This residue, when taken up with acidulated water, afforded slight
reactions with alkaloidal i-eagents, but did not give the char-
acteristic reaction foi- caffeine.

From the results of these experiments it will be seen that the
leaves of the horse-chestnut contain neither cocaine, caffeine, or
other principles of special interest; also that ajsculin, which is
so abundantly contained in the bark of the horse-chestnut, is
apparently entirely wanting in the leaves.

iEsculus Hippocastanum. J. M. Maisch. {Amer. Journ.
Pkarm., March, 1887.) In medical Avorks, including those on
medical botany, in which the horse-chestnut tix)e is mentioned, the
discussion of the therapeutic properties is usually confined to the
use of the bark as an antiperiodic, and of the fixed oil as a topical
remedy in rheumatic complaints. Occasionally the sternutatory
properties of the powdoi'ed seeds are mentioned, and in works
from the beginning of the present century it is stated that a
paste made from the seeds is useful in chilblains, and a decoction
of the roasted seeds has been recommended in atonic uterine
hemorrhages. In only one of the modern works consulted (National
Dispensatory, 3rd and 4th edit., p. 765) occurs a reference to the
popular use of the leaves in whooping cough, and of the seeds in
hemorrhoids.

That this popular use has not been forgotten was pointed out
by Geo. AY. Stoeckel, at the meeting of the Pennsylvania Phar-
maceutical Association in 1886. He states that the use of the
leaves and seeds is not uncommon in the south-eastern counties of

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 169

Pennsylvania. A decoction of the leaves is regarded as a remedy
in whooping cough, and is given in small doses frequently re-
peated, while the bruised fresh leaves, sometimes mixed with
lard, are at the same time employed externally. The entire seed
is carried in the pocket as a kind of charm against piles, aud the
powdered white kernel is thoroughly triturated with lard into an
ointment, which is said to be successfully applied against piles.

Erythroxylon Pulchrum, a New Source of Cocaine. T. Peckolt.
(Pharm. Joiirn., 3rd series, xvii. 507.) The extensive occui-rence
of numerous species of the genus Erythroxijlon, in Brazil, has
induced the author to investigate the presence or absence of the
alkaloid cocaine in some of the species. The first examined was
the bark and leaves of Erythroxylon pulchrum, which grows toler-
ably abundantly near Rio, and is known popularly as " subrasil "
or " arco de pipa." It is a tree thirty or forty feet high, with
large ovate leaves, abruptly tapering at the base, shining dark
green above, and dull green below. The bark gave only negative
results. From the leaves cocaine was separated, but as the yield
was only equal to O'OOS per cent., this species will hardly prove
a profitable material for the manufacture of that alkaloid.

Constituents of the Leaves of Gaultheria Procumbens. F. W.
Droelle. (Abstract of an inaugural essay. Amer. Joiirn. Pharm.^
June, 1887.) A proximate analysis was made of the finely ground
leaves, after they had been separated from the stems, with the
followino- results : —

Volatile Oil

•50 per cent.

Eesin and Wax

2-50 ,,

Eesin soluble in Ether

2-15 ,,

Chlorophyll, with small amoimts of

Arbutiu, Urson aud Tannin .

2-75 „

Tannin ......

5-45 ,,

Chlorophyll, Arbutin, and Ericolin .

.3-80 „

Mucilage ......

2-90 ,,

Glucose aud Dextrin ....

3-56 „

Organic Acids

3-25 ,,

Albuminoids

4-54 „

Pararabin and allied substances .

2-20 ,,

Loss by treatment with Chlorine

635 ,,

Moisture

8-60 „

Ash

4-20 „

Total 98-18

1 70 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Constituents of the Leaves of Podophyllum Peltatum. B. F.
Carter. (Amer. Journ. Pharm., September, 1886.) The leaves,
collected soon after flowering, have been analysed by the author,
vrho determined the presence of acetic acid, colouring matter,
probably a kind of tannin, and uncrystallizable sugar. Alkaloids
are absent. The resin amounted to 6 per cent., was greenish
black, of an oily appearance, soluble in alkalies, and completely
precipitated by acids; also freely soluble in alcohol ; 90 percent,
soluble in ether, 86 per cent, in chloi'oform, 72 per cent, in carbon
disulphide, 67 per cent, in benzol, and 40 per cent, in petroleum
benzene; it also dissolves to a considerable extent in boiling water.
Ethei" dissolves the soft resin, the hard resin remaining behind.
Fused with potash, a very small amount of protocatechuic acid
appears to be formed. The resin has a bitter taste and a very
much milder action than that of the rhizome.

The leaves had been previously examined by T. J. Husband and
by Dr. S. P. Duffield; the latter did not obtain any resin from the
leaves collected in May, and only "03 per cent, of resin from leaves
collected late in autumn.

Bearberry Leaves and Arbutin. (Med. Chronicle, March, 1887.)
Uva ursi leaves contain, in addition to tannic and gallic acids, a
bitter glucoside, arbutin, which is white, crystalline, and soluble in
water. During the past four years several observer's have tried to
determine whether arbutin might not, with advantage, be substi-
tuted for the various preparations of uva ursi now in use. Lewin,
in 1883 (Virchow's Archiv, xcii. 517), showed that arbutin splits up,
when boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, into hydroquinone, methyl
hydro(piinone, and sugar; and stated that when administered it is
in part decomposed, so that the urine contains besides arbutin a
certain amount of hydroquinone. Now hydroquinone is itself an
antiseptic and antipyretic, and has been found useful by Brieger
as an injection in gonorrhoea. Lewin recommended the substi-
tution of arbutin, in 15 grain doses, for the ordinary preparations
of uva ursi. Uva ursi is a reputed diuretic as well as a specific
in vesical catari-h. Menche published a paper in 1883 (Cent. f. KI.
Med., xxvii. 413), on arbutin as a diuretic, and recorded some
cases which served to illustrate its value in cardiac dropsy. Sub-
sequent observations have not confirmed Menche's views on this
point. In a few cases of cardiac dropsy, in which the drug was
given at the Manchester Infirmary, it proved wholly inefficacious
as a diuretic.

Paschkis (Wien. Med. Fresse, 1884, No. 13) obtained no good

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 171

results from the use of arbutin in sevei-al cases of cystitis and
gonorrhoea, though he found these ailments markedly improved by
uva ursi itself. Either arbutin is not the active curative principle,
at least in the doses employed by Paschkis (30 grains daily), or
the preparation he used was not arbutin.

Schmiz (Cent.f. Kl. Med., No. 49, 1884) found arbutin very use-
ful in some cases of bladder catarrh. He did not see good results
follow its use in all cases, but recommends its use in preference
to uva ursi itself. Very recently Kunkel (JMilnch. med. Woch., De-
cember 7, 1886) published his investigations upon the absorption
and excretion of arbutin, and has arrived at the conclusion that
the greater part is excreted unchanged ; a little is decomposed in
the intestine, but it is not decomposed, as Menche thought, in its
passage through the system. At the present time, then, the value
of arbutin must be regarded as doubtful ; and though it may be
tried, in doses of 10 grains, where ordinary remedies have failed
to relieve bladder catarrh, it cannot be used as a reliable remedy.

Buchu and Oil of Buchu. R. Spica. {American Journal of
Pharmacy, October, 1886.)

Extraction of Volatile Oil. — The leaves, in a finely powdered
state, were distilled until no more oil passed over. The oil was
lighter than water, and left, while floating upon the surface of
the liquid, prismatic crystals. The aqueous distillate contained
a feeble acid, whose chemical nature, together with that of
the residual, strongly acid, brown liquid remaining in the retort,
will be further examined. In order to obtain a larger quantity
of volatile oil, the process of extraction was modified and rej^eated
upon more material. The powdered leaves were macerated with
ether for three days, when the liquid became green in colour
from dissolved chlorophyll. The larger quantity of ether was
then distilled off, while the remainder was evaporated spontane-
ously, and the oily residue distilled with steam, until no further
oil passed over. Every 1000 parts of leaves yielded about 6"5
parts of a greenish yellow oil, having a grateful odour, similar to
peppermint and bergamot, and lighter than Avater. Separated
from the water and desiccated over fused calcium chloride, a por-
tion was fractionally distilled. The greater part passed over
between from 200° to 235° C, and the last portions were manifestly
decomposed, and gave a different and rather more phenol-like
odour than the first. In order to ascertain if the first fractions
contained substances soluble in potassium hydrate, a small quantity
of the mixed fractions was agitated with K H 0, in strong solu-

172 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

tion, after wliich separation into two parts took place. Using a
second quantity, with a more dilute solution of K H 0, it became
evident that the K H solution was not as sensibly coloured as
in tlie fii-st instance. Tlie insoluble part (elaeopten) was then
separated, washed with water, and desiccated over fused calcium
chloride, Avhile the aqueous washings were added to the K H
solution, and the remaining elceopten was removed by agitation
with ether. The alkaline solution was then treated with hydro-
chloric acid until slightly acid, when a precipitate formed which,
after several minutes, assumed a crystalline aspect. The super-
natant liquid was removed, and the residue agitated with ether,
the ethereal solution evaporated at a low tempei'ature, when the
stearoptcn crystallized in the form of long flat needles, slightly
impure from adhering brown oil.

^Examination of the Elceopten (Diosmelceopten). — It is a greenish
yellow oil of grateful odour, and constitutes about two-thirds
of the volatile oil. It has a pungent, cool, aromatic, and finally
sweetish taste. Desiccated over fused calcium chloride, and then
distilled, it fractions very irregularly. The first fraction (a), very
small in quantity, came over at from 180° to 200° C, the second
(h) at from 200° to 203° C, the third (c), the largest in quantity,
at from 20.3° to 206° C, the fourth {d) at from 206° to 209° C, the
fifth (e) at fi-om 209° to 211° C, leaving in the retort a small
yellowish brown residue. Repeating the distillation, after having
reunited the more abundant fractions, there was obtained a portion
boiling at from 204° to 206° C. (not corrected). This fraction con-
stitutes a perfectly colourless, mobile liquid, lighter than water,
having the odour and taste before mentioned, and when subjected
to ultimate anah'sis, gave H 12"00 and C 7766 ; while the portion
boiling at from 209° to 211° C. yielded H 1219 and C 7748. This
points to the elementary formula CjoHjg O, isomeric with borneol,
which, in 100 parts contains H 1168 and C 7792. The portion
boiling at from 204° to 206° C. corresponds better, in its results,
with this formula, while the higher boiling fractions probably
contain compounds less carburetted, and inversely.

The vapour density was determined by Meyer's method, of the
portion boiling at from 204° to 206° C, and conformed to the for-
mula Cjo Hjg 0, but the substance decomposed at the temperature
at which the vapour density was taken.

The Actio7i of Sodium upon ihe Eloiopten (Diosm elceopten) resulted
in the formation of a brownish decomposition product. The
addition of sodium was continued until decomposition ceased, and

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 173

water was then added. The brown semi-solid decomposition pro-
duct was separated from the liquid by filtration through wetted
paper. The filtrate was agitated with ether, then treated with
more sodium, and acidulated with hydrochloric acid, which separ-
ated an oil having a thymol-like odour. It was extracted with
ether, and the solvent evaporated spontaneously ; the residual oil
distilled at from 225° to 238° C, and on fractioning the greater
part boiled at from 230° to 232° C. This portion constitutes a
light yellowish liquid, very dense, of the odour and taste of thymol,
and the aqueous solution of which (it is slightly soluble in watei")
does not become coloured on the addition of ferric salts. A com-
bustion of this substance gave H 962 and C 77'54, which points to
the formula Cg H^o 0, having in 100 parts H 9 67 and C 77-42.
The determination of the vapour density by Meyer's process led
to the same formula.

The composition of this liquid, which has phenol-like qualities,
would seem to indicate that it is a homologue inferior to ordinary
camphor, and, until its true chemical character is better under-
stood, it is proposed to name it dioscamphor.

Examination of Stearopten (Diosphenol of Fliickiger). — The
crude stearopten, as previou.sly obtained, was depurated from
adhering brown oil by compression between dry papei-, and then
crystallized repeatedly by dis.solving in the smallest possible
quantity of alcohol, then lightly heating, adding water, slowly,
until a slight turbidity ensued, and cooling, when long, white,
needle-shaped crystals are formed, having a camphoraceous odour.
Heated at 82° C. they sublime, partially, and commence to boil
at 220° C, when decomposition ensues. The diostearopten is
slightly soluble in water, very soluble in alcohol or ether, and m
neutral solution has a mint-like, camphoraceous odour. The alco-
holic solution treated Avith ferric chloride was tinged an apple-
green, and then, on addition of more of the reagent, deepened into
a bottle-green colour. The hydrates of potassium and sodium
dissolve it well, and from their solutions hydrochloric acid pre-
cipitates it in minute crystals. Carbonate of ammonium does not
dissolve it. It acts, then, like a compound of phenol origin.

The analyses made give different results from those obtained by
Fliickiger, viz. : —

Obtained. Theoiy.

H 9-79 9-85 . . 924 9-52

C 71-6.5 71-44 . . 76-58 7144

174 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Apparently, then, the buchu camphoi* is much more simple in
its chemical structure than the results of Fliickiger would seem to
indicate ; it appears to be nothing more than an oxjcamphor,
Cjo Hjg Oo. This product is perfectly identical in all the character-
istics published concerning the diosphenol of Fliickiger.

The determination of the vapour density does not tend to
establish the formula, Cjo Hjg Oo, as the substance was decomposed
during evaporation.

Historical Researches on Lobelia Inflata. J. U. and C. G.
Lloyd. (Druggvits' Circular, January, 1887.) The authors'
conclusions are embodied in the following summary: —

1. Lobelia injlata Avas not used by the Indians as a medicine.

2. It was employed in domestic practice and by botanists in
New England before Samuel Thomson's day.

3. Samuel Thomson introduced Lobelia inflata to the public, and
there is no evidence to show that he did not discover its emetic
properties independently of all other persons.

4. The assertion that Cutler and Drury discovered the medicinal
uses of Lobelia inflata, and introduced the plant, is not supported
by evidence,

Lobelia Inflata. J. U. and C. G. Lloyd. (Pharm. Bundschau,
Februarj', 1887, 32. From Pharm. Journ.) The authors confirm
the statement of v. Rosen as to the presence of two alkaloids in
lobelia seed (abstract, Year-Boak of Pharmacy, 1886, 179), but they
describe them somewhat differently. One of these alkaloids, for
which they appropriate the name " lobeline," was obtained as a
colourless and odourless amorphous substance, non-hygroscopic,
and apparently not affected by air ; slightly soluble in Avater, and
readily soluble in alcohol, chloi-oform, ether, benzol, and cai-bon
bisulphide. Lobeline salts, which, like the base, have hitherto
resisted crystallization, are readily soluble in water, alcohol, and
ether. They are described as being most powerful emetics, one
drop of a tolerably strong solution being sufficient to produce
immediate emesis without disagreeable after-symptoms. L^pon
trituration, the dust is powerfully irritant to the nose and air-
passages, more so probably than veratrine. The other alkaloid,
which the aiithors name " inflatine," has been obtained in large
colourless, odourless, and tasteless crystals, insoluble in water
or glycerin, but soluble in carbon bisulphide, benzol, chloroform
ether, and alcohol. Therapeutically inflatine has no apparent
importance. In spite of the statements of previous workers, no
volatile or li((uid base was met with by the authors in lobelia

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 175

seeds, and it would seem probable that the supposed liquid
alkaloid previously observed was a mixture of lobeline, inflatine,
and oil. All parts of the fresh plant contain an essential oil
having a strong smell and little taste, and the seeds contain nearly
30 per cent, of their weight of a fat oil.

Jaborandi as a Galactagogne. M. C heron. (Pharm. Joum.,
3rd series, xvii. 608.) Some careful experiments made by the
author have proved that the galactagogae properties ascribed to
jaborandi are well founded, and that in order to produce this
action the drug must be given in smaller doses than are necessary
to cause salivation and diaphoresis. The dose used with success
was 5 centigi'ams of nitrate of pilocarpine, injected subcutaneously
as soon as the milk became scanty, and i-epeated eveiy day. From
three to twelve injections proved successful, according to the time
that the scantiness of secretion had lasted. No ill effects, either
to the nurse or to the child, followed its use.

Piper Betle. (Pharvi. Joum., 3rd series, xvii. 268.) According to
Handelsherichte a supply of the leaves of the Piper Betle, which are
used in India for chewing with areca nut, has recently been im-
ported for the first time into Germany. An essential oil, obtained
from the leaves by distillation, at Samarang, by Schmitz, has been
credited by him with having given good results in the treatment
of catarrhal disorders and as an antiseptic, and the claim has been
confirmed in the experience of Dr. Kleinstiick. The oil, which
seems to be of an aldehyd nature, is said to oxidize with extreme
rapidity, losing at the same time its characteristic ethereal odour
and therapeutic properties. Great care will therefore be required
in the transit of the leaves, if the oil is to be distilled in Europe.

Cassia Alata. M. Conillebault. (Ame): Joum. Pharm. jMslj,
1887.) The leaves are recommended by the author (These, Paris,
1886) for giving prompt relief in ringworm ; they are moistened
with water, and the affected parts are then rubbed ; or an acetic
extract of the leaves m.ay be used.

In India the plant is regarded as a cure for poisonous bites and
for venereal eruptions, and the leaves have long been used for
curing ringworm. Lindley describes the leaves as being 2 feet
long, abruptly pinnate. Leaflets opposite, from 8 to 14 pairs, the
exterior largest, linear-oblong, obtuse or emarginate, with a point,
smooth, entire, veined ; 3 to 6 inches long, 2 to 2| inches broad ;
the lower pair somewhat distant, nearly round and reflexed back on
the stem or branches. Petioles channelled, the channels large and
formed by two thin, firm, yellow borders. There is a cross-bar

176 YEAR-BOOK OF PnARMACY.

between each pair of leaflets, covered with small dark-coloured
bristles, and tliere is no other gland. Stipules auriculate, rigid,
pointed, persistent, appearing like prickles.

The plant is shrubby, like Cassia Sophora, the leaves of which
are similai-ly employed. Cassia Tora, an annual of Southern Asia,
is reputed to have similar antiherpetic properties ; likewise Cassia
occidentalis, Avliich is common throughout the tropics, has been
naturalized in the Southern United States as far north as Vir-
ginia, and is known in some localities as styptic weed.

Ilex Opaca. W. A. Smith. (Aiyier. Jonrn. Pharm., May, 1887.)
On treating the leaves with benzin, the author obtained 1"2 per cent,
extract, of which "088 Avas volatile and had an acrid mustard-
like odour; the remainder consisted of fat and 'lo'i wax. Ether
extracted 45 per cent., '5 of which was soluble in water, the
i-emainder being I'esin soluble in alcohol ; the aqueous solution had
a bitter taste, and from its behaviour to Fehling's solution appears
to contain a glucoside. Tannin and chlorophyll were found in the
alcoholic tincture. The leaves yielded 4*5 per cent, of ash.

Some Constituents of Yerba Santa. R. Rot her. (Amer. Jonrn.
Pharm., May, 1887.) A syrup pi-epared from Eriodictyon leaves
is extensively used for the administration of quinine in a palatable
form. In order to disguise the bitterness of quinine Avhen given
in a fluid state, it has been variously exhibited in the condition of
insoluble salts. The objection to this mode of procedure is that
these quinine compounds remain partially insoluble, and hence
inoperative, and that some of these combinations, notwithstanding
their insolubility, are by no means destitute of the nauseous bitter
taste.

The important advantage possessed by Yerha Santa consists not
only in the pei-fect masking of the bitterness of quinine, but also
in its administration in a readily assimilable state.

A certain resinous component of Eriodictyon leaves is charac-
terised by the property of forming, in contact with some bases,
very soluble combinations. These, when treated with quinine
salts, generate by double decomposition an ordinarily insoluble
quinine-resin .salt. This compound is promptly decomposed by
the stronger acids, and is peculiarly soluble in ammonia.

When coarsely ground Eriodictyon leaves are percolated with
water, a moderately dai'k brown coloured and somewhat bitter
pei*colate is obtained. On evaporating this to a syrupy consistence,
and treating this residue with alcohol, a light brown liquor and
dark brown pasty residue results. The alcoholic solution has

MATERIA MEDKA AND PHARMACY. 177

acquired all of the peculiar bitterness of the percolate, whilst
the pasty mass is practically tasteless. On treating this residue,
or the original one resulting from the percolate, with potassium
carbonate, an ammoniacal odour becomes quite pronounced. The
addition of an acid to the dai-k brown mass, separated by alcohol,
yields a profuse precipitate which is wholly but slowly dissolved
to a dark brown solution by a large volume of water.

When the residuary leaves in the percolator are treated with
water rendered strongly alkaline with ammonia, the first portion
of the new percolate is very turbid, but becomes clear as the free
ammonia descends into the precipitate. A considerable proportion
of alkaline menstruum is needed to extract the colour-giving sub-
stance wholly. Evaporation of the percolate to a syrupy residue,
and treatment of this with alcohol, yields a brown-red, bitter
solution, and a copious dark brown precipitate. The solution and
precipitate are in all respects identical with those obtained in
the first percolation. The alcoholic solution contains the quinine
precipitant in union with ammonia as an acid salt. The
addition of water causes a dense milkiness, and acidulation with
a strong acid precipitates the acid resin in curdy flakes. Excess
of ammonia added to the alcoholic solution causes no precipitate,
but the colour is very perceptibly deepened. On exposure of
this mixture the excess of ammonia and much of the alcohol
is dissipated, whilst a red-brown tarry acid ammonium salt de-
posits.

The precipitate given by alcohol appears to be an acid ammonium
salt of the tasteless and non-quinine pi-ecipitating acid component
of the leaves. When treated with water an inconsiderable pro-
portion dissolves, leaving a large residue. Addition of ammonium
or potassium carbonate and much water dissolves this wholly to
a deep red-brown solution. The tinctorial power of this body is
its most remarkable property. In its natural condition it is very
probably in great part an acid anhydride, which is dissolved by
aqueous solutions of alkalies and their carbonates. Under the.se
circumstances no perceptible effervescence occurs when carbonates
are employed. With the use of monocarbonates the solution
contains bicarbonate, showing that the reaction is similar to that
resulting in similar cases with analogous matter from other plants.
On adding ferric chloride to such a solution, no precipitate at first
appears. The continued addition of it however causes an abundant
brown-black precipitate, soluble to a great extent in an excess of
the reagent. It is also partially soluble in ammonia with a deep

178 YEAU-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

led-brown colour. The addition of ammonia to a mixture contain-
ing excess of ferric chloride gives a precipitate utterly insoluble in
ammonia. These results show that the various proportions of the
tinctorial body appended to basic radicles determine the degree
of solubility and insolubility of the compound. As ali-eady stated
strong acids occasion a precipitate when added to alkaline solutions
of this substance. Boiling of the mixture with dilute sulphuric
acid appears to generate a new insoluble substance, readily soluble
in alcohol and in ammonia, with intense red-bi"0wn colour. The
solutions are charactei-istically tasteless.

The tarry acid ammonium salt of the quinine precipitant is
i-eadily and perfectly soluble in a sufficiency of alcohol. It is also
readily and completely soluble in excess of ammonia. When
treated Avitli ether, a portion of the acid component is dissolved.
A correspondingly less acid salt, however, remains undissolved.
The action of chloroform is precisely similar in tbis respect.
The acid resin thus separated is freely soluble in these menstrua.
It remains as a green-yellow transparent mass after the spontaneous
volatilization of the respective solvents. It reacts with monad
monocarbonates, converting them into bicarbonates. It is readily
soluble in bicarbonates, evolving no carbonic anhydi"ide except on
heating. When the solution obtained with sodium bicarbonate,
for instance, is evaporated, a portion of the resin separates and
is readily taken up by ether or chloroform. Alcohol, however, dis-
solves an acid sodium salt of the resin;

Treatment of Eriodictyon leaves with alcohol, dilute or strong,
wholly removes the quinine precipitant. But this method of
isolating it is neither economical nor practical.

A fluid extract of Yerha Santa thoroughly miscible with simple
syrup is a desideratum. The author has heretofore employed
ammonia as a part menstruum in j)reparing syi-up of Yerha Santa.
In order to secure a complete extraction an excess of ammonia is
essential. It is difficult, however, to adjust a proper propoition,
and hence the ammonia may preponderate in the finished syrup.
The author would suggest a fluid exti"act of Yerha Santa for pre-
paring the syrup to be used in the proportion of one fluid ounce
for one pint of the syrup. This fluid extract is merely an alcoholic
solution of normal potassium eriodictyonate uncontaminated by
the dark coloured non-quinine precipitant. The following is the
process recommended : —

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 179

Yerba Santa leaves, coarsely ground . 16 troy ounces.

Potassium Carbonate . . . . 3 ,,

Ammonia Water,

Alcohol,

Water . . of each sufficient to make one pint.

Mix the ammonia water and water in the proportion of one measui-o
of the first and seven measures of the second. Mix the Yerha
Santa with 8 fluid ounces of this mixture, and pack it firmly into
a cylindrical glass percolator. After due maceration pour on the
menstruum until 3 pints of percolate has slowly passed. To this
add the potassium carbonate, and evaporate it until a pasty residue
is left. Stir this well with 8 fluid ounces of alcohol, gradually
added ; let the pasty precipitate subside, and decant the supernatant
liquor. To the residue gradually add 8 fluid oiinces of alcohol, as
before ; pour this mixture upon a strainer, and foi'ce the liquid out.
Should this second extraction measure more than is needed to
complete the intended volume of fluid extract, dissipate the excess
of alcohol by appropriate means ; unite the residue with the first
exti'action, set the mixture aside for twenty -four hours, and decant
the clear fluid extract from the scanty crystalline deposit mean-
while formed.

Kalmia Angustifolia. T. I. Deibert. (Amer. Jouni. Pharm.,
September, 1886.) This small shrub is known as dwai-f-laurel or
lambkill, and is reputed to be poisonous to sheep. The author
collected several pounds of the leaves which, on drying by exposure
to the air, lost 64 per cent, in weight ; the loss of air-dried leaves
at an elevated temperature was 10 per cent. They were coarsely
powdered, boiled with water, the decoction precipitated with basic
lead acetate, the filtrate treated with H, S, again filtered and
evaporated; the soft extract was treated with alcohol, and t!ic
filtrate on evaporation yielded an cxti-act-like mass in whicli
minute crystals could be seen with a magnifying glass, and which,
dissolved in water, yielded with ammonia and phosphomolylidic
acid a beautiful blue colour. The mass probably contained
arbutin.

Exhausted with benzin, the leaves yielded a soft, sticky extract,
containing wax, resin, and fixed oil ; it did not give a blue colour
with ammonia and phosphomolybdic acid.. The leaves, previously-
treated with benzin, gave an alcoholic tincture containing a con-
siderable amount of tannin, and subsequently yielded an infusion
in which gummy matters were present. The air-dried leaves
yielded 3| per cent, of ash.

180 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

PlantagO Major. D. Rosenbanm. (Amer. Joiirn. Pharm.,
September, 1886.) Petroleum benzin extracted 4 per cent, of wax
and chlorophyll, the extract fusing at 83° C. Ether dissolved 4*4
per cent, of resin and chloi-ophjdl. The alcoholic extract weighed
10 per cent., 6 per cent, being sokxble in water, this portion contained
a large amount of sugar ; the remaining 4 parts were dissolved
bj ammonia. The soluble matter taken up by water weighed 1 8
per cent., 7'2 of which was insoluble in 66 per cent, alcohol. Soda
solution dissolved 6 per cent., and diluted acid 10 per cent., the
hitter containing a notable quantity of calcium oxalate. The
bleached lignin weighed 35'5 per cent. The powdered leaves con-
tained 8 per cent, of moisture and yielded 12'85 per cent, of ash,
2-85 of which was soluble in water and 9'50 soluble in hydi-ochloric
acid. Tannin, saponin, alkaloid, etc., were not found.

Damian!?. F. W. Pantzer. (Amer. Journ. Pharm., February,
1887.) The leaves of Turnera aj^hrodisiaca, Ward, have been sub-
jected to a chemical analysis by the author. The air-dried leaves
lost in a drying chamber 11 per cent, of moisture and volatile oil,
and yielded 9"68 per cent, of ash. Petroleum benzin extracted 7
pel- cent, of volatile oil, fat, Avax, and resinous matter. Alcohol of
80 per cent, yielded 20 per cent, of dark green extract, containing
tannin, two tasteless resins, and extractive. Water dissolved
10 per cent, of mucilaginous and extractive principles, and by
distillation with water, \ per cent, of an amber-coloured volatile
oil was obtained, having an aromatic odour and a warm, cam-
phoi'aceous, and bitter taste. Alkaloids and glucosides were not
observed.

Orthosiphon Staminens, s. Ocynmm Grandiflonini. Dr. van
Itallie. (Pharm. ZeilMinj, 1886, o76.) Tliis plant is indigenous
to India, Java, and the Nicobar and Philippine Islands. The pale
green leaves have purplish petioles and veins, and on both sides
of the blade prominent oil-glands. The author obtained from the
(liied leaves a small quantity of volatile oil and of a crystalline
glucoside. This orthnsipho)iin has a bitter and afterward sweet
taste, is freely soluble in absolute alcohol, less soluble in weak
alroliol and in clilni'ordnn. almost insoluble in absolute ether, and
is precipitated l)y plumbic snbacetate, but not by the acetate or
by tiinnin. It does not contain nitrogen.

Eupatorium Ayapana, and other Species. J. M. Maisch.
(Amvr. Junru. Pharm., ^larch, 1887.)

Eupatoriuin ayapana is at preseiit met with in European com-
merce (Pharm. Zeiischrift. fUr Jiussland, 1886, 707). The drug

MATERIA MEDICA AND THAUMACY. 131

consists of dried, leaves, about 8 cm. long aud 15 mm. (^ inch)
broad; brown, smooth, oblong-lanceolate, the margin somewhat
revolute. Two prominent latei'al veins branch oS from the midrib
near the base, and extend parallel with the margin to the apex.
The odour is slight coumarin-like, and the taste mildly astringent
and aromatic. The leaves are recommended against indigestion,
pectoral complaints, and in cholera, and were used for similar
purposes in Europe in the early part of the present century.

The shrub is indigenous to Brazil, but is now found throughout
tropical America and in India. L'Heritier and ]\lartius reported
also its efficient use in Brazil against snake bites, the leaves being
employed externally and internally.

Eupatorium villosum is indigenous to Jamaica and the Bahamas,
■«-here it is largely used as a tonic ; also as a substitute for hops
in beer. Eup. aviarissimum is mentioned as being employed in a
similar way; the Mexican Pharmacopoeia mentions Eup. coUitium.

Note on Catha Edulis. B. H. Paul. {Pharm. Jouru., 3rd series,
xvii. 1009.) The author's attempts to detect caffeine in the leaves
of this plant prov^ed unsuccessful. The leaves contain a form of
tannic acid analogous to that met with in tea, coffee, mate, and
coca leaves. The author is inclined to attribute the stimulating
effect produced by the leaves when chewed to ethereal oil or some
other aromatic and volatile constituent; but to determine this
point a larger supply of the leaves would be required.

Application of the Microscope in the Examination of Mate and
Tea. E. Collin. {Pharm. Jourii., 3rd series, xvii. 1(33; from
Jouni. de Pharmacie d'Anvers.) This paper describes the means of
detecting by the microscope the adulteration of tea and mate, and
also points out the features by which coca leaves may be recog-
nised under the microscope. The most frequent adulterants of
tea leaves, according to the author, are the leaves of Epilohium
angustifoUum^ Fraxluus excelsior^ Sambucus nigra, Laurus nohilis^
Primus spiuosa, Salix alha, and Populus nigra, none of which, how-
ever, present the numerous sclei-enchymatous phytocysts which
are present in the tea leaf. The leaves of mate are said to be
often adulterated with those of Myrcia acrii, which are easily
I'ecognised by the preseuce of pellucid oil-clots in the leaves.

Note on a Spurious Chiretta. W. Elbome. (Pharm. Joarn.,
3rd series, xviL 903.) A portion of the false chiretta examined
by the author proved identical with that described by Prof.
Bentley (Ophelia angustlfolia) ; the remainder, however, presented
a marked difference, inasmuch as it contained a well-developed

182 YEAR-BOOK OF i'HARllAC'i'.

pith, similar to tlie official variety, although from its want of
bitterness it was evidently spuinous. The British Museum autho-
rities have refei'i-ed it to Ophelia alata.

Mutisia Viciaefolia. L. Naudin. (Journ. d^ Hygiene, 1886.)
This plant is stated by the author, on the authority of Dr. Sace, of
Cochabaraba, Bolivia, to enjoy the reputation of curing phthisis
and pulmonary diseases in general. The plant is indigenous to
the western part of South America, fi'om Chili to Peru, and
belongs to the lahiatijloral Compositce, which are confined chiefly
to South America, and the leaves of which are usually mucilagi-
nous, somewhat bitter, and occasionally more or less aromatic. \
number of species are locally used as expectoi-ants.

Leucantliemum Vulgare. J. S. Howe. (Boston Med. and Siirg.
Jonrn , March lU, 1887, 227. From Fharm. Journ.') Attention is
directed by the author to the poisonous effects of the common
moon daisy (LeucanthemuDi vulgare) upon certain individuals,
chiefly those who suffer similai'ly from the poison of Bhtis
Toxicodendron. The symptoms produced are those included
in the description of dermatitis venenata, and consist in the
troublesome heat and itching and the formation of vesicles, fol-
lowed by desquamation of the cuticle. It is curious that this
action does not appear to have been noticed in this country, where
the plant is so common, although Antheinis Cokda is known to
cause! soniewliat similar symptoms.

Therapeutic Properties of Pulsatilla. G. Sinith. (Phai-m.
Journ., 3i"d series, xvii. GOG.) Pulsatilla is highly recommended
by the author as a valuable remedy in acute oi'chitis and epidi-
dymitis, the relief given in .such cases being so rapid that it is
unnecessary to employ moi'j)hine to subdue the j^ain, the heat and
swelling subsiding* more ra])idly than under any other drng.

Acacia Fistula. Di. Sch weinf mt h. (Fliarm. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii. 411.) Accoidiiig to tlie author the Acacia Jistula,
whicli grows in dense groves in Nubia, is known among the natives
as the " whistling tree." It owes its name to the fact that a gall
in.sect selects iov the site of its operations the ivory-white shoots,
which the developnuMit of the larva distorts and causes to swell
at the base into a bladder-like gall, about one inch in diameter.
The insect upon emerging leaves a circular hole, and the wind
plaviiig u[)i)n tlie shoot is said then to produce a t1ute-Iike sound.

The Structure and Functions of Lathraea Squamaria. G.
Massee. (PJiarm. Jonrn.. 3rd series, xvii. 2G8.) The author
considers this plant to be a snpropliytc rather than a parasite,

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 183

especially when old, since the discs upon which its parasitism
depends are frequently very rare, their presence or absence de-
pending upon the position in which the plant finds itself. A
liquid of an acid character appears to he secreted by the stipulate
glands of the scale-like leaves, and is found in the curious inter-
cellular spaces of the leaves. By this or some other secretion, the
roots of other plants with which the scales of the Latlircea come
into contact are softened to a pulp, and evidently utilized as food
by the plant. The author attributes the darkening of the plant
during drying to the combination of the tannin present in the
plant with iron, which also exists in the plant in the ferrous state.
That it is due in some degree to oxidation appears evident from
the fact that if immersed in sulphiii'ous acid the plant retains its
white appearance. According to the author, if immersed in con-
centrated solution of ammonia, it changes to a bright yellow.

Composition of Bokhara Clover (Melilottis leucantha.) J. M.
H. Munro. (Ke/(Z, 1886.) The plants from which the samples
were cut were about five feet high and in full flower ; the
flowering branches and the upper portions of the leafy branches
were selected for analysis : —

Fresh Plant.

Dry Matter.

Water. ....

79-i8

— -

Ash .....

i-oa

.7-96

Light Petroleum Extract

(Essential Oil, Fatty Oil,

and altered Chlorophyll).

0-43

^•07

Ether Extract (Chlorophyll

and Resin)

0-35

.1-70

Absolute Alcohol Extract .

2-8'2

13-55

True Albuminoids

2-85

13-G7

Digestible Cellulose .

5-53

20-58

Liguiu and Incrustiug sub-

stances ....

0-22 ■) Mucle
5-28 i 5-

, fibre, 1-07 \

Indigestible Cellulose.

50 25-35 >

Sugar, Dextrin, and other

soluble Carbohydrates ;

Amides, Nitrates, and

other non-albumiuoid ni-

trogenous substances

1-68

8-05

100-00

Total Nitrogen .

0-50

2-71

Albuminoid Nitrogen

0-i5

2*19

Non-albuminoid Nitrogen .

Oil

0-62

crude fibre,
2()-4-2

181-

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Tlie three extracts mentioned in tlie analysis were prepared
hy using the solvents in succession ; the light petroleum extract
deposited crv.stals, probably of coumai-in.

Thuja Occideutalis. M. Houde. (Repertoire de Fharm.,
August, 1886, 374.) Attention is called to the properties of
Thuja occidentalis, which has long been used by homa?opaths in
the treatment of syphilitic growths and warts. The author states
that it is now given in France Avith equal success by allopaths, in
doses of thirty drops of the fluid extract, night and morning.

Composition of Goat's Rue (Galega officinalis). J. M. H.
Mnnro. (Field, 1886.) This leguiuinous plant has been recently
i-ecommonded as a forage crop. A sample, cut in full flowei", was
analysed with the following result :—

7-09

210

Dry Matter,
Water ....... —

Ash iusoluble iu water ....

,, containing sand . . . 0-48

„ ,, Calcium Carbonate. 4'97

„ „ „ Pliosphate 0-86

Ash soluble in water ....

„ containing Potash (KoO) . . 0-70
Light Petroleum Extract (Oil and altered

Chlorophyll)

Ether Extract {Resin and Chlorophyll) .
Absolute Alcohol Extract
True Albuminoids .....
Digestible Fibre . . , • .
Liguin and incrusting substances .
Indigestible Cellulose ....
Starch, Mucilage, Dextrin, Sugar, Vege-
table Acids, Gum, non-albuminoid
nitrogenous substances, etc. . . 32-05

Fresh
72'

Plant.
48

9- 19

1-95

0-58

^2•53

20'2

0-56

3-43

0-94

10-94

3-01

11-94

3-28

12-78

3-52

3-761 crude fibre,
13-89J 17-65

103

3-82

4-85

Total Nitrogen .
Albuminoid Nitrogen

Non-albumiuoid Nitrogen

10000

2-42
1-91

0-51

8-82

100 00

0-666
0-626

0-140

Treated with various solvents in succession, the dried rue
yielded the following percentages of extracts : light petroleum,
202; ether, 3'-i3 ; absolute alcohol, 10"94 ; water, 21'56 ; sodium
hydrate, of 01 per cent., followed by h3-di'Ochloric acid of 1 per
cent., 30"43, undissolved, including digestible cellulose and woody
fibre, 31-62 : 10000.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 185

Piscidia Erychrina. Y. S. Halsey. (Therapeutic Gazette,
August, 1886, 442.) Tlie author describes several cases in which
he has used this drug with success. He remarks : "I have found
it to be an excellent hypnotic and anodyne, and no one case in
which 1 employed it has it failed to relieve pain and induce
sleep. One great advantage connected with it is that patients
after taking it awake with none of the unpleasant after-effects
which opium induces."

Vitis Vinifera. A. Hilger and L. Gross. {Landw. Vers. Stat.,
18S6, 170-196. From Amer. Jourii. Pharm.) The authors have
examined the organic constituents of different parts of the grape
vine. The sap exuding fi"om cut vines contains sugar, iuosit,
a mucilaginous body, succinic acid, tartrates, and citrates. The
young shoots and leaves contain potassium bitartrate, ^Iciuni
tartrate, tartaric and malic acids, quercetin, tannin, starch, gum,
glucose, saccharose, inosit, oxalic and glycolic acids, an ether-
soluble substance, ammonium salts, and calcium sulphate and
phosphate ; in autumn malic acid and inosit are absent. The
tendi'ils contain, besides much pectin compound, sugar, potassium
bitartrate and calcium oxalate. The fruit contains tartaric and
malic acid, free and combined with potassium and calcium, tannic,
succinic, glyoxylic, and glycolic acids, inosit, dextrose, levulo.se,
albuminoids, and traces of quercitrin and quercetin.

Parthenium Hysterophorns. (Ainer. Journ. Pharm., September,
1886.) This tall annual, which grows as a weed in the West
Indian Islands, the Bahamas, and southward to Northern Patagonia,
has recently attracted attention as a febrifuge. Dr. J. R. Tovar,
of Havana, reported the successful treatment of neuralgia and of
intermittent fever with an alkaloid, parthenine, given in doses of
O'l gm. Dr. Ulrici {Deutsch Med. Wochenschr.) .states that the plant
is known in Cuba as escoba amarga or confitilla, and contains un-
cvj&tst\\izBh\e parthenic acid, the crystallizable alkaloid _pari/iewi«e,
and four other alkaloids ; parthenine is the active principle. Dr.
Guyet {Gaz. Med.) states that parthenine is a complex substance,
amorphous, in black shining scales, freely soluble in water, and is
efficacious against neuralgia, but useless as an antipyretic.

The plant belongs to the order Compositce. The stem is two to
four feet high, stiff-hairy, furrowed and branched ; the leaves
are alternate, bipinnatifid, with the lobes obtuse, and the petiole
winged ; the upper leaves are pinnatifid or entire ; the flower
heads are in spreading panicles, hemispherical, about ^-inch bi'oad;
the akenes are compressed and have a pappus, consisting of two

18G YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

oblong, blunt scales. The entiro plant is more or loss covered
with short hairs. It is known in Jamaica as tft'ZfZ ivonmvood, white-
head, Duigu'orf, and hroovihnah.

Cannabis Indica. F. Roux. (Jonm. de Pharm. et de Chim.,
Februarj 1, 1887.) The author finds that the active part of
Indian hemp is the resin. The alcoholic extract produces exciting
properties, Avhilst the ethereal extract is inert.

A New Constituent of Indian Hemp. E. Jahns. (Archiv
rhann., 1887, ■i79.) The author reports that he has separated
from Indian hemp a base which he has identified as choline, and
points out that this result corresponds fairly well with the state-
ments of previous workers, except in respect to the crystalliz-
ability of Dr. Hay's alkaloid and its solubility in ether. The
(|uantity of choline obtained by the author from different samples
of Indian hemp vai'icd considerably, but amounted at the most to
one-tenth per cent. ; it was al.so found to be present to a less
extent in commercial " cannabinum tannicum."

Mitchella Repens. E. Breneiser. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
May, 1887.) An analysis of this jilant was made by the author
with the following results : Volatile oil was found to be absent.
Petroleum benzin dissolved 1*180 per cent., consisting of chloro-
phyll and wax, the latter saponifiablo by alcoholic potash solution.
Ether took up 1"400, of which "240 was soluble in water, and
'940 soluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution contained a pi'in-
ciple precipitated by tannin and by picric acid, but neither alka-
loid nor glucoside. The resin taken up by alcohol was soluble
in potash, and this .solution yielded nothing to benzin, benzol, or
chloroform ; the liquid obtained on treating the resin with acidu-
lated water gave pi-ecipitates with tannin and picric acid, but
yielded nothing to benzin, benzol, or chloroform. The alcoholic
extract of the plant amounted to 3"800 per cent., of which 3"440
was solulile in water, and this contained 1630 of gluco.se, estimated
by Fehling's solution. Water now dissolved from the plant
20r)09 per cent., from which alcohol precipitated 5440 of muci-
laginous matter and "536 of inorganic compounds ; the further
addition of alcohol preciiTitated 3"679 per cent, of dextrin and
allied carbohydrates; (rOOO per cent of glucose was found; also
a saponin-like principle (precipitated by baryta, andfrothing in
aqueous solution). Dilute soda solution dissolved 2360 albumen,
1840 other organic matter, and '120 inorganic matter; total,
4'320 per cent. Dilute hydrochloric acid took up 4'418 organic
and 2"820 inornfanic matter, total. 7'238. Treatment with chlorine

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 187

occasioned a loss of 11'784 per cent. ; the residue now weighed
33"460, and after deducting 11 •240 for moisture in the drug, the
loss not accounted for by the analysis amounts to 4"879 per cent.
The ash of the air-dry plant weighed 5"440 per cent., only •360 of
which v\-as soluble in water ; the ash consisted of carbonates,
chlorides, sulphates, and phosphates of sodium, potassium,
calcium, magnesium, and iron.

Eupatorium Perfoliatiim. O. F. Dana. {Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
^lay, 1887.) The percentages of extract obtained from this plant
by the successive treatment with different solvents has been
ascertained by the autlior. The results are as follows : moisture,
lO'oO ; extract by petroleum benzin 3"80, by ether 4"60, by alcohol
33^80, by water 24-80, by alkali 5-80, cellulin 11-70 ; loss by treat-
ment with clilorine, etc., 5'00. The ash amounted to 8'3 per cent.
Crystals were observed in the benzin extract, and were prepared
in larger quantity, by exhausting the plant witli alcohol, treating
this extract with ether and the ethereal exti'act with benzin.

The editor of the above paper adds that these crystals were
isolated in the same manner by G. Latin (abstract, Year-Book of
Pharmacy, 1881, 145), who succeeded in obtaining them in a pure
state, and showed them to be wax or possibly resin. The bitter
|)rinciple has been obtained by Latin in a pixre or nearly pure
condition, and found to be a glucoside ; )ie states it to be soluble
iu ether, while according to- Parsons {Amer. Jonrn. Pharm., 1879,
342), it is insoluble in the menstruum named.

Euphorbia Driimmondi, J. Reid. {Austral. Med. Gaz., Oct.,
18S(J. From Amer. Journ. Pharm.) Eicphorhia Driimviondi, a
native of West Australia, is stated to possess valuable anassthetic
properties, and to contain an alkaloid which the author called
drumine. A tincture is pi'epared of the plant or milk juice with
alcohol containing hydrochloric acid, then concentrated by distilla-
tion, precipitated by ammonia, and filtered ; the residue is dissolved
in dilute hydrochloric acid, decolorized by animal charcoal, and
evaporated, when boat-.shaped, colourless crystals are obtained.
The alkaloid is stated to be almost insoluble in ether, but freely
soluble in chloroform; also in water. A four per cent, solution
of the alkaloid dropped into the eye produced local insensibility
without appreciably dilating the pupil. A subcutaneous injection
of three grains showed no effect in a cat beyond local anfesthesia;
but a larger dose by the moutli caused paralysis of the limbs and
difficult breathing, and strychnine failed to produce muscular
contraction. Applied to the tongue or nosti'ils, loss of taste was

188 YEAR-BOOK OF rHAKilACY.

observed, but small dosL;s swallowed were not followed by any
perceptible constitutional symptoms. The author recommends
the alkaloid more particularly in small operations, sprains, and
local ii-ritation.

J. M. Maisch adds to this paper that recent experiments made
by I)i-. A. Ogston (Brit. Med. Journ., Feb. 26, 1887) demonstrate
that di'umine has little -if any effect as an anaesthetic. Instilled
into the conjunctiva it produced no antcsthesia and had no
perceptible effect on the pupil. Used hypodermically on four
persons in doses of four and six minims of a four per cent, solution,
a sharp and aching pain, followed by swelling and tenderness of
the spot, was produced, but no anaesthesia. The material employed
was received directly from the author.

Euphorbia Helioscopia. Dr. Baudry. (Bull. Med. du Nord.
From Amer. Journ. Bharm.) A case of severe ulceration is reported
by the author resulting from the application of a poultice of the
bruised plant. The milk juice is stated to be employed by peasants
as a cure for warts.

This annual, which belongs to the group of Tithymalus, is
indigenous to Europe and naturalized in some parts of the United
States, in fields and waste places, and is characterized by its
terminal umbel-like inflorescence, its obovate, finely serrated, and
more or less wedge-shaped leaves, and its smooth, almost three-
lobed fruit, containing coarsely reticulated, brownish seeds. With
some botanically allied species it was formerly employed as a
hydragogue cathartic, and is rcgai'ded as being less acrid than many
other s))ecies of the same genus.

Euphorbia Peplis. Dr. Afonsky. (Bussk. Meditz.,1886. From
Amer. Journ. Bharm.) This ])lant is said to be used as a domestic
remedy in hydrophobia, and has been used successfully by the
author as a preventive, the drug being given in the form of powder
after cauterizing the wound with hydrochloric acid, and using also
pilocarpine hypodermically.

Equisetum Hyemale. F. J. Young. (Amer. Journ. Bharm.,
September, 188(,).) This plant is employed as a remedy in dropsical
affections. The author has known it to be prescribed in infusion
together Avith digitalis and potassium acetate ; but from the
results of his analysis he comes to the conclusion that the effects
of the medicine would have been the same if the equisetum had
been omitted. The air-dry drug yielded 182 per cent, of ash,
consisting mostly of silica. Petroleum beuziu exhausted from
the powder T4 per cent, of a broAvnish-green, semi-liquid fixed oil,

MATERIA MEDIC A AND PHARMACY. 189

which was readily saponifieJ, and was soluble in ether, chloroform,
and carbon bisulphide. Ether now took up 5'33 per cent, of a
green, semi-solid resin, soluble in chloroform, benzol, and absolute
alcohol, and imparting to Avater, or acidulated water, a greenish
colour, but no decided taste. Alcohol dissolved from the residuary
powder 1'60 per cent, of resinous extract, free from tannin,
alkaloid, and glucoside. The powder gave to water 4'84 per cent,
of extract, of which 2'25 per cent, was shown to be sugar bj
Fehling's solution, and 0-60 per cent, of mucilaginous matter was
left undissolved by alcohol of 66 per cent.

Anacharis Canadensis. M. Brandes. (Med. News, Aug. 28,
1886.) The cultivation of this plant is stated by the author to
have caused the disappearance of malaria and diarrhoea in a
marshy district where these diseases formerly appeared yearly in
a sporadic or epidemic form.

Polygonum Hydropiper. C. J. Rademaker. (Avier. Jonni.
Phann., August, 1886.) A further contradiction is given by the
author to the statement by H. Trimble and H. J. Schuchard, that
the principle isolated by him from Polygonum hydropiper, and
described by him under the name of polygonic acid, was a mixture
of tannic and gallic acids (see abstract, Year-Book of Pharmacy,
1886, 210).

Anona Muricata. (Chemist and Druggist, August 14, 1886.)
Almost all parts of the plant have a medicinal value. A decoction
of the root is used as an antidote for fish-poisoning, and the bark
serves as an astringent. The leaves are useful in softening
abscesses, and as the seeds in the fruit contain tannin, they are
employed as an astringent, or a wine can be prepared from them
by fermentation, which is said to be beneficial in cases of diarrhoea.
Several kinds of anona, such as polyalthia, scylopia, artobotrys, are
also highly prized as medicines. Most of these plants have a sharp
aromatic odour and taste. The flavour of the fruit resembles that
of oil of turpentine.

Fahiana Irabricata. C. Ochsenius. (Chemist and Druggist,
March 19, 1887. From Archiv der Pharm.) The author gives
particulars concerning the new Chilian drug Fabiana imhricata,
which has recently been introduced into Europe and the United
States. The plant yielding the drug is a woody shrub, flourishing
in the dry mountain regions of the Chilian Republic, especially
in the central and southern provinces. The i)lant belongs to the
tamarisks, and, during the flowering period, has the appearance
of an erica. It does not generally attain over three and a half

190 YEAR-EOOK OF PHARMACY.

feet in lieight ; but in some cases — for instance, in the neiglibour-
hood of Elqui, in Coquimbo^it has been found to grow fourteen
feet high. The wood is much used for manufacturing small
articles, sucli as spoons. In Chili the leaves and twigs of the
shrub have long been employed in distoma hepatic um zedev, a
liver disease to which cattle grazing on moist meadows are greatly
subject. For the same disease the leaves of the Boldoa fragrans,
are frequently administered. These leaves are much esteemed in
Chili as a remedy for syphilis, hydrophobia, etc., and have recently
been recommended by Chilian doctors for affections of the human
liver.

Hydrangea Arborescens. C. S. 13ondurant. (Amer. Jonm.
Fharm., March, 1887.) The following is a summary of the results
of the author's analysis :

Extracted by — Per cent.

Petroleum Spirit : Fixed aud Yol. Oil . . . 2-28

Etber: Glucoside and Kesin ..... l-o7

Absolute Alcohol : Glucoside and two Eesins . . 2"31

Distilled Water : Mucilage, Saponin, and Sugar . 9"52

Dilute Soda : Mucilage and Albuminoids . . 8*37

Dilute Hydrochloric Acid ; Calcium Oxalate . . I'^O

Starch 7-28

Lignin 4'83

Ash 3-41

Cellulose Moisture, etc., undetermined .... 09-03

Total, 100-00

No tannin was found to be present 'in the drug, contrary to
statement made by Mr. Baur.

The author proposes the name lujdrangin for the crystallizable
srlucoside he obtained from both the alcoholic and ethereal extracts.
It somewhat i-escmbles a)sculin, but differs from it by its ready
solubility in ether, its insolubility in strong hydrochloric acid,
and by its not being precipitated by silver nitrate, mercuric
chloride, nor neutral lead acetate. A characteristic reaction for
hydrangin is obtained on dissoKang it in sulphuric acid, and
adding a small crystal of potassium bichromate, when a dark
purple colour is produced, which, after some minutes, fades to
violet ; and on addition of a few drops of water an olive green
is produced, which gradually fades.

New Adulterants of Saffron. Dr. Xiederstadt. (Pharm.
Journ., 3rd series, xvii., G88.) The author reports on a sample of
saffron which he found to be adulterated with tiny splinters of

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 191

sandal wood. If tlie sopliisticated saffron be ix'peatedly washed
with water, and the washings allowed to stand, the minute
splinters of sandal wood that separate out may be identified under
the microscope. His examination of Barcelona and Orleans saf-
fron shows that the latter is considerably superior to the former.
From the best Orleans saffron he obtained only 5 "84 per cent, of
mineral matter and 14 per cent, of water. In three samples of
Barcelona saffron he found moi-e than 14 per cent, of mineral
matter and from 15 to 17 per cent of water. He also found the
saffron adulterated with chloride of sodium and glycerin, probably
added to prevent the saffron losing weight by drying. The
glycerin may be recognised by pressing the saffron on bibulous
paper or by the greasy feel of the saffron when rubbed between
the fingers. Honey, which is also used as an adulterant, is less
easily recognised, since the best safi'ron has been found to con-
tain as much as 13 per cent, of a sugar resembling or identical
with glucose.

Constituents of Stigmata Maydis. C. J. Bade maker and
J. L. Fischer. {Amer. Journ. Pharm., August, 1886.) The
following shows the amount of the most important constituents of
this drug :

Per cent.

Fixed Oil 5-25 Petroleum Spirit Extract.

Kesiu, Crystalline principle and

Chlorophyll .
Resin, Crystalline principle and

Chlorophyll ....
Sugar, Gum and Extractive
Albuminoids, Phlobapheue, etc.
Salts and Extractive

Cellulose

Water

9G-25

Estimation of Santonin in Wormseed. F. A. Fliickiger,
(Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii., 449.) The estimation was con-
ducted as follows :

Five parts of the raw material and one part of milk of lime
were boiled for two hours in a considerable quantity of dilute
alcohol, and the liquid poured off after cooling ; this treatment
was repeated at least twice more, and the alcohol was then
distilled off fi-om the united extracts. The residual liquid was
then saturated in the cold with carbonic acid, filtered off from

. 2-25

Ether Extract.

. 3-25

Alcohol Extract.

, 19-50

Water Extract.

3-50

From Alkaline Solution

, 5 -50

From Acid Solution.

37-00

20-00

102 YEAR-BOOK OF rilARMACY.

the precipitato after standing some houvs, and tlie fdtrate evapo-
rated to dryness. The residue was triturated with animal charcoal
and alcohol of specific gravity 0"935, and the paste rinsed into a
retort, where it was digested with a measured quantity of alcohol.
After boiling, the contents of the retort were thrown on a filter,
washed with hot alcohol, and the alcohol driven off from the
filtrate, from which, after some hours, crystals of santonin
separated.

The results obtained confirm the obseiwation that the drug
attains its greatest richness in satonin in the latter half of July
and in August, immediately before flowering. After flowering
it disappears. It appears also that the santonin only occurs in the
parts above the soil, and not in the compact, sapless roots. It
remains yet to be ascertained whether the small radical leafy
shoots beai'ing no fruit, which the plant produces in addition
to the flowering stems, contain any santonin.

Dalmatian Insect Powder. H. Semler. (Amer. Druggist,
January, 1887.) The Dalmatian insect powder, Chrysanthe'nuivi
cineraricvfoliuni, B. et H , known also by its Dalmatian name
Imhach, has been cultivated for several years past on a large scale
in certain portions of California, the cultivators being Dalmatians
who have settled there.

The best soil for this plant is loam with a large proportion of
sand. This kind of soil is particularly suitable for sowing, but
it should be well mixed with old dung. The seed itself is mixed
with sand and distributed over the soil as uniformlj- as possible,
after which the soil is raked to the depth of about half an inch,
and then gently pi'essed by passing a roller over it. Until the
plants spring up, the beds must be irrigated every evening, unless
it rains. But gi^eat care must be taken not to overdo it, as the
plant is very sensitive, throughout its Avhole life, towards undue
moisture of the soil. After the jjlants have sprung up, they need
not be watered more than twice a week. Weeds must be kept
away until transplantation takes place, which occurs when the
])lant is about six inches high. It is then set oiit precisely like
cabbage, about twenty inches distant from every neighbour, and
afterwards needs no further attention.

Buhacli is a biennial [?] plant, therefore it flowers in the year
subsequent to that of sowing. The flowers must be cut off just
when they are about to open, as they contain the largest amount
of essential oil in this condition. The cut flowers must be care-
fully guarded against dampness, and must be dried in the shade,

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 193

never by exposure to the sun or to artificial heat. After the period
of flowering is over, the plants are cut off four inches over the
ground, reduced to powder, and this powder mixed with that of
the flowers, in a proportion not exceeding 1 pai-t of the foi-mer to
2 parts of the latter. The finer the mixed powder of herb and
flower is, the more effective will it prove to be. If any one wishes
to prepare the powder himself, and does not possess a suitable mill,
he may use a mortar covered with leather. The quantity thus
Avorked in a mortar should, however, not exceed about one pound,
to avoid heating the powder. When the substance appears to be
comminuted, it is transferred to a tine hair-sieve, and the refuse
remaining on it put back in the mortar. It is very difficult to
reduce the stems to powder in this manner, which is not a serious
disadvantage, as the flowers are the most valuable portion of the
plant. Insect powder should be preserved in glass or metallic
vessels, which should be closed air-tight.

Insect powder may be used either in the form of dry powder, by
fumigation, in the form of alcoholic extract, mixed with water,
or in the form of infusion.

Carduus Marianus. G. Foy. (Medical Press, 1887, 492. From
Fharni. Jourii.) The author states that this plant is now being
received with professional favour in France, where the tinctui-e
and alcoholic extract are both being presci-ibed. He remarks that
the extract is a useful adjunct to aloes, since it possesses chola-
gogue properties.

The Pharmacognosy and Chemistiy of Calabar Beans. P. Map
Ewan. (FJiarm. Jouru., 3rd series, xvii. G41.) The author states
that the cylindrical seed noticed by Mr. Holmes among commer-
cial calabar bean in 1879, does not appear to have occurred in the
market since that time. The commercial drug varies in colour
between violet-black and coffee-brown, the former being the fully
ripe seeds, and the latter probably immature. For assaying the
seed it is best ground in a mill. The two varieties were found to
contain 7'2 percent, of moisture; tlie black yielded 3"1, and the
brown seed 3"4 per cent, of ash. Petroleum ether extracted from
the brown 0'2, and from the black 1'068 per cent, of a golden
yellow thick oil, containing crystals of physosterin. Ether now
extracted 0"36 per cent, of a yellow oil of agreeable odour, and
containing a granular substance apparently different fi-om physos-
terin. For estimating the alkaloid, the volumotric process, Avith
Mayer's solution, failed to give reliable results, but the gravimetric
method was more satisfactory. The author recommends the fol-

19 i YKAR-B JOK OF PHARMACY.

lowing process : exhaust the powdered bean, bj digestion and
j)erco]ation, Avith a mixture of alcohol 3 parts and water 1 part,
evaporate the spirit, precipitate Avith lead acetate, remove excess
of lead from the filtrate, render alkaline by ammonium carbonate,
and dissolve the alkaloid with chloroform. The alkaloidal residue
should be of a pale amber colour, and wholly soluble in dilute acid.
Thus obtained, the alkaloid was found to be soluble in ether, and
its iodohjdrargyrate to be quite soluble in alcohol ; for these
reasons the author is inclined to doubt the existence, in calabar
bean, of calabarine, announced by Harnack and Witkowski.

A Contribution to the Pharmacognosy of Strophanthus. AV.
Elborne. (Fliarm. Jotirn., 8rd series, xvii. 743.) The seeds of
strophanthus at present occurring in commerce (supposed to be
yielded by Strophanthus KomhS, the Kombe arrow poison) have
i-ecently been examined and reported upon in a paper constituting
a valuable contribution to the phai-raacognosy of this poisonous
drug, Avhich latter has recently come into extensive use as a valu-
able remedy in afFections of the heart. The plant is a native of
tropical Africa, and belongs to the natural order Apocynaceoi ; it is
a Avoody climber gi-owing in the forest, both of the Aalley and the
hills, and found at A'arious places between the coast and the centre
of the continent above the Victoria Falls and the Zambesi; the
fruits, consisting of follicles from 8 to 10 inches in length, contain
about two hundred greenish brown seeds, to Avhieh latter are
attached plumose, hairy appendages presenting a A'ei'y beautiful
and characteristic appeaiance ; the ripe seeds, freed from the
comose hair, haAC been used by the native tribes from a i-emote
period foi- the preparation of an arroAV poison, the latter being
prepared by bruising the seeds in a mortar and mixing into a
]>aste Avith Avater, Avith Avhich the arrows are smeared and the
})oison allowed to dry on. Game Avounded Avith an arrow thus
])oisoned dies at once, seldom being able to escape more than a
hundred yards ; the flesh, except in the immediate proximity of
the Avound, may be eaten Avithout evil effects.

Tl>e seeds and hairs of strophanthus hispidus Avere examined in
France by E. Hardy and N. Gallois, Avho found in the seeds a
crystalline active ])rinciple, neither of a glucosidal nor alkaloidal
natuie, Avhich they named " strophantine," soluble in Avater and in
alcohol, but insoluble in ether, chloroform, and benzol : and in the
hairs they found a crystalline alkaloid, which they termed "ineine,"
not possessing the same physiological action as strophantine.
I*rof. Fraser stated (hat he has isolated from the seed of Strc-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 195

phanthus Komhe 8-10 per cent, of a crystalline glucoside, which
he has termed " sti'ophanthin."

The author in his investigation of the seed failed to obtain more
than 4 per cent, of an amorphous glacosidal active bitter principle,
soluble in water and in alcohol, insoluble in ether, chloroform, and
petroleum ether. Furthermore, the haii's of the seed which he
examined contained no trace of alkaloid, a fact which has been
subsequently confirmed. The following is a resuvii of the analysis
of the dried seed : —

I. Petroleum Ether extracted Fixed Oil
II. Ether extracted Chlorophyll and Fat

III. Absolute Alcohol extracted Bitter Glucoside

IV. Water extracted Bitter Glucoside

(1 ia "O.OOOof water imparts a decided bitternees.)
Albuminous matters ....
Insoluble residue

Per cent
. 20-8
•9
1-5)

. 19-G
. 54-3

100-J

Stroplianthus seeds contain an extremely bitter glucosidal active
principle, intimately combined with an excessively large quantity
of albumen, which latter is of such a nature that from aqaeous
solution basic acetate of lead, tannin, mercaric chloride, or the
addition of two volu«ies of absolute alcohol, only partially pre-
cipitate it. Amylic alcohol is capable of removing the glucoside
from aqueous extracts by agitation, but owing to the emulsion it
forms with the albumen, the process of separation is very tedious.
In reference to the rectified spirit tincture, that made by Fraser's
revised process of 1 in 20 is a great improvement upon the original
1 in 8 strength, which latter left the marc in a very unexhausted
state.

From experiments made upon the tincture by the revised pro-
cess, th.e author found that the rectified spirit exhausted the seed
of, about 7"0 per cent, of extractive of an albuminous nature,
leaving about 1"5 per cent, of the bitter pinnciple in the marc; and
farther, that the loss of the latter would not be remedied by in-
creasing the quantity of the menstruum, due to the coagulating
effect the spirit exerted over a certain portion of the albumen Avith
which that portion of the bitter principle was associated. By
lowering the alcoholic strength of the menstruum it could readily
be effected, yet not without the extraction of a corresponding
large quantity of albuminous matter, which would prove highly
objectionable, however, since the latter, by over-dilution, is, on

196 YEAK-BOOK OF PHAKMACT.

escape of tlie alcohol, very prone to decompose and develop a very
foetid odour.

The author is still engaged upon an extended investigation of
this drug. The tincture of the seed at present used in pharmacy
is prepared according to the following revised process (Fraser) : —
Reduce the seeds, freed from stalks and hairs, to a moderately fine
powder, and dry the powder for twelve hours at a temperature
of from 100° to 120° F. One ounce or one part of the powder is
then jiacked in a percolator, and dry ether (free from alcohol and
water) is added until the powder is saturated and the ether begins
to drop into the receiver, when the percolation is arrested for
twenty-four hours, after which it is allowed to proceed slowly
until ten 6uid ounces or ten fluid parts have been collected; the
powder is then removed from the percolator and exposed to the air,
or heated to 100° F. if necessary, to drive off the ether, any lumps
being broken up, and the resulting dry powder is re-packed in the
percolator, and allowed to macerate in contact with sufficient recti-
fied spirit for forty-eight houi'S ; after which rectified spirit is
added until 20 fluid parts of the percolated tinctui'e have been
obtained.

Note on the Pharmacology of Strophanthus. H. D. Rolleston.
(Phann. Juiirn., 3rd series, xvii. 701.) In trying physiological
experiments with the various prepai-ations of the drug, it Avas
found that the ethereal extracts contained an active principle
resembling that found in the alcoholic tinctures.

In all experiments with the ethereal extracts, the ether was got
rid of, so as to avoid the faUacy and interference in results from
the action of the solvent on the heart, for though acting in an
opposite direction, viz., killing the heart in diastole, the presence
of ether would render valueless, if not completely vitiate, any
experiment.

The ethereal extract of the seeds was mixed with (distilled)
water, and the mixture concentrated on a warm bath (temperature
30° C.) ; by this means the ether was got rid of, and drops of oil,
coloured green with chlorophyll, were precipitated. On filtering,
the bitter taste characteristic of stroplianthin (Fraser, Brit. Med.
Juurn., November 14, 1885) was present in the filtrate. The
aqueous solution of the ethereal extract thus obtained, when given
in small doses to frogs produced a slowing of the heart's beat with
increased force, followed by a condition of sj'stolic contraction with
beats at intervals, supei-imposcd singly, or in groups of two or
three. In stronger doses the heart became tonically contracted.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 197

"witli beats at intervals, passing into a condition of systolic rigonr,
with the ventricles pale and contracted, the auricle being usnallj
contracted, but in some cases distended.

Given to dogs, it produced a marked increase in the force of the
heart's beat and of the pulse, then slowing of heart's rhythm, with
some evidence of increased arterial tension, then irregularity of
the beat, a very constant form after a comparatively large dose
being one large wave, followed directly by a small one, then a
pause, in some cases groups of beats being seen. The heart
eventually stopped in diastole, sometimes greatly dilated.

The ethereal extracts of the pericarps and hairs were also found
to be active, though not to such an extent as the ethereal extract
of the seeds ; of the two former the pericarps were rather more
active, i.e., contained more of the active principle. The alcoholic
tinctures of the seeds, pericarps, and hairs were found to be active.

At Professor Dunstan's suggestion experiments were tried with
ethereal extracts prepared from anhydrous seeds with anhydrous
ether. The same positive result was obtained as in the case of the
ethereal extracts previously examined.

Specimens of the oils of white and green strophanthus, prepared
by Helbing, were examined, and also found to be active.

It therefore appears that strophanthin is soluble in ether, at any
rate when the oil is present, and that the ethereal extract is there-
fore of value ; but the author refrains from expressing any opinion
on the purely pharmaceutical question of whether or not ether
should be used in preparing the tincture.

Note on False Strophanthus Seed. E. M. Holmes. (Pharm.
Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 903.) The seeds reported upon are
referred by the author to a species of Kickxia, probably K.
africana. The seeds present an appearance as if the hairs of the
awn Avere bent backwards. On careful examination, however,
under a lens, it became evident that the seed itself was entire, and
presented no point of attachment. On examining the end of the
apparent awn, it was observed to present the appearance of having
been broken off. It was obvious, therefore, that the apparent awn
was really the hairy pedicel or funiculus of the seed. This
curious feature is alluded to in Bentiiam's description of the genus
in the words, " Semina elongata apice ecomosa, hasi aristam longissi-
mam longissime retrorsiim pliimosam comam, simulantem producfa.
On cutting the seeds across, the cotyledons were found to be
irregularly folded or contortuplicate.

108 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Strophanthus Seed. T. F. Hanansek. (Fharm. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii. 972, from Fharm. Post.) The author publishes an
account of the aBatomical structure of this seed. Although by
the aid of the microscope strophanthus seeds may be distinguished
from seeds of other genera, it is somewhat doubtful, according to
jNfr. Kirkby, who has examined several kinds of the seeds, whether
any markedly distinctive microscopical characters occur by which
the seeds of one species might be readily distinguished from another.
The hairs of the seeds are swollen at the base, something like
those of the nux vomica seed. The author considers that the
reactions given with the seed by liquoi* potassse and sulphuric acid
are charactei-istic. With the former a transverse section of the
seed shows the testa as a golden-brown line, the albumen colour-
less, and the embryo of a gi^eenish canary-yellow. With con-
centrated sulphuric acid a fresh section of the seed shows the testa
and hairs of a golden-brown colour, the albumen verdigris-green,
then emerald- gi^en, and the embryo fii^t yellow, then greenish
bronze coloured, then copper coloured, and finally, after one or tw'o
minutes, garnet-red or even blood-red. These observations refer
to the Kombe seed of commerce, or greenish brown seed. It is
stated by Mr. Lindsay, the curator of the Botanical Garden at
Edinburgh, that this seed has produced plants identical in appear-
ance with those obtained from the seed used by Prof. Fraser, but
there is reason to suppose that this seed is derived from two species.
"Mr. Christy, in a very useful resiime of the available information
concerning strophanthus in " New Commercial Plants," No 10,
mentions that from three seeds sown, and apparently of the same
species, two plants came up, one having smooth and the other hairy
leaves. Mr. Lindsay also states that two different seedlings came
up from some of the gieenish brown seed recently sown by him.

A New Species of Sti'ophanthus, J. M. Maisch. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 972.) The author directR attention to a new
species of strophanthus, discovered near the Congo river, and
which is now being cultivated in the Botanical Gardens at Breslau.
The seeds are furnished with an awn which is feathery from base
to apex. The seeds are poisonous, but it has not been ascertained
Avhether the active principle is strophanthin. The flowers are
much larger than those of Strophanthus his2)idiis, and the corolla
lobes arc much longer.

Adulterated Aniseed. C. L. Loch num. (American Pmggisf,
^lay, 1887.) The author states that in every case in which he has
planted Italian aniseed conium has come up mixed with it, although

ilATERIA MEDICA AND TFTARMACY. 190

sncli has not been the case where German aniseed was planted.
He concludes from his examination that Italian aniseed contains as
a rule 2"5 per cent., if not moi-e, of conium fruits. He Ijelievcs
that the admixture pi-obably arises from the fact that conium, like
henbane, sometimes flowers and fruits the first year, and is thus
overlooked. Under a good lens conium fruit, which closely re-
sembles aniseed in colour, may be easily recognised by being
glabi'ous and covered between the ridges with minute wrinkles.
Aniseed, on the contrary, is covered with minute hairs.

The Soja Bean. J. Stingl and T. Mora w ski. (Muuatsh.
Chem., vii. 176-190.) A very active diastatic ferment is present
in the soja bean; this when acting on starch converts about two-
thirds of it into sugar, about one-third into dextrin.

The soja bean contains only a very small quantity of dextrin ;
the extractive substance mistaken for dextrin consists of a mixture
of sugars. These occur to the extent of about 12 per cent.

False Kola Nuts. E. Heck el and F. Schlagdenhauffen.
(Nouv. Bemedes, March and April, 1887 ; Pharm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 802 and 88-1.) The authors describe a false kola nut, which
they consider to be an intentional adulteration due to the increasing
demand for kola nuts. It consists of the kernels of the seeds of
Heritiera littoralis, a tree belonging to the same family as the kola,
and extending from Australia and the Philippines to the east coast
of Africa. Under the microscope the adulteration can be detected
by the sirialler size of the polygonal starch grains, which are only
half the size of those of the true kola nut. In the entire state
the kernel is easily distinguished by the fact that one of the
(Hjtyledons is hardly half the size of the other, fitting into the sub-
stance of the larger one, and that the shape of the seed is orbicular
and flattened. It did not afford any trace of caffeine. The seeds
contained about 5 per cent, of tannin, analogous to that of kola
nuts, in which it is present in only half that quantity. The pro-
portion of fatty matter in the false kola nuts is ten times as much
as that in the true kola nut.

Examination of Pepper. C. Heisch. (Anahjst, xi. 186-190.)
This paper gives the i-esults of analyses, including the deter-
mination of moisture, ash, starch, alcoholic extract, piperin, etc.
The starch is estimated by boiling with 10 per cent, hydrochloric
acid for three hours, and determining the amount of the sugar
formed with the polarimetcr. The organic matter in pepper should
consist of not less than 50 per cent of starch, which is characterised

200 TEAR- BOOK OF PHARMACY.

by the smallncss of the srrannlcs. The presence of sand in ground
pepper should be regarded as an adulteration.

Poivrette. J. Campbell Brown. (Analyst, February, 1887.)
The substance known in the pepper trade as " poivrette," or
' pepperette," is now frequently used for the purpose of fraudu-
lently increasing the weight and bulk of commercial pepper. It
made its first appearance in Liverpool last summer, and now quite
recently the author has met with it in between twenty and thirty
retail samples of pepper.

Poivrette is a pale, slightly buff, or cream-coloured powder,
resembling in the bulk the principal middle layers of the pepper-
berry, when ground; and when mixed with pepper cannot be dis-
tinguished by the eye, nor even by the hand lens, from particles
of pepper. In the earlier samples the coarser particles could be
isolated by spreading the pepper on a stiff sheet of paper held in
a nearly but not qiiite horizontal position ; on tapping this with
the finger tips, so as to make the larger particles jump gradually
to the lower edge of the sheet, the poivrette particles could then
be picked out, and easily distinguished from pepper by crushing
them between the teeth. Recently, however, it has been so finely
gi'ound and sifted that it cannot always be partly separated in
this way, althongh the toughness and hardness of the particles
can always be distinguished by the teeth in a mixture.

^Microscopic examination with a l-6th or l-8th objective, shows
that it consists of pale, dense ligneous cells, some entire and
marked with linear air spaces, some torn and indistinct.

Poivrette comes from Italy. The author's microscopical and
chemical examination establishes the closest resemblance between
this substance and olive stones.

Fictitious Pepper. N. Wender. (Zcitschr. Oesf. Apoth. Ver.,
1887, 147.) A fictitious pepper has made its appeai*ance in the
Austrian market, and is manufactured in Buda-Pest. The author
describes it as resembling a ribbed pill, and states that it is sold
at about two-fifths of the wholesale price of Singapore pepper,
and that it has been used for adulteratiucr unground pepper to
the extent of 75 per cent. Examined by Dr. Hauansek, this arti-
ficial ]u-o(luct w:is found to be manufactm'od of wlieat flour, most
likely mixed Avith alcoholic extract of pop]HU\ and coloured with
lampblack. It was free from capsicum.

Composition of Sinapis Alba during Growth. M. Troschke.
(Irifd. Coiir., 188(>, 3'.*."'-.'5l>7.) The periods when examination of
the composition of white mustard plants Avas made, were (I.)

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARilACY.

201

before bloominc, Til.) at commencement of bloom, (HI.) full of
bloom, and (IV.) at end of bloom.

The composition of the air-diy plant was as follows : —

Period.

ir.

III.

IV.

Water

lC-0

16-0

160

Ash .

8-9

7-1

6-1

5-5

Fibre .

201

26-9

31-3

37-2

Fat .

3-0

2-5

2-9

2-7

Crude Protein .

14-0

10-2

8-7

6-8

Pure Albuminoids

10 2

7-9

7-4

6-5

Extractives

380

37-3

350

31-8

Composition and Application of the Seeds of Holcus Sorgho.
M. Bordas. (Comptes Iievdns, January 31, l!^87.) Tbe.se seeds
contain 42 per cent, of starch, and, according to the author's experi-
ments, yield, per 100 kilos., 26 litres of alcohol of a good quality.

Bntea Frondosa. N . Wa e b e r . (Pharm. Zeitschr. filr Eusslancl,
1886.) The seeds are flat, about ^ inch long, 1 inch broad ; testa
dark reddi.sh brown, veined ; hilum projecting ; cotyledons broad,
leafy, veined; radicle small; taste somewhat bitter. Alkaloids and
glucosides were not found. The results of the author's analysis
were : —

Moisture 6-62 per cent.

Ash ....... 5-14

Fat 18-20

Wax soluble in Ether . . . 02.5 „

Albuminoids soluble in Water . .9-12 ,,

Soluble in Soda 1-9.5

Insoluble in Water and Soda . . 8'49 ,,
Substance apparently nitrogenated,

soluble in Alcohol .... 0'82 „

Mucilage 2 28 „

Glucose 6-87

Organic Acids 4-00 ,,

Other substances soluble in Water . 2 10 „

Metarabic Acid and Phlobapbene . 10- 10 ,,

Cellulose 3-80 ,,

Other insoluble substances . . 22-20 ,,

Constitnents of lUicium Religiosnm. J. F. Eykman. (Fee.
Trav. Chun., v. 299-30-1.) The fruit of this plant has yielded to
the author an acid of the formula CyHjoOj, soluble in alcohol
and ether, insoluble in chloroform and benzene. It is proposed to
designate this substance shihimic acid. On distillation, it is for

202 YEAR-BOOK OF rflARMACY.

the most part decomposed into phenol and carbonic anhj'dride,
hut small quantiiie-; of protocatechuic acid are obtained; this acid
is also present in the above-mentioned plants.

Bablah. V. Wilbuszewitcz. (Pharm. ZeitscJir. fiir Ettssl.,
188G ; Amer. Jourii. Pharm., September, 188G.) This is the fruit
of Acacia Bambolah, indigenous to India. The author estimated
the tannin present with potassium permanganate, which indicated
12'1242 per cent., the amount agreeing nearly with the weight of
the tannin isolated. One of the tannins was sparingly soluble in
cold water. The reactions of the four varieties of tannin Avere
similar: blue-black with ferric salts; black-green with ammonium
vanadate ; copper acetate, bi'own ; copper sulphate, yellowish to
brown ; tartar emetic, yellowish ; acetate of lead, yellowish, etc.
Gallic acid was also obtained in notable quantities. For oxidatioi^,
r20125 to 1"27127 gm. of the four varieties of tannin required 1
gm. of potassium permanganate. By decomposition with alkalies
the tannin yielded protocatechuic acid, and by treatment with
dilute sulphuric acid phlobaphene, ellagic and gallic acids were
obtained.

Sophora Speciosa, ]M. Kalteyer and W. E. K'cil. (Amer,
Journ. I'/ianii., October, 1886.) This evergreen shrub is a native
of Texas and New Mexico, flourishing on rough, rocky hill-sides,
and avoiding the rich black soil of the prairie. Near jNlatagorda
Bay it is a small tree about thirty feet in height ; near San Antonio
it attains the height of six or eight feet, and grows in patches, in-
termingled with the mezquite, often clinging to the edge of a ledge
of rock, with lai-ge portions of the I'oots bare and exposed to the
heat and cold of many summers and winters, and by its long tap-
root enabled to witlistand tlie frequent droughts. The trunk is
tough, ci-ooked, and I'ough, with a grey-brown thin bark, and with
hard and heavy yellow wood, which in some localities is called
lignum vifa?. The leaves are impari-pinnate ; the leaflets in 3 to
5 pairs, about H inch long, obovate of oblanceolate, obtuse or
emarginate, entire, reticulate, dark green and glossy above, and
paler beneath. The show}- flowers appear in February and March,
grow in i-acemes, and have a blue-purple papilionaceoiis corolla,
ten distinct stamens, and a strong, fragrant odour. The fruit is
indehiscent, more or less moniliform, often curved, greyish-pube-
scent, and contains from 1 to 8 seeds. The seeds are roundish-
ovate, about ^ inch long and g- inch thick; the testa is hard, brittle,
somewhat granular, dark red or sometimes yellowish, and marked
from the slightly flattened liilum by a longitudinal ridge. It con-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

20]

tains a tliin layer of firm, wliitish albumen, and an embryo of the
shape of the seed, with two white, rather concavo-convex, cotyle-
dons, and a short radicle bent at a right angle. The average weight
of the seed is 20 grains, that of the kernel about 12 grains, and
of the integuments 8 grains. The seed is inodorous, and the tasto
bean-like and somewhat bitter. Though known to be poisonous,
and hence called poiso7i-hean, it is largely used by boys in the
place of marbles.

Some time ago (see abstract, Year-Booh of Pharmacu, 1S7<S, 219)
the seeds attracted attention through the investigation of Dr.
H. C. Wood, who isolated a poisonous alkaloid, sophorine. The
authors found the alkaloid both in the testa and in the kernel.

For proximate analysis the integuments and kernel were used
separately. The results are tabulated as follows : —

Percentag-e from

Testa.
Extracted by Petroleum Spirit :
Saponifiable fixed Oil, sp.

gr. -912 .... 1-3C0
Extracted by Ether :

(Resin or Wax) . . . -100
Extracted by Alcohol :

Phlobapheno .... 1-000
Alkaloid, Organic Acids
(Taunin in Testa), and
other organic substances . 2-3;jO
Extracted by Water:
Inorganic Salts
Mucilage ....

Albumen. ....
Dextrin .....
Organic Acid and Colouring
Matter. ....
Soluble Arabic Acid f?) .
Extracted by Caustic Soda :

Mucilage and Albuminoids . 1200
Not Precipitated by Acetic

Acid and Alcohol . . 3-700

Extracted by Hydrochloric Acid :

Pararabin .... 3-7i/0
Insoluble :

Lignin 0-876

Residue ..... .5.5-084

Moisture .... 9-575

Kernel.

21 050

trace.

2-GlO

7-510

1-000

2 -.300

4-150

1-500

—

1-750

1-900

2-200

6-900

6000

1-050

C-573

9-073

4-2.50

6-450

4-380

14-945

7-500

The alkaloid seems to be present in larger proportion in the
testa than in the kernel. Its aqueous solution gave with potassio-

204 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

mercuric Iodide a bulky white, and with gold chloride a crystalline
yellow, precipitate. Sulphuric acid and potassium chromate pro-
duced at once a muddy brown colour, rapidly changing to light
green, which slowly faded. Sulphuric acid gave a light, flesh-
coloured solution ; ferric chloride only a perceptible darkening.

Catalpa Bignonioides. F. K. Brown. (Amer. Jonrn. Pharm.,
May, 1887.) The seeds were examined by the author, who demon-
strated the presence of resin, fixed oil, tannin, and sugar, and on
distilling with water obtained a distillate having somewhat of a
rancid odour. Two crystalline bodies were obtained by treating
the powdered seeds with a mixture of ether, alcohol, and ammonia,
acidulating the concentrated filtrate, removing oil and other im-
purities with ether, neutralizing with ammonia, and agitating
"with a mixture of ether and chloroform; on evaporating the
ethereal solution, needles were left, which w^ere soluble in alcohol,
ether, and chloroform, insoluble in water, almost tasteless, and
after boiling with dilute sulphuric acid did not reduce Fehling's
solution. The aqueous liquid left after treatment with ether
and chloroform yielded ciystals, which must have contained
ammonium sulphate, and possibly also a glucoside, since after
boiling Avith sulphuric acid a reaction with Fehling's solution
was obtained.

Gymnocladus Canadensis. S. S. Mell. {Amer. Journ. Pharvi.,
May, 1887.) The author observed that the seeds weigh on an
average 30 grains, contain 85 per cent, of moisture, and yield
2"75 per cent, of ash. Petroleum benzin extracts about 10 per
cent, of fixed oil, which is yellowish, saponifiable, and of the
sp. gr. 'OIB. Ether extracts a little wax, fat, and ivsin. The
alcoholic extract amounts to .S"25 per cent., and contains a little
tannin and a small quantity of glucoside, which can be removed
from the aqueous solution by chloroform, and which appears to be
present also in the immatui'c fruit; it has a peculiar odour and
an acrid, l)urning taste. Tlie seeds contain also mucilage, starch,
and albuminoids.

Guilandina Bonduc. F. Heckel and F. Schlagdenhauffen.
(Compfes Jipudns, ciii. 89.) Fj'om the cotyledons of the yellow
seeds of this tree the authors have isolated the bitter principle in
the form of a white powder, which is nearly insoluble in water
and petroleum benzin, spai'ingly soluble in ether and carbon bi-
sulphide, and freolv snlul)le in alcohol, acetone, chloroform, and
glacial acetic acid. Sulphuric acid colours it brown, and after-
wards purplish red; hydrochloric acid produces a rose colour, and

MATERIA MKDICA AND PUARMACY. 205

nitric acid forms witli it a red resin. It has been found efficient
by Dr. Isnard in intermittent fever, in doses of O'l to 0"2 gm.

Cucumis Myriocarpus. J. M. Maisch. (Amer. Journ. PJiarm.,
December, 1886.)

Cucumis Myriocarpus is known iu Southern Africa as cacur.
The medicinal portion of the plant is the fruit, Avhich is yellow,
sub-globose, about the size of a large gooseberry, somewhat soft,
prickly, weighs from 60 to 100 grains, and contains numerous
seeds. The pulp has a faint cucumber-like odonr and a decidedly
bitter taste, is soft and viscid, and becomes moi-e fluid on being
warmed. The Kaffirs use the green fruit as an emetic, heating it
first, and then squirting the pulp of two fruits into the month,
when emesis occui's in about fifteen minutes. The rind of the
fruit and the testa of the seed are slightly bitter ; the embryo is
tasteless. Dr. G. Armstrong Atkinson (Edinb. Med. Journ., 1886)
found the pulp to act as a cholagogue purgative when given in
non-emetic doses. Its emetic action appears to be local, and to be
followed by purgation in case a sufficient amount of the pulp had
been retained.

Constituents of Pumpkin Seed. J. G. Marbourg. {Amer.
Journ. Pliarm., February, 1887.) The seeds were found to be free
from starch, and yielded 35 per cent, of a reddish fixed oil, ex-
tracted by benzol, and 3"05 per cent, of alcoholic extract.

The ash amounts to 37 per cent, of the air-dry material.
Water dissolved from the ash 5703 per cent., diluted hydrochloi-ic
acid 39"59 per cent., and caustic soda 2*03 per cent., leaving 135
per cent, of insoluble residue. The ash consisted of carbonate,
phosphate and chloride of potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium
and iron, and silica.

Phytolacca. W. F. Wagner. {Amer. Journ. Pharm., February,
1887.) The author found tannin in the berries, but not iu the
root. The active constituent was not isolated.

Pharbitis Triloba. M. Schutze. (Pharm. Centralh., June 2,
1887, 270.) The author has examined the fruit of Pharhitis
triloba, a convolvulaceous plant indigenous to Japan, and used
medicinally in that country. He has made the interesting observa-
tion that this drug contains convolvulin. A preliminary treatment
of the finely-divided fruit with ether remov^ed a quantity of
greenish brown extract, consisting principally of fixed oil. The
residue was then exhausted with alcohol, and from the alcoholic
extract were obtained, by suitable treatment, a tannin giving
a green precipitate with salts of iron, a crystalline acid, and a

206 YEAH-UOOK OF PHARMACY.

brown resin. This resin, after purification hy precipitation from
alcoliol and treatment with animal charcoal, was obtained as a
yellowisli white amorphous mass, yielding on trituration an
almost odourless, Avhitish powder, which had acid properties,
iri'itatcd the mucous membrane, and provoked sneezing. The
resin had a melting-point about 140° C, but first became trans-
parent at 148° to 150° C, and decomposed at a higher tempera-
ture. It was freely soluble in alcohol and acetic acid, and almost
insoluble in water, but in hot water it became softened without
notable solution. It was dissolved by alkalies, and with heat by
alkaline carbonates, separating upon the addition of acids as a
white precipitate. It was insoluble in ether, chloroform, light
petroleum spirit, benzol, and carbon bisulphide. The resin did
not reduce Fehling's solution, but exhibited glucosidal properties
upon boiling it with dilute hydrochloric acid ; it was reddened
by concentrated sulphuric acid, and when treated "with nitric
acid it yielded sebacic acid as a decomposition product. In
these and other characters, as well as in elementally composition,
it corresponded with convolvulin from jalap root, with which
body the author considei'S it to be identical.

Parkia Biglobosa. E. Heckel and F. Schlagdenhauf fen.
i^Journ. de I'harm. et de Chiin., 1887, 601. From Pharm. Journ.)
The authors have made an analysis of the fruit of Farkia biglobosa
i^Legnminoste), which they state is known, in common with kola
nuts, under the name of " cafe du Soudan." By the natives of
diffei-ent parts of equatorial Africa, the tree passes under the
names of " liouUe," "nere," " neretou," " doroa," and " rounuo."
The pods appear to contain a large quantity of sugnr, yielding to
boiling alcohol as much as 596 of soluble matter, of which 3925
is glucose, and 15"65 inverted sugar.

T:ie Seeds of Abnis Precatorius. S. Martin. {Nature, May
19, 1887, 70.) Jequii-ity seeds (Abrics pi-ecatorius) have recently
been examined by the author, who states that he found the saline
extract of the seeds to contain a globulin identical with that
occurring in papaw juice, aud belonging to the group of vegetable
paraglobulins ; also an albumose identical with the a-phyt-
albumose of the papaw juice, described by the author. He also
points out that the vegetable paraglobulins differ from the
myosins in the fact that the latter readily become changed into
albuminate Avheu the sodium chloride holding them in solution
has been dialysed away.

MATEUIA MEDICA AND I'UARMACY. 207

Rubus Chamaemorus. I. Troitzky. (RussJc. Med., 1886; from
Ainer. Journ. Phann.). Biibiis cliamcpinorus, known as cloudberry,
is indigenous to Canada and the White Mountains, to northern
Asia and northern Europe. The amber-coloured fruit has a
pleasant acidulous taste. The pubescent and wrinkled leaves
are about \\ inch long and 2 inches broad, renifoi-m in shaj^e,
roundish five-lobed, and erenatelj dentate, have an unpleasant
sweet, afterwards bitter, taste, and are popularly used in Siberia
in various urinary complaints. Recently the leaves have been
recommended by the author as an excellent diuretic in dropsies,
in the form of infusion prepared from a di'achm of the bruised
leaves by digestion with a cupful of boiling water ; this quantity
is taken morning and evening for about a month ; the taste is
stated to be not very unpleasant, and the patient to become
habituated to this tea.

Call Nuts. E. Merck., (^Fhann. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 686.)
Under the name of " cali nuts," seeds have been recently met
with in commerce which, according to the author, pi-esent a great
similarity to the calabar bean. The external appearance and the
anatomical structure leave no doubt that they are derived from a
papilionaceous plant, belonging to the tribe Phaseolecv, but nothing
m.ore definite is known as to their origin, except that, like calabar
beans, they come from the West African coast. The only super-
ficial distinction between the cali nut and the calabar bean is said
to be that, whilst the length of the latter is always greater than
the breadth, the former is rounder. It has been ascertained that
the cali nut contains an alkaloid which chemically and physio-
logically behaves like physostigmine, and coi'responds with it in
composition.

Californian Buckthorns used in Medicine. J. G. Steele. (Phar-
maceutical Record, February 1, 1887, and Pharrn. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 823.) T le. paper contains notices of Rharnnus alnifoUa, R.
Purshiana, R. crocea, and R. californica. For pai'ticulai's refei-ence
must be made to the original article.

Eugenia Jambolana. G. C. Kingsbury. {Brit. Med. Journ.,
March 19, 1887, 617.) The seeds of this plant have been tried
by the author as a I'emedy for diabetes, with s jme degree of
success. In a case which had lasted for six months, and in which
the patient was quite prostrate and suifering from great thirst,
the administi^ation of 5 grains six times in twenty-four hours for
a fortnight removed the abnormal tliirst and hunger, and enabled
the patient to get up and walk for an hour at a time.

208 YEAK-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Constituents of Cacao Shells. P. S. Clarkson. (Amer. Journ.
Fhanii., Juue, 18S7.) The author's analysis shows the following
composition : —

Per cent.

Ash 9-07

Moisture 6G-0

Petroleum Extract, Cacao Butter . . . 5-32

Ether Extract, Resin -93

Alcohol (absolute) Extract : Alkaloid, "90,

colouring matter, 4'70 .... 5'GO
Distilled Water Extract : Mucilage, 5-CO, Al-
buminoids, -70 6-30

Dilute Soda Extract, Albuminoids. . . 7"90

Total Albuminoids by combustion 10-92

Dilute Acid Extract, Calcium Oxalate, etc. . G-00

Loss by Chlorine, Lignin, etc. . . . 12"60

Hydrocellulose, etc. ..... I-4'IO

Cellulose 20-92

95-34
Undetermined matter and loss . . . 4-66

10000

The Ash of some Pharmaceutically Important Seeds, Fruits, etc.

H. Wai'neoke. (Fhartnaceutische Zet'/Mnr/, September 8, 1886;
Fharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 330.) The following figures refer
to the air-dried substance, and give the average of several closely
concordant analytical results : —

Per cent.

Semen Colcbici ...... 2-66

Sabadillas 3-45

Myristicaj* 2-00

Macis . 1-39

,, after removal of 3U-13 per cent, of Eat 2-74

Semen Stapbisagria) ..... 9-88

Nigclkt 3-67

,, Siuapis alba) 4-63

,, llapte 4-36

„ Gossypii arborei 4-49

Cotton Seed Flour 6-85

Pasta Guarana ...... 1-36

Semen CydouiiB ...... 3-55

,, Abri precatorii 2-79

* By boiling pulv. sem. myristicie with benzol for two hours in a return con-
denser, 41-25 per cent, of fat was removed. The dried residual powder gave
3-77 per cent, of ash.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

209

the

Semen Tonco .
,, Hyoscyami .
,, Belladonna .
„ Strycliui
,, Ignatii .
,, Cucurbitae
Fructus Cardamomi
Cubebfp ....
Fructus Cannabis

Cocculi

Anisi stellati

Anisi religiosi

Colffi .

Aurantii immaturi
Flavedo Fructus Aurantii
Cortex Fructus Aurantii, with

tissue removed .
Cortex Fructus citri

„ Fructus BelaB Indicse
Pulpa Fructus Belaj Indicje
Fructus Anacardii occidentalis

Anacardii orientalis

Khamni cathartici maturi

Rhamni cathartici immatur

Petroselini .

Carui .

Ajowan

Anisi .

Fcenieuli

Dauci silvestris .

Cumini

Conii .

Coriandri

Pimentaj

Capsici
Piper Cayenneuse .

hite

Per ceut.

. 3-57

. 4-51

. 2-22

. 1-14

. 2-34

, 2-88

. 0-12

. 5-45

. 4-83

, 5-20

. 2-16

, 2-02

. 2-53

. 5-85

. 3-90

. 5-28

. 3o5

. 2 08

. 3-72

, 1-64

. 2-14

. 2-80

, 3-67

, 7 04

, 5-27

10-45

6-70

7-25

596

809

G-69

5-21

4-00

, 4-66

4-54

GlanduVe LujouU are required by the Pharmacopoea Germanica
to contain less than 10 per cent, of ash, but the author has not
met with any sample that answered to this requirement.* All
the samples were contaminated with sand, which upon shaking-
with chloroform sank to the bottom, the glands floating above. A
sample from Wiggers's collection left upon combustion 15-33 per
cent, of residue, whilst other samples, from various pharmacists
and drag houses, gave 18'14, 236, and even 44"76 per cent.; of the
last mentioned, 4 to 5 per cent, dissolved in hydrochloric acid, the
* The British Pharmacopoeia allows 15 per cent.

2J0 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

remainder being admixed sand. In order to ascertain the true ash
content of hop glands, the author tried to free a quantity from sand
by washing it with water six times in a large beaker. After
drying over sulphui'ic acid, the lupulin gave upon incineration an
average of 1081 per cent, of residue, which still contained some
sand adherent to the sticky glands. Fliickiger found in a good
sample, dried in a water-bath, 7'7 per cent, of ash.

In conclusion, the author estimates the ash in ipecacuanha root
at 198 per cent. ; the wood giving 1'37 per cent., and the bark
2'25 per cent.

Proportion of Ash in Some Drugs. H. Trimble. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., 1887, 278.) J. A. Ferguson determined the amount of
ash in three sample of Ceylon cinnamon with the following results : —
No. 1, 4-00 per cent. ; No. 2, 4-00 per cent. ; No. 3, 5-00 per cent

Four samples of powdered cassia yielded respectively : No. 1,
2-8 per cent. ; No. 2, 2'5 per cent. ; No. 8, 4'6 per cent. ; No. 4,
5"00 per cent.

In the first series No. 1 was certainly, and No. 2 pi'obably, pure,
while No. 3 was regarded as adulterated. Of the cassia samples,
Nos. 3 and 4 were certainly adulterated. No. 1 pure, and No. 2
pi'obably pure. Nos. 1 in either case may be taken as standards.

R. C. Werner examined five samples of ground mustard {Sinapis
alba). No. 1, which was ascertained to be quite pure, yielded
6'00 per cent, of ash ; No. 2, 500 per cent. ; No. 3, 4-50 per cent. ;
No. 4, 4 25 per cent. ; No. 5, 525 per cent, of ash. J]ach of the
last four gave abundant evidence of starch. This was the only
adulterant present.

G. Steiumann examined seven samples of poivdered squill. The
ash amounted from No. 1, to SSO per cent. ; No. 2, to 8'20 per
cent. ; No. 3, to 2-70 per cent. ; No. 4, to 3"95 per cent. ; No. 5, to
3-65 per cent. ; No. 6, to 330 per cent. ; No. 7, to 4*00 per cent.
No. 1 was known to be pure. The ash of No. 2 consisted largely
of calcium sulphate, which ]ioints to an admixture of about five per
cent, of gypsum, added, no doubt, to prevent the " caking," as well
as to cheapen. No. 3 contained starch, and Nos. 4, 5, and 6 were
probably pure, a difference in the amount of moisture would
account for the variation in ash. No. 7 contaijied starch, and
probably some other impurity, or the ash would have been less
from the presence of starch, instead of liigher than the average.

Some Plants of Afghanistan, and their Medicinal Products.
J. E. T. Aitchison. {I'harin. Jonrn., 3rd series, xvii. 4G5.) This
paper contains notices of the following plants : — Ferula foetida syn.

^ MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 211

F. Scorodosma and Scorodosma f(jetidurii ; JDorenia Ammoniacum ;
Ferula Galhaniflna; Ferula suaveolens ; Tracliydium Lehmanii sjii.
Freynodaucus Lehmanii, and Alhertia tnargaritifera ; Psammogeton
setifoliuvi ; Cotoneaster nummularia ; Alhagi Camelorum ; Tamarix
gallica, var. mannifera ; Salsola fcetida ; Glycyrrhiza glabra and

G. glanduUfera ; Astragalus heratensis and A. strohiliferus ; Bheum
songaricum ; Orchis laxiflora and 0. latifoUa; Microrhynchus spinosus;
Delphinium Zalil ; Papaver somniferum; Merendera Persica ; and
Colchicum luteum. For particulars, reference slionld be made to
the original article, wliicli is not suited for condensation.

Drugs of Mauritius. (Ghem. and Drug., from Jonrn. Soc. Arts.)
Medicinal plants have been but little studied in Mauritius. A
remedy for dysentery is sought in the ipica sauvage or ijyica du p)ays
(Tylopiho7-a asthmatica) . A decoction of the slender thread-like
stem of the parasitic tsihitrafototra (Cassytha Jiliformis) is given for
intestinal derangement, and as a tonic for scrofulous and rachitic
infants. An oleoresin, resembling elemi, probably produced by
Ganarium Colophania, is employed in the form of plaster as a
detersive. The yellow juice which flows from the incised stems of
the guava {Psidium piomiferum) is used as an application to ring-
worm, and a skin disease called tampa.ne. The wood of the shrub
liayie poilly (Fmhelia micrantha') is administered as a tonic, and
given in decoction for nephritis. The leaves and seed of the sogar
gota or cadoque {^Gcesalinnia Bonducella) are used for certain diseases,
and the seeds, powdered and mixed with pepper, constitute a
febrifuge. Small senna (Cassia occidentalis) is used in asthma,
and as a fomentation in some skin diseases. A decoction of the
root possesses diuretic properties, and the leaves are used by the
negroes, when smeared with a little candle-grease, as a substitute
for adhesive plaster.

Indian Drugs. E. Bgasse. {Journ. Soc. Ghem. Ind., 1887, 49.)
Ghasviantera cordifolia (Goccuhis GordifoUus). — Under the names
of gulaucha, guloe, and giloe, this plant flouiishes in India, the drug
being sold extensively in the bazaars as a tonic and antiperiodic,
in the form of cylindrical pieces, 2-.5 cm. long and 1-5 cm. in
diameter. It is a perennial creeper, climbing to the summit of the
highest trees, its branches putting forth roots which, reaching
to the ground, initiate a fresh growth ; roots, stem, and leaves are
equally in demand as a drug. The Indian pharmacopoeia commends
its use as a tincture (4-8 c.c. in die) ; as an extract (O'G gm. to
1 gm. per diem, in the form of pills) ; and as an infusion (1 : 10),
of which 60 c.c. to 90 c.c. are to be taken thrice a day. The stems

212 YEAR-ROOK OP PHARMACV.

contain berberine, an nncrystallizable bitter substance changed by
dilute sulphuric acid into a glucoside, and a bitter kind of starch
meal, known as " palo."

Toddalia aculeata (Patdlinia aculeata), one of the family of
Rntaceo', flourishes on the coast of Coromandel, in southern China,
Ceylon, Java, and the isles of Maui'itius and Bourbon. All parts
of the plant possess an acrid flavour when fresh ; the leaves are
employed to relieve pains in the bowels ; and the fruit, when ripe,
is used as a substitute for pepper, w^hilst after drying it is made
into vinegar by the natives. The root has long been used as a
stimulant and febrifuge, the Indian pharmacopoeia recommending
a tincture and an infusion, in doses of 10 c.c. of the former, or
3 grams to 60 grams of the latter, twice or thrice in the day.
Notable quantities of a resinous body, an ethei^eal oil, in flavour
recalling oil of cinnamon, and a bitter substance, are found in the
outer portions of the roots.

Agaricus Albus. A.Peter. (Amcr. Journ. Pharm., Fehmary,
1887, from Medical Neivs.) Agaricus albus has been successfully
used by the author for relieving the sweating of consumptives.
Ten grains given at bed-time had a cathartic effect ; but given in
live-grain doses no such effect was observed, and in about a week
all sweating ceased. When a return of the night sweats is
threatened, relief is again afforded by the remedy, w'hich has no
effect upon the cough.

Agaric acid, in doses of yVth to ^th grain, has been similarly
employed.

The Chief Constituents of Polyporus Officinalis. J. Schmieder.
(Pharm. Journ., 3rd scries, xvii. 1&2.) The chief constituents
detected in larch agaric (white agaric) are agaricol, Cjq Hjj H ;
cholesterin, cetylic alcohol, an acid isomeric Avith ricinolic acid,
and having the formula CjgH.^jOg-, several resins, an aromatic
alcohol, having the formula Cg Hjg O, a nitrogenous body, pro-
bably an albuminoid, succinic acid, and malic acid.

Bovista Gigantsea. F. Nettlefold, (Chemical Netcs, April
29, 1887.) The reputation as a styptic of the dried fungus in
rural pharmacy induced the author to make an mvestigation of
the ash.

These are dome-shaped, stalkle.ss fungi, growing close to the
ground in masses of the more luxuriant grass, which it is possible
the mineral matter they collect from the soil may help to flourish.

Their size is about 12-16" diameter. They are invested in a
tough membranous integument, containing chiefly cellular tissue.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACT. 213

Dry substance at 100 . . . 8-35 per cent.

Water 91-65

Ash 0-571 „

,, on the dry substance. . . 6-36 „

Analysis of the Ash.

Calculated on Plant. Calculated on Residue.

Insoluble residue in H CI, 00 . —

Alumina .

0107 .

15-66 per cent.

Magnesia .

0-020 ,

2-93 „

H., S O4 .

0-060 ,

8-79 „

SiOo

0-003 .

0-41 „

Ca 0, mere

traces

—

Phosphate of Soda .

0-381 ,

. 72-18 „

It is noticeable that pliosphate of soda is used to stop heinor-
rhage ; and it may be owing to this substance that its reputation
is due.

The solution is 6f an orange colour, and exhales the odour of
urea when heated.

Irish Moss as an Emulsifier. A. Tscheppe. {Pharm. Record,
March 15, 1887. From Pharm. Journ.) The author calls atten-
tion to the advantages presented by decoction of Irish moss
for preparing an emulsion of cod-liver oil. He uses a decoction
made at a water-bath temperature, and strained, with the moss
in the proportion of one drachm to iive fluid ounces of water,
with which he says an emulsification can hardly fail. The formula
recommended is : — Decoction of moss, five parts ; glycerine, two
parts ; alcohol, one part ; flavour with oil of winter-green and oil
of bitter almonds, and when cold add cod-liver oil, eight parts,
in three portions, shaking vigorously after each addition. The
glycerine and alcohol are introduced for preserving and sweeten-
ing only, and play no pai't in the emulsification.

Irish Moss as a Substitute for Gum Acacia in Pharmacy. P.
Boa. {Pharm. Jotirn., 3rd series, xvii. 942, 943.) The author
recommends a mucilage made from Irish moss either by boiling
or by cold maceration. Such a mucilage he finds useful for many
purposes for which gum acacia is used at pi-esent, and especially
for making emulsions with cod-liver oil, confirming in this respect
the observations made by A. Tscheppe (see preceding absti-act) .

Gelosin. M. Guerin. (Journ. de Pharm. et de Chim., xiv. 318.)
Gelosin is a mucilaginous substance extracted from Gelidium
cornetim, an alga of Japan, and is found in commerce as dry,
whitish fragments, extremely flexible. Gelosin forms an excellent

214

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

vehicle for the administration of soluble medicaments or for
making suppositories, cataplasms, bougies, etc. The author has
presented to the Societe de therapeutique, of Paris, some speci-
mens of gelosin m.edicated with camphor, creasote, sulphate of
zinc, turpeth mineral, cocaine, extract of belladonna, iodoform,
corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, coal tar, etc. To manipulate
this substance, all that is required is to add an equal weight of
warm water to dissolve it, and then to incorporate with it the
m.edicament. Conveniently sterilized gelosin might be advan-
tageously employed in bacteriological researches.

Kava Resin. L. Lew in. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
508.) The author reports some further experiments with kava
resin, or lewinin. He finds that the injection of six or seven
minims of a solution produces a complete loss of sensibility in the
surrounding area, which does not pass off for five days. The
anaesthesia thus obtained is so extreme, that even strong induced
currents fail to produce more than a slight pricking sensation.
When a small quantity of the resin is placed on the tip of the
tongue, the bittei^est medicine cannot be tasted.

Notes on the Pharmacy of Chian Turpentine. H. Campbell.
(Pliarm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. -ii-").) Cliian turpentine has been
exhibited in the form of pills, and of an emulsion. The finely
divided state in which it exists in the emulsion renders it more
likely to be absorbed (when swallowed) than if it is given in the
pilular form.

The emulsion should contain an invariable proportion of the
purified oleo-resin, and must be freed from the ether used in the
process.

To do this the author prepares an ethereal tincture, ascertains
the strength of it, converts it into an emulsion, and exposes in an
open vessel, with frequent stirring, until all the ether has gone off.

To make the ethereal tinctui-e : —

Put any convenient quantity of the tm-pcntine into a Avide-
mouthed bottle, with an equal bulk of ether, cork tightly and
shake frequently, until all soluble matter has dissolved, set aside
until the ethereal liquid has become bright, dccnnt it, and evapo-
rate half a fluid ounce in a tared evaporating dish — at first in a
cui-rent of air; finally exposing to a very gentle heat for a minute
or two (the heat of warm water is suflicicnt if the dish be rotated).

When the ether has gone off, weigh the dish and its contents,
deduct the weight of the former, and thus ascertain the quantity
of pui'e oleo-resin in each half-ounce of tincture.

MATERIA- MEDICA AND PHAEMACY. 215

Tlie standaixltzed tincture may of course be kept for any length
of time, and the emulsion made from it as required.

To prepare the emulsion : —

Place in a large mortar, 240 grains of pulv. acaciae and 50 grains
of pulv. tragacanth., add as much ethereal solution as contains
240 grains of the turpentine, mix, and add all at once a fluid ounce
of water ; triturate until an emulsion is formed, then dilute gradu-
ally to eight fluid ounces. Two drachms will contain seven and a
half grains of the pure drug, the iTSual initial dose.

Remove all traces of ether by exposure, with frequent stii'ring,
in an open vessel, preferably in the cold.

The removal of all the ether is important, because the dose of
emulsion is gradually increased, and the treatment continued for
a considerable time.

Examination of the so-called Spruce-Gum. A. F. Menges.
{Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 6.5, QC)?) The so-called spruce-
gum of commerce is the balsamic exudation of Ahies nigra, the
black or double spruce, which, according to Gray, occiirs in swamps
and cold mountain woods from New England to Wisconsin and
northward, and southward along the mountains. The source of
this commercial article was traced by Prof. E. L. Patch a few
years since {New Bemedies, January, 1882, 23), and was then
definitely referred to the above tree, although it was also stated
that a much smaller quantity is produced by Ahies alba, the so-
called white spruce, but none from Ahies Canadensis, or the hemlock
spruce, which afl^ords the U. S. officinal Canada pitch or hemlock
pitch. The method of collecting spruce-gum has already been
fully described (abstract, Year-Boole of Pharmacy, 1886, 218).

In the present paper a full description is given by the au'hcr
of a number of experiments, the results of which show that the
so-called spruce-gum differs in many respects from the other bal-
samic exudations of the Coniferse which have as yet been chemi-
cally examined. For particulars reference should be made to the
source above quoted, as the paper does not admit of abstraction.

A New Constituent of Asafcetida. E. Schmidt. {ArcMv d-er
Pharm. [3], xxiv. 534, 535.) The constituent referred to is
vanillin, which was extracted in small quantities by the following
process : — The powdered asafcetida was repeatedly exhausted with
ether, the filtrate shaken up with concentrated hydrogen sodium
sulphite solution, and the liquid thus obtained supersaturated with
dilute sulphuric acid. After expelling sulphurous anhydride, the
extraction with ether and subsequent treatment was repeated, and

216 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

a third extraction made. After removing the ether by distillation,
the resulting vanillin was dissolved in water, and the filtered solu-
tion allowed to evaporate over sulphuric acid. Well-formed
crystals were thus obtained.

The Testing of Balsams, Resins, and Gum Resins. (Phann.
Zeitung, August II, 1880, 4:77. From Fharm. Journ.) Dieterich,
and, more recently, A. Kremel have attempted to extend the
Kottstorfer method of examining fats and oils to the testing of
substances included in the groups of balsams, resins, and gum
resins. The leading idea in Kottstorfer's method, it will be re-
membered, is that in fats and oils, besides fi-ee fat acids, there are
present glycerine ethers of fat acids. By titration it is ascertained
how much potassium hydrate is required by a unit of the fat or
oil to combine with the free acid, and, further, how much is used
up in the saponification of the gljxerine ether. The former
quantity is distinguished as the acid number, the latter as the ether
number, and the sum of the two as the saponification number.
Quite similar data are yielded by balsams, resins, and gum resins,
as all these substances contain free acids mixed with varieties of
ethers.

The determination of these bodies may, therefore, be carried out
in a manner quite analogous to the Kottstorfer method. About one
gram of the substance to be examined is dissolved in alcohol free
from acid reaction, some drops of phenolphthalein added, and then
titrated with half-normal potash solution until there is a permanent
red coloration. The quantity of caustic potash used for one gram
of the substance is taken in milligrams, and this is called the acid
number. In those substances whore ether is present in addition to
acid, a definite portion of the liquid is heated Avith excess of half-
uoi-mal potash solution, and then titrated back with hydrochloric
acid. The quantity of alkali used is calculated to one gi-am of the
substance, and the number of the milligi-ams similarly taken as
the ether number. The sum of the two gives the saponification
number.

In the examination of substances not completely soluble in
alcohol, they aix; dissolved with the aid of ether-alcohol or ether-
chloroform, (lum resins are first exhausted in a Soxhlet ap-
paratus with alcohol, and the alcoholic cxti*act, after drying and
weighing, is estimated ; the numbers obtained are not calculated
in respect to the whole of the substance originally taken, but only
for the quantity of resin soluble in alcohol. In the determination
of light coloured substances, the use of phenolphthalein presents no

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

217

difficulty ; with dark-coloured substances, such as peru balsam,
guaiacum resin, etc., the difficulty is overcome by adding water to
the alcoholic solution up to the point of milky turbidit}^, and then
dropping in alternately potash solution and, after shaking, phenol-
phthalein, the end reaction being easily recognised by the formation
of a red ring upon the surface of the milky liquid. In some cases
(copal and sandarac) there is a formation of precipitate after the
addition of pota.sh solution, due to the potassium salts of the par-
ticular resin acids being difficultly soluble in alcohol ; when this
occurs, the addition of water will redissolve the precipitate.

The following table, giving the results of the examination of
different balsams, shows that a conclusion could be very well
di^awn from numbers obtained as to the nature of a sample. For
instance, an addition of gurjun balsam to copaiba balsam would
very considerably lower the acid number of the latter.

1 gi-am

Substance = mg

.KOH.

Balsams.

Acid

Ether

Saponification

Number.

Balsamum Canadense

,, ,,

81-3

—

,, CopaivjE Maracaibo . . .

73-75

—

). 1, n ...

—

,, Cop. Mar. from Capaifera

iiitida

78-7

—

,, Copaivffi Maturiu ....

77-1

—

,, ,, Para

29-6

— -

—

„(?)..•.

78-2

—

,, Dipterocarpi (Gurjun Bals.)

—

»i )i )) ))

19-8

—

•1 )> i> ..

14-2

—

5-8

—

,, Mecca

4o-l

— ■

—

,j ij

51-8

—

,, Peruvianum

40-4

189-8

230-2

40-8

199-2

240-0

49-4

181-1

230-5

,, ,, from Mj'roxylon

Peruiferum

36-7

104-9

141-6

„ Tolu

127-2

26-7

153-9

,j ,,

100-6

58-7

159-3

Terebinthiu. coram

128-7

—

„ ,,

124-4

—

,, Tenet

68-4

—

,, ,,

70-3

—

,, Chia

47-8

—

j^ ,,

53-4

—

Styrax \h{xih\

47-6

31-9

79-0

,, Alcohol, depur

61-0

7C-0

137-0

218

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

The important kinds of resins are also distinguishable from one
another bj considerable differences in the figures, as will be seen
from the followinof table : —

1 gram

Substance = mg

KHO.

Resins.

Acid

Ether

Saponification

Number.

Kumber.

Number.

Benzoin, Siam

141-4

55-4

196-5

,, Penang

122-2

57-0

179-2

,, Sumatra

;)60

60 9

156-9

Colophoninm, light

163-2

—

,, dark

1.51-1

—

,, auicric

178-0

—

„ anglic

100 1

—

Copal . ■

182

—

„ afric

147-8

—

,, indie

140-2

—

,, brasil

127-4

—

,, from Guibourtia copalifcra .

128-9

—

,, Zanzibar

85-3

—

ij ,1

80-0

. —

—

Damar

810
34 3
34 2

—

,, from Damara orient. . , .

,, blanc from Yateri;i indica .

15-4

—

Elemi, Manilla

8-0

24-2

27-2

Elemi

17-6
13-4

7-8
64-6

25-4

Enpborbiuni

78-0

Guaiaciim

23-28

—

44-0

—

Jalapin

14-7

172-9

187-6

Jalap resin

12-9

119-8

132-7

,j J,

121

120-7

132-8

Lacca in granis (ale. dcpnr.) . . .

—

174-8

Shellac, white

73-7

102-8

176-5

,, vellow

(55-5

50-2

115-7

Mastic

(U-8

90-9

142-2

—

Fix burgund

—

Kesina I'ini

77-8

—

,, ,, (alcoh. dcp.) ....

102-6

—

Sandarac

144-2

—

Scammonium e radice

14-6

1710

185-6

,, Aleppo

8-2

1720

180-2

Succinum

34-4

74-5

108-9

33-4

91-1

124-5

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.
'With srum resins tlie indications are not so useful : —

219

1 gram

Resin = mg.

KHO.

Per cenD.

Resin.

Gum Resin.

Acid
Number.

Ether
Number.

Saponification
Number.

Ammoniacum, afric. . . .

77-6

123-0

182-0

,, persic . . .

67-7

1120

30-6

142-6

» ), • • •

67-1

110-0

500

160-0

70-7

100-0

50-6

150-6

Asafoetida

721

26-8

145-2

172-0

3o-6

54-8

182-1

236-9

Bdellium

48-6

26-0

34-7

607

Galbanum

74-3

28-3

119-3

147-6

74-2

28-0

132-2

100-2

Gamboge

Myrrha, indica

79-6
30-7

100-0
421

56-7
130-8

156-7
172-9

Myrrha

39-5

64-0
60-2

95-0
116-5

1590
176-7

—

70-3

145-8

216-1

Olibanum

69-3

6-6

65-9

7-21

46-8

410

87-8

„ indicum ....

670

50-3

60-5

110-8

The titration of a gum resin is best effected by mixing- one gram
of the substance with some indifferent body (powdered gypsum
by preference), and extracting it with 95 per cent, alcohol. The
residue from evaporation of the alcoholic extract, which gives the
percentage of resin, is then redissolved in 50 c.c. of alcohol ; half
of the solution is used in the acid determination, and the remain-
der in the other determination, the quantity of potash used being
calculated to the gi^am of pure resin. The numbers obtained with
gum resins were not very concordant, whilst the differences be-
tween the different kinds are not so great as with the resins. At
present, therefore, it seems that titration will only have a limited
application to the determination of gum resins.

Commercial Jalapin and Jalap Resin. E. White. (Pharm.
Journ., 3rd series, 1887, 650.) Seven samples of commercial jalapin
were found by the author to contain between 3"5 and IZ per cent, of
ether-soluble resin, while an eighth sample was completely soluble
in ether, and was probably derived from Tampico jalap. The
moisture present in the samples, which were in powder and nearly
white, amounted to between 2 and 5 per cent., and the alcohol-
solable resin, between 87'8 and 94<'8 per cent.

Commercial jalap resin was likewise examined, six samples
yielding the following results : —

220 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Sol. in Ether. Sol. in Alcohol. Sol. in "Water.

7-8 . . 88-2 . . trace.

7-2 . . 89-2 . . none.

8-4 . . 72--4 . . 16-6

77-8 . . 16-6 . . 31

25-6 . . 72-0 . . trace.

46-0 . . 50-4 . . none.

The ether-soluble resins Avere in all cases plastic and tenacious.
Only two of the six resins correspond to the requirements of the
Pharmacopoeia.

Guaiacum as an Emmenagogue. J. Sawyer. (Chemist and
Druggist. From Birmingham Med. Eev.) The author states that
he has given guaiacum in a large number of cases, and regards the
drug as aii active remedy in promoting the menstrual secretion in
amenorrhoea. It appears most efficient, when given alone, in those
cases in which the cause of the complaint is obscure. He gives 10
gi'ains of powdered guaiacum, in a wineglassful of milk, every
morning before breakfast. The remedy may thus be given safely
for some weeks. In a few cases the drug causes a little abdominal
pain and purging, which disappeared on the remedy being stopped
for a short time. In some cases of dysmenorrhoea guaiacum has
been found to possess considerable curative efficacy. The ammo-
niated tincture of guaiacum is a reliable remedy when given
dui-ing the painful period. From half a drachm to a drachm may
be given as a dose in a wineglassful of water every two or three
hours until the pain is relieved.

Curapoa Aloin. W. S too dor. (Nicnw. Tijdschrift v. de Pharvi.
Neder, 1887, 98. From Fharm. Journ.) The aloin of Cura9oa aloes
has been examined by the author. It was obtained by Tilden's
method ; 250 grams of the aloes were dissolved in 2 litres of water,
containing 1 per cent, of sulphuric acid, and the solution after
twenty-four hours was decanted fi^om the resinous deposit which had
formed, and was evaporated on a water-bath to half its volume.
In a few days a crystalline crust had formed, which, drained,
pressed between blotting paper, and re-ci-ystallized from spirit of
92 per cent., afforded sulphur-yellow, microscopic, obtuse needles.
The yield of aloin thus obtained was 5"5 per cent. It is odourless,
has a bitter taste, melts when heated, becoming black and diffusing
an odour of caramel, and then burns, leaving no ash. It is
moderately soluble in water, very soluble in spirit, and in pure
ether and chloroform almost insoluble. The solution in water is
of a light yellow colour ; ammonia makes it darker and then red.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 221

When the aqueous solution is heated, the upper layer becomes
red, and this colour spreads quickly throupfh the solution, turning
to Tvine-red, indicating oxidation to aloetin. It quickly reduces
Fehling's solution when warmed. Sulphuric and nitric acids
colour it a pure red, but on stirring the mixture it becomes yellow.
If then the vapour of fuming nitric acid be passed over it, a
greyish blue colour is produced, which, however, quickly dis-
appears. Bromo-bromide of potassium gives an abundant pre-
cipitate in an aqueous solution of Cura^oa aloin. Solution of
tannin gives no precipitate. It thus resembles nataloin in the
effect produced on it by fuming nitric acid, and is like bai'balion
and socaloin in the formation of a bromo- derivative, but differs
from barbaloin in not givins' a precipitate with tannin.

Note on a Sample of Galbanum from Ferula Galbaniflua. E. G.
Baker. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 468.) The gum-resin
reported upon consisted of agglutinated tears of a white or reddish
brown colour, usually compact and hard, but softening if held in
the hand.

When broken it presents a dull, white, waxy fracture resembling
ordinary ammoniacum; in fact, judging fi'om external appearances,
it might easily be mistaken for a sample of that drug.

The odour is peculiar, but not unpleasant. Mixed with the
gum-resin portions of the stem from which it was obtained were
found.

The analysis gives the following results : —

Volatile Oil . . .

Ether extractive "^ t, ■
.1,1 . > Resin.

Alconol extractive J

Water extractive, Gum

Insoluble matter

Grams. Per cent.
•1554 = 3 108

3-0600 = 61-200-
•3788 = 7-576
•8514 = 17-028
•5-280 = 10-560

4-9736

Note on the Estimation of Morphine in Opium. J. O. Braith-
waite and E. H. Farr. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 398.)
The author's experiments justify the conclusion that the official
process of the Pharmacopoeia for assaying opium may be much
accelerated, without impaii-ing its accuracy in the slightest degree,
by reducing the time for standing from twelve hours to two hours.

Assay of Opium. C. M. Stillwell. {Amer. Cliem. Journ., viii. 295-
308.) The author's method differs from those of Fliickiger and
Squibb in a number of details. The sampling must be very care-

222 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

fullj conducted, and the whole made homogeneous by rolling with
the hands on a slab of glass, in case the opium is soft ; but by
grinding with or without additional drying if it be hard. About
10 grams of the sample is broken up with 100 c.c. of water in a
beaker, and when completely disintegrated allowed to remain some
hours ; a few drops of sulphuric acid may be added. The solution
is filtered and the residue washed with about 20 c.c. of water, then
returned to the beaker, digested for some minutes with 30 c.c. of
water, again filtered, and this process repeated twice more. The
washings are first concentrated at a gentle heat on a water-bath,
then the stronger solution is added, and the whole evaporated to
about 25 c.c. When cold, 5 c.c. of alcohol (sp. gr. 0'82) is added,
and the whole ti-ansferred to an Erlenmeyer's fiask, using 5 to 10
c.c. of wash water ; 5 c.c. of alcohol, and finally 30 c.c. of ether, arei
added with gentle shaking ; any precipitate that may form is to be
disregarded, as it is removed afterwards, 4 c.c. of ammonia solution
(sp. gr. 0'960) is added, the flask closed Avith a cork moistened
with ether, and at once shaken until the morphine separates, when
it is allowed to remain twelve hours.

The ethereal layer is decanted on to a small filter, the flask
rinsed several times with 10 c.c. of water without shaking, and
these rinsings also decanted on to the filter; the aqueous portion
is then filtei*ed, the ciystals removed from the flask, and the whole
washed with morphiated spirit (1 part of strong ammonia and 20
parts of alcohol, the whole saturated with morphine, namely, 0'33
per cent.) ; secondly, with morphiated water (containing O'O-i per
cent.) ; again with morphiated spirit, and finally twice with 10 c.c.
of ether to remove all narcotine. The paper is dried at 100°. The
mother-liquor and the first washings of ether and morphiated spirit
are treated with 3 c.c. of ammonia in a closed flask, and again
allowed to remain to make sure of the precipitation being complete.
The chief impurity in the morphine so obtained is calcium
meconate, and some organic matters insoluble in water and alcohol ;
the purification i.s effected by treating the dried and weigheel pre-
cipitate with hot alcohol of 95 per cent. ; after removing the bulk
of it to a beaker, the paper and residue, after thorough extraction
with hot alcohol, are dried and weighed, thus giving the weight of
the pure morphine.

Assay of Opium. V. Venturini. (Gazzetta chim. Ital., xvi.
239-246.) The author has critically examined and compared the
various methods in use for the morphine assay of opium. Of the
gravimetric methods, he gives preference to those of Fliickiger and

MATEKIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 223

of Conroy ; and of the volumetric processes, lie decides in favour of
the one recommended by Kieffer, which consists in the reduction
of a solution of potassium ferricyanide, standardized by a solution
of sodium hyposulphite.

Assay of Opium. H. Adrian and E. G alio is. (Journ. de
Pharvi. et de Chim. [5], xv. 193-197 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 622.)
In 1867, Guilbermond proposed to estimate the morphine in an
aliquot part of the extract obtained from the opium. More re-
cently Doux proposed to modify Regnault's process in the same
direction. He treats 50 g-rams of opium with 200 c.c. of alcohol
at 70°, and takes 105 c.c. of the filtrate as representing accurately
25 grams of opium. The authors hold that to arrive at accurate
and comparable results, it is indispensable to take into account, in
every case, the amount of water and of soluble constituents con-
tained in the opium. They consider the opium as being composed
of water, material soluble in alcohol at 70°, and insoluble residue.
The sample for assay is pounded in a mortar ; 5 grams is extracted
with 50 c.c. of alcohol at 70°, with which it is kept in contact for
twelve houi's ; the residue is then filtered off, dried, and Aveighed
on a tared filter. The loss gives the amount of water and soluble
matter, and the amount contained in the portion taken for the
morphine estimation is of course deduced. 50 gi'ams of the sample
is placed in a tared and stoppered flask with a wide neck, treated
with 200 grams of alcohol at 70°, placed in a bath of 25-30°, and
fi-equently agitated. When the estimation of water and soluble
• constituents is finished, the flask is carefully weighed, and alcohol
is added to make up the liquid contents of the flask exactly to
250 grams. After filtering, 200 gi^ams of this liquid exactly con-
tain the morphine from 40 grams of opium; this morphine is pre-
cipitated by ammonia, washed with alcohol at 40°, dried, treated
with chloroform, and dried again as in Regnault's process, but
taking care to wait thirty-six hours before collecting the deposit.
The method requii-es somewhat more time than Regnault's, but it
has the advantage of being applicable to all opiums, whatever their
composition, and it gives exact results.

Assay of Opium. 0. Schlickum. (ArcMv der Pharm. [3],
XXV. 13-32.) The method recommended is founded on that pro-
posed by Dieterich, and depends on the fact that if a not too con-
centrated solution of morphine salts is mixed with a slight excess
of ammonia and half its weight of alcohol, and is boiled down to
one-half the volume of the mixture, no preci2:)itation of morphine
follows when the oi'iginal volume of solution is made up by adding

22 }• YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

"vvater. The perfectly neutral solution thus obtained remains quite
clear and free from morphine crystals. For opium, 3 grams is
frequently shaken Avith a mixture of 15 grams dilute alcohol and
15 grams water, and digested during twelve hours. The filtrate
is made faintly alkaline with ammonia, and evaporated to. half its
voliime. The solution is made up to its original weight and fil-
tered. 21 "25 grams of this filtrate is ti'cated with 6 grams of ether
and 0"4 gram of ammonia, and shaken round occasionally dui'ing
five or six hours. The ethereal layer is taken off with a pipette,
and passed through two equal filters, on which the morphine is
collected, and washed twice with 2 c.c. of water each time. After
drying at 100°, the morphine is weighed, one paper serving as
tare. Of opium extract, 1"5 gram is treated with 10'5 grams of
dilute alcohol, and 10"5 grams of water Avithout heat, and filtered.
The weighed filtrate rendei-ed slightly alkaline by ammonia is
boiled down to one-half, made up to its original weight with water,
and filtered. 15 grams of the filtrate are treated with ether and
ammonia as above. Of tinctni'e 25 grams are taken, made slightly
alkaline with ammonia, and treated as above.

Contribution to the Assay of Opium. E. Dieterich. (Jouni.
Soc. Cliem. lud., 1887, 148.) Knowing that all processes in com-
mon use for testing opium give unreliable results, the author has
examined the method employed by Fliickiger with a vieAv to
its perfection. The chief objections to this process are : — The
addition of alcohol hinders the precipitation of the morphia, and,
on the other hand, promotes the separation of calcium salts. The
deposition of the alkaloid is influenced by the duration and intensity
of the sliaking (Ghevi. Zeit., x. 1224). And finally, the author
finds that on adding the ammonia slowly, a flocculent precipitate
of nai'cotine at first separates (the whole of this body being separ-
able by accurate neutralisation), and is afterwards masked by
the crystalline morphia precipitate. He therefore recommends the
adoption of the following methods, Avhich are expeditious and
accurate : —

For Opium Powder. — 6 grams of the dried substance are ex-
tracted with 60 grams of water, with occasional shaking, dui-ing
Iwelve hours. Aftei- filtration, 2 c.c. of noi'mal ammonia are added
to 50 grams of the solution, and the narcotine is removed by pass-
ing through a 10 cm. filter. 44*4 grams of this second filtrate
( = 4 grams opium) are then mixed in a weighed Erlenmeyer's
flask, Avith 10 gi'ams of ether, and thoroughly shaken for one minute,
then with 4 c.c. of normal ammonia, and again shaken ; after stand-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARilACT. I'lo

ing for six hours the ether layer is poured off through an 8 cm.
filter, a further quantity of 10 grains of ether is then agitated with
the liquid, and after separation filtered, and finally the aqueous
solution is passed through the same filter, the crystals clinging to
the walls of the glass vessel being disregarded. The flask and
filter are each washed twice with 5 c.c. of ether-saturated water,
and di'ied at 100° C. The crystals of morphine may then be trans-
ferred without loss by means of a camel-hair brush fi^om the filter
to the flask, where they are heated at 100° until the weight is
constant.

For Opium Extract. — 3 grams are dissolved in 42 grams of water,
and after one hour treated with 2 c.c. of ammonia and filtered
as above; 31 "7 grams of the filtrate ( = 2 grams extract) are then
used for the subsequent stages of the process, which are con-
ducted as in the case of the powder.

For Opium Tincture. — 50 grams are evaporated to one half their
bulk ; the original volume is made up with distilled water, and
the assay completed as already described, 44'4 grams ( = 4 grams
tincture) of the filtrate from the narcotine being employed.

Assay of Laudanum. C. Bullock. {Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
March, 1887.) The resinous matter taken up by dilute alcohol
from opium presents an obstacle in the determination of the
morphia contained in the tinctui-e. The following simple process
Avas found to work well, and to give satisfactory results.

The tincture is evaporated on a water bath at a low heat to
about one-fourth of its volume ; to the fluid extract thus obtained
pure kaolin is stirred in until a thick paste is formed ; water is
then added gradually with constant stirring, to make an homo-
geneous mixture ; this is transferred to a wet filter, and after the
liquid has drained through, the contents of the filter are washed
with water until the filtrate is clear and without bitterness.

The solution first draining through the filter is set aside, and
the washings are evaporated on a water bath, and added to the
reserved portion. The separation of the morphia is then effected
after the process of Dr. E. R. Squibb.

The kaolin separates the resinous matter in a finely divided
condition, and permits the soluble salts to be washed out w^ithout
difficult}-.

The Discovery of the Mydriatic Action of the Solanaceag. R.
Kobert. (Therapeutic Gazette, July 15, 188G.) This is an elabo-
rate and interesting sketch of the history of the subject which,
however, is not suited for abstraction. We recommend it to the

226

YEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

reader's attention, and refer him to the original article, or to a
rejjrint of it in the Phnrmncentical Journal, August 21, 1886, p. 144.

Plants containing Oxalic Acid. MM. Berthelot and Andre.
(Gomptes Bendtis, cii. 995-1001, 1043-1049.) The plants selected
and examined at various stages of their growth were Ruviex acetosa,
Amarantus caudatus, Chenopodium quinoa, and Mesemhrianthemimi
cristallinum. The juice of the first is always acid, that of the
second and third neutral, or feebly acid, while that of the last is
neutral in the early stages of growth, bu.t becomes acid as the plant
develops. The plants also differ very considerablj^ in the ratio
between the soUible and insoluble oxalates which they contain.

Chlorosis in Plants. J. v. Sachs. (Bied. Gentr., 1886, 602-
604 ; Journ. Ghem. Soc, 1887, 76.) When attacked by this disease,
the leaves pale and turn perfectly white ; weak plants saccumb
quickly. Stronger ones are attacked year after year, until theii*
reserve material is exhausted ; they then die. The touching of a
diseased leaf with a dilute solution of a ii^on salt often causes the
production of chlorophyll and cures the disease. However, fi'om
extended observations, the author does not think that it is al-
together the absence of iron that causes the disease, as plants
growing on the same soil are irregularly attacked, some escaping
altogether. His experience leads him to think that the roots or
leading vessels suffer some alteration which prevents the minute
(piantities of iron contained in the sap from reaching the leaves.
A too rapid and luxuriant growth favours the disease. In the
winters of certain years, thousands of trees and shrubs were
heavily pruned ; the energy divided between numerous growths
was concentrated on a much less number; they grew rapidly and
luxuriantly ; the first leaves were green, but the later were quite
white. Trenches 20 to 30 cm. deep and wide were dug round the
diseased trees at a distance of 80 to 100 cm. ; in these trenches
ferrous sulphate in lumps was placed, in quantities varying from
1 to 5 kilos., according to the size of the tree. Water was then
freely admitted, and the trenches filled up with earth. Within
three to six days the smaller bashes commenced to gi*een, within
fourteen days no sign of chlorosis was visible, and in the following
spring all the growths were normal.

An experiment of the author's has, he considei's, an important
bearing on vegetable physiology. Certain acacia trees showed
symptoms of chlorosis, in particular the thick branches of a twenty-
year old tree. The author caused holes to be bored in the main
stem, just beneath the bifiu-cation of the branch with the core

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

227

of the tree. In these holes he phiced corks fitted with fannels
charged afterwards with ferrous sulphate or ferric chloride in
dilute solution. In dry weather the tree absorbed the solution so
readily that the funnels had to be frequently refilled. The leaves
in line of each funnel became quite green in ten to foarteen days,
but those not in the line remained white. This the author thinks
a proof that each branch and twig has its o^\^l sap-ducts.

Exhausted Cantharides. J. 0. Braithwaite and B. H. Farr.
(Pharm. Jouru., 3rd series, xvii. 399.) A suspicious sample of
cantharides examined by the authors was of the usual appearance,
but weaker in odour and also lighter and more brittle than the
unsophisticated insects. It yielded but 2 per cent, of dry ethj-.-eal
extract, against 10 per cent, obtained from genuine insects. The
extractive from the latter was fatty and greenish yellow, showing
numerous crystals of cantharidin ; whilst that from the other was
brownish yellow, and showed no trace of any crystalline body.
The extractive fi-om the suspected sample had but a very slight
blistering effect compared with that from the genuine.

Chinese Cantharides. (Pharm. Joum., 3rd series, xvii. 608 and
688.) Two Chinese insects have lately been met with in the
London market as cantharides; one of them is Lytta Gorhami,
which is likely to contain some cantharidin, and is at present under
investigation, and the other belongs to a group of insects which
are not remarkable for vesicating properties. It is the Huechys
sanguineus, of the family Cicadidce, of the order Hemiptera. This
insect, which is remarkable for its vermilion-coloured body, has
the odour of cantharides, but it is not known whether it really
possesses any vesicating property, although it is said to possess in
China a i^eputation as a blistering agent.

Hiiechys San^nea: Does it Vesicate? J. Moss. (Pharm.
Joum., 3rd series, xvii. 845.) Tlie vermilion-coloured '" can-
tharides," refen^ed to in the preceding abstract, have been ex-
amined by the author, who finds that although they possess a mild
rubefacient property, this is not sufficiently strong enough to pro-
duce a blister, and that therefore Huechys sangitinea will not be a
useful addition to the materia medica.

Bahama Sponges. E. M. Holmes. (Pharm. Joum., 3rd
series, xvii. 761-763.) Until the discovery of sponges in the
Bahamas and in the vicinity of Florida, all the sponges of com-
merce were derived from the eastern half of the MediteiTanean
sea, which still supplies the finest qualities. A great number of

228 YEATl-BOOK OF rHAEMACY.

Tarieties, both in form and relative degi-ees of softness or hardness,
are recognised ; one London sponge merchant even asserting that
there are as many as four hundi^ed Mediterranean kinds. These
varieties, whether of European or American origin, are referred by
zoologists to thi'ee principal types : —

1. Spongia officinalis, which is the source of the Turkey cup
sponge.

2. Spongia agaricina, affording a cup sponge of harder and more
unyielding texture than the Turkey cup, and known as the
Zimocca sponge.

3. Spongia equina, yielding the bath or honeycomb sponge.
The first, according to Saville Kent, is distinguished by its

usually cup-shaped contour, by the exceedingly fine elastic and
densely interwoven fibres of which it is composed, and by the
oscules being moi'e crowded towards the centre of the cup.

The second, or Zimocca sponge, is recognised at sight from the
Turkey cup sponge — which it closely resembles in shape, although
the cups arc flattui- and more saucer- shaped as a rule — by the fact
tliat the larger openings, instead of being crowded towards the
centre of the cup, are uniformly scattered at nearly regular dis-
tances over its whole upper sui-face, and by being much harder
and more unyielding to the touch. The fibres are closely inter-
woven, as in the Turkey kind, but are coarser and less elastic. It
is only one-third the value of Turkey sponge.

The third, or honeycomb sponge, has a more spheroidal or
I'ounded form, flattened above, and the larger or excurrent open-
ings are ii'regularly scattered over the upper surface. In this kind
the erect or primary fibres are not visible.

The Bahama sponges correspond closely with the typical forms
above described in geneial characters, and by A. Hyatt, the
American expert, are considered to be varieties of these species.
He expresses the opinion, however, that the coarser vai'ieties
of the European sponges are finer, firmer, and more elastic
than the finest of the corresponding American sub-species, the
inferiority of the latter being attributed to the larger amount
of foreign matter included in their primary fibres, the looser mesh
of the fibres, which are comparatively coarse, and the larger and
more numerous canals.

The Bahama sponges are referable, according to Mi*. Hyatt, to
the following sub-species : —

Reef, or glove sponge, to Spongia officinalis, var. tuhulifera.

Sheep's wool sponge, to Spongia equina, var. gossypina.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 229

Abaco velvet and cay velvet sponge, to Spongia equina, var.
memidriniformis.

Grass sponge, to Spongia equina, var. cerehriformis, and Spongia
graminea.

Hardhead sponge, to Spongia agaricina, var. typica.

Yellow sponge, to Spongia agaricina, vars. corlosia, dura, and
punctata.

A full description of each of these species will be found in the
original paper.

Essential Oils. MM. Schimmel. (Pliarm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 927.)

Asarum Oil. — A distillate from the root of Asarum Europoium.
Three hundred and fifty-two kilos, gave S'S kilos, of essential oil,
containing a considerable quantity of asarum camphor (asaron),
which partially separated at the ordinary temperature. It has
recently been investigated by Professor Poleck, of Breslau
{Pharm Jotirn. [3], xv. 82).

Poplar-huds Oil (01. gemmcE populi). — A distillate from dried
poplar buds. Yield of oil about one-half per cent. A light yellow
ethereal oil, having a beautiful odour, somewhat recalling that of
chamomiles. It boils almost constant between 255° and 265° C,
and has a sp. gr. at 15° C. of 0900.

Southermvood Oil (01. Artemisice). — Distillate from the hei-b of
Artemisia Ahrotanuni.

Cloveroot Oil (01. Bad. CaryophyUativ) . — Distillate from the root
of Geum urhanum. This is desci-ibed as an oil having an extremely
fine and agreeable cinnamon-like odonr, and a spicy taste, from
which crystalline constituents separate. It is thought that if it
can be prepared at a low price, it would prove practically useful.

Pimpinella Oil (01. Bad. PimpineUfe) . — Distillate from the root
of Pimpinella Saxifraga. Has the taste and odour of the root.

Interesting notices of a number of other essential oils, by the
same authors, will also be found in Pharmaceutical Journal,
pp. 869, 870.

Specific Gravity of the Principal Essential Oils, etc., of Com-
merce, according to Examination of Normal Pnre Qualities.

(Pharm. Journ., from MM. Schimmel and Co.'s Spring Ueporty
Leipzig.)

2;j0

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Name of Essential Oil.

Anise

Anise, extra pure anethol . .

Angelica root

Valerian

Bergamott, I^ Reg

Bitter Almond

Cajeput (green)

Calamus

Carvol

Cassia (cinnamon flowers) . .

Cassia (rect.)

Cedar-wood

Cardamom (Ceyl.)

Citronella (E. I.), melissa . .

Lemon

Cumin

Cubeb

Coriander

Eucalyptol p. alb

Eucalyptus (glob.)

Dill

Fennel seed, rect

Ginger

Spearmint, German rect. . . .

Caraway, double rect., from Ger-
man field caraways . . .

Caraway, double rectified, from
Dutch caraways . . . .

Mace

Mil bane

Clcve stalks

Cloves

I'ejpermint, F. S. and Co. . .

Tcppermint, Mitcbam . . . .

Safrol

Sassafras

Mustard, gen. ess

Mustard, artificial

Sandal-wood (super. E. I.) . .

Star-anise

Juniper (double rect.) . . . .

Wintergreen (nat.)

Wintcrgreen (art.)

('innamon, Ceyl

Temperature.

10° C.

0-8G0
0-9-17
0-887
1-063
0-927
0-9C1
0-967
1-073
1-058
0-948
0-902
0-900
0-856
0-925
0-918
872
0-935
0-925
0-905
0-975
0-885
0-930

0-905

0-911
0-858

1-065
1-065
0-906
0-905
1-109
1-068
1030
1-025
0-978
0-990
0-863
1-189
1-192
1-035

15' C.

0-985

0-858
0-945
0-883
1-060
0-925
0-959
0-963
1-068
1-055
0-945
0-900
0-896
0-854
0-922
0-915
867
0-931
0-922
0-900
0970
0-882
0-925

0-900

0-908
0-855

1-061
1-062
0-903
900
1104
1-065
1025
1-020
0-975
0-985
0-858
1-185
1-187
1-030

20' C.

0-980
0-985
0-853
0-940
0-880
1-055
0-922
0-957
0-958
1-063
1-052
0-940
0-897
0-893
0-851
0-918
0-912
0864
0-928
0-918
0-896
0-965
0-878
0-922

0-896

0-905
0-852
1-200
1057
1-059
0-901
0-898
1-100
1-060
1-020
1016
0-973
0-980
0-855
1-182
1183
1-027

Remarks.

/ At 25° (m.p.
\ 21-22=).

Av. 1-060

„ 0-962-0 965
„ 1-05-1-06

„ 0-860-0-870

„ 0-965-0-975

1-060-1065
1-060-1-065
0-900-0-910
0-900-0-905

1-05-1-07

„ 1-03-1-035

Vai'iations in the aboA^e figures may occur in the third place of
decimals, without suspicion of sophistication being justified on that
account, but gi-eatcr deficiencies are excluded.

Essential Oils. E. Weber. (L{eln(fs Annaleii, ccxxxviii. 89-
108 ; Journ. Chevi. Soc, 1887, 596.) Oil of rosemary not only

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 231

contains caniplior, borneol, and a terpene, but also cjneol, C^g Hjg 0,
which was discovered by Wallach and Bi'ass in Oleiwt cyme.

Oil of cardamoms begins to boil at 164°, and the temperature
gradually rises to 220°. A small quantity of a crystalline com-
pound, which melts at 60-61°, is left in the retort. The liquid
distilling over below 170° consists of water, acetic and formic acids.

The oil contains terpinene, boiling at 179-182°, and another ter-
pene, which boils at 180-183° (probably limonene or dipentene),
and yields a hydrochloride which melts at 52°. The portion of the
distillate coming over between 205° and 220° contains the com-
pound CjqHjsO, which is probably identical with Wallach's
terpineol.

Essential Oils. 0. Wallach. {LiehUfs A^inalen, ccxxxviii. 78-
89.) Schmidt and Oglialoro have pointed out that oil of cubebs
contains two sesquiterpenes, C^j Ho_t, one of which yields a crystal-
line hydrochloride, C15 Ho^ 2 H CI, melting at 117-118°. The author
has succeeded in obtaining this hydrochloride from oil of cubebs,
patchouli (h. p. 270-280°), oil of galbanum. Oleum cadinnm, and
Oletcm sabince. It is best obtained by distilling Oleum cadinnm in
a current of steam, and treating the distillate with potash to re-
move phenols. The purified oil is distilled over potash, and the
portion boiling between 260° and 280° is diluted with ether and
saturated with hydrogen chloride. The hydrochloi-ide can be
recrystallized from ethyl acetate.

The solution is laivogyrate. The terpene is easily obtained by
heating the hydrochloride with anhydrous sodium acetate and
acetic acid. The sesquiterpene boils at 274-275°. Its sp. gr. at
16° = 0'921. It has a great tendency to resinify.

The Essential Oils of Lemon, Bergamot, and Orange Peel. P.
Soltsien. (Ghem. Centr., 1886, 936, 937.) The author prepared
these oils specially to be certain of their purity, and examined
them together with some turpentines by means of Heppe's copper
butyrate reaction (see abstract, Year-Book of Tharmacy, 1886,
229). He finds that the action depends upon the age of the oil,
and is therefore of little value as a test.

The Essential Oil of Phellandrium Aquaticum. L. Pesci.
(^Gazzetfa Ghim. Ital., xvi. 225-231.) The seeds of I'liellandriu'm
aquaticum contain about 2'5 per cent, of a terpene, C^q H^q, named
by the author pheUandr en e. It is a liquid resembling geraniums
in odour, soluble in alcohol, ether, and benzene. It boils at 171°
under a pressure of 766 mm. ; its sp. gr. at 10° is 0"856, and its
specific rotatory power [«.]d= +17"64°. It combines with hydro-

232 YEAR-BOOK OP PBARMACY.

cliloric acid to form a mixture of a monolijdrochloride and a
di-hydrocliloride ; heated for some time at its boiling point, it is
converted into a polymeric modification, diphellandrene, CgoHgo,
an amorphous, white substance, soluble in ether and chloroform ;
this melts at 86° and is la^vorotatory.

The Oils of Erigeron and Fire weed. A. M. Todd. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., June, 1887.) The oil of erigeron (oleum erigerontts
canadensis) and the oil of true fireweed (oleum erechthitis hieraci-
folia') ai-e distilled from plants of the most distinct types possible,
and seem to be almost as distinct in therapeutic action ; both are
highly valuable in medicine when pure, but their usefulness has
been nearly destroyed and their value little understood since they
have been almost universally confounded with each other, both in
science and commerce, and even when not so confounded ai^e rarely
met with in a state of purity.

From the author's experiments, the following comparisons be-
tween the two oils may be made, and the following conclusions
drawn : —

1. Polarization. — Pure oil of erigeron in the natural state should
not polarize nearer the zero point than —26, nor farther than —60;
rectified oil, freed from resin, may polarize somewhat nearer the
zei-o point than the limit given, and the first fractions should be
dextrogyre. Pure fireweed, if la^vogyre, should not polarize farther
than —4, and if dextrogyi^e, farther than +4.

2. Specific Gravity. — Pure natui-al oil of fireweed, unless resinous
(which may be noted by its leaving a stain upon paper when
evaporated), should not possess a sp. gr. above "855 nor below
"845 ; and ei-igeron, under like circumstances, not above '865 nor
below "855. The diiference in sp. gr. being about "010.

3. Boiliuf) Point. — The temperature of the vapour being taken
fireweed should not vaporize to any marked extent below 355° ; nor
should this temperature be increased more than 10° F., until five
per cent, of the oil has been evaporated. Ei-igeron should not boil
vigorously below 342° F., nor above 347° F., until five per cent, has
been volatilized.

4. Pesinoid. — When distilled with water or steam, the resinous
product of erigeron is a deep reddish brown, that of fireweed a
light straw colour. The effect of rectification by steam with both
is to produce a brilliant and colourless oil. Both oils possess
characteristic odours.

Detection of Spermaceti as an Adulterant in Oil of Kose. M.
Hoppe. (Cheviist and Druggist, March, 19, 1887.) The sus-o

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHAEMACY. 283

pected oil is agitated, -with from one and one half to twice its
weight of melted glacial acetic acid, the resulting crystalline mass
transferred to a filter, and washed with vinegar to remove the oil,
then with water nntil the odour of rose has quite disappeared,
and finally washed with solution of soda, and again with water.
Should any residue result, its identity with spennaceti is evidenced
by the odour produced, similar to bnming oil when charred, and
may be reproduced after some time by again beating the substance.

Oil of Sandal Wood. C. Mehu. (Journ. de Pharm., September,
1886, 209. From Pharm. Jonm.') The internal administration of
oil of sandal wood is followed by the apperance in the urine of a
resin having the sandal wood odour, which is apparently kept in
solution by sodium phosphate, and plays the part of a weak acid.
It can be separated by acidulating the urine with phosphoric or
tai^taric acid, and shaking it with ether. The ether on evaporation
leaves a resinoid matter having a light brown tint and the odour
of sandal wood, and which gives with concentrated sulphuric acid
the same yellow, brown, and red coloi-ations as the oil. The author
adds that pure oil of sandal wood, unsophisticated with oil of
copaiba or oil of turpentine, does not impart the odour of violets
to the urine.

Croton Oil. K. Kobert. {Chemiher Zeit, 1887, 416.) The
author reports the results of researches made at his suggestion by
Ernst von Hirschheydt, which show that the oil contains Buchheim's
crotonoleic acid, partly in the free state and partly as glyceride.
The latter is not poisonous, but the free acid is very irritating and
drastic. The glyceride being decomposed by the pancreatic fer-
ment, thereby becomes purgative when taken internally ; but the
same effect may be produced by giving crotonoleic acid in pills
covered with keratin with the view of preventing irritation of the
stomach ; but obviously irritation of the intestines will be pro-
duced by both compounds.

For the preparation of crotonoleic acid the author recommends
digestion in a water-bath of the alcohol-soluble portion of croton
oil with an excess of concentrated baryta solution ; the thick white
mass is thoroughly mixed and washed with cold distilled water,
whereby colouring matter and barium acetate, butyrate, and
tiglinate are removed ; the residue is drained, dried, and exhausted
by ether, which leaves behind the barium salts of stearic, palmitic,
and lauric acids. On evaporating the ethereal solution, a mixture
of barium oleate and crotonoleate is obtained, of which the latter
only is dissolved by alcohol ; this solution is decomposed by the

234 YEAR-BOOK OF PFIAKMACY.

careful addition of Ho S 0.^, and after filtering' evaporated. The
main difficulty for the preparation of free crotonoleic acid lies in
the readiness of its being decomposed by baryta water under the
inflnence of too high a heat.

Method for Distinguishing Castor Oil from Other Fatty Oils.
Dr. Finkener. {Analyst, 1887, 58.) The author's experiments
were carried out with the object of finding a suitable method for
customs purposes. A 100 c.c. glass cylinder of 25 ram. diameter,
is pi'ovided with a 10 or 60 c.c. mark (measured from the bottom).
The oil is run in to the 10 c.c. mark, and the tube is then filled
up to the 00 c.c. mark with spirits of wine ('829 sp. gr.). Absolute
alcohol cannot be employed ; at 17'5° C. spii'its of wine of '829 sp.
gr. dissolves castor oil in almost every proportion, but the other
oils only slightly. The tube is clo.sed, well-shaken, and the mixture
examined after standing two or three minutes. Pui'e castor oil
gives a clear solution. But even with 10 per cent, of other oils
(olive, se.same, linseed, cotton-seed, rapeseed oils) a turbidity is
obtained, at the normal temperature, which does not disappear
even above 20° C. Another test tried was the following : — On
treating pure castor oil Avith sulphuric acid, a product (a sulpho-
acid) is obtained, wliich gives an almost perfectly clear solution
with 40 times the quantity of water. On treating other fatty oils
(such as sesame or olive oil) similarly, very milky precipitates are
obtained. The method is, however, of no good, as mixtures of 80
per cent, of castor oil and 20 per cent, of olive or sesame oil,
treated similarh', also give almost perfectly clear solutions.

Adulteration of Olive Oil. (Phann. Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
64.) A recent number of the trade report of E. Dieterich gives
an account of a comprehensive series of experiments made with
the object of obtaining satisfactory tests for the presence of diffei'-
ent adulterants of olive oil, Avhich is used largely in his estab-
lishment in the manufacture of plasters. Some of the published
methods were thoroughly tried with the following results : —

Equal volumes of oil and nitric acid, of sp. gr. 1400, shaken
together are said to assume, if cotton-seed oil be present, a more
or loss brown colour. This was confirmed, the test allowing the
detection of an addition of 10 per cent.

The presence of sesame oil has been stated to be recognisable
l)y shaking together equal volumes of oil and hydrochloi-ic acid,
sp. gr. 1190, in the latter of which some fragments of cane-sugar
have been dissolved, the sophistication being indicated by a
reddening of the acid layer. It was found that the coloration

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

235

of the acid also takes place with, pure olive oil after about three-
quarters of an hour ; on the other hand, upon the addition of
sesame oil, a rose-coloured zone is formed very quickly, even
dmnng the separation of the two layers. If this be not very
distinct, a control experiment with pure oil, placed by the side of
it for better comparison, will readily show the diiference.

The statements as to the melting and solidification points of the
fat acids of the different oils vary very much ; according to Bach,
those of cotton-seed oil are 38^ and 35° C, and according to
Hiibl, 30"5° and 27"5° C. In order to form a judgment upon this
point, the fat acids of olive oil and of the other oils used as
adulterants were experimented with, as well as those of mixtures
containing 25 per cent, of the foreign oils. The precaution was
adopted, before taking the melting and solidifying points, to
allow the fat acids to solidify during at least twenty-four hours at
15^ C. ; the melting point was taken when the fat acids had melted
quite clear, and the solidifying point when the mass began to show
turbidity. In all cases care was taken to raise the temperature as
slowly as possible. The following were the results obtained : —

A. — Ptcre Oils.

01. Oliv. prov. No. 00)

01. Oliv. prov. Xo. ^

01. Oliv. comm. flav. j

01. Arachis

01. Arachis (so-called Crown Oil, water white)
01. Arachis (so-called Crown Oil, yellow) . .

01. Gossypii

01. Heliantbi

01. Sesami

01. Lini . . )

01. Kaparum > still fluid at 13'

01. Kiciui . )

Melting

3oli']ifyin?

Point.

26-5° to 28

5°

5^ to 24-6=

Average

samples.

33-5°

31°

31-5°

29°

32°

29-5°

38-5°

3fi°

23°

18°

31-5°

28-5°

B. — Mixtures of Olive Oil.

With

Melting
Point.

Solidifying
Point.

25 per cent, of 01. Aracliis

25 per cent, of 01. Gossjpii

25 per cent, of 01. Heliantbi

25 per cent, of 01. Sesami

25 per cent, of 01. Lini

25 per cent, of 01. llaparum

29°

30°

25°

28°

24-5°

23°

26°

27-3°

20-5°

25°

19-5°

19°

,236 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

It appears, therefore, that additions of 25 per cent, cannot be
detected with great certainty, whilst lower percentages cannot be
recognised. The detei'niinations would, consequently, have value
at most only as additional evidence in doubtful cases ; but they
would even then be superfluous, since with a high jid'ceutage of
adulteration there is scarcely any doubt.

Attempts to base a method of examination upon the elaidin
formed tlirough the treatment of the oil with nitric acid and
copper filings failed entirely, both because the differences between
the elaidin obtained from pure oil and from mixtures were too
small, and because the elaidin prepared from one and the same
oil had not always the same chai-acter. The saponifying power
of the oil before and after the formation of elaidin was also taken
as a starting point, but equally without result.

Considei'able attention was paid also to the iodine addition
method, published by Hiibl. This is based upon the assumption
that almost all fats contain acids of the acetic, acrylic, and tetrolic
acid series, and that the quantity of these acids in any particular
fat is a definite one, and is different in different fats. These three
groups of fat acids show a very characteristic distinction in their
behaviour to ware"' s the halogens, the first series under ordinary
conditions remaining indifferent, whilst the second series readily
take up two, and the third four atoms of halogen The quantity
of added halogen will therefore vary with the composition of the
fat, and constant figures will be obtained which will be dependent
upon the kind and relative quantities of the unsaturated acids,
and consequently standing in intimate relation with the consti-
tution of the respective fats. The problem, therefoi^e, is to effect
the addition of the halogen under conditions that will exclude
substitution, and then to estimate with certainty the amount of
added halogen.

Iodine is more suitable for the purpose than chlorine or liromine.
But since iodine acts at ordinary temperatures too sluggishly on
fats, Avhilst at higher temperatures the results are unequal, an
alcoholic solution of iodine in presence of mercuric chloride is
used ; and as only few oils are soluble in alcohol, chloroform is taken
as a solvent. The mixture of iodine and mercuric chloride solution,
called by the author " iodine solution," reacts at ordinary tcmper-
atui'es upon the unsaturated fat acids, forming chlorine and iodine
addition products, whilst the saturated acids present remain un-
attacked. The amoiint of iodine thus taken up is then ascertained
and calculated into percentage, the result being the " iodine
number."

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

237

111 order to test this method, the "iodine number" of unmixed
fats was first obtained, and then of mixtures containing various
percentages of adulterant. These expei-iments confirmed essen-
tially Hiibl's statement, and with twenty-three samples of olive
oil, especially, numbers were obtained which agreed with tkose
given by him. In the following table the numbers obtained by
Dieterich and by Hilbl are given side by side for comparison : —

A. — Pure Oils.

01. Oliv. prov. No. 00'
01. Oliv. prov. No.
01. Oliv. comm. flav. .
01. Aracbis ....
01. Gossypii ....
01. Helianthi . . .

01. Liui

01. Eaparum . . .
01. Sesami ....

Iodine Number.

Dieterich.

81-6-84-4
23 samples

108-5

132-25

154

99-8-100-5

110

Hubl.

81 •6-81-5

101-105
105-108

154-160

97-105
105-108

The only essential difference in the two series of figures is in
respect to oleum arachis, which notwithstanding repetition of the
experiment gave to Dieterich only 91, and came nearest to olive
oil. This is the more unfortunate, since it is arachis oil that is
at the present time most used as an adulterant.

B. — Iodine Numbers of Mixtures of Olive Oil.

With.

25 p. c.

15 p. c.

10 p. c.

5 p. c.

01. Arachis

85-53

85-10

84-10

82-9

01. Gossypii

89-50

87-10

86-10

83-4

01. Heliauthi

96-24

90-30

87-0

84 6

01. Lini

102-20

93-80

88-70

85-9

01. Eaparv;m

87-20

85-30

82-70

82-2

01. Sesami

90-55

87-90

85-90

83-4

As adulterations with 5 to 10 ^ev cent, are seldom met with,
whilst admixtures of 20 per cent, and upwards much more fre-
quently occur, Hiibl's iodine addition method gives tolerably
certain indications, except in the case of arachis oil. At any rate

238 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Herr Dietericli believes it to be the most trustworthy method that
at present exists.

Some experiments were also made as to the solubility of iodine

in different fat oils, Avith the following results : —
•

01. Amygclalarum took up 57 per cent, of Iodine.

01. Arachis „ 45

01. Gossypii „ 38

01. Heliauthi „ 23

01. Lini „ 19

01. Olivarum „ 44

01. Ilaparum ,, 41

01. Riciui ,, 51

01. Sesami „ 39

The iodine was rubbed up with the oil in successive percentage
quantities, each addition being allowed to stand, with frequent
stirring, until dissolved, before another one was made. Finally
the iodine was shaken out from the saturated oil with spirit, and
estimated volumetrically. Herr Dietevich thinks that a recom-
mendation which has been made as to the addition of castor oil to
tincture of iodine, based upon the solvent power as shown above,
is worthy of attention. It would prevent the too rapid volati-
lization of the iodine when painted upon the skin, and would
possibly modify its action.

Properties of Olive, Sesame, and Cotton Oils. T. Leone and
A. Longi. {Gazzetta Ghim. Ital., xvi. 893-398; Jonrn. Chem.
Soc, 1887, 536.) The authoi's, with a view to the recognition of
the presence of sesame and cotton oils in cases of sophistication of
olive oil, have examined the physical and chemical properties of
these oils, such as the proportion of solid acids obtained on saponi-
fication, the quantity of alkali required to complete this process,
the specific gravities at 100° of the oils and the resultant acids,
the points of fusion and solidification of the acids, and the indices
of refraction of the oils. As a result of their examination, it
follows that the quantities of solid acids and of alkali required
for saponification are appreciably equal for all three oils, but the
sp. gr. of olive oil at 100° is less than that of sesame and cotton
oils by about 0"005, the index of refraction of the former is also
somewhat less than those of the latter. But the most marked
diffci-ence is observed in the points of fusion and solidification of
the resultant acids, for those from olive oil melt at 24-27°, and
begin to solidify at 17"50°, whilst those from cotton and sesame
oils melt at 36-40°, and solidify at 34-30° and 34-32° respectively.

MATERIA AIEDICA AND PHARilACY. 2S9

Characteristics of Olive Oil. A. Levallois. (Comptes Eendus,
civ. 371-373 ; Journ. CJiem. Soc, 1887, 535.) The author has
examined a large number of genuine samples of olive oil from the
olive yards of the south-east of France.

The colour of the oil was determined by means of a Duboscq
colorimeter. The colour at the commencement of a crop is 70
times as intense as at the end. The sp. gr. at 15° varies from
0'9167 to 0"9177, and the differences observed with different
species are only very slight. The sp. gr. of olive oil at 24° is
0"911, whilst that of the other oils at the same teraperature is as
follows : —

Sesame 0-917

Cotton-seed ....... 0-91(j5

Earth-uut 0912

Poppy 0-9205

Colza 0-910

Cameliiia 0-920

Liuseed 0-928

The sp. gr. of colza and earth-nut oil are somewhat near that
of olive, but their other properties make it easy to distinguish
between them. Cailletet's reagent (nitric acid saturated with
nitrogen oxides) usually gives a green coloration, inclining occa-
sionally to yellowish green.

Audoynaud's reaction (addition of nitrosulphuric acid and ether
to a mixture of the oil with potassium dichromate) gives also a
greenish or yellowish green coloration.

The determination of the non-saturated fatty acids by treating
the non-saponified oil with bromine or iodine gave no concordant
results. The following method is satisfactory : — 5 grams of the
oil are weighed into a test-tube about 15 cm. long and 15 mm.
diameter, mixed with 10 c.c. of a 20 per cent, solution of potassium
hydrate in alcohol of 93°, and agitated, when the oil dissolves.
The liquid is then heated on a water-bath to a temperatui-e suffi-
cient to produce gentle ebullition, and after about 15 minutes
saponification is complete. The volume of the liquid is then made
up to 50 c.c. by adding alcohol, and 5 c.c. of the solution is
placed in a tube provided with a glass stopper, acidified with
hydrochloric acid, and then mixed with a concentrated aqueous
solution of bromine from a burette, with vigorous agitation, until
the liquid acquires a persistent pale yellow tint. About 01 c.c.
of solution is required to produce the end reaction, and this should
be sabtracted from the total volume added. The bromine is

240 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

standardised by means of a decinormal solution of arsenious acid,
mixed with hydrochloric acid. Different samples of oil from the
same species of olive absorbed from 0'512 to 0'522 gram of bromine
per gram of oil. The absorption by oil from different species of
olive varied from 0'500 to 0'544, the last result being obtained
with oil from Blanquetier which also has an exceptionally high
sp. gr. The amount of bromine absorbed by 1 gram of other oils
is as follows : —

Cottou-seed 0*645

Sesame 0'695

Earth-nut 0-530

Poppy 0-835

Colza 0-640

Cameliua 0-817

Liuseed 1-000

The alcoholic solution of soap from oil of earth-nut becomes
solid as soon as the temperature falls to 15°, but the corresponding
solution of olive-oil soap remains liquid.

The most constant characteristic of olive oil is its sp. gi\, but
the determination of the bromine absorbed is also very useful.

Oil of Male Fern. G. Daccomo. {Annali di Chim. Med.
Farm., 1886 ; Avier. Journ. Pharm., Angus*, 1886.) The author
has subjected to fresh chemical study the ethereal extract from
the rhizome of Aajyidmm Filix-mas. Thirty kilograms of material
were exhausted with ether, in a percolator, and after sponta-
neous evaporation, left 1750 grams of ethereal extractive. This
extract, after treatment with a mixture of alcohol and ether,
left as a remainder a brown pulverulent residue of 70 grams in
weight. The insoluble residue so obtained was agitated with a
solution of caustic potash (1-100), and from the filtered liquid, on
the addition of acetic acid, gave a voluminous precipitate of filicic
acid (filicin of Trommsdorff). The portion that was not dissolved
by the potash, and that remained upon the filter, was then ex-
hausted Avith boiling alcohol, Avhich deposited, on cooling, a white,
flocculent material, Avax-like in appearance, which after repeated
crystallizations from alcohol, was used for the ultimate analysis.
The figures obtained led to the formula Cj., Hog 0.

This substance is insoluble in water, very little soluble in ether
or in cold alcohol. It is not saponified on prolonged ebullition
with caustic potash in concentrated alcoholic solution. The
residue, left on the filter, after the boiling alcohol treatment, was
merely extractive.

MATERIA. MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 241

The more soluble portion of tlie ethereal extract, that is, that
dissolved in the mixture of alcohol and ether, "vvas, after reduction
to the consistence of an extract, exhausted first with cold water.
This aqueous solution, treated with acetate of lead to precipitate
the tannin (filitannic acid ?), washed and subjected to a current
of sulphuretted hydrogen, to remove excess of lead, left a sac-
charine residue.

The residue from the aqueous exhaustion was then treated with
alcohol at 85° C, which, evaporated, left, as residue, a large quan-
tity of a black exti'active, soluble in caustic potash. The small
residue left consisted of a wax-like fatty material soluble in
alcohol, especially in the cold. From the alcoholic treatment,
there did not remain as residue more than a small quantity of
green fixed oil.

Galenic Pharmacy. T. Redwood. (Amer. Joum. Pharm., 'Srd
series, xvii. 43.) This paper concludes a very interesting repoi-t,
commenced in Pharm. Joum., Srd series, xvi., on a great number
of preparations of the British Pharmacopoeia. As it is not suited
for dealing with in the form of an abstract, we cannot do more
in this place than draw the reader's attention to the paper, and
refer him to the sources above quoted.

The Pharmaceutical Preparations of Atropa Belladonna. Part
III. : Suggestions for Standard Galenical Preparations. W. R.
Dunstan and F. Ransom. (Pharm. Joum., ord series, xvii. 843.)
The authors give the following directions for preparing a

Standard Extract of Belladonna.

Belladonna Root in No. 20 powder . 1 pound.

Eectified Spirit 48 fl. ounces.

Distilled Water 12 „

Mix the spirit with the water. Macerate the belladonna in two
pints of this mixture for foi-ty-eight hours, agitating occasionally ;
then transfer to a percolator, and when the fluid ceases to pass,
continue the percolation with the remainder of the diluted spirit.
Afterwards subject the contents of the percolator to pressure, filter
the product, mix the liquids, and measure the exact volume of the
mixture (a). Estimate the alkaloidal natui'C of this solution by
the following method : —

Evaporate fifty cubic centimetres of the liquid over a water-
bath with a gentle heat, until all the alcohol is dispelled. Dissolve
the extract thus obtained in about five cubic centimetres of warm
distilled water, acidulated with a few dro^js of diluted hydrochloric

242 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACT.

ucid ; filter, if necessary, tlu-ousi^li a small fragment of cotton wool ;
])our into a stoppered glass separator, and add ammonia until the
solution is distinctly alkaline. Agitate for a few minutes Avith
five cubic centimetres of cliloroforra, separate, and again wash the
aqueous liquid with three cubic centimetres of chloroform. Agitate
the mixed chloroform solutions with five cubic centimetres of
diluted hydrochloric acid, separate, again wash with three cubic
centimetres of the diluted acid, mix the acid solutions, render
alkaline with ammonia, and agitate with five cubic centimetres
of chloroform. After separation wash the alkaline solution with
three cubic centimetres of chloroform, mix the chloroform solu-
tions, evaporate in a dish of known weight, and dry the residue,
which should be neai-ly colourless, at a temperature of 200° F.
(93° C). The weight of the residue thus obtained multiplied by
two will give the parts by weight of the alkaloids in 100 fluid parts
of the liquid. The exact volume of this liquid being known, and
the strength liaving been thus ascertained, calculate the total
amount of alkaloid present therein.

Evaporate to dryness over a water-bath, and add sufficient sugar
of milk to make the mixed product exactly fifty times the weight
of the total alkaloid found to have been present in the liquid (a),
allowing for that quantity which was used for the estimation.
Mix intimately, powder as quickly as possible in a dry atmosphere,
and transfer at once to a well-stoppered bottle. This extract will
contain two per cent, of total alkaloid.

Liniment of Belladonna.

Standard Extract of Belladonna . . 3 ounces.

Camphor ...... 1 ounce.

liectilicd Spirit . . . . . 24 fl. ounces.

Distilled Water 6 „

Dissolve the camphor in the spirit and the extract in the slightly
warmed water. When cold mix the two solutions, allow any
undissolved sugar of milk present to subside, and pour off the clear
liquor, which should measui-e thirty fluid ounces. One hundred
fluid grains of this liniment contain Jth grain of total alkaloid, that
is '2 per cent, of atropine and hyoscyamine.

Tincture of Belladonna.

Standard Extract of Belladonna . . l-tS grains.
Distilled Water . . . . . 4 fl. ounces.
Kectiiied Spirit a sufficiency.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

243

Dissolve the extract in the warmed water, and then add sufficient
spirit to produce twenty fluid ounces. Allow any undissolved
sugar of milk to subside, and decant the clear solution. One fluid
ounce of this tincture contains g-Vth grain of total alkaloid. One
hundred cubic centimetres evaporated to dryness in the water-bath
will leave a residue containing "OS-l grain of atropine and hyoscy-
amine, these alkaloids to be isolated by the process we have
previously described.

Officinal Extracts. F. J. Lammer. (Amer. Joum. Fharm.,
November, 1886.) The author prepared the following extracts
according to the directions of the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, and deter-
mined the percentage yield of the finished products.

179-187.)

Extr. Aconiti

12-766 per cent.

, Aloes aquosum

91-54

, Arnica3 radicis

19-53

, Belladonnas alcoh.

32-23

, Cannabis indict .

16-56

, Cinchonae

26-4

, Colchici radicis .

23-2

, Colchici seminis .

. 9-63

, Colocynthidis

. 15-135 „

, ,, comp.

95-77

, Conii alcohol

10-73

, Digitalis

25-5

, Euonymi

18-31

, GentianiB

44-6

, Glycyrrhizio ijurum

25-32

, Haematoxyli

5-3

, Hyoscyami alcoh.

16-64

, Iridis .

8-9

, Juglandis

16-82

, Krameriffi

8-4

, Leptandraj .

15-97

, Malti .

44-72

, Mezerei

7-1

, Nucis vomica3

6-17

, Opii .

49-6

, Physostigmatis .

6-2

, Podophylli .

8-31

, Quassiaj

2-24

, Ehei . . . .

25-66

, Stramonii

14-02

, Taraxaci

11-3

on of Alkaloids in Narcotic Extracts. E. Dieterich.

it.

Centralhalle, 1887 ; Ai

ler.

Tourn. Fharm., Arjril, 1887

244 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Examination of Extracts of Belladoyma, Aconite, Conitim, and
llyoscyamus. — Titrate 0"2 gram of powdered lime, prepared from
marble, with 8 grams of water; add 2 grams of extract, and when
this is dissolved, careftilly add 10 grams of powdered lime. The
mixture is then placed in a closed continuoiis displacement ap-
pai^atus, the receiving bottle, containing about 30 grams of ether,
is suspended over a water-bath (not too hot) and the process of
extraction is regulated by bringing the ether bottle nearer or
farther from the water-bath. With extracts of belladonna, aconite,
and hyoscyamus, extraction is carried on for thirty or forty-five
minutes at the highest ; coniuin extract requires at least two
hours. It is advisable to exhaust a second time with ether. The
ethereal solution of the alkaloids is transferred to a tared porcelain
capsule, and the receiving bottle rinsed two or three times with
small portions of ether ; 1 c.c. of distilled water is added, and the
ether cai'cfully evapoi'ated over a water-bath at a temperature not
exceeding 30° C, care being taken not to work near hydrochloi'ic,
nitric, acetic, or other volatile acid. The residue, weighing 1"5
grams, is dissolved in O'^ c.c. of alcohol, sp. gr. "892, the solution
diluted with 10 c.c. of distilled water, and after adding one or two
drops of rosolic acid solution (1: 100 alcohol), titrated with 100th
normal sulphuric acid, each cubic centimetre of which neutralizes
0"00289 gram of atropine or hyoscyamine, 0'00523 gram of aconi-
tine, and 0'00127 of conine.

The following results were obtained :

Extract of hdladonna (thirteen experiments) : I'lVO, 1'184, 1'163,
1 170, 115(3, 1U2, 115G, 1142, 115(>, 1170, 1-184, 1170, 1-170,
j)or cent.

Extract of aconite root (six experiments) : 1-305, 1-252, 1279,
1-252, 1-279, 1-279 percent.

Extract of hyoscyamus (six experiments) : -780, '766, '766, -751,
■751, -766 per cent.

Extract of conium (six experiments) : -G09, -597, -022, -022, -597,
-589 per cent.

Examination of Extract vf Nux Vomica. — 0-2 gram of powdered
lime and 1 gram of extract of nux vomica are intimately mixed,
3 c.c. of distilled water added and evenly mixed with 10 grams of
powdered lime, then exhausted in the same manner as before for
H or Ij hours. The receiving bottle is rinsed with alcohol twice,
and then with ether, and after adding 1 c.c. of distilled water, the
])ercolate is evaporated in a tared porcelain capsule (at the same
temperature, and with the same caution as stated above) to I'S

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 245

gram; then add 0'5 c.c. of alcohol, sp.gr. "892, 10 c.c. of distilled
water, and 2 drops of rosolic acid solution, and titi'ate with l-20th
normal sulphui-ic acid. Towards the end it is advisable to use
delicate blue litmus paper, conveying the solution on the paper
by means of platinum wire ; 1 c.c. of l-20th normal sulphui-ic acid
corresponds to 00182 gram of alkaloid.

The method may be modified by triturating 1 gram of extr. nux
vomica with 3 c.c. of normal ammonia, and adding 10 grams of
powdered lime. The first process yielded the following results in
a number of experiments : 1874, 18'92, 18'74, 18-56, 18'65 per
cent, alkaloid.

Extracts. V. Coblentz. (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1886.
From Amer. Journ. Pharm.) This paper is a continuation of pi-e-
vious researches. For assaying extractum, ignatice, the alkaloids
were isolated by the method of Dunstan and Short, but it was
found necessai-y to agitate the acid solution repeatedly with ether
and chloroform, in order to remove all colouring matter and extrac-
tive ; agitation with ammonia and absolute ether containing
chloroform then yielded the alkaloids white. For the estimation
of the alkaloids, strychnine and brucine, Mayer's solution gives
variable results, as has been shown also by Dr. A. B. Lyons
{Drug. Circ, June, 1886). Dunstan and Short's method with
potassium ferrocyanide gives correct results, but requires close
attention, and does not permit of rapid woi'k. Dr. Schweissinger's
alkalimetric method is rapidly executed and exact. 1 c.c. y^ n
HCl neutralizes 0'00394 gram of brucine, and 0'0034 gram of
strychnine. The weighed mixed alkaloids are dissolved in a slight
excess of measured y^ « H CI ; the excess of acid, determined by
yV ^ alkali, is deducted ; the total weight of alkaloid is divided
by the number of c.c. required for neutralizing it ; the quotient is
subtracted from 394 ; the remainder is divided by six, when the
quotient, after removing the decimal point three places to the
right, indicates the weight of strychnine, that of brucine being
found by diffei-ence. When the amount of alkaloid is small,
weighing of the solutions gives the most accurate results ; with
more than O'l gram measuring is practically accurate. The total
alkaloids from 5 grams of the extract varied in five samples
between "194 and -237 gram; the strychnine between "1068 and
•1813 gram.

Extractum PodophylU. — Five samples were examined by treating
with alcohol, concentrating and precipitating with acidulated
water; the amount of resin thus obtained varied between 65 and

246 YEAR-BOOK OP PIIAHMACY.

11"5 per cent., equivalent to from 32 to 59 per cent, of the
.drug.

Extractatn Valeriance. — The amount soluble in strong alcohol
from 5 grams of five samples varied between 0'93 and 1'17 gi-am.

Extractum Senegce. — The extract was exhausted with a mixture
of two parts of alcohol and one of water, the liquid concentrated,
freed from colouring matter by ether, and precipitated hj alcohol
and ether. The yield from 5 grams of six samples varied between
"340 and "503 gram. Proctor obtained 5| per cent, of polygallic
acid from senega root.

Extractum Belladonnc^. — The alkaloid was estimated by the
method of Dunstan and Ransom (abstract, Year-Book of Pharviacy,
1885, 391), and Avas foi;nd to vary in five samples between '41 and
'68 per cent, of belladonna root.

Note on Fluid Extract of Cinchona Bark. A. C. Abraham.
(Fharm. Junrn., 3rd series, xvii. 897.) The author draws the
following conclusions from his experimental observations : —

In order to obtain a fluid extract representing as far as possible
the bark from which it is made in an unaltered state, the latter
should first bo fully exhausted with water, and the residue then
extracted with the acid menstruum. Boiling water is preferable
to cold. The acid menstruum should be at least double the
strength of that ordered by the riiarmacojMX'ia.

Improved Formula for Extractum Pruni Virginianae Fluidum.
C. M. Boger. (Amer. Jour 71. P harm., May, 1887.) The following
formula has yielded good results, and develops all the prussic acid ;
there is no precipitate, nor does any form on standing : —

Take of Ground Wild Clierry Bark . . .^xvj.

Water aud Alcohol, each . . . . f ^x.
Glycerin ....... ^i\.

Moisten the bark with icn ounces of water, and put loosely in
the percolator, close tightly and allow it to macerate sixty hours ;
then pack A-ery firmly, mix the ten fluid ounces of alcohol and four
drachms of glycerin, and pour it upon the bark, now cork up the
percolator tightly, and macerate twenty-four hours longer ; at the
expiration of this time remove the cork, and about twelve fluid
ounces of percolate will come through ; water should now be
poured on to force the other four fluid ounces out, when the
percolation should be stopped, and the product will be finished.
The author arrives at the conclusion that to continue the perco-
lation beyond this point is worse than useless, as it necessitates

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 247

subsequent evaporation ; nor does it add any medicinal strength
to the preparation. It does add quite a considerable quantity of
tannin and gallic acid, which latter results from the conversion
of the tannin by heat.

Note on Fluid Extract of Scutellaria. E. Pen nock. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., 1887, 334.) This extract, as met with in commerce,
usually contains a certain amount of precipitate. The author
states that the formation of this precipitate may be prevented, or
considerably lessened, by using a menstruum containing 5 per
cent, of glycerin ; the percentage of alcohol is not stated.

Pancreatic Extract. M. Stutzer. (Zeitschr. filr physiol. Chem.,
xi. 209.) A very active pancreatic extract may be prepared by
chopping up fiiiely a bullock's pancreas, previously freed from fat,
triturating it with sand, and exposing it to the air for twenty-four
to thirty-six liours. It is next rubbed up with lime water and
glycerin (sp. gr. 1'23), in the proportion of two litres of each for
every kilogram of minced pancreas, and allowed to macerate from
four to six days with occasional stii-i-ing, next pressed, and the
liquor run rapidly through a loose filtering medium. An extract
prepared in this way gave maximum results upou the addition of
three times its volume of water containing sodium chloride equal
to 0"25 per cent, of the weight of the extract.

Haschiscli and Cannabinon. (Pharm. Journ., from Pharm.
Rundschau, February, 1887.) Haschiscli is said to be prepared
by treating alcoholic extract of Indian hemp with caustic alkali.
which combines with all the ingredients of acid character, and
brings them into solution. The residue is the " pure haschiscli,"
and consists essentially of a mixture of the soft resin cannabinon.
and the alkaloid tetanine. It forms a brown, soft, resinoid sub-
stance, insoluble in water, but forming golden yellow solutions in
alcohol, ether, and chloroform. A small dose, one-third of a grain,
of "haschiscli puruni " is said to act as a stimulant, and a larger
dose to produce the hemp effects completely, with subsequent
sleep ; but in determining the dose, the characteristics of tlie
patient should be borne in mind. The full effect is only produced
when the drug is in a fine state of division. It is, therefore,
recommended to be administered in the pastille form, with pow-
dered cacao or powdered roasted coffee as a vehicle.

If from the foregoing preparation the poisonous tetanine be
removed by means of tannic acid, the remaining cannabinon has
no stimulant action, but only the narcotic property. It forms a
soft brown resin, Avith physical properties resembling those of

218 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

" hascliiscli," and for gi'eater convenience in dispensing it is
nsually supplied as a ten per cent, trituration with milk sugar.
Made up in the pastille form, with cocoa or coffee, it is admin-
istered in doses of from one-half to one and a half grains as a
hypnotic, especially for hysterical or insane patients, but is contra-
indicated where heart disease exists.

Concentrated Liquid Preparations for Dilution. J. L. Lem-
berger. (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1886. From A.mer. Pharm.
Journ.) The author considers it quite feasible to prepare concen-
trated liquid preparations of some drugs which may be diluted so
as to bring them to the pharmacopcBial strength. The concentrated
liquor of gentian, for preparing the compound infusion of gentian,
is cited as an example ; and from honestly pi^epared fluid extracts
of ergot, aconite root, or nux vomica, a wine or tincture can be
prepared, fulfilling all the requirements of the corresponding phai'-
macopceial preparations.

The Infusions of the British Pharmacopoeia. R. A. Cripps.
(Phnrm. Journ., :h-d series, xvii. I}8.5-;^S7.) This paper contains
tables showing the alterations in the mode of prepai'ing the
official infusions according to the new Pharmacopoeia as compared
with tlie directions of the Pharmacopoeia of 1867 ; and showing
also the influence of tliese alterations on the products.

Of the total number of twenty-nine infusions, no fewer than
seventeen have been more or less altered, that of dulcamara has
been omitted, and one new one (jaborandi) introduced. In those
cases in which the time has been reduced, without any modifi-
cation, there has been, except in the case of beai-bcrry, a decrease
in the solid residue, in some instances a considerable one ; there
has, however, been no great difference in physical properties.

The infusions of digitalis and gentian show a diminution about
equivalent to the decrease in the proportion of di-ugs ordered in
the new formula^.

The influence of the finer division of the drugs, howevei', is to
considerably increase the activity of the resulting preparations,
some of these infusions calling for special remarks.

Gasrarilla. — A coarse powder is ordered by the old Pharma-
coptt'ia ; a sieve of eight meshes to the linear inch was employed
as fairly representing a coarse powder. The infusions prepared
accoi'ding to the 188.5 Pharmacopoeia was fully one-third stronger
than that of the 1867 edition.

CincJiojin. — The great variation in the yellow and red barks
rendered a strict compai'ison of the old and new infusions impos-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 249

sible ; however, the influence of the other changes was observed,
using the same sample of the bark in each case ; four infusions
were made.

No. 1. — No. 8 powder, two^
Lonrs, without acid (1867). Influence

No. 2. — No. 40 powder, two | of powder. \

Influ-
henceof

hours, without acid.

No. 3. — No. 40 powder, one"\ .

hour, without acid. [ Influence )

No. 4. — No. 40 powder, one j of acid,
hour, with acid. I

The effect of a finer powder is not really so marked as in most
cases, showing an increase of only about 3 per cent, of the total
alkaloids.

When the infusion is made in one hour, cceteris pnrihus, the
resulting preparation is distinctly stronger than that made in two
hours ; this anomaly is explained by the fact that the cincho-
tannates of the alkaloids are much less soluble in cold than in
hot water, a larger amount is thei'efore deposited before straining.

The greatest difference is caused, however, by the acid, the
infusion containing which is fully half as strong again (in alka-
loids) as the strongest of the others.

In estimating the solid residue, it was necessary to neutralize
the sulphuric acid by soda, correcting the weight of residue for
sulphate of sodium.

Krameria. — In this case the effect of the finer di\Tsion of the
root is very marked, but a No. 20 powder would have been more
suitable on account of the great difficulty in obtaining rhatany in
No. 40 powder, the operation of powdering an ounce occupying as
long as the preparation of the infusion.

Linseed. — The great difference is due to the increased amount of
liquorice.

For other particulars the tables in the original paper should be
consulted.

Tincture of Strophanthiis. (Phann. Jouini., .3rd series, xvii. 304.)
Messrs Burroughs, Wellcome & Co. report upon the following
process, for which they are indebted to Prof. Fraser : — Two and a
half ounces of the prime seeds are deprived of fat by means of
ether, and^ then percolated with rectified spirit until one pint of
tincture is obtained. The solution of fat in ether is rejected, as so
far it has not been found of any use, and naturally interferes with
making a clear solution of the tincture in water. All unripe,

250 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

imperfect seeds, and all bat, full-g-rown pods, should be rejected,
as they are very deficient in active principle.

Tincture of Strophanthus. W. Martindale. (Pharvi. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 411 and 503.) The author describes a number of
experiments, the results of which lead him to the conclusion that,
as a provisional formula for the tincture, a 1 in 20 strength should
be adopted, and that the seeds alone should be used, and be first
freed from their oil. The process would be as follows : — •

K. Strophanthus Seeds, deprived of hairs . 1 part.

Reduce to powder — this is easiest done by pounding with broken
glass — pack, and percolate with

Ether, specific gravity 0-720 . . G fluid parts.

Then expose the marc to the air to dry, and again pack, and
percolate with

Rectified Spirit, q.s. to produce . 20 fluid parts.

Dose, 4 to 10 minims.

This tincture will be one-half the strength of a 1 in 8 tincture,
as, although two and a half times the quantity of product is
obtained, the drug is more nearly exhausted than by the less
quantity of menstruum. It is important also that the preparation
should not be so concentrated that a small dose cannot be easily
and correctly appoi-tioned.

Tincture of Strophanthus. J. Moss. (Fharm. Journ., 3rd series,
xvii. 524.) The author concurs in W. Martindale's recommenda-
tion of a formula yielding a tincture of less potency than that
proposed by Dr. Fraser. He also records the results of experi-
ments proving that the prelirainai'y percolation of the seeds with
ether causes no appreciable loss of active principle.

Tincture of Strophanthus. Prof. Fraser. (Pharm. Jonni.
from Jlrit. Med. Journ., January 22, 1S87, 151.) The author
formally adopts the suggestions made in favour of a tincture more
dilute than that originally used by him, the strength now chosen
being 1 in 20, as i-ecommended by ^lartindalc (see above). The
method of preparation now given by the author is to reduce the
seeds, freed from stalks and hairs, to a modei'ately fine powder,
and dry the powder for twelve hours at a temperature of from
100-120° F. One ounce or one part of the powder is then packed
in a percolator', and ether, fi"ce from alcohol or water, is added
until the powder is saturated and the ether begins to drop, when

MATEiaA MEDICA AXD PHARMACY. 251

the percolation is stopped for twentj-four hours, after which it is
allowed to go on slowly until 10 fluid ounces, or 10 fluid parts of
ether, have been used ; if the last running of tlie ether is not almost
colourless more should be used. The powder is then removed
from the percolator and exposed to the air, or heated to 100° F. if
necessary, to drive olf the ether, any lumps being broken up, and
the unifoi-m, nearly white, dry powder is repacked in the percolator
and allowed to macerate in contact with sufiicient rectified spirit
for forty-eight hours ; after which rectified spirit is passed slowly
through until twenty fluid parts of percolate have been obtained.
The author gives the dose of this tincture as from five to ten
minims ; it may also be used in doses of half a minim to two
minims frequently repeated. He describes it as nearly colour-
less, having a very pale yellow tinge, being neutral in reaction,
and intensely and rather persistently bitter to the taste. It mixes
unchanged with water, and is not precipitated by tannin ; the
solution becomes opalescent on the addition of ether. Solution of
perchloride of iron also produces a slight haziness and intensifies
the colour, which after some houi's becomes greenish yellow.

Tincture of Strophanthus. H. Helbing. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd
series, xvii. 747-750.) The author calls attention to the diversity
in the percentage of extract obtained from the tincture of commerce
which seems to necessitate an attempt at nniformity and the fixing
of a standard for the tincture. He believes that even with the
greatest accuracy it is impossible to exhaust completely the seeds
in the process of preparing the tincture.

The white strophanthus seeds, if treated in the same manner
as the Kombe seed, show a loss during drying of 5 per cent.; the
percentage of oil is somewhat less, being 28'33 per cent. ; the oil
is also of a green colour, but a little paler. If the two oils are
heated on a water-bath, they lose their emerald-green colour, and
change it for an opalescent brownish-red. The tinctui^e derived
from these seeds is found by the author to be of the same nature
and colour as that from Kombe seeds.

Tincture of Rhatany. J. 0. Braithwaite and E. H. Farr.
{Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 399.) Following a suggestion of
Mr. Holmes, the authors have studied the two oflicial kinds of
rhatany with reference to their comparative suitability for phar-
maceutical purposes. The experiments were made on rhatany
selected from bulk, as forming a fair sample of the whole, and
were conducted in each case under conditions as nearly as possible
uniform.

252 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

T!ie amount of extractive was as follows : —

Krameria triandm. Krameria argentea.

1. 27-12 1. 21-52

2. 24-96

3. 25-04

4. 27-60 2. 26-72

The experiments Nos. 1 and 2, with K. argentea correspond with
Nos. 1 and 4 respectively of those with K. triandra having been
conducted under precisely the same conditions of tempei'ature, etc.

The tincture made from Para Savanilla rhatany forms a bright
mixture with water in all proportions, whilst that made from
Peruvian rhatany becomes turbid on adding water. The taste of
the Para, as might be expected, is a ti'iHe more astringent, but in
other respects thei-e is little difference.

One other point might be mentioned in this connection, which is
about the method of prej^aring the tincture. The authors find
that by maceration for a longer period than forty-eight hours, a
better tincture is produced than if the exact time be adhered to ;
this being more marked in the case of Para rhatany.

The temperature also has marked influence on the product; this,
too, being greater Avith the Para variety.

Tinctiira Ferri Acetatis, B.P. 1885. T. Steplienson. (Fharm.
Joiirn., 3rd scries, xvii. 41)5.) The author shows that this tincture,
and also the oiHcial liquoi', are liable to form a deposit of ferric
hydi'ate after some time, a defect similar to that well known as
regards the tincture of the 18G7 Pliarmacopceia. He finds that as
regards the liquor, the most practical way of meeting the difhculty
is to keep the strong liquor and dilute it when required. He also
considers it very desirable that the liquor should be as free as
possible from ammonia. The tincture he considers, at best, a very
unsatisfactory preparation.

Soluble Essence of Ginger. L. F. Stevens. (Froc. Amer.
Pharm. Assoc, 1886. From Anwr. Fharm. Journ.) After a critical
review of the various methods which have been recommended, the
author finds the following process yielding a liquid containing
everything desired without having the flavour and aroma im-
paired, as is the case Avith the employment of heat, alkalies, or
carbonates. Shake I pint of fluid extract of Jamaica ginger with
4 ounces of powdered pumice stone, and .S pints of water, adding
it slowly and allowing intervals for rest and subsidence. The
water precipitates the hot resin and some colouring mattei% the
formation of clots being prevented by the pumice stone. The

MATEPJA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 2-53

filtered product is of a light straw or amber colour, of an agreeable
odour and flavour, and therapeutically is a prompt, diffusible
stimulant, without irritating properties. The hot resin may be
obtained from the filter by drying and Avashing with alcohol.

Note on Vinum Ipecacuanhse. F. C. J. Bird. (Chemist and
Druggist, April 2, 1887.) The author records some experiments
made both with coarse powdered ipecacuanhas and also with the
Avhole root, and arrives at the conclusion that the Pharmacopoeia is
correct in directing coarse powder to be used. He suggests, how-
ever, that much less percolate should be collected.

Loss of Alcohol in making Tinctures and Fluid Extracts. J .
G. Feil. {Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc, 1886. From Amer. Pharm.
Journ.) Working with from 5 to 50 pounds of drugs, the loss of
alcohol averaged 9'8 per cent. ; working with smaller quantities,
it is estimated to exceed 25 per cent, in some cases.

A Simple Mode for Percolation under Pressure. T. Maben.
{Pharm. Jouni., 3rd series, xvii. 941.) A description is given in
this paper of a simple and very useful form of apparatus for
percolation with the aid of a vacuum pump. The reader is re-
ferred to the original article, which is illustrated by a woodcut
illustration.

A New Process for the Preparation of Syrup of Tolu. F.
Stephenson. (Pharm. Jotirn., 3rd series, xA^ii. 785.) In the
prepai'ation of this syrup it occurred to the author that the balsam
might be sufficiently exhausted by cold maceration, if the tolu was
in a fine state of division, and the syrup completed without the
application of heat. The following formula is the result of his
experiments in this direction : —

Balsam of Tolu 1^ ounce.

Finest Loaf Sugar ..... 2 pound^.
Water 16 ounces.

Reduce the balsam to powder by trituration with 8ozs. of the
sugar. Place the mixture in a bottle with water, and macerate for
forty-eight hours with occasional agitation. Then filter through
paper till bright, and dissolve the remainder of the sugar in the
filtrate. This is best done by crushing (not powdering) the sugar,
placing it in a percolator, and passing the filtrate through. The
result is a clear and very full flavoured syrup, which the author
thinks compares favourably Avith the product of any other published
formula. With so large a proportion of sugar (Avhicli might

254 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

perhaps be lessened without disadvantage), the percolation is
rather slow. It is found somewhat difficult to completely clarify
the syrup.

Note on Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. A. C. Abraham.
(Fkarm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 512.) The author's examination
of a number of samples of this preparation shows that, although
the official process is capable of giving very constant results, such
results are not attained by first-class houses, from which most of
the samples examined had been obtained.

Estimation of Carbonate of Ammonia in Spiritus Ammoniae
Aromaticus, B. P., by means of Allen's Nitrometer. E. D.
Gravill. (Pharm. Journ. 3rd series, xvii. 445.) For the pur-
pose suggested in the title, the nitrometer is filled with mercury,
5 c.c. of spiritus ammonisB ai-omaticus admitted, then gradually
5 c.c. of hydrochloric acid, and the volume of carbonic anhydride
liberated is measured with the necessary precautions.

Spirit of Nitrous Ether. E. Painter. (Proc. Amer. Pharm.
Assoc, 1886. From Amer. Pharm. Journ.) This preparation is
recommended to be made from pure nitrous ether, and this to be
prepared by the action of nitrous acid gas upon alcohol. The gas
is generated from a mixture of sulphui'ic acid, 2 lbs., arsenious
acid, in lumps, 2j lbs., and nitric acid, 2| lbs., and is conducted
through an empty bottle, successively through two bottles con-
taining alcohol, and a third bottle containing water and sodium
bicarbonate, for the retention of any free acid, into the condensing
vessel surrounded by ice, where pure nitrous ether is obtained.
This should then be mixed with three times its weight of alcohol,
in which condition it may be preserved. One part of this mixture,
with four parts of alcohol, makes spii'it of nitrous ether of the
pharmaeop(rial strength.

Spirit of Nitrous Ether. H. Frickhinger. {ArcMv der
Pharm. [3], x.xiv. 1UG5-10G8.) By taking alcohol of 0812 sp. gr.
instead of 0832, as given in the German Pharmacopoeia, almost
the whole of the li([uid may be distilled over, and there is much
less free acid to contend with in the distillate. The niti-ic acid is
not sufficient in amount to completely oxidize all the products of
the reaction. The residue from the first distillation, amounting to
about 2 per cent, of the original charge, is wine-yellow, strongly
acid, and has a specific gravity of 110. It contains no nitric acid,
but, on the contrary, a large quantity of oxalic acid, which can be
economically converted into ammonium oxalate. If this residue

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 255

is poured into nitric acid of 1'35 sp. gr., and allowed to stand for
some weeks, crystals of oxalic acid separate out from tlie grass-
green liquid obtained. The mother-liquor becomes again colour-
less on warming for some time. The rectified ether is perfectly-
neutral in reaction ; at first the sp. gr. of the distillate is 0'835,
then 0'840, 0"84)5, and 0"850, at which point it remains until the
rectification suddenly ceases.

The Pharmacognosy of the Nitrites. G. A. Atkinson.
(Pharm. Journ., 'Svd series, xvii. 1-4.) The importance with which
the compounds of nitrous acid are reg-arded in therapeutics,
especially in the treatment of certain diseases of the circulatory,
respiratory, nervous, and urinary systems, and the pharmacological
knowledge regarding the nitrites as a class, are referred to as
rendering their pharmacognosy worthy of careful consideration.

The author's observations tend to show that of the nitrite group
(including nitro-glycerine) there are but three compounds which
according to present knowledge ai-e worthy of a permanent place
in therapeutics ; nitrite of amyl for inhalation, nitrite of sodium
and nitro-glycerine for administration by the stomach. For sub-
cutaneous injection any one of the three may be used, but he
prefers nitrite of sodium. Nitro-glycerine, being practically stable
in all conditions of the stomach, would be more suited than nitrite
of sodium for exhibition through this viscus, were it not for the
intense headache it is so apt to produce. The aiithor adds that
the decomposition of such a body as nitrite of sodium by the
gastric juice can be largely or entirely obviated by prescribing
it with bicarbonate of sodium.

Note on Liquor Strychniae, B. P. E. H. Farr. (Pharm. Jozirn.,
3rd series, xvii. 580.) Attention is drawn in this paper to the
fact that liquor strychuite, B. P., 1885, if exposed to a low tem-
peratui^e, is liable to deposit crystals of hydrochlorateof strychnine,
and thus to lose in strength. This observation is confirmed by
several correspondents in subsequent numbers of the Pharmaceu-
tical Jourywil.

Note on Confection of Sulphur. A. R. Robbie. {Pharvi.
Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 759.) This confection, obtained by the
directions of the Pharmacopoeia, is open to the objection that
when it is kept for some time, especially under circumstances
favourable to evaporation, it becomes dry and hard.

The following formula gives a product which appears to leave
nothing to be desired : —

256 YEAK-liOOK OF PHARMACY.

Sulphur. Sublimat ^iv.

P. G. Tragacanth gr. xviij.

Tinct. Auraiitii .;..... gss.

Potass. Bitart. ....... 31.

Glycerin! . . . . . . . • S^j.

Syr. Simpl 5ii. 5vj.

Misce.

A Siample made by the above process, which had been kept for
three months in a pot loosely cov^ered with a piece of pai'chment
paper laid on, but not tied down, and occasionally i-emoved, Avas
Btill in perfect condition.

Ctuinine Pills. C. W. Holmes. {Pharm. Joum., 3rd series,
xvii. 454.) Simple syrup is recommended by the author as the
best excipient for making these pills.

Blaud's Pills. W. Duncan. (Pharm. Joum., 3rd series, xvii.
775.) The author examined nine samples of these pills, and found
them to vary in the proportion of ferrous iron present from 9"9
to 22 per cent., all calculated for ferrous carbonate. He also
prepared these pills himself by various published processes, in
order to test their relative keeping properties. The results of his
experiments lead him to the conclusion that Martindale's formula
is the one that should be adopted by all who regard these pills
as a preparation of ferrous carbonate, and not as a preparation
of ferrous sulphate intended to form carbonate in the stomach.
Martindale's formula, as recommended in the " Extra Pharma-
copoeia," is as follows : —

P> Ferri Sulpb 2^ graius.

Potass. Carb 1^ m

Saccliar. . . . . . . . 1 ,,

Piilv. Trag i „

Note on Blaud's Pill Mass. T. Thompson. (Pharm. Journ.,
3rd series, xvii. 864.) The following formula is recommended by
the author : —

Dried Sulphate of Iron .
Anhydrous Carbonate of Potassium

Sin^ar of Milii

Pulv. Tragacanth ....
01. Eiciui

36 grains.
30 „
25 „
10 „
q.s.

To make twenty-four 5-grain pills.

The author also suggests the use of gelatin capsules, the two
desiccated salts to be incorporated separately with almond oil, then
mixed and i)ut into the capsules.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 257

Notes on Bland's Pills. P. Boa. (Pharm. Jonrn., 3rd series,
xvii. 80.5.) The author finds the following formnla to give a
constant and satisfactory result : —

Grauulated Ferrous Sulphate, B.P. . 30 grains.

Potassium Carbonate (15 to 16 p.c. H., 0) 20 ,,

Powdered Sugar . . . . . 10 ,,
Powdered Tragacanth . . . . 3 ,,

Rnb the iron and sugar together, then add the potash, and after
trituration add the tragacanth and beat into a mass for twelve
pills. The beating required is considei-able, but nothing else is
needed to make a mass which rolls easily if not allowed to lie.
Each pill theoretically contains a little over one grain of ferrous
carbonate.

These pills are found to keep for any reasonable time with only
a trifling loss of ferrous salt ; it is unnecessary to coat them.

Pill Excipient. G. W. Sloan. (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc,
1886. From Amer. Pharm. Journ.) Simple cerate is recom-
mended as being well adapted for readily decomposable or deli-
quescent substances, such as silver nitrate, silver oxide, gold
chloride, potassium permanganate, ammonium chloride, zinc
bromide, and many others. The quantity required is small, and
the mass produced is smooth, plastic, firm, and readily soluble in
the stomach. Powdered talc is used as a diluent if necessary,
and as the powder for the pill machine.

Practical Remarks on Pearl-coating of Pills. W. Gilmour.
(^Phann. Jotirn., 3rd series, xvii. 781.) We recommend this useful
paper to the attention of the reader, but refrain from giving any
details here, as the substance of the paper cannot be adequately
represented by an abstract.

Solubility of Gelatin as Compared with other Pill Coatings.
T. Thompson. {Pharm. Journ., urd series, xvii. 8G3.) The
results of the author's experiments tend to prove that the gelatin-
coated pill has the advantage in every respect over those coated
in any other Avay, and that factory-made coated pills are not
desirable adjuncts to a chemist's business.

Note on Linimentum Terebinthinse and Sapo Mollis. T. Red-
wood. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 741, 7-42.) The author
has found that those samples of soft soap which contained the
largest proportions of carbonate of potassium, as well as samples
of his own preparation which contained much free caustic alkali,
have yielded this liniment in a thicker, more pasty condition than

258

YEAR-BOOK OF PHAKMACY.

it has been in when a neutral oi' nearly a neutral soap lias been
used. The result, however, largely depends on manipulation. If
carefully and well prepared with neutral or nearly neutral soap, the
product will be too thick to admit of its being easily put into a
bottle with a narrow neck ; it should be put into an open-mouthed
bottle, because after standing for some days it usually becomes more
liquid, and too much, so to admit of its being conveniently kept in
a covered pot. He arrives at the conclusion that the official
formula for Linimentum terebinthince yields a thick, permanent
emulsion, well suited for its intended use, if prepared with a soap
that is neutral or nearly free from alkalinity ; but that the defini-
tion of Sapo mollis, as given in the Pharmacopoeia, requires cor-
rection, and otherwise admits of improvement.

Linimentum TerebintMnae. M. Conroy. (Chemist and Drug-
gist, November 20, 188(3.) The author's experiments lead him to
the conclusion that a fine jelly-like liniment can be made from the
Pharmacopoeia formula, provided the soap and water be well in-
corporated and the oil of turpentine added very sloivly, with con-
stant trituration ; and secondly, that the quality of the soap and
oil of turpentine does not affect the result.

Linimentum TerebintMnae. Gr. E. Perry. (Pharvi. Jouni.,
Hrd series, xvii. 8*.)9.) A satisfactory liniment is obtained, accord-
ing to the author, by using more .soap and less water than the
Pharmacopoeia directs, and manipulating as follows : — Dissolve in
a bottle, cainphor one ounce, in oil of tui-pentine sixteen fluid
ounces ; add soft soap four ounces, and water one ounce, shake.
Thus made, it is an elegant, creamy emulsion, remaining suf-
ficiently liquid, and though a slight separation will take place
after a time, it is practically ])ermanent.

Cerates and Ointments. J.E. Puckley. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
November, 188G.) The author suggests that the composition of
ointments should be so regulated that their fusing points be merely
a little higher than the tempei-ature of the body, both in health
aiul disease. The following fusing points were ascertained by
introducing the preparation into a glass tube of one-eighth inch
bore, suspending this with a thermometer in Avater, and applying
heat until the plug changed its position in the tube ; and by heat-
ing the preparation in a cup placed in a water-bath, and stirring
with a thermometer until entii'ely liquefied, the fluid point was
determined. The prepai-ations were all made strictly in accordance
with the U.S. Phai-macopoDiaof 1880. The results were as folloAvs,
the temperature being given in degrees Centigrade : —

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

259

Fused.

Fluid.

Congealed.

Ceratum

56-6

55"5

,, Camphorc-e

57-7

62-7

53-8

,, Cantharidis

61-1

71-2

544

,, Cetacei .

57-7

61-1

54-4

,, Estr. Canthar.

721

61-2

,, Plumbi Subacet.

62-2

54-4

,, Eesiiiae .

51-1

54-4

48-8

,, Sabinffi .

52-7

58-5

51-6

Unguentum ....

52-9

o3-9

51-1

,, Acidi Carbol.

51-9

o4-4

,, „ Gallici

3i-4

40-5

23-9

,, Taun.

34-4

38-3

23-8

,, Aquse Eosae

51-1

54-4

48- S

,, Belladonuffi

34-4

38-8

23-8

,, Clirysarob.

34-4

38-8

23-8

,, Diachylon

51-6

58-6

44-4

,, Gallffi

34-4

405

23-8

Hydrargyri

45-0

51-6 1

44-4
29-4

,, Hydrar. Amm. .

33-8

38-8

23-8

,, „ Nitrat.

47-2

31-1

Oxid. fl.

52-7

46-6

„ ,, ,, rub.

50-5

54-4

42-2

lodi . .

.33-8

37-7

23-3

,, lodiformi .

35-5

39-4

23-8

,, Mezerei

52-2

48-3

,, Picis liq. .

41-6

47-2

40-6

,, Plumbi Garb.

33-8

23-8

„ lod.

33-8

23-8

,, Potas. lod.

42-2

44-4

31-1

,, Stramonii

411

44-3

28-3

,, Sulphuris.

45-5

50-5

28-3

Sulph. Alkal. .

38-8

49-4

261

,, Veratrinaj

39-4

46-5

34-4

,, Zinci Oxid.

44-2

34-4

Linimentum Potasii lodidi cam Sapone. A. L. Dor an. (Chemist
ajid Drugrjist, August 28, 1886.) The following formula is pro-
posed by the author : —

Sapo Mollis (transparent)

. . . . Si.

Potassium Iodide .

. 5iss.

Glycerin

• 3J-

S. V. K. .

• . • 3h

Oil of Lemons .

. 5ss.

Distilled Water

. 3X.

Dissolve the soap in 8 ozs. of water and the glycerine by the aid
of heat, and strain while hot on to the potassium iodide, previously
dissolved in the remaining 2 ozs. of water ; mix, cool slightly, and
add the oil dissolved in the spirit. Shake, and set aside to cool
and clear. ...

260 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

This liniment, in addition to its other advantages, is not much
affected by cold. The sapo mollis used was slightly alkaline, but,
in this respect, compared favourably "vvith commercial samples of
both curd and castile soaps, which, though supplied as B.P., gave
decided alkaline reactions.

Formation of Oleates during the Preparation of Ointments. C.
T. George. (Proc. Pennsyh-ania Pharm. Assoc, 1S86.) Su.spect-
iiig that oleates are formed in the preparation of ointments made
with lard or simple cei'ate, and containing metals or the metallic
oxides, and that the use of petroleum compounds as a base may
thus be less advisable, the author has carried out a series of ex-
periments with ointments of mercury, red oxide of mercury, yellow
oxide of mercury, nitrate of mercury, oxide of zinc, and nutgalls.
From the results of the experiments, the author arrives at the
conclusion that the use of lard, or lard oil, and tallows, are to be
recommended for the preparation of all ointments containing
metals or their oxides, or vegetable powders, or extracts of any
kind. Petrolatum as a base is only to be recommended for the
preparation of such ointments as are used for the purpose of pro-
tecting an abraded surface of the skin, or a hacked or chapped or
chafed surface, acting rather in a mechanical manner, than for any
medicinal virtues they may contain.

Vaselin. C. Engler and M. Boehm. (Bingl. polyt. Journ.,
cclxii. 468-475 and 524-530; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 456.) The
authors call vaselin the substance extracted from petroleum
residues, whilst the mixture of heavy mineral oil (Paraffinuvi
Hquidum) with ceresine (Paraffinum soUdum) is regarded as "arti-
(icial vaselin." For the preparation of the natural product, two
(Jalician oils were used. Jioth oils were highl}- dichro'ic, had a
green colour by reflected light, and a colour varying from yellow-
ish to brownish red by transmitted light, and exhibited the follow-
ing properties when subjected to distillation : —

Fraction below 150°.

150° to 200'

SPifrr. percent, percent,
at 15'. by vol. by weight.

per cent, per cent,
by vol. hy weight.

Oil I. .

. 0-812 . . :U>2 . 26-7 .

. 85-9 . 35-5

„ n. .

. 0-820 . . 21-8 . •_'

0-0 .

. 51-7 . 51-2

290° to 310'.

Above 310°.

per cent. per cent,
by vol. by weight.

Oil I. ,

, . . . 5-3 . . G'o .

. 27-7 . . 31-1

„ II. .

, . . . 8-8 . . 9-4 .

. 17-0 . . 18-9

MATEKIA MEDICA AXD PHARMACY. 261

For the production of vaselin from these oils, two methods
■were employed, the first consisting in dissolving the residues in
petroleum spirit, bleaching the solution by filtration through
animal charcoal, and expelling the solvent by distillation with
steam, whilst the second method involved bleaching the oil and
subjecting it to distillation in a vacuum (mercury column = 10-15
mm.) to 250°. The product obtained according to the first process
formed a colourless, translucent, pasty mass melting at 32° and
exhibiting no crystalline structure, even on application of cold.
The vaselin extracted from the bleached oils was colourless, trans-
lucent, and free from odour. It had the following properties : —

Yield.

Sp. trr.

Melting point.

Oil I. .

. 13-8 . ,

, . 0-8S09 .

. . 30-31^

„ II. .

. lb-2 . .

, . 0-8785 .

. . 30-31=.

The composition of the different vaselins is illustrated in the
subjoined table : —

From
From residues. From Petroleum Oil I. Petroleum^ Oil II.

. 86-30 86-54 86-55 . 86-14: 86-17
13-99 13-73 13-74 . 13-50 13-72

These results show that vaselin is conijDOsed exclusively of
hydrocarbons. The oils obtained by subjecting the bleached
petroleum to fractional distillation were also found to contain only
carbon and hydrogen, both oxygen and sulphur being absent. The
bleaching process appears to remove all oxygenated constituents
and increase the amount of saturated hydrocarbons, the charcoal
retaining the less highly hydrogemzed hydrocarbons. Attempts
Avere made to increase the melting-point of vaselin by subjecting it
to partial redistillation. It was not, howevei', possible to raise the
melting-point more than two or three degrees, whilst prolonged
distillation resulted in reducing the melting-point, probably owing
to decomposition of the vaselin. By dissolving vaselin in ether,
and subjecting the ethereal solution to fi-actional precipitation
with alcohol, the authors succeeded in separating a solid and liquid
substance from vaselin. 100 grams gave 40'8 grams of solid
vaselin of 0-8836 sp. gr., melting at 40°, and 59'2 grams of liquid
vaselin of 0-8809 sp. gr., solidifying at - 10°. Both products had
the same constitution, and approximately the same boiling-points.
American vaselin melting at 32-33° yielded 14 per cent, of solid
vaselin, melting at 49-50'^, and 86 per cent, of liquid vaselin. It
is possible to sepai'ate " artificial vaselin " into a solid and liquid

202 TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

substance, but the chemical and physical properties of the com-
))onent ]iarts are essentially different.

Thapsia Plaster. J. R. Crook. (Pharm. Jotirn., 3rd series,
xvii. 266.) Thapsia plaster has been in nse for some time in
France, and is now being tried in the United States, but cannot be
said to have come into use in this country. The author considers
it to be one of the most vigorous of counter-iiTitants, since it
causes an active determination of blood from the deeper structures
to the surface. There are, however, two objections to its use.
These are the remarkable tendency of the eruption to spread, and
the occasional severe and painful character of its local action. A
tolerance of its action appears, however, to be acquired after
I'cpeatcd use of the plaster.

Antidotes to Cocaine. {Lancet, 1887, 587.) The use of nitinte
of amyl as an antidote in cases of poisoning by cocaine is recom-
mended for relieving the cerebral anasmia, and that of bromide of
potassium, and the application of cold, for the convulsions "which
appear to be the main cause of death in fatal cases.

Chloral Hydrate and Butylchloral Hydrate as Antidotes for
Strychnine and Picrotoxin. E. Koch. (Chem. Centr., 1886,
811.) Butylchloi'al hydi'ate fails entirely as an antidote for
strychnine, and — like chloral hydrate — is moderately efficient in
picrotoxin poisoning. On the other hand, the effects of chloral
hydrate and butylchloral hydrate can be effectually counteracted
by picrotoxin.

Urethane as an Antidote to Strychnine, Picrotoxin, and Ke-
sorcin. M. Aurep. {Vliarm. Tost, xix. 72t).) The author
experimented on animals Avith urethane, and found it to be an-
tagonistic to and a counter-poison for strj'chnine, picrotoxin, and
resorcin. Urethane is equally as good as chloral, and is not
dangerous, as large doses can be taken without affecting the
circulation or respiration. To judge ironx the effect on dogs, it
would requii-e from 8 to 12 grams of urethane to overcome strych-
nine poisoning in a human being.

Turpentine as an Antidote to Phosphorus. E. Ron dot.
(Chemist and Druggist, September 18, 1886.) As the result of
clinical observation and oxpcrinxents, the author maintains the
efficacy of turpontiiu^ in the treatment of poisoning by phosphorus,
when taken either immediately or even some hours after the
poison has been swallowed. The turpentine and phosphorus
combine, and are eliminated without causing any other morbid
phenomena than a local reaction on the alimentary and urinary

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY.

263

organs. It is important to administer the turpentine at the outset,
so as to neutralise the gi'eatest quantity possible of tlie poison,
Even if it be not completely neutralised, the oil of turpentine
renders the symptoms milder, and favours recoveiy. Turpentine
diminishes haemorrhage and the nervous symptoms which follow
poisoning by phosphorus.

Commercial Pepsins. G. A. Grierson. {Chemist and Druggist,
January 1, 1887.) The author has made comparative examinatiors
of a number of commercial samples of pepsin. His results are
embodied in the following: table : —

9
10

Quantity dis-
solve 1 from

10 grains
macerated in

Acidu-
lated
Water.

grains

8
7i

Water.

grains
3

10
3

3^
10

Differ-
ence.

grains.
4

Albumen

Dissolved

3 grains.

Chemical and Microscopical
Examination.

4
4
1

grains.
500

340

370
100

130

400

500

380

120

140

Maceration in ether removes 10 per
cent, of fatty matter ; microscopical
examination reveals presence of
columnar epitlieliunr in quantity;
no starch ; no milk-sugar.

Blue with iodine ; microscopical ex-
amination shows starch in small
quantity and columnar epithelium ;
no milk sugar.

Fehliug's solution and microscopical
examination show milk-sugar.

Blue with iodine; microscopical ex-
amination shows starch ; no milk-
sugar.

Blue with iodine ; microscope shows
starch in large quantity.

Microscope shows starch in small
quantity, and epithelium.

No starch ; Fehling's solution and
microscopical examination show
milk-sugar.

No starch ; no milk-sugar ; micro-
scopical examination of residue
from acid shows epithelium.

No milk-sugar; blue with iodine;
microscopical examination shows
starch.

No starch ; Fehling's solution shows
milk-sugar ; microscopical exami-
nation shows this to be present in
quantity.

No starch ; no milk-sugar ; micro-
scopical examination shows it to
be almost entirely composed of
nucleated cells.

264 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

It Avill be seen tliat in all cases in which the proteolytic power
is hiofh, the diiference between the solubility in water and in
acid is comparatively great, and this may be attributed to the
greater solubility of pure pepsin in acidulated than in ordinary
water.

The tests were performed as follows : — Two grains of each
sample were placed in a 12-ounce earthenware jar with 8 ounces of
water, 1 drachm of acid, hydrochlor., P. B., and 500 grains of hard-
boiled white of egg, Avhich had previously been passed through a
hair sieve. Before the pepsin was added, however, the jars with
the water, acid, and white of egg wei-e all raised to a temperature
of 110° Fahr. by means of a water-bath. After adding the pepsin
the temperature Avas gradually raised to 180° Fahr., the mixture
being constantly stirred. This part of the process took half an
hour, and the temperatiu^e was maintained at 130° for another
half-hour, so that the whole process lasted one hour. The undis-
solved albumen was then thi^own on muslin, and allowed to dry in
the air for about twenty-four hours, and its weight, subtracted
from 500 grains, gave approximately the amount dissolved. It is
always advisable to use a larger quantity of albumen than the
sample is expected to dissolve, as in the initial stages of the pro-
cess the pepsin is more active than in the later — that is to say,
that a pepsin which, when allowed 500 grains of albumen, dis-
solved 200, might not dissolve 100 if only started with that
amount.

Nine samples of liquid pepsins of commerce were also examined
by the same method, 1 drachm of the fluid being used in the place
of 2 grains of the solid ])cj)sin. The following shows the rcsidt : —

No. of Albumen Dissolved.

Sample. Grains.

1 500

2 500

8 500

4 300

5 70

6 1-40

7 70

8 110

9 100

Nos. 1 to 4 were evidently acidulated glycerin extracts, the last
of them being sold as a mixture of pepsin and pancreatin. No.
5 was sold as a compound wine containing pancreatin as well
as pepsin and the natural acids of the stomach. Its action on

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 265

albumen does not say mucli for the activity of ferments in their
natui-al condition. It also contained iron as an impurity. No. 6
was also an acidulated glycerin extract, and considering the
menstruum used appears to be of very poor quality. Nos. 7, 8,
and 9 were ordinary wines, No. 9 being a foreign make of some
repute. It appears from these data that wines are much inferior
to glycerin preparations in digestive power. It should be boi-ne
in mind, however, that they are given in large doses.

Alleged Incompatibility of Pepsin and Bismuth. H. K. Kroh.
(Amer. Journ. Pharvi., November, 1886.) With the view of testing
the asserted incompatibility of pepsin and bismuth salts, the
author made a number of experiments regarding the digestive
action of pepsin in the presence of bismuth salts. The ammonio-
citrate of bismuth is unsuited for preparing clear solutions with
pepsin. Bismuth subnitrate was found to somewhat retard, but
not otherwise interfere with, the digestion of albumen in the
presence of hydrochloric acid, added in the usual proportions.
Mixtures of 1 part of pepsin, 10 parts of bismuth subnitrate, 50
of hard-boiled albumen, 500 of water, and 8 of hydrochloric acid,
left only 3 parts of the albumen undissolved at the time when, in
the control experiment without the bismuth salt, the albumen had
been completely dissolved. The best method of administering
the two remedies is in the form of mixtures, using the subnitrate
of bismuth and directing the mixture to be shaken.

Antifehrin, a New Antipyretic. A. Cahn and P. Hepp,
{Centralb. filr klin. Med., August 14, 1886; Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
November, 1886.) The body to which this name has been given
is a well-known chemical raaterial, acetanilid or phenylacetamide,
with the formula C^; H- N H Cg H3 0. It is a pure white, crystal-
line, odourless powder, Avith a slight burning sensation on the
tongue, is almost insoluble in cold but more readily in hot water,
abundantly soluble in alcohol and alcoholic fluids. It melts at
113° C, and boils unchanged at 292° C. It has neither acid nor
basic properties, and is very resistent to most reagents.

By experiments on dogs and rabbits, the authors convinced
themselves that even in relatively high doses it produces no
poisonous effects. The temperature of normal animals is not
affected by it.

The clinical observations wei-e mide on twenty-four patients
with fever, as follows : typhoid fever 8, erysipelas 5, acute rheu-
matism 2, pulmonary phthisis 4, abscess of the lung 1, fever in

266 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

leucaemia 1, pypeniic fever in consequence of cystitis and decubitus
1, septicajmia 1, creeping pneumonia 1.

The drug was given in individual doses of "25 to 1 gram, stirred
up in water, or in wafers, or mixed with wine. The maximum
dose hitherto given has been 2 grams in twenty-four hours. The
appropriate dose varies with the nature of the illness ; but the
authors lay down the rule that the dose required to pi'oduce the
equivalent effect is about one-quarter the corresponding dose of
antipyrine. They also find that distinct apyi'exia is easier at-
tained by single large doses than by repeated smaller ones. They
then give some examples of the action of antifebrin.

The authors call attention to this being the first indifferent
body which has been found to possess antipyretic properties,
previously discovered antipyretics being either phenols (carbolic
acid, hydi'oquinone, resorcin, salicylic acid), or bases belonging
to the quinoline series (quinoline, kairine, antipyrine, thalline,
quinine).

Antifebrin. P. Yvon. (Joum. de Phann., January, 1887, 22;
Fharni. Jimrn., 3rd series, xvii. 685.) Antifebrin (acetanilid), if
not carefully purified, may retain traces of aniline that would
impai't to it a toxic action. A delicate test for this contamination
is to triturate an excess of acetanilid in water and add a little
solution of sodium hypobromite. If the compound has been Avell
purified, the mixture will remain limpid and yellow, but if it con-
tain only traces of aniline, a plentiful orange-red precipitate will
be produced, the liquid taking the same colour. For medical use
the author recommends the rejection of any antifebrin that is not
free from odour, white, or scarcely rose tinted, converted into a
coloui'less liquid when heated on platinum foil, completely vola-
tilizable, and capable of standing the above test with sodium
hypobromite. Pleated in a capsule with mercurous niti'ate, acet-
anilid assumes an intense gi-een colour; the green substance is
soluble in alcohol, and this reaction may be used for recognising
the presence of acetanilid in urine. The urine should be shaken
with chloroform, and after the evaporation of the solvent, the
residue, upon being heated with mercurous nitrate, will give the
green coloration if the ui-ine contained traces of the compound.

Toxic Action of Colchicine. A. .Mairet and M. Combemale.
(Comptcs Bcndns, civ. 439-441; Jonrn. Ghem. Soc, 1887, 515.)
Experiments with dogs and cats show that colchicine behaves as
an irritant poison and attacks all the organs, but especially the
digestive canal and the kidneys. The action is more rapid when

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 267

the drug is injected liypoderniically, tlian when it is introduced
into the stomach. In the first case the minimum fatal dose is
0-000571 gram per kilo, of body-weight ; in the second case,
0'0012o per kilo. Details of the symptoms are given in the
original paper.

Colchicine is eliminated by various secretions and chiefly with
the urine, but the elimination is very slow, and therefore colchicine
may behave as a cumulative poison if administered in miniTte
quantities at not too great intervals.

Therapeutic Action of Colchicine. A. ]\Iairet and M. Com-
bemale. {Comjptes Eendus, civ. .!>1.3-.5l7.) Experiments on men,
dogs, and cats show that colchicine acts either as a diuretic or a
purgative, according to the dose administered, and acts by irri-
tating the kidneys and digestive canal. The eifects are the same
whether the di^ug is administered hypodermically or by ingestion,
but the action is more rapid in the former case, and the effects arc
produced by smaller doses. Man is three times more sensitive
to its action than are cats and dogs. A dose of 2 to 3 mgrms. is
sufficient to produce the diui-etic, and 5 mgrms. to produce the
pni'gative action. Colchicine increases the excretions and produces
congestion at th.e articulations and in the bony cartilage. Its
tendency to accumulate in the organism, and its great toxic power,
make it essential to use the greatest care in administering it.

Physiological Action of Paraldehyde. A. Bockai. (Chem.
Centr., 1886, 622 ; Journ. Chem. Soc, 1887, 391.) In oppo.sition to
Cervello, the author has found that paraldehyde acts as a stimulant
before it acts as a hypnotic ; the magnitude and duration of this
stimulating action being in inverse ratio to the dose. Diiring the
period of excitation, the reflexes are increased, but they gradually
subside with larger doses, until they are altogether completely lost.

With toxic doses, the power of reflex action is lost so rapidly
that the stimulating action, as well as the original increase of
reflex action, pass unobserved.

Applied locally, paraldehyde acts similarly to chloroform and
ether. Death is caused by paralysis of respiration, which may to
a certain extent be counteracted by artificial respiration. In con-
sequence of its vasomotor action, paraldehyde causes an increased
secretion of urine. It is a powerful antidote to strychnine, for ten
times the fatal dose of strychnine may be administered to dogs
that have previously received paraldehyde, without any toxic
effect. Strychnine, on the other hand, is not an antidote to
paraldehyde.

268 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Physiological Action of Methylal. A. Mairet and Combe-
male. (Comptes Bendus, civ. 248-250; Journ. Chem. Soc. ,1887,
391.) The experiments were made on gninea-pigs, cats, dogs, and
monkeys. The results show that sleep is produced more rapidly
by hypodermic injection, or by inspiration of the vapour, than by
injection ; but in the last case it is more persistent. The higher
the animal in the scale, the more sensitive is it to the hypnotic
action of the methylal. In large doses, methylal exerts a toxic
action, and may cause death by producing inflammatory lesions
of the difterent organs ; but in doses of 0'25-0"5 gram per kilo, of
body-weight, the only symptom observed is deep sleep preceded
by somewhat increased salivation ; and if the slumber is very
prolonged, the temperature is slightly reduced. The methylal is
rapidly eliminated from the system, and the heaviness which is
apparent immediately on awakening rapidly passes away.

Physiological Study of Digitaline. P. Lafon. (Journ. de
Pliann. d de Chiin., January 15, 1887.) The author does not
admit that tliis poison accumulates in the animal economy. It
seems to undergo a considerable transformation in the circulation.
Digitaline presents a relatively great resistance to physical and
chemical agents, to ferments, and to jiutrefuction.

Boldoglucin. Dr. R. Juranvillc. {Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
18S-i, 580.) The author records his experiments with this gluco-
side. On account of its strong odour, boldoglucin cannot readily
be given in the form of mixtures ; but it is best administered
enclosed in gelatin capsules or by means of clysters. In doses of
1"5 to 4"0 gm. it produced a decided hypnotic effect, and occa-
sionally cessation of the hallucinations ; but these, as well as
sleeplessness, returned on discontinuing the use of the remedy.
Though it cannot supplant other reliable hypnotics, it appears to
be useful in certain forms of insomnia.

Physiological Action of Convolvuliu and Jalapin. G. Dragen-
dorff. (Chem. C'e?^/?•., 188(3, 589 ; Jouni. Chem. iS^oc, 1887, 291.)
The question of the excretion of these glucosides after being taken
into the human stomach has been investigated by liernatzik ;
traces only were found in the faeces, none in the urine. This
result was confirmed by Kohler and Zincke ; who, however, suc-
ceeded in isolating these purgatives from the stomach and intes-
tines. The author has repeated these investigations, adopting a
simplified method of examination of the parts for the glucosides
aud products of decomposition (convolvulic and jalapic acids),

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 269

based on extraction with cliloroform. O'o gram of the e:lucosides
was the quantity given, cats being taken as the subjects of the
experiments.

The author confirined the previous results in regaixl to the
non-excretion of the drugs in the freces and urine. The animals
were killed after the lapse of four hours, and the organs examined;
appreciable quantities of the drugs were found in the stomach
and small intestines, less in the duodenum, traces only in the
lungs and pancreas. No evidence was obtained that the glvicosides
are converted into the derived acids.

Therapeutic Value of Scopoleine. H. P. Dunn. (Brit. Med.
Journ., January 8, 1887. From Pharm. Journ.) The new mydri-
atic, scopoleine, obtained from Japanese belladonna root, is
spoken highly of by the author. He prefers it to atropine in
the treatment of keratitis, corneal ulcers, and iritis. When both
atropine and eserine have failed in troublesome corneal ulcers,
the use of scopoleine has been attended with success. Although
he has used it in many cases, he has not in any one of them seen
irritation resulting from its use. He believes that in addition to
its mydriatic action, it possesses some contj'ol over the vascular
supply of the eyes. The strength of the solution used by the
author is one grain to the ounce.

Physiological Action of Solanine. M. Geneuil. {Med. Becord,
fi'ora Bull. gen. Ther.) The author has given the hydrochlorate
of solanine in closes of one half a grain, repeated three or four
times a day, in cases of neuralgia, rheumatism, obstinate vomiting",
spasmodic nervous affections, asthma, and bronchitis, and believes
that the remedy will prove to be of great value in the treatment
of these and similar affections. The following are his conclusions :
(1) Solanine is a poison to the terminal motor plates. It narco-
tizes the medulla and spinal cord, causing a paralysis of the ter-
minal, sensory, and motor nerves. By reason of this action
solanine is to be classed among the best of the analgelsics. (2)
The drug may be prescribed in large doses without danger, and
presents none of the inconveniences of morphine or atropine.
There is no danger of a cumulative action. (3) Solanine does not
cause congestion of the brain, even in the aged, and probably a
like freedom from this danger exists in the case of children. (4)
In all cases where it is necessary to calm excitement, relieve pain,
or overcome spasm, solanine promises excellent results. It may
be given with advantage in the place of morphine for the relief of
any of these conditions.

270 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

The Diuretic Effects of Caffeine. L. J. v. Schroeder. (Arch,
f. Path. u. Fhannak., Oct., 1886; Amer. Jonrn. Fharm., March,
1887.) The diuretic effects of caffeine, wliich have been pre-
viously observed by Zwenger, Gubler, Shapter, and others, have
I'ecently again been the subject of investigation. The result of
the author's experiments points to two opposite effects of caffeine :
(1) in stimulating the nervous system, similar to strychnine, and
tending to decrease the flow of urine through the contraction of
the renal vessels ; and (2) in stimulating the kidney itself, and thus
greatly increasing the amount of urine. That the diuretic action
varies considerably in intensity was observed by Bronne {Disser-
tation, Strasburg, 1886). He administered the alkaloid in divided
doses every tAvo hours, 0'5 to 1'5 gm. being the total amount given
in the morning only, so as to prevent it from causing sleeplessness;
and if its employment must be prolonged, he advises its occasional
discontinuance for a few days, when the remedy will act as
pi-omptly as before.

Physiological Action of Caffeine and Theine. T. J. Mays.
{Therdpeniic Udzcitc, September, 1886.) Levcn, in 1868, showed
that theine produced convulsions in frogs, while caffeine did not ;
and that the lethal dose of theine was larger than that of caffeine.
This is confirmed by the author's expei-iments on frogs, from
which the following conclusions are drawn : —
.Theine and caffeine agree in the following —

1. They first affect the anterior extremities.

2. They diminish respiration.

3. They produce hypera3sthesia during the latter stage of the
poisoning process.

They differ in the following —

1. Theine principally influences sensation, while caffeine does
not.

2. Theine produces spontaneous spasms and convulsions, while
caffeine does not.

3. Theine impairs the nasal reflex early in the poisoning pro-
ce.ss, while caffeine does not, if at all, until in the A'ei'y last stage.

4. The lethal doses of theiTie is lai-ger than that of caffeine.
Therapeutic Properties of Tribromide of Allyl. G. de Fleury.

{Archives de Fharm., August, 18Si:>, 352. i'rom Fharm. Joiirn.)
Tribromide of allyl was first prepared by ^Vurtz, in 1857 {Aim. de
Chimie, li. 91), by the reaction of iodide of allyl on one and a half
times its Aveight of bromine, and is a colourless liquid, soluble in
ether, boiling at 217° C, and having a specific gravity of 2436.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 271

According to the author this conapound has been employed with
good effects in hysteria, asthma, angina pectoris, and infantile
convulsions. It was administered in capsules each containing five
drops, two to four capsules being given daily, or subcutaneously in
doses of two to four drops dissolved in one or two cubic centi-
metres of ether.

Eucalyptol in Phthisis. {Chemist and Druggist, March 19,
1887. From the Lancet.) Bouveret has employed hypodermic
injections of eucalyptol in the treatment of phthisis. The daily
dose of the antiseptic has varied from 1^ gram to 2^ grams.
The duration of the treatment has been from fourteen to sixteen
days. Sixteen cases of phthisis were treated by this method; six
of the number had fever, and the remaining ten were without
fever. There was rarely any local disturbance at the site of in-
jection. It was certain that the antiseptic was absorbed ; it
could be detected in the breath, but not in the urine. Albuminuria
was not observed as the result of the treatment. It is very doubt-
ful whether the number of bacilli was altered in any way by the
method of treatment. Sweating, as a rule, was diminished. Its
chief effect is as a balsamic preparation on the bronchial secretion,
which it influences favourably. MM. Ferret and Chabbannes have
made experiments with the five per cent, solution of eucalyptol,
injecting a mixture of it with tuberculous matter under the skin
of guinea-pigs. The general conclusion at which they have arrived
is to the effect that the antiseptic is utterly insufficient to prevent
the activity of the micro-organism that causes artificial tuber-
culosis.

Notes on the Pharmacy of Hydronaphthol. T. D. McElhenie.
(Phann. Jouni., onl series, xvii. 352.) Hydronaphthol was intro-
duced in 1885 by Rigney and Wolff, of New York. The principal
literature on the subject is a series of articles by G. R. Fowler, on
its uses in surgery.

The term hydronaphthol, although slightly vague in a scientific
sense, indicates the origin and chemical kinship, and is a con-
venient term for commercial use. It is found to be about twelve
times as strong as phenol in antiseptic power, and possesses
several other advantages over that substance. It is non-irritant,
and non-corrosive, and non-poisonous. The latter point was
definitely ascertained by Dr. Wolff, of Philadelphia, by physio-
logical experiments conducted at Jefferson Medical College. It is
soluble in 1000 parts of water at 60° F., and 100 parts at 212° F.,
from which the excess separates on cooling in beautiful brown,

272

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

feathery crystals. The saturated sohition (1 in 1000) has a slight
aromatic odour, but it is practically tasteless. In somewhat
stronger warm solutions it has a bitterish, pungent taste. It
sublimes at 90" C. It occurs in silvery white pulverulent laminae,
and dissolves in four parts of alcohol, three parts of ether, and
about ten parts of cotton-seed oil. The latter requires the heat of
a water-bath, but remains permanent on cooling. All these solu-
tions show a black sediment on standing, probably some tarry
impurity, which will be got rid of as the pi^ocess of manufacture
is improved. Hydronaphthol dissolves in ten parts of glycei'in at
the heat of a water-bath, but almost entirely separates out on
cooling, and remains suspended for days. It is freely soluble also
in chloroform and benzol. Hydronaphthol is not germicidal, at
least in the proportion of 0'5 in 100 parts, or five times the strength
of a saturated aqueous solution, but it is reliably anti.septic in
proportion of 01 to 0"05 per cent., preserving solutions of beef,
glue, gelatin, starch, gums, and fresh wine, etc. The author has
noted the following behaviour to reagents. In all cases the
saturated aqueous solution was employed. This solution exposed
to sunlight soon begins to darken, passing through various shades
of opalescence, becoming brown after a month or so, and depositing
a film on the entire inner surface of the bottle.

With Tinct. Cblor. Iron
With Tinct. Iodine

With Ammonia

Sol. Potash .

Acid. Tannic .
,, SalicyHc.
,, Acetic. .
,, Sulphnric. cone.
,, HydrochL „
,, Phosphoric. ,,
,, Nitric. ,,

Acid. Nitro-hydrochL cone,
dil.
„ Nitric. ,,

No change resulted.

Discharged colour of first two
or three drops, but became
opaque on further addition.

Light pur2)lish tinge, chang-
ing to sti-a\v colour after
some hours.

No change.

An orangc-Tcllow colour,
changing in a moment to a
dense turbid olive-green by
transmitted light, and dull
purple by reflected light.

Same as nitric.

No change.

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 273

The use of hydronaplitliol will enable pharmacists to prepare
fresh beef juice bj sprinkling on the finely chopped beef a little
of the powder, say ten grains to the pound ; warm over a fire to
about 130° F., and press quickly. The product would contain all
the albumen, and be infinitely better than the commercial meat
extracts.

Pharmacy of Terebene. (Therapeutic Gazette, July 15, 1886.)
Terebene is stated to be best administered in the form of lozenges,
for which the following formula is recommended : —

Terebene 5iiiss.

Acacia . 5iij.

Water ^i].

Powdered Sugar gvj.

Powdered Tragacanth Jij.

Make 100 lozenges.

With the terebene, acacia, and water, make an emulsion, which
add to the powdered sugar and tragacanth, previously mixed
together. Beat into a mass, and make into lozenges. The emul-
sion form, for administration, meets almost every requirement.

The following proportions are recommended as yielding a very
good emulsion : —

Terebene . . jiv.

Powdered Acacia ^iij.

Water, to make . . . . . • o^J- .

Syrup of Ginger 5J.

First rub thoroughly together the acacia and terebene in a dry
mortar, add all at once the water, rubbing rapidly until the crack-
ling sound appears, then add the remaining water and the syrup
of ginger. This emulsion is not perfectly white, owing to the
syrup of ginger, which is added preferably to simple syrup because
of its flavour and pungency, which somewhat mitigate the taste
of the terebene.

Bromide of Arsenic as a Remedy in Diabetes. J. M. Maisch.
{Amer. Jvnrn. Pharm., Novom])er, ISSO.) Bromide of arsenic is
given by Dr. Davis to diabetic patients in doses of from three
to five drops, the diet being strictly reg■^^Tatcd at the same time.
Under this treatment the sugar disappears rapidly from the urine;
but it is recommended that the administration of the remedy be
afterwards continued for several weeks. Dr. Moock, has used
this ai'senic preparation with success in similar cases.

Medicinal Application of Nickel Bromide. A. D. Drew. (Amer.
Journ. Fharm., December, 1880.) This .salt may be prepared by

274 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACT.

ti'eating- tlie granulated metal with bromine under water, and care-
fully evapoi'ating' tlie dark green solution, when deliquescent, deep
green needles ai'e obtained, which dissolve freely in water, but are
much less soluble in alcohol. The action of hydrobromic acid
upon the metal, aided by heat, is very slow. Powdered nickel,
heated to redness, absorbs bromine vapour, yielding bright yellow
scales of the anhydrous salt, which are deliquescent, and dissolve
in water with a green colour. The salt has been employed medi-
cinally as a hypnotic and sedative, and is conveniently adminis-
tered in the form of a syrup prepared as follows : —

Synip of Nickel Bromide. — Put into a pint flask 12 ounces of
water, add 377 grains of bromine and 187 grains of granulated
nickel, digest at a gentle heat until reaction ceases, filter, and
add sugar 24 ounces and sufficient water to make 32 fluid ounces.
The syrup has a beautiful green colour, and contains 5 grains of
crystallized nickel sulphate to the fluid drachm, which is an aver-
age dose.

Iodoform as an Antiseptic. C. Heyn and T. Rosving.
(Forisch. der Med., Januar}^, 1(3, 1887.) The authors maintain
that the antiseptic powers of iodoform have been assumed but not
proved, and record a series of experiments which have led them
to the conclusion that iodoform is not an nntiseptic. They affirm
that micro-organisms, even when covered with powdered iodoform,
grow freely. The results of their experiments are summarized in
the following conclusions : —

1. That iodofoi'm is valueless in surgery as an antiseptic, even
though it may possess other useful properties.

2. That as iodoform preparations themselves may contain patho-
genous micro-organisms, thoy cannot be used without some danger.

3. That even though iodoform be pure there is danger in using
it, unless care be taken that the apparatus (brushes, sprays, etc.),
by which it is apjilied, are free from infective germs, for the
iodoform will not kill these. In support of this view they bring
forward a case recorded by Lesser, where a brush, Avitli which a
soft sore had been paintetl with iodoform, Avas applied next day to
dust with iodoform a granulating wound, and a soft sore formed
on the wound in conscqnoncc.

Antiseptic and Antipyretic Properties of Eugenol. G. H. Ochse.
(Phnrm. Zeitschr. fur lii(.'<shx)id, xxv. 723; Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
March, 1887.) Eugenol, Cj^ Hjo Oo, the principal component of
oil of cloves, is found also in Myrtns Pimenta {Pimenta officinalis),
Amomis acris {Myrcia acris), Canella alha, Dicypelliiim caryophyl-

MATERIA MEDICA AND PHARMACY. 275

latum, and in Ravensara aromatica. It is a phenol-like compound,
insoluble in glycerin and water, and is obtained as a residue when
oil of cloves is subjected to distillation with strong caustic alkalies.
After the so-called light oil of cloves is distilled off, sulphuric or
phosphoric acid is added, and by continuing the distillation without
access of air, eugenol is obtained. Eugenol is an oilj, colourless
liquid, possessing the odour and taste of oil of cloves in the highest
degree. In contact with air and light it soon acquires a brown
colour; it boils at 247'5° C, and has a specific gravity 1'078 at
and 1"063 at 18'5° C. Like phenol, which it I'esembles very much,
it has no acid reaction, does not contain the group C H and
also forms crystallizable compounds with alkalies. When heated
with hydriodic acid it evolves methyl-iodide, and when fused
with potassium hydrate, it forms protocatechuic acid, Cg Hg (O H)^
C O H, with baryta and tin- dust it forms about ten per cent, of
methyl-eugenol. When taken internally, the greater part of it is
eliminated by the urine, in which however it cannot be detected
by its odour. Eugenol has been given in doses of three grams per
day dissolved in alcohol and diluted with water. As an antiseptic,
it is superior to phenol ; as a febrifuge, it is not as efficacious as
quinine, salicylic acid, antip\-rine or thalline.

The Use of Salicylic and Boric Acids for Preserving Solutions of
Alkaloids. R. G. Eccles. {Bragg. Circular, July, 1886; Pharrn.
Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 62.) The author points out that though
salicylic acid possesses the power of preventing the development
and propagation of fungoid germs, in solutions of the salts of
alkaloids, it does not kill the germs ; and their growth might
begin again should a solution protected bj salicylic acid become
neutral. Among the drawbacks of a too extensive use of this acid
for such purposes, he refers to its power of destroying the action
of the digestive ferments which have now become such valuable
medicines, and may often have to be administered to patients who
are also taking alkaloids dispensed in the form of solutions pre-
served by salicylic acid. He also calls attention to the irritating
effects of salicylic acid on the kidneys, and to its irritant action
when applied locally in collyria. As between salicylic and boric
acids, he considers that the latter must be acknowledged the
preferable in collyria. It is much more soothing, notwithstanding
the fact that it requires nearly forty times the amount to do the
same work. All who have tried the two upon the conjunctiva
never hesitate in giving the preference to boric acid. Dr. Squibb
now prefei's it to everything else, and thinks that a better ai-ticle

276 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

for the purpose is iinnscessary. Certainly its almost negative
medical properties would seem to commend it here. It is soothing
to inflamed tissues, and is not likely to be physiologically contra-
indicated in many cases. The author's choice, however, after a
trial of many kinds is benzoic acid. Applied to the eyes in
solution of more than double the strength necessary to protect, it
does not produce the least irritation. One grain has about the
same antiseptic power as a drachm of boric acid. In fruit juices
the flavour is not in the least impaired by it, and in alkaloidal
solutions no nauseous taste is superimposed on that of the active
ingredient. Like all others, it is sometimes contra-indicated, but
less frequently than salicylic acid, and no oftener than boric. It
is excreted as hippuric acid, a nominal constituent of urine, thus
indicating that it adds force to the body. Salicylic acid steals
force away, by being excreted as salicylui-ic acid, a combination of
itself and glycol.

The Decomposition of Ergotin Solutions. M. Engelmann.
(Deutsche Medicinische Wochensclirift, Sept. 30, 1886. From Med.
News.) As a result of elaborate bacteriological studies, the author
presents the following conclusions :

1. Pure ergotin, unmixed, and dispensed in sterilized glass, may
be preserved almost indefinitely.

2. Aqueous solutions of ergotin undergo a more or less speedy
decomposition. This is due to the action of micro-organisms.

3. Such solutions, when introduced subcutaneously, induce
varying degrees of inflammation.

4. The addition of antiseptic agents to such solutions, as
ordinarily practised, only delays the decomposition.

5. In order completely to prevent the development of living
ferments, the antiseptic must be added in quantities which arc
directly irritating, and are not indiffei'cnt in their action upon the
organism of the patient.

6. Ergotin solutions may be quite far advanced in decomposition
before the eye can detect such change.

7. Ergotin may be most advantageously administered subcu-
taneously, when dissolved in watci- ])reviously .sterilized by a half
hour's boiling.

8. The solution may be best effected in the syringe itself.

9. The distilled water in general use often contains bacteria,
often to such an extent that from a single drop there may be
cultivated upon the gelatin plate many thousands of colonies.

10. In all solutions of drugs to be used subcutaneouslv, it is

MATE EI A MEDICA AND PHAEilACY.

277

therefore advisable that the water should be sterilized by prolonged
boiling jnst previous to its use.

11. The decomposition of pure ergotin has been found to be due
to bacterial imparities on the glass vessels used. A large number
of micro-organisms cause decomposition in the solutions ; the
ordinary bacteria of decomposition, however, are the most active.

Liquid Paraffin as an Excipient for Hypodermic Injections.
M. Lyon. (Pharm. Post, xx. 207. From Amer. Journ. Pharm.)
The author has discovered that sevei"al substances which, owing
to their irritating properties, could not be used hypodermically,
lose this disagreeable property when dissolved in liquid paraffin,
which to be suitable for hypodermic use must be neutral to litmus-
paper ; heated to 180^ C. no vapours should be evolved, sp. gr. at
150° C. = 0-870— 0-895; it should be odourless and tasteless. If
corresponding with the aforesaid properties a slight fluorescence
does not impair its efiicacy, although the German Pharmacopoeia
condemns it. Liquid paraffin dissolves only a limited number of
oxygenated compounds, but readily dissolves hydrocarbons, ether,
chloroform, fats and fatty oils ; menthol, thymol, terjiinol, etc., are
soluble in all proportions. Large quantities of iodine, bromine,
phosphorus, and iodoform are also soluble in liquid paraffin.
According to Bocquillon, it dissolves four times its volume of
sulphuretted hydrogen gas, i.e., more than water is capable of
dissolving. Oil of eucalyptus produces abscesses when injected
subcutaneously, hence eucalyptol (so-called absolute eucalyptol,
■obtained by distilling oil of eucalyptus at a temperature of 170-
180° C.) only should be used. 1 part of eucalyptol is mixed with
4 parts of liquid paraffin. 5 grams of this mixture are injected
twice daily. The same proportions are used for myrtol. For
iodoform the following method is used : 1 gram of iodoform is
dissolved in 20 grams of eucalyptol and 100 grams of liquid
paraffin. Of this mixture 5 grams are injected twice daily.
Carbon, bisulphide, 2 to 100 of paraffin oil, is used in like doses.

Liquid paraffin will not dissolve water, strong or diluted alcohol,
glycerin, methylic alcohol, amylic alcohol, salicylic acid, salts of
mercury, terpin, chloral, naphthol, alkaloids, glucosides, and iodol.
It dissolves but a small quantity of carbolic acid.

Sterilising Hypodermic Solutions. R. N. Girling. (New
Orleans Med. and Surg. Journ, Oct., 1886.) A. Poehl in a recent
article published in the Pharm. Zeitung, comments on the desira-
bility of preparing solutions of the alkaloidal salts, for hypodermic
use, which shall remain free from bacteria or ferment bodies, and

278 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

remarks that solutions for subcutaneous injections are generally
made without any antiseptic precautions.

A process whiclf has given good results, and which is not open
to the objection of introducing foreign substances, such as salicylic
or boric acid, is described by the author as follows : —

Water, which has been re-distilled from a mixture of about
2 per cent, of caustic soda and permanganate of potash (the first
poi'tions of the distillate, if showing traces of ammonia when
tested by Nessler's reagent, having been rejected), is mixed with
about 1 per cent, of pure chloroform. The alkaloidal salt is
to be added, and the solution heated in a flask, furnished with a
thermometer, to a temperature of 60-62° C, until all traces of
chloroform have been dissipated. The resulting solution is to be
filtered through paper which has been folded ready for use, and
afterwards been sterilized by heating to a temperature of 125-
130° C. in an air-chamber or drying oven for at least one hour.
Sufficient of the re-distilled water is to be poured through the
filter to make the filtrate either weigh or measure accurately the
desired quantity. Last, but by no means least, the solution is to
be preserved in vials which have been washed with some of the
same water and di-ied at a temperature of 125-130° C. or over.
The cork used should also be washed in the re-distilled water, and
dried in the same manner as the vials.

Solutions thus prepared have been kept for months without
showinLT sicfus of change.

NOTES AND FORMULA.

S79

PART III.

NOTES AND FORMULA.

Hydrogen Peroxide as a Remedy for Whooping Cough. B . W .

Rich ai'fl son. (PJiarm. Jonrn., irora Asclepiad, February, 1887.)
The author speaks very highly of peroxide of hydrogen as a
remedy in whooping cough. In his opinion it acts in a manner
very similar to dilute nitric acid, but with more effect, subduing
the spasmodic paroxysm, checking the secretion in the throat, and
shortening the duration of the malady. His formula for prescrib-
it is : — Hydi-ogen peroxide (10 vols.), 5vj. ; glycerin, 5iv. ; water
to ^iij- Dose, half a fluid ounce in a wineglassful of water five or
six times a day.

Hydrogen Peroxide in Catarrhal Affections. J. N. Mac-
kenzie. (Phil. Med. Times., 1887, 268.) The author directs
attention to the use of hydrogen peroxide in 4 per cent, solution
for catarrhal affections attended by profuse muco-purulent dis-
charge, used in doses of a fourth to half an ounce three, four, or
even six times a day ; for topical use he prefers a 6 per cent,
solution. By some persons even weaker solutions cannot be used,
on account of their irritating effect upon the air passages. A
marked improvement in the gastric functions was incidentally
observed during its administration. Indeed, so stinking has been
its effects in this regard that it is worthy of more extended trial in
obstinate stomachic derangement.

Ethereal Oxygen. B. W. Richardson. (Chemist and Drug-
gist, February 12, 1887.) The author places in a Wolff's bottle, with
an inhaling mouthpiece attached to one neck, 2 ounces or more
of ozonic ether, the ethereal solution of peroxide of hydi-ogen. To
this he adds, gradually, a solution of permanganate of potash — 8
grains to 1 ounce of water — by the other neck of the bottle, and then
corks that neck. As the fluids commingle, oxygen gas and ether
vapour are given off fi'eely, and can be inhaled from the mouth-
piece. The compound of gas and vapour, anaesthetic, antispas-

291

282 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

inodic, and respirating, is applicable to a large class of cases of
disease, such as pertussis, asthma, and phthisis.

Terpine in Neuralgia. M. Ducronx. (Brit. Med. Journ.,
January 8, 1887, 79.) The author recommends the use of terpine
in some forms of neuralgia. He has given it in doses of 60 centi-
grams in three pills, to be taken between meals.

Cannabis Indica in Headache. S. Mackenzie. (Brit. Med.
Journ., January 15, 1887.) Indian hemp is recommended by the
author as being very useful in headaches of a continuous or
chronic character. He has used the extract with success in doses
of half a grain night and morning, gradually increased to two
grains at night and one and half in the morning.

Diuretic Effects of Calomel. Dr. Jendrafsik. (Therapeutic
Gazette, 188(3, 471.) The author states that he accidentally dis-
covered that calomel produced a powerfully diuretic effect in a
case of dropsy, and that he has since then tried it in a number of
cases, and always with success. He gives 3 grains three or four
times in twenty-four houi-s.

Cocaine in Dysentery. R. L. Hinton. (Therapeutic Gazette,
August, 1886, 489.) The author directs attention to the value of
cocaine hydi-ochlorate to relieve pain and tenesmus in dysentery.
He administered it in the form of an injection of 2 or 3 drachms
of a 4 per cent, solution, with the most successful results.

Chloroform as a Styptic, Dr. Ipaak. (Pharm. Journ., from
Brit. Journ. Dental Science, Aug. 1886, 704.) The author recom-
mends the use of chlorofoi-m as a haemostatic in dentistry. The
solution used consists of 2 parts of chloi-oform in 100 parts of
water. The use of chloroform applied to the crown of the tooth
on cotton-wool, to deaden the pain caused by the pressui'e of the
forceps on the sensitive dentine, has therefoi-e the double advan-
tage, since a hn'-mostaiie action will also be obtained.

Chloroform as a Tapeworm Remedy. (Chemist and Druggist,
Feb. 19, 1887.) Chloroform has been found very efficient against
tapeworms. Doses of 30 grains have been given, repeated after
twenty or thirty minutes ; but troublesome cardiac symptoms
may be avoided by giving smaller doses (a few drops) every five
minutes for a few times. Thompson successfully prescribed
chloroform, 3j. (by weight), simple syrup to 5J., to be given in
thi'ce doses, at intervals of two hours, in the morning, fasting,
with castor oil to follow.

Application of Boric Acid in Throat Diseases. A. D. Mac-
gregor. (Fharni. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 46.) The author

NOTES AND FORMULA. 283

recommends a gargle containing boric acid and glycerin, witli
either tannic acid or alum in addition, in pharyngitis and relaxed
conditions of the throat.

Application of Guinine as Oleate. R. Rother. {Druggists''
Circidar, July, 1886.) The method of administering quinine by
inunction is coming into practice. For this purpose it is usually
exhibited in the form of an ointment prepared by mixing some salt
of quinine, usually the sulphate, witrh a fatty medium. Since the
oleate presents superior advantages in this manner of application,
such an article has of late appeared in the market. As the quality
of the commercial article is variable, and frequently not of good
quality, the author recommends the following i^rocess for its
preparation : —

Quinine, Anhydrous . ' . . . . 324 parts.

Oleic Acid 282 „

Acohol,

Water of each sufficient.

Mix the oleic acid with its volume of alcohol, and gi'adually add
the quinine, finally warming the mixture, if necessary to eifect
complete combination, and filter if desii'able. Expel the alcohol
with a gentle heat, and incorporate a little water with the residue.
Set it aside in the open air, occasionally stirring it, until the salt
has become firm and perfectly dry.

Piperine in Ague. C.S.Taylor. (Pharm. Journ., from Brit.
Med. Journ., September 4, 1886, 449.) Some cases of refractory
intermittent fever, in which, after the failure of quinine, piperine
has been administered with advantage, are reported by the author.
In one case, immediately on the appearance of an attack, three
grains of piperine were given eveiy hour until eighteen grains had
been taken, and on the following day, when the intermission was
complete, the same dose was given every three hours. The author
remarks also that piperine does not produce the unpleasant
symptoms in the head which sometimes follow the use of quinine.

Cantharides as a Preventive of Hydrophobia. J. M. Maisch.

(Amer. Journ. Fharni., March, 1887.) Accoi'ding to the B^-it. Med.
Journ., a Russian physician. Dr. Karchewski, has treated three
persons, who had been bitten by a rabid wolf, with cantharides
plaster applied to the wounds, giving at the same time one grain
of powdered cantharides daily for one week. After seven months
no symptoms of rabies had appeared.

This method of treatment was recommended as being always

284 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

successful by Dr. J. N. Rust, of Berlin, in the early part of tliis
century ; for internal use he ordered, —

CantbariJ. ....... gr. xij.

Lapid. Cancror.,

Saccbari aa3Jsg.

M. ft. pulv. xij.

One powder to be taken twice or thrice daily.

Cocaine as a Remedy for Hydrophobia. Dr. Keegan. (Les
Nouveaux licmedes, 188G, 525.) The author reports from India
that he has successfully treated several cases of hydrophobia by
the local application of a four per cent, solution of cocaine to the
back part of the throat.

Heliotropin as an Antiseptic. M. Fraggani. (Pharm. Cen-
tralhalh, xxviii. 258.) Heliotropin, also known by the term
piperonal, is recommended by the author as an antiseptic and
antipyretic. It is given in doses of I'O gram every two or three
hours, or four times a day, or even in larger doses. It may be
prepared by the oxidation of piperic acid with potassium perman-
ganate in alkaline solution.

Menthiodol. {Pharm. Bundschan, 1886, 308.) This remedy
has been recommended in neuralgia. It is prepared by carefully
heating 4 parts of menthol in a small glass or porcelain vessel,
adding 1 part of finely powdered iodol, and triturating well until
a homogeneous mass is "produced, which is converted into cones
or pencils of suitable size. Should the mass become too hard for
certain purposes, it is remelted, with the addition of a minute
quantity of cam])hor.

Anaesthetic Properties of Hydroclilorate of Caffeine. Dr.
Terrier. (From Journ. de Med. de Paris.) Hydroclilorate of
caffeine has been observed by the author to possess an anaesthetic
action almost idenliral with that of cocaine.

Orcin, a New Dermatological Remedy, (Pliarm. liundschau, xii.
955. From Amer. Journ. Pharm.) Orcin is a white, stable powder
having a mild, aromatic odour and a sweet-bitter taste, dissolves
readily in the ordinary solvents and crystallizes easil}' from
aqueous solutions. Orcin is a dihydroxyltoluol, and is closely
related to resorcin. It is prepared synthetically by fusing
hydroxylate of potassium with chlorocresylsulphonic acid. Like
resoi'cin and ichthj-ol, it is a keratoplastic remedy. In buriis it
eases pain quicker than resorcin or cocaine, and is worthy of
further dermatological experiments.

NOTES AND FORMULA. 285

Antipyrine, as a Haemostatic. M. C heron. (From Revue d.
Mai. d. Femmes.) Antipyrine is stated to be a most valuable
haemostatic, and to be preferable to iron solutions and to ergot as
a local application in uterine hemorrhages, a 4 per cent, solution
being usually of sufficient strength.

Calcium Santonate. J. M. Maisch. (Amer. Jonr7i. Pharm.,
November, 1886.) This salt is prepared, according to Heldt, by
digesting calcium hydrate with santonin in alcoholic solution until
the red colour has disappeared, evaporating the filtrate at a
moderate tempei'ature, exhausting the dry residue with water, and
concentrating. The salt forms white satiny, crystalline crusts,
is permanent in the air and sunlight, has an alkaline taste and
reaction, and is soluble in water and in alcohol. The compound
has recently been recommended as possessing anthelmintic
propei"ties without being absorbed in the digestive tract. The
dose is 1 grain.

Oil of Erigeron. R. Bartholow. (Physic, and Surg., April,
1887.) This oil has been observed by the author to check the
waste of albumen, to lessen the irritability of the bladder in
cystitis, and to afford considerable relief in bronchial catarrh and
similar affections. It was usually given in doses of five drops
every three or four hours.

Eulyptol. Dr. Schmeltz. {P,ull. Gen. de Therap., 188G.)
Eulyptol is a mixture of 6 parts of salicylic acid, 1 part of carbolic
acid, and 1 part of oil of eucalyptus, which the author believes
to be preferable to most other antiseptics. Since carbolic acid
cannot be detected by the usual tests in this mixture, the formation
of a chemical compound seems to be indicated. It has a strong,
aromatic odour, and an acrid, burning taste, dissolves readily in
alcohol, ether, chloroform, and a mixture of equal parts of alcohol
and glycerin, also in alkalies, but is sparingly soluble in water.
Urine to which a small quantity of eulyptol has been added
remains unchanged for fully a month.

Hypodermic Injection of Cocaine and Mercury. Dr. Mandel-
baum. (Monatsh. fur pralct. Dermat.) This injection, which is
useful in syphilitic disorders, is recommended by the author to be
prepared as follows : —

Cocaiue Hydrochlorate . . 0*050 gm. (gr. f).
Mercuric Cyanide . . . 0010 ,, (gr. ^).
Distilled Water .... 15 drops.

286 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Application of Iodoform Collodion for Neuralgia. (Noiw.
Eemedes, 188(3, 525.) Iodoform collodion has been successfully
used for the relief of neuralgia, and is usually prepared by
dissolving 1 part of iodoform in 15 parts of collodion. Occa-
sionally 10 per cent., and even 25 per cent, solutions have been
employed. An older formula consists of 5 parts of iodoform,
5 of balsam of Peru, 5 of powdered soap, and 85 of collodion.

Naphthalin as a Vermifuge. M. Koriander. (Pharm.
Zeitschr. fiir UussL, xxv. 786.) The author gives children from
one to three years old 0"15 to 2'0 grams twice daily ; to adults
he gives from 1'25 to 6'0 grams per day, in poAvders with sugar.
He has frequently noticed excellent results from naphthalin when
given for tapeworm.

Therapeutic Application of Bismuth Suhiodide. A. S. Rey-
nolds. (Medical News, Octohev 9, ISSG.) This salt is regarded
by the author as being very valuable in the treatment of chronic
ulceration ; he states that the salt will control inflammation, allay
irritation, suppress suppuration, promote granulation, and induce
cicatrization. He has also employed it internally in doses of five
and ten grains. The salt may be prepared by diluting an acid
solution of bismuth subnitrate with water as far as it is possible
without causing reprecipitation, and then adding this solution
gradually to a solution of potassium iodide. The brown precipi-
tate of subiodide thus formed may be purified by dissolving it in
hydriodic acid and reprocipitating with water.

Use of Subnitrate of Bismuth for Antiseptic Dressings. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., March, 1887.) Subnitrate of bismuth possesses
antiseptic properties at least equal to those of iodoform. No
poisonous effects are to be apprehended, as in the employment
of the latter. The subnitrate of bismuth, being a chemically
indifferent substance, does not irritate the wounds ; secretion is
diminished. Its action is very prolonged, although not vigorous,
so that the dressings do not need to be frequently changed, and
rest is insured for the wounds. It does not afford protection
against erysipelas and other Avound diseases, at least no more
than iodoform. It is no disinfectant, but as an antiseptic it
keeps the wounds pure. It also represents an excellent material
for forming scabs under which epidermis can grow over the
wound. Its use on granulating wounds has not, however, been
suflicitMitl}' studied as yet.

Boro-Plienol. {Quart. The.rap. Pev., 1887, 3.) This new disin-
fectant is a combination of borax and carbolic acid, and is intended

NOTES AND FORMULA. 287

for antiseptic and disinfecting' purposes. It has a more agreeable
odour than the ordinary carbolic acid preparations, and has the
further advantage of being completely soluble in water, and that
it forms a soliitioa -which may be used for all the purposes for
which the ordinary carbolic acid disinfectants are applicable. The
new combination has, however, to be used in very much smaller
quantities than the carbolic acid disinfecting powder.

Tannin as a Remedy in Consumption. MM. Raymond and
Arthaud. (Quart. Themp. Rev., 1887, 9.) The authors have
made some comparative researches on the action of tannic acid in
tuberculous patients. Having found that when tannin had been
administered to animals for a month, they were more refractory
to the effects of the tubercular virus, it was used in more than
fifty cases of tuberculosis, in doses of from two to four grams
daily. In less than a fortnight half of the patients showed an
increased weight, which continued during the treatment. In
acute tuberculosis, both of the child and the adult, the symptoms
amended, and the disease retrograded in some cases which had
been looked on as hopeless.

Physiological Action of Vanillin. J. Gr asset. {Arch, de
Pharm., August, 1886.) The author has found vanillin fatal to
frogs in doses of from three-quarters to nine-tenths of a grain,
but has not ascertained that there is a toxic dose for the
higher animals. In frogs it acts chiefly on the spinal cord, its
action being like that of strychnine, but much milder. It seems
to delay putrefactive fermentation. It is counteracted by chloral.
Therapeutically, it may be used in doses of thi'ee-quarters of a
grain, as an aid to digestion, especially in atonic and putrefactive
dyspepsia, or as a corrigent of drugs which, like chloral, are not
well borne by the stomach ; also, in doses of from three to four
grains, in mucilage, as an excito-motor.

Antifungin. (Pharm. Centralh., June 2, 1887, 281.) A white
sweet-tasting powder, said to consist of a soluble borate of
magnesia, prepared by a special process, has been introduced
under the name of "antifungin," as possessing extraordinarily
powerful disinfecting properties, and as being a specific against
diphtheritis. It is said to be soluble in four parts of boiling
water, and it is used as a 15 per cent, solution. From five to
twenty drops, according to age, are adininistered every one or
two hours, and about a teaspoonful is sprayed hourly in the sick-
chamber. Further, the diphtheritic growth is painted with the
solution every one or two hours until it disappears.

288 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Snuffs for Coryza. {Chemist and Druggist, August 14, 1886.)
Rabow (Deutsch. Med. Wochenschrift, 5, 1886) has repeatedly seen
benefit from the following powders, used like ordinary snuff,
which also they resemble in appearance, and appear to be more
pleasant to use than Ferriei^'s white bismuth snuff : — (1) Menthol,
2 parts ; roasted coffee, 50 parts ; white sugar, 50 parts. Mix.
(2) Cocaine hydrochlorate, 1 part ; roasted coffee and white
sugar, of each 50 parts. Mix.

Pulvis Pepsini Compositus (Pulvis Digestivus.) (Chemist and
Druggist, January 29, 1887.)

Saccharated Pepsin .
Pancreatin (undiluted)
Diastase (ptyalin)
Lactic Acid (U.S. Ph.)
Hydrochloric Acid .
Sugar of Milk ,

15 parts.
15

65 i

To the sugar of milk add the acid gradually, and triturate until
a uniform mixture is produced. After having mixed the diastase
with the pepsin and pancreatin, incorporate them with the aid of
sugar of milk. Finally, rub the mixture through a sieve, and
preserve the powder in bottles.

Chloral Hydrate as a Vesicant. (Chemist and Druggist,
January 29, 1887.) A blistering plaster, in which the well-
known hypnotic is the active ingi'edient, may be made as follows :
— Cut a piece of adhesive plaster of the desired size and sprinkle
it freely with powdered chloral, leaving the edges free. Then
■warm the back of the adhesive plaster gently, until the chloral
liquefies. The strip is then applied to the skin, previously well
oiled. After ten to fifteen minutes a large blister is formed, and
the plaster should be removed, else ulceration may follow. The
vesication is attended with little pain.

Osmic Acid as a Remedy for Neuralgia. Dr. Schapiro.
(Journ. de L'liarm. ct de Chim., xiv. 519.) The author uses the
following solution : —

Osmic Acid ....... 0-455

Glyceriu 14 20

Distilled Water 24-60

This solution should be kept in a black bottle, and if carefully
sealed will keep for two or three weeks.

For neuralgic affections five drops of the above solution are

NOTES AND FORMUL-E. 289

injected hypodermically near the seat of pain. In some cases the
injection must be renewed, but does not produce any dangerous
results.

Osmic Acid as a Remedy in Epilepsy and Sciatica. (Chemist
and Druggist, February 19, 1887.) Osmic acid has been success-
fully used in these cases. Administered in pill form, made up
with American bole. The dose is 1| grain, which may be repeated
several times a day.

Salol in Sciatica. Dr. V. Aschenbach. {Chemist and Drug-
gist, March 19, 1887.) The author reports that, suffering from
sciatica, for which all known remedies had been ti'ied in vain, he
at last resolved to try salol. In the evening he took a dose of
half a gram, and at midnight one gi"am, after which he fell
asleep, and remained perfectly free from pain.

Tetanic Effects of Sodium Sulphocyanide. H. Paschkis.
(Schmidfs Jahrhilclier, April, 1886.) This salt has been found by
the author to have an action similar to that of strychnine, but less
rapid, producing in frogs prolonged tetanic convulsions, with inhi-
bition of the respiratory and cardiac movements. Injected into
the arteries of mammals, a marked increase in the blood pressure
is produced.

Antiseptic Cottons. J. W. England. {Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
April, 1887.)

Borated Cotton. — This is best made as follows : —

Boric Acid 80 grams.

Boiling Water 1,814 „

Absorbent Cotton .... 453'5 ,,

Dissolve the acid in the boiling water, impregnate the cotton,
express and dry by exposure to the air or slight heat. Borated
cotton thus made contains exactly, in the finished pi-oduct, 15 per
cent of its weight of acid. The use of a Troemner solution balance
will greatly facilitate the weighing of quantities in this as well as
in all the remaining formula?.

Benzoated Cotton. — The following formula yields a preparation
containing 15 per cent, of acid : —

Benzoic Acid 90 grams.

Boiling Water 1,814 „

Glycerin . . . . . . 57 „

Absorbent Cotton .... 453-5 ,,

Proceed as before.

290 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Salicylated Cotton. — This is generally made 10 per cent, in
strength, with water, alcohol, and a small proportion of glycerin
to prevent the shaking out, after drying, of the ciystals contained
in the interstices of the fibres. The following is the formula used : —

Salicylic Acid 57 grams.

Alcohol 453-5 „

Hot Water 2,268 „

Glycerin 57 ,,

Absorbent Cotton .... 453"5 ,,

Mix the acid, in a porcelain or wedgewood mortar, with the
glycerin, dissolve with the addition of alcohol, place the solution in
a large, flat, open vessel, and lay upon the surface of the liquid the
cotton in thin layers. After standing for ten minutes in this liquid,
and absorption is completed, remove, express, and lay aside to dry
upon a frame. Pilcher observes that the antiseptic qualities of
the cotton may be still further enhanced if, before using, a thin
layer of it be dipped in a 10 per cent, solution of the acid, with
glycerin, applying this to the wound first, and then covering with
a thick layer of dry salicylated cotton, sufficiently wide to extend
beyond the outer limits of the wound on all sides.

Naphthalinated Cotton is made by soaking absorbent cotton, in
thin layers, in a saturated solution of naphthalin in petroleum
benzin, expressing and drying. The following is the formula : —

Naphthalin 453-5 grams.

Petroleum Benzin .... 2,732 ,,
Absorbent Cotton .... 453-5 „

lodoformized Cotton. — Lister accords little value to the antiseptic
qualities of iodoform in this shape. It may be made, however, by
this formula : —

Iodoform 24 grams.

Ether 250 „

Alcohol 750 „

Absorbent Cotton .... 453-5 ,,

Dissolve the iodoform in the ether, add the alcohol, and proceed in
the usual way ; or, if desii-ed, the cotton may be prepared, extem-
poraneously, by rubbing the iodoform thoroughly into it, and
shaking out any excess. As made above, it contains 5 per cent.,
but can be increased to a much greater strength if required.

Carholized Cotton. — Cheyne states that this can best be made by
soaking sufficient absorbent cotton in a one per cent, solution of

NOTES AND FORMULA. 291

carbolic acid in ether, drying at once and using immediately.
Any value that it may possess at first, which is questioned, is
almost nil after keeping for a time, from the volatility of its active
constituent, and it is seldom, if ever, employed, especially in view
of the great superiority of the carbolized gauze.

Sublimated Cotton. — This cotton is readily made by the following
modification of Riimmel's formula, and contains one-half per
cent, of the poisonous mercuric chloride : —

Corrosive Sublimate . . . .2-5 grams.

Alcohol 57 „

Water 1,814 „

Glycerin 57 ,,

Absorbent Cotton .... 453-5 ,,

Dissolve the sublimate in the alcohol, add the water and glycerin,
impregnate the cotton, and proceed in the usual way.

Antiseptic Gauzes. J. W. England. (Amer. Journ. Pharm.,
April, 1887.) Carbolized Gauze. — The formula employed by the
author is based to a certain extent upon that of Von Brun's (car-
bolic acid, 10 pai'ts ; resin, 40 parts ; castor oil, 8 parts ; and alcohol,
200 parts), but it varies in containing glycerin in the place of
the oil, and, in addition, petroleum benzin. The finished product
contains 10 per cent, of its weight of carbolic acid.

Carbolic Acid 2.S9 grams.

Alcohol 1,200

Glycerin 150

Eesin 300

Benzin 1,400

Gauze 1,700

Tritui'ate the resin in a mortar with the benzin, add the alcohol,
in which has been dissolved the carbolic acid, and then add the
glycerin. Lastly, soak the gauze, in three or six-yard pieces, in
this mixture, kneading well, to secui'e uniform diffusion ; express
and hang the gauze on fi'ames to dry. It dries very quickly, after
which fold in rolls and wrap up in parafiin paper. In order to
increase the efficiency of the gauze, it has been recommended that
the layers of gauze, prior to application, be dipped in a 1 to 40
aqueous solution of carbolic acid. The i-esin is used to prevent
the washing away of the acid by the discharges from the wound,
while the glycerin in employed to make the resin less brittle, and
assist also the i^etention of the acid in a more than oi'dinary
soluble form.

Sublimated Gauze. — This dressing is occasionally employed, but

292

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

not nearly to tlie same extent as cai'bolized ganze. It contains
1 part in 2,000 or -^V P^^' cent, of its active constituent.

Corrosive Sublimr.te .... 0-85 grams.

Alcohol 28-5 „

Water 2,268 „

Gauze 1,700 „

Dissolve the sublimate in tlie alcohol, dilute with water, and treat
the gauze, in layers, with the liquid. Hang up to dry.

Medicated Tablets. CI. H. Dubelle. {Druggists' Circular,
March, 1887.)

Preparaiion of tlie Tablets. — Make a " bay " with the prepared
sugar (medicated, fruit, conserve) on a mai'ble slab, into which
pour the mucilage by degrees, and mix thoroughly into a paste,
flavouring the mass with the flavouring extract. Roll out the
paste on a marble slab until it has the required thickness, using
starch powder to dust it with to prevent the sticking to the slab
and pin. Before pressing them out, strew or dash over the
surface with starch powder mixed with sifted sugar, and rub it
over with the heel of the hand, which gives it a smooth face.
This operation is tenned " facing up." Brush this off, and again
dust the surface with starch powder, cut out square tablets of
15 grains, and place in wooden trays. Put them in the hot closet
to dry. All tablets are finished in the same manner.

Asthma Tablets.
Powdered double-refined Sugar
Extract of Grindelia Robusta .
Extract of Yerba Santa

Mucilage

Tincture of Tolu

BroiicJiine Tablets.
Powdered double-refined Sugar
Extract of Liquorice
Powdered Cubebs ....

Mucilage ......

Tincture of Tolu ....

Parts.

r,oo

150

600

220

Catarrh 2'ablets.
Powdered double-r^-tined Sugar
Extract of Liquorice
Mucilage .

Powdei-ed Senna Leaves
Powdered Anise Seed
Flowers of Sulphur .
Essence of Fennel

NOTES AND FOEMULJ;:.

293

Catechu Tablets.

Parts

Powdered double-refined

Sugar

. 700

Powdered Catechu .

. 120

Mucilage .

. 70

Powdered Orris Eoot

. 60

Powdered Vanilla

. 20

Triple Extract of Roses

. 10

Cachous'n Tablets

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Powdered Vanilla Chocolate
Powdered WiUow Charcoal

Mucilage

Tinctui"e of Cinnamon

400
400
100

70
20

Constipation Tablets.

Powdered double-refint

-d Sugar

. 300

Powdered Vanilla Chocolate

. 300

Calcined Magnesia .

. 300

Mucilage .

. 70

Tincture of Vanilla .

. 20

Essence of Cinnamon

. 10

Digestive Tablets

Powdered double-refined Sugar

Subnitrate of Bismuth

Saccharated Pepsin .

Pancreatin

Mucilage ....

Essence of Aromatic Spice

Dyspepsia Tablets

Powdered double refined Sugar
Powdered Fennel Seed
Powdered Calamus Pioot .
Mucilage .....
Essence of Peppermint

600
120
90
90
70
30

600

200

100

Eucalyptine Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar

. 700

Extract of Eucalyptus

. 120

Eose Conserve

. 80

Mucilage

. 70

Triple Extract of Rose

. 20

Tincture of Eucalyptus .

. 10

294

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.
Gingerine Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Powdered Jamaica Ginger
Mucilage ....
Grated fresh Lemon Peel .
Tincture of Vanilla .
Essence of Cinnamon

Ginger-Malt Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar

Extract of Malt

Powdered Ginger

Mucilage .

Grated fresh Lemon Peel

Essence of Lemon .

Triple Extract of Hoses

Indian Tamar Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar
PuliJ of Tamai'inds .
Powdered Senna Leaves
Mucilage .
Essence of Coriander
Essence of Lemon

Japanese Cinnamon Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Powdered Cinnamon

Mucilage

Powdered Vanilla . . .
Triple Extract of Roses .

Pancreatine Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Extract of Malt
Pancreatin ....
Mucilage .....
Essence of Aromatic Spice

Pepsin-Bismuth Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Powdered Vanilla Chocolate
Subnitrate of Bismuth
Mucilage ....
Saccharatcd Pepsin .
Essence of Cinnamon

Parts.

800
80
70
20
20
10

600
200
70
70
30
20
10

GOO

200

100

800
80
70
20
20

600

loO

150

600

120

NOTES AND FORMULA.

295

Pepsin-Malt Tablets.

Povrdered double-refined Sugar
Extract of Malt
Saceharated Pepsin .

Mucilage

Essence of Aromatic Spice

Tonic Malt Tablets.

Powdered double-refined Sugar

Extract of Malt

Mucilage .

Extract of Cinchona

Grated fresh Orange Peel

Citrate of Iron .

Compound Tincture of Cinnamon

Vanilla-Malt Tablets

Powdered double-refined Sugar
Extract of Malt ....

Mucilage

Powdered Vanilla ....
Powdered Cinnamon

Parts.

600

180

120

600
150
70
60
60
30
30

600

200

Terebene Tablets. (Pharm. Zeitschr. fiir Bussland, xxvi. 191.)

Terebene 15 grams.

Powdered Gum Arabic . . . , 12 ,,

Distilled Water 60 ,,

Pulverised Sugar 180 „

Powdered Tragacanth . . . . 80 ,,

Make 100 tablets. The terebene is emulsified witb gum and
watei', and then the mixture of sugar and tragacanth added.

Tablets of Aconite. P. Vigier. (Amer. Joum. Pharm., Sep-
tember, lb86, from Gaz. Hebdom. Med.) These tablets are re-
commended bj the author as a convenient form for administering
aconite, and to be made of

Tragacanth 0-5 gram.

Orange-flower Water .... 5'0 grams.

Sugar ....... 50 „

Tincture of Aconite Eoot (French Codex) 200 drops.

To be divided into 100 tablets, of which five to ten maj be taken
in twenty-fonr hours.

Drops for Earache. (Chemist and Pruggist, August 28, 1886.)
Pavesi recommends a mixture of camphor chloral, 2| parts ;
glycei'in, 16| parts; and oil of almonds, 10 parts. This is to be well

296 TEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

mixed and kept in a well-closed bottle. A pledget of absorbent
cotton is to bo soaked with the drops, and then introduced as far
as possible into the afPected ear ; two applications being made
daily. Applications may also be made each day with the prepar-
ation behind the ear. The pain is almost immediately relieved.

Ricinus Communis as an Insect Powder. (Chemist and Drug-
gist, September 25, 1886.) Castor-oil plants have been found
efficacious in freeing' rooms from insect life, the leaves of the plant
containing a substance which is fatal to flies and other insects.
The leaves should be dried and powdered, and the powder used as
an insect-powder. A decoction of the leaves would be serviceable
for destroying insects.

Salicylated Plastermulls and Salvemulls. H. Unna. (Lancet,
September 25, 188G, 574. From Pharvi. Journ.) The local appli-
cation of strong salicjdic acid " plastermulls " in the treatment of
lupus is strongly recommended by the author. The name " plaster-
mull " has been given to a dressing consisting of a very thin sheet
of gutta-percha, coated on one side with an adhesive substance
containing one or more medical compounds, and backed on the
other side with mull or undressed muslin. The name of " salve-
mull " also has been given to a similar kind of dressing, in which
the medicaments are of a moi'e soothing character, consisting of
ointments, having a basis of suet and bird, spread upon mull. In
experimenting with a strong salicylic acid plastermull to remove
the cuticle and prepare lupoid tissue for other more destructive
agents, the autlior observed that salicj'lic acid itself exercises a
most beneficial influence upon the new growth. The chief draw-
back is the great and lasting pain caused by salicylic acid when
applied to a thin epidermis or raw surface. In order to obviate
this various combinations were tried ; but cocaine failed to give
relief, while opium and cannabis indica required an hour or two
to develop their anodyne effect. The best results were obtained
when genuine beech-wood crcasote was combined with salicylic
acid, in the proportion of two parts of creasote to one of acid.
Even then there is a painful stage lasting from ten to fifteen
minutes, but a previous application of cocaine is sufficientl}'^ lasting
in its effect to cover this period. The plastermulls are prepared in
sti'ipa one metre long and twenty centimetres wide, the superficial
area equalling one-fifth of a square metre. The salicylic acid
])lastcrmulls used by the author are of five different strengtlis,
containing respectively, 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 grams of salicylic
acid, and 20, 40, 50, 40, and 50 grams of creasote to each strip.

NOTES AND FORMULA. 297

Syrupns Ferri Snperpliosphatis Oxygenatns. B. W. Ric hard-
son. (Pharm. Journ., 3rd series, xvii. 970.) This sjrup consists
o£ a mixture in equal parts of " syrup of superphosphate of iron,"
solution of peroxide of hydrogen (10 volume strength), and pure
glycerin, and the dose for an adult is from one to two fluid
drachms, two or three times a day, in three ounces of water. It
is mentioned that it has been observed by M. Robbins that if the
peroxide of hydrogen be added in excess to the syrup, and glycerin
be not used, the product is of a beautiful red colour, which, how-
ever, is unstable. Made according to the improved formula, it is
described' as very stable, of an agreeable taste, and as capable of
being prescribed -with tincture of nux vomica, strychnine, mor-
phine, codeine, quinine, salicin, or any other compound that does
not liberate the oxygen fi'om the peroxide.

Syrup of Lactophosphate of Calcium and Iron. M. Thyssen.
(Pharm. Bundschau, 1HS6, .517.) Syrup of lactophosphate of iron
is first made as follows : — ^Dissolve 5 parts of lactate of iron in 40
parts of phosphoric acid. Add simple syrup, 160 parts; oleo-sac-
charate of lemon, 4 parts ; and simple syrup enough to make 1,000
parts. To this syrup is added the syrup of lactophosphate of
calcium made as follows : calcium lactophosphate, 3 parts ; citric
acid, 1"2 part; simple syrup to make 1,200 parts. Flavour with
oil of lemon.

lodol Ointment and Lotion. ]\I. Trousseau. (From L'Union
Med., 1886.) The ointment may be made of 2 grams of iodol,
and 10 grams of soft paraffin.

The lotion is prepared with 3 grams of iodol, 32 grams of
alcohol, and 65 grams of glycerin.

Confectio Copaibae. {Chemist and Druggist, August 7, 1886.)
The followinsr formula is recommended : —

Copaiba

. 1 ounce.

Milk, Condensed

. . h „

Oleo-resin Cubeb .

. 1 drachm.

Licorice Root Powder

. 4 drachms

Tincture of Vanilla

. ^ drachm.

Sugar

. 1 ounce.

Emulsify the copaiba with the milk, mix the oleo-resin and the
other ingredients, and finally add the vanilla.

Chlorodyne. B. L. Maltbie. (Chemist and Brtiggist, January
29, 1887.) The author recommends the following formula as
yielding a transparent and inseparable preparation of elegant
appearance : —

298

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Morphina3 Hydrochlor. .
Spirit. Rectificat. .
Tinct. Caiauabis ludicaj
01. Meuthas Piperitas
Tincturie Capsici .
Chloroform .
Acid. Hydrocyanic, dil.
Glycerini ad .

gr. 16

iiivj
in. XX
jivss

^iv. 3iss

Dissolve the morphine in the alcohol, and the tinct. cannabis
indicEe and other ingredients in their order.

Salol Mouth Wash. (Amer. Joum. Pharm., April, 1887.) The
following formula is recommended : —

Salol

Alcohol .

Tincture of Cochineal

Oil of Eose

Oil of Peppermint .

1 gram.
100 grams.
3 to 5 „

. 1 drop.

2 drops.

Mix. One teaspoonful to be mixed with a glass of water for
use as a mouth'wash.

Toothache Drops. (L' Union Medicale and Amer. Joum. Pharvi.)

Camphor 1 gram.

Balsam of Peru 1 ,.

Alcohohc Extract of Opium . . . 1 ,,

Mastic 2 grams.

Chloroform 20 „

A pellet of cotton moistened with this liquid is introduced into
the cavity of the tooth.

Dr. Gaudet recommends the followinsr formula : —

Mastic

Balsam of Peru
Chloroform

8 parts.
5 „
U „

To be applied in tlie same manner.

Notes on the Administration of Thalline. M. Mayrhofer.
(Med. and Surg. lieporter, August 7, 1886.) The author, during
an epidemic of enteric fever occurring in a Bavarian regiment,
employed thalline in three different forms, — namely, the sulphate,
the tannate, and the tartrate, — and obtained highly satisfactory
results from them all. He gave the drug according to Ehrlich's
continuous system, the doses being generally 0'2 gram, repeated
when the temperature rose. From 10 to 2'0 grams were given
per diem. The total quantity required varied from 8 grams in

NOTES AND FORMULJi:. 299

mild cases to 26 grains in severe cases with relapses. After
taking the medicine, a profuse perspiration occurred, which invari-
ably appeared to improve the patient's condition. No unpleasant
effects were ever observed. There were altogether eighty-eight
cases, of which three (that is, 3-4 per cent.) died. It is not
possible to say that one of the three preparations presented any
marked difference in its action from the other two.

Remedy for Frost-bite. M. Ziiboff. (N. Y. Med. Journ., Oct.
2, 1886.) Potassium permanganate has been found very service-
able by the author as a local application for frost-bite, a solution
of 1 or 2 grains to the ounce of water being used ; it relieves pain,
allays inflammation, and prevents suppuration in blisters. For
burns a half-gi*ain has been employed.

Superiority of Sodium Iodide over Potassium Iodide as a
Therapeutic Agent. (From Brit. Med. Journ.) The following
advantages are claimed for the sodium salt : —

(1) It can be used therapeutically for almost all, certainly the
chief, purposes for which potassium iodide is used, and with
similar beneficial results.

(2) Sodium iodide is more assimilable than the iodide of potas-
sium, both locally, as to the digestive organs, and to the general
system.

(3) Many of the local and general undesirable effects which
are produced by potassium iodide do not follow the use of sodium
iodide.

Stannous Chloride as a Disinfectant. D. Abbott. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm., September, 1886.) Stannous chloride may be used
as a disinfectant, instead of corrosive sublimate ; it is com-
pai'atively safe, does not corrode lead pipes, and is cheap. A
solution containing 1 per cent, kills spores after an exposure of
two hours. It is considerably more active than zinc chloride,
copper sulphate, and sulphate of iron. When intended to be kept
for use, it should be mixed with an equal weight of ammonium
chloride, which prevents the formation of the insoluble oxychloride
of tin.

Beeswax as a Pill Excipient. G. H. Ochse. (From Pharm.
Centralhalle, xxviii. 75.) Powdered beeswax is a good excipient
for pill masses containing balsams or ethereal oils. Beeswax is
readily powdered by triturating with an equal quantity of granu-
lated sugar, adding several drops of alcohol. Two parts of this
mixture and a small quantity of starch, etc., yield with one part
of oil or balsam a good, non- voluminous mass.

300 YEAE-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Permanent Solution of Mercuric Chloride. A. C. Bcrnays.

{Weekly Med. liev., May 1-i, 1887, 558.) The author states that
the addition of 7^ grains of citric acid to each quart of water used
in making solution of mercuric chloride will effectually prevent
any reduction and also the formation of precipitates in the pre-
paration of an alhuminated solution.

Removal of Iodine Irritation. P. Carles. (Joum. de Pharm.,

1886, 315.) The author points out that the irritation caused by
the external application of prepai'ations containing free iodine may
be readily removed by the application of alkalies and alkaline salts ;
dilute ammonia or soda ci'ystals being permissible Avhere the
epidermis is robust, as on the hands, whilst alkaline sulphites,
bisulphites, or hyposulphites are preferable for more delicate skin.
But the best agent, in the author's opinion, is sodium sulphydrate,
an aqueous solution containing one to ten per cent., according to
circumstances, giving relief in a few minutes. It may also be used
for removing iodine stains.

Casein as an Emulsifier. M. Leger. (U Union Pharm., May 16,

1887, 193. From Pharm. Joum.) Considering that natural emul-
sions, such as vegetable juices, milk, etc., owe their peculiar
condition to the influence of albuminoid substances, the author
inferred that these substances might be utilized in preparing
artificial emulsions if they could be separated in a form convenient
for manipiihition and preservation. Casein, which so perfectly
emulsifies butter in milk, was chosen for the exjjerimcnt. It was
separated by adding 60 grams of ammonia to 4 litres of milk, and
after twenty-foui- hours' contact removing the soapy layer that
collected at the top, and then precipitating the serum with acetic
acid. The magma of casein, after being strongly pressed, was
mixed with 10 grams of sodium bicarbonate and sufficient sugar so
that the product should contain 10 per cent, of its weight of casein.
This " saccharide of casein," when ])owdered, is said to be easily
soluble in water, and capable of being emploj-ed in the same
pi'oportion as gum in making almost any emulsion, without requir-
ing the use of a mortar. The sole defect admitted b}* the author
is that the " saccharide " gives off a slight animal odour.

Charcoal and Camphor. M. Barbocci. (Brit. Med. Joum.) A
mixture of equal })arts of camphor and animal chai'coal is recom-
mended by the author for preventing the offensive odour and
removing the pain of old excavated ulcers. The camphor is stated
to act as a disinfectant, and the charcoal absorbs the offensive
odours.

NOTSS AND FORMULiE.

301

Sedative Cough Mixture.

1886.)

Potassi Citratis
Succi Limonis .
Viu Ipecac
Syr. Simplicis .
Aq. Cbloroformi
Aq. ad.
Fiat mistura.

(Chemist and Druggist, November 27,

5J-
5ij.
3ij.

5iss.

5^1-

A tablespoonful four to six times a day.

Koumiss. H. W. Wiley. (Amer. Gliem. Journ., viii. 200-200.)
For the manufacture of koumiss, cow's milk may be used in place
of mare's milk, if the greater proportion of the cream is first
removed. As mare's milk contains 5"3-7-26 per cent, of milk-
sugar, and cow's milk only 4'8 per cent., it is sometimes advisable
to add some milk-sugar to the latter.

Unguentum Cretae Praeparatae. D. Duckworth. (Practit.,
Jan., 1887.) This ointment is recommended by the author as an
application in erysipelas. It is prepared from equal parts of pre-
pared chalk and lard, and to each ounce of the ointment is added
30 grains of carbolic acid. An equally serviceable ointment is
obtained with precipitated calcium carbonate, and this is of a pure
Avhite colour.

Ointment for Skin Diseases. Dr. Behrend. (Amer. Jonm.
Fharm., November, 188G.) This ointment, recommended by the
author, and employed by him with success in the Berlin Hospital
for .skin diseases, is prepared according to the followino-
formula : —

Sublimed Sulphur

Liquid Tar

Soft Soap .

Lanolin

Powdered Pumice Stone

8 parts.

8 „
IG „
16 „

5 „

Ointment Pencils and Paste Pencils. H. C. Brooke. (Amer.
Journ. Pharm,., November, 1880.) Dr. P. G. Unna describes in the
Monatshefte fiir praJct. Dermat., two forms of application to the
skin by means of ointment pencils and paste pencils, which have
the advantage of being more convenient and more economical than
those ordinarily in use. The ointment pencils are based on the
model of the ordinary lip-salve pencils, and may, when suitably
medicated (with zinc oxide, tar, chrysarobin, etc.), be rubbed
quickly into any limited dry eruption of the skin, which thus

302

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

becomes covered with a coating of hard ointment. The paste
pencils were made after the idea of the nitrate of silver sticks, and
are intended for use in those cases in which the epidermis is bi-oken
or destroyed, as in eczema, chancre, or the various forms of ulcer ;
also in such cases as condylomata, where the horny layer is thin
and fatless, or where the surface is moist, as is the case with the
mouth, anus, conjunctiva, and urethra. By moistening the pencil
and stroking it over the surface of the lesion, a thin paste layer of
the medicament is left behind.

The following formulaa are selected as examples : —

Stilus acidi salicylici dilubilis.

Precipitated Salicylic Acid
Powdered Tragacanth
Powdered Starch
Powdered Dextrin
Powdered White Sugar

Parts.
10 per cent. 40 per cent.

10
5
30
35
20

40
5
10
25
20

Stilus arsenico-suhlimatus dilubilis.

Powdered Arsenious Acid ....

Corrosive Sublimate

Powdered Tragacanth ....

Powdered Starch

Powdered Dextrin

Stilus iodoformi dilubilis.

Iodoform 40

Powdered Tragacanth 5

Powdered Starch 10

Powdered Dextrin 30

Powdered White Sugar 15

Stihts icMliyoli dilubilis.

Sodium Sulpho-iclithyolate
Powdered Tragacanth
Powdered Starch
Powdered Dextrin
Powdered White Sugar ,

20
5
30
35
10

Stilus saponatus kalinus dihihilis.

Anhydrous Potash Soap CO

Powdered White Bole 40

NOTES AND FORMULA.

;03

—

Stilus acidi carholici tinguens.

Parts.

10 per cent. 30 per cent.

Carbolic Acid .

Powdered Olibanum

Yellow Wax

Olive OU .

Stilus acidi horici unguens.

Parts.

Boric Acid 10

Yellow Wax 40

Beuzoated Olive Oil 35

Colophony 5

Stilus cantJiaridini unguens.

Cantharidin 0-5

Colophony 10

Yellow Wax 45

Benzoated Olive Oil 45

Stilus creasoti.

Creasote 40

Powdered Olibanum 20

Yellow Wax 40

Stilus iodoformi tmguens.

Iodoform 40

Colophony 5

Yellow Wax 30

Olive Oil 25

Stilus iodi ungtcens.

Pure Iodine 20

Colophony 6

Yellow Wax . . . . . . .40

OUve Oil 35

Stilus jplumbi oleatis et acidi salicylici tmguens.

Precipitated SalicyUc Acid 20

Lead Plaster 40

Yellow Wax 20

Olive Oil 20

Stilus saponis, picis et ichthyoli unguens

Anhydrous Potash Soap
Liquid Tar .
Sodium Thioichthyolate
Colophony .
Yellow Wax
Benzoated Olive Oil .

10
10
5
5
40
30

304 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Stilus zinci suljpJiocarholatis ungiiens.

Parts.

Snlphocarbolate of Zinc 5

Powdered Castile Soap 15

Colophony 5

Yellow Wax 40

Olive Oil 35

Arnica Opodeldoc. (Chemist and Druggist, August 28, 1886.)

Sapon. Mollis
Camphor
Menthol
AqujE Destillat.
Tiuct. Arnica) ad.

20 grains.
8
2

2 drachms.
1 ounce.

Digest for a day, and tilter.

Ceratum Camphor 8b Compositum (Camphor Ice). (Chemist and
Druggist, January 1, 1887.)

Camphor 3 parts.

Benzoated Lard . . . . . 15 ,,

White Wax 10 „

Spermaceti ...... 4 „

Alcohol .... a sufficient quantity.

Triturate the camphor with a sufficient quantity of alcohol to
dissolve it. Then, having melted the white wax and spermaceti
on a water-bath, gradually add the solution of camphor, and con-
tinue stirring until the alcohol has evaporated. Then withdraw
the heat, and having stirred the mixture occasionally until it has
somewhat cooled, mix it, while still liquid, intimately with the
benzoated lard (which should have been prepared from purified
and Avashcd lard), and pour it into suitable moulds.

Boroglyceride Ointment. C. E. Downes. (Amer. Journ.
Pharm., November, 1886.) Such an ointment is made by heating
one part of boroglyceride, containing 50 per cent, of boric acid,
and while hot adding it slowly to three parts of petrolatum, the
stirring being continued until the mixture has thorouglily cooled,
in order to avoid separation of the ingredients. The ointment is
a very convenient vehicle for atropine, physostigmine, chloride of
zinc, and other remtMlies.

MoUin. Dr. 1\ A. Kirsten. (Monatsh. fiir prakt. Dermat.,
August, 1886.) Mollin is a soft soap containing 17 ])er cent, of
uncombined fat, and is stated to be prepared by saponifying with-
out heat 100 parts of cocoa nut oil or of fresh fat with 40 parts

NOTES AND FORMULA. 305

of solution of caiTstic potash (sp. gr. 1"145, containing 15 per
cent, of K H 0), mixing intimately with 30 parts of glycerin, and
heating carefully. If properly made, mollin is yellowish white,
and of a smooth and soft consistence, not readily altered by ex-
posure, free from rancidity and from irritating properties, and
easily removed from the skin by warm or cold water.

Mollin is highly recommended by the author as a vehicle for
the application of mercury and its compounds, balsam of Peru,
storax, phenol, thymol, naphthol, naphthalin, chrysarobin, iodo-
form, salicylic acid, and other substances used for inunction.

Preparation of Lanolin. F. Fialkowski. (Amer. Joum. Fhann.,
I^ovember, 188G, from Wiad. Farmac.) The author recommends
soaking sheep's wool in cold water for twenty-four hoiu-s, and
afterwards washing it well until the water remains clear. The
wool is then boiled twice with water, and pressed while hot, when
the lanolin is obtained of a whitish colour, much lighter than the
commercial article. Twelve pounds of wool yielded 18 ounces of
lanolin, or about 11 per cent.

Antineuralgic Liniment. G. de Mussy. (Amer. Pharm. Journ.,
November, 18H6.) The author recommends a mixture of 4 parts
of oil of peppermint, 2 parts of tincture of aconite i-oot, and 1 part
of chloroform.

Gelatin Bougies, Suppositories, etc. {Pharm. llirndsch., 1887.
101. From Amer. Journ. Pharm.) The proportions of gelatin,
glyceiun, and water cannot be the same for all such preparations,
because the action of the medicament on the mass, deliquescence
or coagulation, must be taken into consideration.

Where gelatin preparations arc frequently dispensed, it is best
to have a definite mass in stock. This is made in large quantities.
After removing the scum from the solution, it is poured into
suitable bottles, and when thoroughly cooled covered with alcohol,
to prevent it from becoming mouldy. When wanted for use, the
bottle is placed in a water-bath, and the requii^ed quantity is
poured off. The mass is made as follows : — The accurately-
weighed gelatin is allowed to macerate over night in distilled
water, and strained through a sieve. The gelatin adhering to the
sieve is collected, the whole placed in a tared porcelain capsule,
and sufficient water added to make the weight four or five times
as much as the original quantity of gelatin used. The capsule is
placed on the upper ring of a retort-stand, and heated over wire-
gauze with a gas or spirit-lamj) flame, care being taken not to

806

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

bum the gelatin. The glycerin is added, and the whole evaporated
to the consistence mentioned in the following table : —

•

Evaporated
to 60 parts.

11.

Evaporated
to 25 parts.

HI.

Evaporated
to SO parts.

IV.

Evaporated
to 60 parts.

Evaporated
to IM parts.

Gelatin ....
Water ....
Glycerin . . ,

20
80
40

10
40
15

10
40
20

10
40
30

120

The anhydrons mass No. 1 is intended for preparations kept in
stock, and for those which are to retain their transparency ; mass
No. 2, for hygroscopic di-ugs ; No. 8, for suppositories ; No. 4, for
vaginal balls, ear-almonds, and bougies ; No. 5, for crayons or
bougies containing a lai-ge percentage of iodoform.

Jjougies. — Bougies containing sulphate of zinc, sulphate of cop-
per, nitrate of silver, extract of opium, hydrochlorate of morphine,
bichloride of mercury, etc., ai-e made as follows :— One part of
sulphate of zinc, or any of the above-mentioned medicaments, is
first dissolved in a little water and then added to 99 parts of mass
No. IV., and poured into moulds. If it is desired to make a large
quantity of sulphate of copper bougies, it is best to mix not more
than the mould will hold at a time, because by frequently heating
the mass the bougies acquire a yellowish green colour instead of a
blue-green.

Bovgies of carbolic acid (5 per cent.) and similar medicaments,
soluble in a small quantity of alcohol, are made by adding 3 parts
of carbolic acid, previously dissolved in alcohol, to 7 parts of
glycerin and 50 parts of mass No. III.

Bougies of iodoform (50 per cent.), and of similar medicaments
insoluble in water and alcohol, are made by adding 27 parts of
powdered iodoform to 54 pai'ts of mass No. V. When taken from
the mould, the bougies are placed in a drying closet until they
weigh about two-thii'ds of their original weight.

Bougies of ferric chloride (b pe^- cent .) , and of similar hygroscopic
drugs, are made by dissolving 1 part of seequichloride of iron in
9 parts of water, and adding to 19 parts of mass No. II.

Alum hongies (2 per cctit.), 25 parts of mass No. III. and 10
parts of distilled water are liquefied in a water-bath. To this is
added a hot solution of 7 parts of alum, 10 of glycerin, and 5 of
distilled water. The whole is then evaporated with slight agita-
tion to 35 parts. The mixture becomes thick and turbid on adding

NOTES AND FORMULAE.

307

the solution of ainra, but on laeating over a water-bath and stirring
carefully, the mixture soon becomes clear and transparent. HA
water must be added from time to time to replace that lost by
evaporation.

Bougies containing tannin (0'2 per cent.}, 0'66 of tannin is dis-
solved in 8 parts of glycerin, and the hot solution added to 39
parts of mass No. II., the whole evaporated to 33 parts. The
mass will coagulate on the addition of the tannin solution, but
becomes clear when slowly stirred for five or ten minutes on a
water-bath. By this process, 2 grams of tannin may be in-
corporated with 5 grams of gelatin. This formula is a v,^ry
good one, and yields bougies which are very soluble. Schrelber
states that he has met with tannin bougies which on boiling with
water for half an hour did not dissolve.

Bougies of extract of Jcrameria are not made with gelatin, but
with white glue. The requisite quantity of extract is dissolved in
40 parts of glycerin, and added to the hot solution of 15 parts of
glae in 20 parts of water, stirring constantly until the mass is
evenly distributed.

Bougies of salicylate and chloride of sodium are made by adding
the finely triturated chemicals to 30 parts of gelatin mass No. II.

For rectal suppositories mass No. III. is used, excepting for
hygroscopic drugs, which require where possible an anhydrous
mass, either No. I. or No. II.

For vaginal halls use about the same mass as is used for bougies.
Suppositories or balls containing iodide or bromide of potassium,
bromide, chloride, or salicylate of sodium or ergotin, require mass
No. II.

Sujjposttories of chloral hydrate are made with gelatin mass
No. II., the chloral being added dissolved in a little water.

A Substitute for Gum Arabic. (American Druggist, May, 1887,
94.) The following process is stated to produce a good substitute
for gum arable for technical purposes: — 20 parts of powdered
sugar are boiled with 7 pai'ts of fresh milk, and this is then mixed
with 50 parts of a 36 per cent, solution of silicate of sodium, the
mixture being then cooled to 122° F. and poured into tin boxes,
where granular masses will grsidually separate out which look very
much like pieces of gum arabic. This artificial gum inskintly
reduces Fehling's solution, so that if mixed with powdered gum
arabic as an adulterant, its presence could be easily detected.

The presence of silicate of sodium in the ash would also confiirm
the presence of adulteration.

308

YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Note on Piilvis Camphorae. (Chemist and Druggist, October 23,
188G.) According- to the Leutsch-Amerikanisch-Apotheker Zeitting,
powdered camphor may be prevented from lumping by the addition
of 20 per cent, of sugar of milk.

Hair Tonic. (Coll. and Clin. Rec, May, 1887, and 3Ied. Neivs,
January 8, 1887.) The following local application has been re-
commended by Bartholow : —

Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus,

Tincture of Cantharides . . .of each ^ss.

Glycerin,

Petrolatum ...,■.. of each 3i.

T. Fox uses in incipient baldness a wash composed of, —

Tincture of Kux Vomica
Tincture of Cantharides
Lanolin

51V.

Siiss.
xiiss.

Acetic Acid ....... 5iv.

Kose Water

3V] •

Crystal Pomade. (Chemist and Druggist, Januaiy 1, 1887.) A
very good pomade is, according to the Deutsch-Amerikanisch-
Apoth. Zeit., made from the following formula : —

01. Eicini
01. Olivffi .
Spermaceti .
01. Jasmini .
01. Kosa)
01. Bergamott
01. Neroli .
01. Geranii Gal.
01. Iiidis .
Cumarini
Heliotropini

Melt the first three ingredients over a water-bath, add the
perfumes, then pour into bottles Avhich are standing in hot Avater,
and allow to cool slowly.

Hair Lotion. (Chemist and Druggist, January 29, 1887.)
Bouchard recommends the following lotion to stop falling of the
hair after ty]thoid fever : —

01. Eicini ...... 7 gi'ams.

Tar 2 „

Tinct. Bcuzoini (simpl.) ... 20 ,,

Cbloroformi . . . . . 30 „

Alcohol 1,000 „

Add a little perfume.

500

grams

380

120

0-5

drops.

drop.

0-02

gram.

0-1

NOTES AND FORMULA.

309

Talc Tooth Powder. (Chemist and Druggist, August 7, 1886.)

Powdered Talc ....

. 12 drachms

,, Cochineal .

. 2

,, Cream of Tartar .

1 drachm.

,, Alum ....

1—1

Oil of Peppermiut

15 drops.

Mix tliorouglily.

Antiseptic Tooth Powder. Dr. A. D. Macgregor. (Brit.
Med. Journ., July 10, 1886.) A good antiseptic tooth powder is
made by mixing the following ingredients : —

Boric Acid .....

4 parts

Potassium Chlorate ....

. 3 „

Guaiacum Eesiu ....

. 2 „

Prepared Chalk ....

. 6 „

Magnesium Carbonate

. 33 „

New Formulae for Perfumes. (^Amer. Journ. Pharm., April,
1887.) The following arc recommended by Soxhlet : —

Eau de Cologne.

Oil of Neroli .

5 parts

Oil of Bergamot

45 „

Oil of Lemon .

20 „

Oil of Lavender

. . . •

1 „

Oil of Kosemary

1 ,.

Benzoin

. 0-50 „

Deodorized Alcohol ....

. 1,250 „

Court Botiqiiet.

Oil of Bergamot

...

, 10 parts.

Oil of Neroli

•

1-50 „

Alcohol, Deodorized ....

. 150 „

Orris Root

....

30 „

Storax

. 0-50 „

Musk

Ess. Bouquet.

. 0-20 „

Ext. Jasmin

50 parts.

Ext. Reseda

• . •

50 „

Ext. Violets

50 „

Orris Root. .

■ •

30 „

Liquid Storax .

. 0-50 „

Ambergris.

. 0-50 „

Oil of Cura^oa .

• • « .

5 ..

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

New Formulae for Perfumes.
Ixntdand, xxvi. 240.)

H. Sox li let. {FJiarm. Zeit. fiir

JEactract of New Moicn Hay.

Cut Tonka Beans
Orris Eoot ,
Vanillin .
Oil of Bergamot
Oil of Neroli .
Oil of Kose
Oil of Lavender
Oil of Cloves .
Patchouly Leaves
Benzoic Acid .
Herb Urticaria
Cologne Spirit .

Digest for fourteen daj
Millefleurs Oil for

Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of
Oil of

Cinnamon

Neroli

Eoso

Cloves

Orange

Calamus.

Geranium

Lemon .

Bergamot

Verbena.

Cut Tonka Beans

Liquid Styrax .

Orris Hoot

Oil of Neroli .

Oil of Bose

Oil of Bitter Almonds

Oil of Bergamot

Ambergris

Musk

Herb of Urticaria

Cologne Spirit'.

o'O grams.
10-0 „
0-05 „
30 drops.

2 „
2

2 ,,

1 drop.

0'20 grams.

0-50 „

2-0 „

207-0 „

and filter.

Ferfuming Hair Oil and Pomade.

liract of Jxeseda.

Digest from eight to fourteen days, and filter

Preservation of Flowers. {Fha
iritllt.) It is stated in this paper

10 drops.

20 „

2 grams.
2 „

20 drops.

10 grams.

15 „

5 „

2-0 grams.
1-0 „

50-0 „

10 drops.
10 „

20 ',[

1 -0 gram.
•50 „

2 -00 grams
50-00 „

m. Jouni., from Chroiiiqtce Indus-
that flowers may be preserved,

■with all their brilliancy and freshness, in the following way : —

NOTES AND FORMULA, 311

In a well-corked bottle dissolve sis drachms of coarsely powdered,
clear gum copal, mixed with the same weight of broken glass, in
15| ounces (by weight) of pure rectified ether. Soak the flowers
in this mixture, take them out slowly, and expose them to the air
for ten minutes ; then immerse them anew, and again expose
them to the action of the air. Repeat this operation four or five
times. The flowers thus treated will keep for a long time if care
be taken not to handle them too much.

Odontalgic Essence. (Chemist and Druggist, August 28, 1886.)

Camphor gr. 20

Chloroformi "l 10

01. CaryophyUi ni 5

OL Cajeputi in. 5

Spt. Vini Eect in. 20

Solve.

Chartreuse Liquor. (From Pharm. Rundschau.) To prepare
this liquor none but spirit free from fusel oil should be used.
Angelica seed, 125 gi-ams ; angelica root, 30 gi^ams ; arnica flowers,
15 grams ; coriander, 250 grams ; hyssop, 125 grams ; melissa, 500
grams; wormwood, 125 grams; cardamom, 15 grams ; Ceylon cinna-
mon, 15 grams; mace, 20 grams ; and cloves, 15 grams; are digested
for twenty-four hours in 36 litres of 95 per cent, alcohol and 20
litres of water, and then distilled. To the distillate are added 25
kilograms of sugar previously boiled w^ith watei', 2 litres of finest
cognac, 25 grams of citric acid previously dissolved in water, and
sufiicient water to make 100 liti-es. Chartreuse is coloured golden
yellow with tincture of saffron, and should be two years old before
using.

Preservation of Honey. C. S. Commings. {Aruer. Joum.
Pharm., November, 1886.) Honey may be kept from crystallizing
or candying by suspending the vessel containing it in water,
applying heat, and stirring the honey constantly until the water
is heated to the boiling point, when the vessel is taken from, the
fire, the scum removed, and, after cooling, the honey is placed in
jars or other suitable vessels, tightly covered and kept in a cool
cellar. Treated in this manner, the author has kept honey fi-om
twelve to sixteen months without crystallizing.

Sumach Ink, 0. J. Lac he. {Amer. Joum. Pharm., 1887, 335.)
The author states that a good ink may be prepared from sumach
leaves. A decoction is made by boiling 1 oz. of the bruised leaves
for half an hour in 1 pint of water, and straining ; 90 grains of
sulphate of iron and 60 grains of gum arable ai'e added. The ink

312 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACr.

has nt first a brownisli cast, wliicli disappeai-s in a few days ; after
about two weeks it can scarcely be distingaiished from ink made
from nutgalls.

Bleaching Liquid. (Chem. Tech. Centr. Anzeiger, iv. 839.) The
addition of a small quantity of glycerin to a bleaching mixture of
chlorinated lime and soda makes the fabric whiter, does not affect
the fibres, and does not require the use of acid to remove the
chlorinated lime.

Polishing Paste, (Pharm. Eundschau, 1886, 435.) The follow-
ing- formula is said to 3neld a good product : — Oxalic acid, 1 part;
ferric oxide, 25 parts ; tripoli, 20 parts ; palm oil, 60 parts ; soft
jjaraffin, 4 parts.

Sticky Fly-Paper. (Chemist and Druggist, August 28, 1886.)

Eesiu ill clean pieces ... .4 troy ozs.
Castor Oil 2 fl. ozs.

Melt together by means of a water-bath, and spread on sized
paper. Sized paper must be used, or the oil will produce the
characteristic tiunsparent stain of fixed oils. If glucose, mixed
with dextrine, is added, to attract the flies, the paper should be
jiaraffined. The following- has also been highly recommended : —

Eesiu 10 parts.

Gum Thus 5 ,,

Linseed Oil 7 ,,

Dissolve by a gentle heat, and apply as directed above.

Violet- Phosphorent Calcium Sulphide. (Chemisch Technischer
Centr. Anzeiger, iv. 845.) The following formula is recommended
as yielding the best product : — 20 grams of lime prepared from
the shells of Hypopus vidgaris are finely powdered and intimately
mixed with 6 grams of roll sulphur and 2 grams of starch. About
8 c.c. of a solution prepared by mixing 100 c.c. of absolute alcohol,
05 gram of subnitrate of bismuth, and several drops of hydro-
chloric acid, are dropped on the mixture, and, the alcohol having
been allowed to evaporate spontaneously, it is then heated in a
crucible to bright cherry redness for twenty minutes. The
crucible is allowed to cool, the thin layer of calcium sulphate
removed, and the contents of the crucible powdered and again
heated for about half an hour. If the heat was not too intense,
the mass will be granular, breaking readily on slight pressure.
When ]iowdcrcd again it loses considerably in phosphorescence.

Luminous Paper. (Pharm. Zeifschr. fiir liussland, xxv. 712.)
The following formula yields a paper which is impervious to wate»-

NOTES AND FORMULA. 313

and luminous in the dark. Water, 100 parts ; paper, 40 ; phos-
phorescent powder, 10 ; gelatin, 1 ; bichromate of potassium, 1 part.
The bichromate of potassium makes the paper impervious.

Impervious Shoe Blacking. (Pharm. Zeitschr.f'dr Bussland, sxv.
792.) Wax, 10 ; spermaceti, G ; oil of turpentine, 66 ; asphalt varnish,
5 ; pulverized borax, 1 ; nitrobenzol, 1 ; grape-vine charcoal, 5 ; Prus-
sian blue, 2. Melt the wax, add the borax, and stir until a jelly is
formed. In another vessel melt the spermaceti, add the asphalt
varnish previously mixed with the turpentine, stir well, and add
to the wax ; lastly, add the colouring previously mixed with a
small quantity of the mass ; perfume with nitrobenzol, and fill in
boxes. Apply a small quantity with a rag and brush. To be
used onl}' once a week.

Liquid Glue. (Pharm. Bundschati, December, 1886.) A very
good preparation is obtained as follows : — 1 part of sugar is dis-
solved in 3 parts of water ; to this solution is added one-fourth as
much slaked lime as sugar used, and the whole heated to 75° C.
The mixture is frequently agitated for several days, or until the
greater portion of the lime is dissolved. The thick solution is then
poured oif, and is ready for use. If 3 parts of gi'ound ghae are
allowed to swell in 13 pai'ts of the sugar solution, and then
warmed, the glue soon liquefies, and remains liquid without im-
paii'ing its adhesiveness. A thicker or thinner consistency is
obtained by adding more or less glue to the solution. Concen-
trated liquid glue remains turbid, thin solutions become clear
on standing. The adhesive properties of this liquid glue are
excellent.

Paste for Labels. L. Eliel. (Pharm Journ., 3rd series, xvii.
469.)

Gum Tragacantb ..... 1 ounce.
,, Arabic . . . . . .4 ounces.

Dissolve in —

Water 1 pint.

Strain, and add —

Thymol 14 gi'ains.

Suspended in —

Glycerin 4 ounces.

Finally add —

Water ..... to make 2 pints.

314

YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

This makes a thin paste suitable for labelling bottles, wooden or
tin boxes, or for any other purpose paste is ordinarily called for. It
makes a good excipient for pill masses, and does nicely for emul-
sions. The very small percentage of thymol present is not of any
consequence. This paste will keep sweet indefinitely, the thymol
preventing fermentation. It will separate on standing, but a
single shake will mix it siafficiently for use.

Eye Flour
Powd. Acacia

4 ounces.
h ounce.

Rub to a smooth paste with 8 ounces of cold water, strain
through a cheese cloth, and pour into 1 pint of boiling water.
Continue the heat until thickened to suit. When nearly cold add —

Glycerin . 1 ounce.

Oil of Cloves 20 drops.

This is suitable for tin or wooden boxes or bottles, and keeps
sweet for a Ions: time.

Eye Flour

4 ounces.

Water

1 pint.

Nitric Acid .....

1 drachm.

Carbolic Acid ....

. 10 minims.

Oil of Cloves

. 10

Glycerin

{IniiT Avitli fho -iv-ntnr sffnin fhi

1 ounce.

•nnrrh ;i, flippsr

add nitric acid. Apply heat until thickened to suit, and add the
other ingredients when cooling. This is suitable for bottles, tin
or wooden boxes, and will not spoil.

Dextrin
Acetic Acid
Alcohol
Water

8 parts

]\lix the dextrin, water, and acetic acid to a smooth paste, then
add the alcohol. This makes a thin paste, and is well suited for
labelling bottles and wooden boxes, but is not suitable for tin
boxes.

Determination of Indigo in Dyed Woollens. M. Taverne.
(Zeihchr. fiir Analyt. CJwin., xxv. Part 4.) The author exhausts
a given square surface of the material Avith chloroform in Soxhlet's

NOTES AND FOEMUL^. 315

extraction apparatus, evaporates the extract to dryness, weiglis
the residue, dissolves it in sulphuric acid, and determines colori-
metrically or by titration with solution of chloride of lime.

The Drying of Oils. A. Livache. (Comptes Bendas, cii. 1167-
1170.) The best method of accelerating the drying of oils is to
agitate the oil Avith a mixture of finely divided lead (precipitated
on sheets of zinc or iron from solutions of lead salts) and man-
ganese niti'ate, and then to decant and agitate with lead oxide to
decompose the manganese salt. When treated in this way, a thin
layer of linseed oil dries completely in less than foar honi-s at the
ordinaiy temperature.

Clarification of Fruit Juices. (^Chemist and Druggist, April 2,
1887.) To clarify fruit juices which are difficult of filtration, add
to them while warm a little skimmed milk. The acid of the juice
coagulates the casein of the milk, which quickly tines the liquor.
This may be afterwards easily filtered.

Sugar as a Cattle Food Condiment. M. Holdefleiss. (Bled.
Centr., 1886, 303-305.) The low piice of sugar has caused many
experiments to be made as to its value in cattle feeding ; in
previous experiments its theoretical nutritive value was calculated,
and it was mixed with the food in regular proportions ; in the
present experiment it was given as an extra ration or condiment.

Thirteen oxen were the animals chosen for experiment, they
were all fed in the same way, except that two of them daily
received a ration of one kilo, of sugar extra ; these animals showed
a considerably larger increase of live-weight than the other
eleven — amongst the latter there were great differences in fatten-
ing capacity. The sugar-fed oxen received each, during the whole
period, 1125 kilos, of raw sugar, from which the author calcu-
lates that 50 kilos, of sugar is capable of producing an increase
of 15"75 kilos, live-weight, leaving a large money profit. The
butchers who slaughtered the animals pronounced the meat of all
equally good.

With young cattle, the results were not so satisfactory ; they
did not eat freely, and suffered so much from scour that the
supply of sugar had to be stopped.

Manufacture of Artificial Oil of Gaultheria. C. Bullock.
(Amer. Journ. Pharm., January, 1887.) This oil is prepared by
G. M. Berringer, in accordance with the following formula : —

Salicylic Acid § ounce.

Methylic Alcohol absolute . . 2 fl. ounces.
Sulphuric Acid . . . , 1 fl. ounce.

316 YEAK-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Dissolve the salicylic acid in the alcohol, then add gradually
the sul2)hnric acid ; warm gently during twenty- four hours ; then
distil from a retort into which a current of steam is introduced.

The distillate is to be well washed and separated by decanta-
tio:i. The odour of the product improves by keeping'.

New Method of Distinguishing Vegetable from Animal Fibre.

H. Molisch. {Bingl. polyt. Journ., cclxi. 135-138.) The follow-
ing process depends on the application of two new reactions for
sugar lately discovered by the author (see this volume, p. 108) : —
About O'Ol gram of the sample, previously well boiled and washed
with water, is mixed first with 1 c.c. of water, then with 2
drops of an alcoholic solution of a-naphthol (15 to 20 per cent.),
and finally with an equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid.
In the case of vegetable fibre, the solution assumes, immediately
after shaking, a deep violet colour, the fibre being dissolved. If,
however, the fibre is of animal origin, the liquid assumes a colour
varying from yellow to reddish brown. By substituting a solution
of thymol for a-naphthol, a fine carmine colour is obtained in the
place of the violet.

The author has successfully applied this test to diiferent vege-
table fibres, such as cotton, hemp, jute, china-grass, etc. ; also to
the cellular tissues of wood, cork, and fungi.

Moreover, in the case of dyed fabrics, the colouring matters
present do not appear to interfere with the success of the reaction.

Polishing Powder for Metals. {Chemist and Druggist, January
1, 1887.) A powder very suitable for cleaning gold, silver, and
other metals, is prepared as follows : —

Chalk 1v,0 parts.

White Bole 100 „

Carbonate of Lead .... 125 ,,

Magnesia . . . . . . 20 ,,

Oxide of Iron 20 „

The mixture must be absolutely free from gritty particles.

Bronzing of Metals. {Amer. Journ. Fharm., February, 1887.)
Very handsome colours may be imparted to metals by the use
of cold solutions of the sulphides of arsenic or antimony. The
articles are thoroughly cleaned and dried ; a thin layer of a
dilute solution of polj^sulphide of ammonium is applied with a
soft brush, allowed to dry, and after brushing off the separated
sulphur, a dilute ammouiacal solution of sulphide of arsenic is
applied. The colour thus produced resembles that of mosaic gold,

NOTES AND FORMULA. 317

and becomes deeper, and ultimately dark brown, by i^epeating
the application of the arsenic solution. A solution of sulphide of
antimony produces a rose-coloured tint, which may be deepened
to dark red.

By polishing-, the coating acquires a bright metallic lustre, and
by the use of mordants the colour is altered. Brass or bronze
left for a long time in contact with the mordant becomes super-
ficially greenish grey, and quite glossy on being polished with
cloth; if now treated with the above solutions, a dull yellow
colour is produced.

The bronzing layer may be re-dissolved by ammonia or sulphide
of ammonium, and the sulphides of antimony and arsenic may be
dissolved in hydrate or sulphide of potassium or sodium.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

COMPRISING TITLES OF BOOKS, PAMPHLETS, ETC.,

ON CHEMISTRY, BOTAXY, MATERIA MEDICA,

PHARMACY, AND ALLIED SUBJECTS.

Published between Jclt 1st, 1886, and Juxe 30th, 1887.

PART IV.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

CHEMISTRY.

A Treatise on Chemistry. By Sir H. E. Eoscoe, F.B.S., and C. Schor-
lemmer, F.B.S., Professors of Chemistry in the Victoria University,
Owens College, Manchester. Vol. III. : The Ghemistry of the
Hydrocarbons and their Derivatives ; or, Organic Chemistry . Part
III. London and New York : Macmillan & Co. 1886.

Gmelin-Kraufs Handluchder Chemie. Anorganische Chemie. Sechste
umgearbeitete Auflage. Zweiter Band, erste Abtheilung. Heidel-
berg : Carl Winter's Universitatsbuchhandlung. 1886.

Traite elementaire de chimie organique. Par MM. Berthelot et Jung-
fleisch. Troisieme edition, en deux volumes. Paris : Librairic
Dunod, 49, qnai des Augustins. 1887.

Cours de cMmie. Par le Prof. Armand Gautier. Paris : Librairie F.
Savy. 3 volumes in 8vo.

Ausfiihrliches Lehrhuch der pharmaceutischen Chemie. Bearbeitet von
Prof. Dr. E. Schmidt. Zweite vermehrte Auflage. Erster Band :
Anorganische Ckemie. Erste Abtheilung : Metalloide. Braun-
schweig : P. Vieweg u. Sohn. 1887.

A Text-Booh of Inorganic Chemistry. By Professor Victor von Bichter.
Translated from the fourth German edition by Edgar F. Smith.
London : Triibner & Co.

Die Chemie in ihrer Gesammtheit his zur Gegenwart rmd die chemische
Technologic der Neuzeit. Bearbeitet nach System Kleyer voii
Wilh. Steffen, Chemiker in Homburg v. d. Hohe. Verlag von Jul.
Maier in Stuttgart.

321 Y

322 YEAK-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Chemistry for Beginners. Adapted for the Elementary Stage of the
Science and Art Department's Examination in Inorganic Chemis-
try. By B. L. Taylor, F.LC, F.C.S., Teacher in Chemistry and
Physics in the Central Higher Grade Board School, Manchester.
London : Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, Crown
Buildings, 188, Fleet Street.

The Owens College Course of Practical Organic Chemistry. By Jiiliiis
B. Cohen, Ph.D., F.C. 8., Assifitant Lecturer on Chemistry, Owens
College, Manchester, etc. London and New York : Macmillan &
Co. 1887.

Methodischer Lehrgang der Chemie. Durch eine Reihe zusammenhan-
gender Lehrproben dargestellt von Prof. Dr. Rudolf Arendt. Halle
a S. : Verlag der Buchhandlung dcs Waisenhauses. 1887.

ScalcJIa Chemica. A Series of Aids for Beginners in Chemistry. By
llushisson Adrian, M.A. Part I. — Analysis of Simple Salts. Lon-
don : H. K. Lewis. 1887.

Lexilcon der angewandten Chemie. Yon Dr. Otto Damvier. Die chemis-
chen Elemente und Verbindungen im Haushalt der Natur und im
taglichen Leben, in der Medizin und Technik, Zusammensetzung
der Nahrungsmittel, Industrieproduktc, etc. Mit 48 Abbildungen.
Leipzig : Verlag des Bibliographischen Instituts.

Kurzes Lehrhuch der organischen Chemie. Von Dr. A. Bernthsen, Pro-
fessor an der Universitat zu Heidelberg. Braunschweig : Druck
und Verlag von Friedrich Vieweg u. Sohn. 1887.

Chimie vegetale. La Bamie. Fur E. Frcmy. In-8°. Paris : Dunod.

Anleitung zur Darstelhing organischcr Prdparate. Von Dr. S. Levy,
Privatdozent der Chemie an der Universitat Genf. Mit 40 in den
Text gedrucktcn Holzschnitten. Stuttgart: Verlag von Ferdinand
Enke, 1887.

Prinziinen der organischen Synthese. Von Dr. Eugen Lelhnann. Berlin :

A'crlag von Robert Oppenheim. 1887.

Descriplire List of E.f.pcri limits on the Fundameyital Principles of
Chemistry. By J. Parsons Cooke. Cambridge : Harvard Uni-
versity.

Grundziige der iheoretischen Chemie fiir Studirende. Yon Dr. J. Polls.
Aachen : Barth.

A Keiv Basis for Chemistry : a Chemical Philosofhy. By Thomas Sterry
Hunt, M.A. , LLD. Boston: Cassiuo. Loudon: Triibner & Co.

BIBLIOGKAPHY. * 323

Les Theories modernes de la cJiimie, et leur application a la mecanique
cliimique. Par Lotliar Meyer. Ouvrage traduit de I'allemaud, sur
la cinquieme edition, par M. Albert Block- Premier volume, grand
in-8° de VIII-452 pages. Georges Carre, editeiir.

Vortrdge ilher die Entwichelungsgescliichte der Chemie in den letzten
Imndert Jahren. Von Prof. Dr. A. Ladenhiirg. 2 verb. u. verm.
Aufl. Braunschweig : Vieweg u. Sohn.

Die Alchemic in cllferer und neuerer Zeit. Eiu Beitrag ziir Cultur-
geschichte, von Hermann Kopp. Heidelberg : Carl Winters' Uni-
versitats-Buchhandlung. 1886. Svo. 2 vol., pp. 260 und 425.

Old and Neiv Chemistry : Which is Fittest for Survival ? And other
Essays in Chemical Philosophy. By S. E. Phillips, F. G.S. London :
Wertheimer, Lea & Co.

Die StruJcturformeln, Geschichte, Wesen und Beurtheilung des Werthes
derselben. Bearbeitet von B>. Bonn. Frankfurt a. O. : Druck und
Verlag der konigl. Hofbuchdruckerei Trowitsch u. Sohn. 1887.

The G^-aphical Representation of the Relation between Valence and
Atomic Weight By C. J. Reed. 1886.

Der Atombau in den chemischen Verbindnngen und sein Einfluss auf die
Erscheinungen ; von L. Mann. Mit einer Tafel. Berlin : Verlag
von F. Heinicke.

Das penodische Gesefz der Atom-Gewichte und das natarlich.e System
der Elemente. Von Dr. E. Hiith. Berlin : F. Friedlandor u. Sohn.

Memoire sur les Volumes Moleculaires des Liquids. Par Hermann
Kopp. Heidelberg. C. Winter. 1886. 8vo. Pp. 47.

Vber die Zustandsbedingungen der FliissigJceiten und Gase, sowie ilber
den Aether. Von /. Kelling. Karlsruhe : Braun.

On the Spectra of the Gases and Vapours Evolved on Heating Iron
and other Metals. By John Parry, F.G.S. Pontypool : Hughes
& Sons. Printed for private circulation.

Chemische TJntersuchungen znr wissenschaftliclien Medicin. Von Prof.
Dr. C. F. W. Krukenberg. Jena : Fisclier.

Select Methods in Chemical Analysis (chiefly Inorganic). By William
Croolces, F.B.S., V.P.C.S. Second Edition, re-written and greatly
enlarged. London : Longmans, Green & Co.

Anleitung zur qualitativen chemischen Analyse. Von Prof. Dr. F. Beil-
stein. 6 umgearbeitete Auflage. Leipzig : Quandt u. Handel.

324 « TEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Traits de Chimie generale annliiiique ct appliqiiee. Par I?. Jagnaux.
Avec 160 figures ct 12 planches. Paris : Doiji. 4 vols.

Outlines of Quantitative Analysis. Bj A. Ilumholdt Sexton. London :
C. Griffin & Co. 1886.

Kurze Anleitung zur Oewichtsanah/se. Uebnngsbeispiele zum Gebrauche
beim Unterricht in chemischen Laboratorien, bearbeitet von Dr.
Ludivig Medicus, a. o. H.-Professor an der Universitat AViirzburg.
Tubingen. 1887. Verlag der Lauppsclien Buchliandlung.

Handhnnk of Volnvietric Anah/sis—tip-pMed to Liquids, Solids, and Gases
— adapted for Chemical Research, Pathological Chemistry, Phar-
macy, Metallurgy, Manufacturing Chemistry, Photography, and
Technical Purposes. By Fra^icis Sutton, F.C.S., F.I.C., etc. Fifth
Edition. London : J. & A. Churchill. 1886.

Lehrhuch der cliemi sdi-anaigt i selien Tilrirmctli,ode. Von Fr. Mohr. Neu
bearbeitet Ton Prof. Dr. A. Classen. 6 umgearb. und verm. Aufl.
Braunschweig : Vieweg u. Sohn. 1886.

Commercial Organic Analysis. By Alfred II. Allen, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Vol. II. : Fixed Oils and
Fats, Hydrocarbons, Phenols, etc. London : J. & A. Churchill.

1886.

Clioix de methodcs analytiques des suhstances qui se rencontrent le plus
frequemment dans Vindnsfrie. Par Georges Krechel, chimiste. Un
volume de 476 pages avec figures. Georges Carre, Boulevard
Saint- Germain, 112, editeur.

Manual of Assaying Gold, Silver, Copper, and Lead Ores. By Walter
Lee Broivn, B.Sc. Second edition, thoroughly revised, corrected,
and augmented. Chicago : Sargent & Co.

Practical and Analytical Chemistry; being a Complete Course in
Chemical Analysis. By Henry Trimble, Ph.G., Professor of Anal.
Chem. in the Philadelphia Coll. of Pharm. Second Edition, re-
vised, enlarged, and illustrated. 8vo. Philadclphi;> : P. Blakiston,
Son & Co. 1886.

Aids to Practical Chemistry. By J. Ilurd Gordon. London: Bailliere,
Tindall & Cox. 1887. 12mo, pp. ()6.

Manipulations de eliniic ; Guide pour les travaux pratiques de chimie.
Par E. Junr/fleisch. Paris: Chez MM. J. B. Bailliere et Fils,
Miteurs. 1886. 1 volume grand in-8°, en deux parties, 1,240 pages,
372 figures dans le texte.

Manuel de Manipulations Chimiques, ou de Chimie Operatoire. Par
Fr. deWalque. Louvaiu: Aug. Peetei's-Ruelens. Paris: Gauthier-
Villars. Troisieme edition. 1887.

BIBLIOGtJAPHY.

325

Tabellen zur Berechnung der organischen Elementaranalgse. Von 71.
Wolff wndL J. Bamnann. Berlin: Verlag von Julius Springer. 1886.

Laboratory Calculations and Specific Gravity Tables^ By John 8.
Adriance, A.B., F.G.S. New York : John Wiley & Sous.

Analysis Table for Chemical Students. By R. L. Taylor, F.C.S., F.I.C.,
Teacher of Chemistry and Physics in the Central Higher Grade
Board School, Manchester. London : Sampson Low, Marston &
Co.

Easy Methods for the Examination of Milk. By Dr. Paul Vieth. The
Aylesbury Dairy Co. 1887.

Die Analyse der Milch. Anleitung zur qualitativen und quantitativeu
Untersuchung dieses Secretes, fiir Chemiker, Pharmazeuten und
Aerzte. Von Dr. E. Pfeiffer. Wiesbaden : Bergmann. 1887.

Le Lait, etudes chijniques et microbiolog igues. Par Duclaux, professeur
a la Faculte des sciences de Paris, et a I'lnstitut agronomique.
Un vol. in-18 de la Bibliotheque scientifique contemporaine, de 336
pages avec figures dans le texte. J. B. Baillicre et Fils, editeurs.

Foods and Food Adulterants. Part I. Dairy Products. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1887. 8vo. Pp. 132.

Vierteljahrsschrift ilber die Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Chemie der
Nahrungs und Genussmittel, der Gebrauchsgegenstdnde, sowie der
hierher gehorenden Industrie. Erster Jahrgaug. 1886. Berlin :
Julius Springer.

Sanitary Examinations of Water, Air, and Food: a Vade Mecum for the
Medical Officer of Health. By Cornelius B. Fox, M.D., F.E.G.P.,
etc. Second edition. London : J. & A. Churchill. 1886.

La Coloration des vins 2>ar les couleurs de la loouille. Methodc analytique.
Par P. Cazenneuve. Paris : J. B. Bailliere.

The Chemistry of Wheat, Flour, and Bread, and the Technology of
Bread-mahing. By William Jago, F.C.S., F.I. C. Brighton : Wil-
liam Jago, 138, Springfield Koad. 1886.

Methods of Analysis nf Commercial Fertilizers. Proceedings of the third
annual convention of the Association of Official Agricultural
Chemists, August 26 and 27, 1886. 8vo. Pp. 59. Issued by the
Dei)artraent of Agriculture, Division of Chemistry, U.S.A., as
Bulletin No. 12.

Guide frati que iiour V analyse chimique et microscopique de V urine, des
sediments et des calculs xirinaires. Par le Dr. L. Gautier. Un vol.
in-18° de 250 p. avec. 90 fig. dans le texte. F. Savy, cditeur.

326 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

A Lahoratory Guide in Urinalysis and Toxicology. By R. A. Wifthaus,
A.M.,M.D. New York: William Wood & Co. 1886. Pp. 75.

Manuel de Toxicologie. Par le Prof. Dragendorff. Traduit par le Dr.
L. Gautier. Paris : Cliez M. Savy.

La Toxicologic du cuivre. Recueil des discours prononces devaut
I'Academie royale de medecine de Belgique. Par le Dr. N. du
Moulin. In 8°. CaiTC.

Etude pliarmacologique et tuxicologique de la digitaline. Par M. Ph.
La/on. Chez MM. J. B. Bailliere et fils. Paris. 1886.

Die Glycoside. Von Dr. 0. Jacohsen, Prof, der Chemie an der Uni-
versitat, Bostock. 1887. Breslau : Verlag von Eduard Trewendt.
London : H. Grevel & Co., 33, King Street, Co vent Garden.

Alcaloides, liistoire, proprietes chimiques et physiques, extraction, action
pliysiologique, effets therapeutiques, toxicologie, observations,
usages en medecine, formules, etc. Par B. Dupuy. Paris : a la
librairie, passage de la Main-d'Or, 15. Bruxelles : 2t, rue de la
Prevoyance.

Des Alcaloides des strychnees. Par Ic Dr. Tliihaut. Paris : Asselin et
Houzeau.

Les Alcaloides d'Origine Animale. Par le Prof. Dr. L. Hugouneng.
Paris : Bailliere et Fils.

Untersuclnuigen iiher Ptomaine. Yon Prof. Dr. L. Brieger. 3 Thl.
Berlin : Hirschwald.

Organische Farhstojfe. Yon Dr. P. Nietzhi. Breslau : Eduard Trewendt.

Die kilnstlichcn organischen Farhstojfe. Unter Zugruudelegung von
sechs Yorlesungen, gehalteu von Prof. Dr. E. Noelting, Direktor
der " Ecole do cliimie " in Miilhausen, bearbeitet von Dr. Paul
Julius. Berlin. 1887. R. Gacrtner's Yerlagsbuchhandlung.
Hermann Heyfelder.

Die Chemie des Steinkohlentheers mit besondei'er Beruclcsichtigung der
kimsilichen organischen Farhstojfe. Von Dr. Gicstav Schultz,
ZAveite vollstandig umgearbeitete Auflage. Erster Band. Die
Rohmatcrialicn. Dritte Licferung. Braunschweig, Druck und
Vorlag, von Friedrich Vieweg u. Sohn. 1886. London: H. Grevel
& Co., 33, King Street, Covcnt Garden.

Etude chimique sur la betterave a sncre (1882-1885). Par II. Lcplay.
Compiegne : Michelet.

On the Comparative Value of Nitrogen and Ammonia Salts. By Thos.
Brown. 1886. (A Paper read before the Chemical Manure Manu-
facturers' Association.)

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 327

The Econoiiiical Aspects of Agricultural Chemistry. An Address read
before the American Association'for the Advancement of Science.
By Harvey W. Wiley. Cambridge : J. Wilson & Son, University
Press. 1886.

Nouveau Dictionnaire de Chimie, illustre de figures intercalees dans le
texte ; comprcnant les applications aux sciences, aux arts, a Tagri-
culture et a I'industrie. Par Emile Bouanf, agrcge des sciences
physiques. Cet ouvrage paraitra en cinq fascicules grand in-8°
sur deux colonnes, de 240 pages chacun. Paris : J. B. Bailliere et
Fils.

Ttchiisch-Chemisches Jahrhuch,188o~86. Ein Bericht iiber die Fort-
schritte auf dem Gebiete der Chemischen Technologie vom Juli,
188.5, bis April, 1886. Herausgegel:)en von Br. Rudolf Bledermann.
Achter Jahrgang. Mit 26-3 in den Text gedruckten Illustrationen.
Berlin : Carl Heymaun's Verlag. 1887. London : H. Grevel &
Co., 33, King Street, Covent Garden.

Chemisch-technisches Eepertoriuin. Herausgegeben von Br. Emit
Jacobsen. 1885. Zweites Halbjahr. 1886. Erstes Halbjahr.
Berlin : R. Gaertner's Verlagsbuchhandlung. 1887.

Techno-Cliemical Receipt Booh ; Covering the Latest, Most Important
and Most Useful Discoveries in Chemical Technology. Edited
chiefly from the German of Drs. Winckler, Eisner, Heintze, Mier-
zinski, Jacobsen, KoUer, and Heiuzerling, with Additions, by
William T. Brannt and William H. Wahl, Ph.B. 8 engravings.
Cr. 8vo, pp. 527. Low.

Ghemiker-Kalender fur 1887. Von Br. Rudolf Biedermann. Berlin :
Verlag von Julius Springer.

MATERIA MEDICA.

A Text-Booh of Organic Materia Medica. By Robert Bentley, M.R.C.H.,
F.L.S. London: Longmans, Green & Co. 1887. Small 8vo, pp.
i.-xxviii. 1-416.

The Princiiiles of Pharmacognosy, an Introduction to the Study of the
Crude Substances of the Vegetable Kingdom. By Friedrich A.
Flikhiger, Ph.B., M.B., and Alexander Tschirch, Ph.B. Translated
from the second and completely revised German edition by
Frederick B. Power, Ph.B. AVilliam Wood & Co., New York. 1887.
vo, pp. 310.

328 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Tlie Organic Materia Medica of the British PJiarmacopoeia, v:ith Brief
Notices of the Remedies contained in the Indian and United States
Pharmacopwias. By W. Southall, F.L.S. Fourth edition. London :
J. & A. Chm-chill, 1887. Crown 8vo, 247 pages.

Nouveaux elements de matiere medicale. Par D. Cauvet. Avec 800
figures intercalees dans le texte. Librairie J. B. Bailliere et Fils,
Paris. 1886.

Lehrhiich der Pharmahognosie. Mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die
Pharmacopoea germanica, ed. II., sowie als Anleitung zur natur-
historischen Untersuchung vegetabilischer Rohstoffe. Von Albert
Wigand. Vierte vermelirte Auflage. Mit 188 Holzsclmitten.
Berlin: 1887. Verlag von August Hirscliwald.

A Manual of Vegetable Materia Medica. By G. S. V. Wills, F.L.S.
Ninth edition. London : Simpkin, Marshall & Co. 1886. Crown
8vo, 408 pages. Coloured plates and map.

Handbuch der allgemeinen und speziellen Arzneiverordnungslehre. Auf
Grundlage ner neuesten Pharmacopoeen bearbeitet Ton Prof. Dr.
C. A. Ewald. 11 Auflage. Berlin : Hirschwald.

Griffltlis Materia Medica and Pharmacy. Third Edition. Edited and
in part written by Alfred S. Gubb, L.B.G.P., M.B.C.S., etc. London :
Bailliere, Tindall & Cox. 1887.

Materia Medica Tables and Notes on Dispensing. By James Henri/
Allen, F.G.8., etc. Second Edition. London: Bailliere, Tindall
& Cox. 1886. Pp. 8k

Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Therapeutics, including
the physiological action of drugs, the special therapeutics of dis-
ease, official and extemporaneous pharmacy, and minute directions
for prescription writing. By S. 0- L. Potter, M.A., M.D., Professor
of the Theory and Practice of Medicine in the Cooper Medical
College of San Francisco, etc. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston, Son
& Co. 1887. 8vo, pp. 828.

Die wichtigsten Heihnittel in ihrer ivechselnden chemischen Zusammen-
setzung ^md pharmakodynamischen Wirkiing. Von Dr. P. G.
Plugge, Pi'ofessor an der Reichsuniversitat in Groningen. Mit
Bewilligung des Verfassers aus dem Hollaudischeu iibersetzt von
Eduard Schdr, Professor der Pharmacie am Polytechnikum in
Ziirich. Jena : A'^erlag von Gustav Fischer. 1886.

A Gompcndium of Domestic Medicine, and Companion to the Medicine
Chest. By John Savory. Tenth Edition. London : H. K. Lewis.

1886.

Anatomischer Atlas zur Pharmakognosie. 60 Tafclu in Holzschnitt von
Dr. A. E. Vogl. Wien und Leipzig : Urban u. Schwarzenberg.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 329

The National Dispensatory, containing the natural history, chemistry,
pharmacy, actions, and use of medicines ; inchiding those recog-
nised in the Pharmacopoeias of the United States, Great Britain,
and Germany, with numerous references to the French Codex. By
Alfred SfilU, M.D., LL.D., etc., and Jolm 31. Maisch, Pharvi.D., etc.
Fourth Edition. Philadelphia : Henry C. Lea's Son & Co. 1886
Large 8vo, pp. 1,781.

Information on Neioer Materia Medica, Standard Medicinal Products,
Fine Pharmaceutical Specialties, Properties and Doses of Drugs.
Epitomized for the use of the Busy Practitioner. Fourth Edition,
revised and enlarged. Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich. Pp. 76,
8vo.

A Companion to the United States Tharmacopoiia. Being a Coinmentary
on the Latest Edition of the Pharmacopoeia, and containing the
descriptions, properties, uses, and doses of all official and numerous
unofficial drugs and preparations in current use in the United
States, etc. With over 650 original illustrations. By Oscar
Oldberg, Pharm.D., and Otto A. Wall, M.D.,Ph.G. Second Revised
Edition. New York : William Wood & Co. 1887. Pp. 1,216, 8vo.

Die neuren Arzneimittel. Fiir Apotheker, Aerzte und Drogisten bear-
beitet von Dr. B. Fischer. Berlin : Julius Springer.

Formulaire des noihveaxix remedes. Par le Dr. G. Bardet et E. Egasse.
Paris : Doin.

tiler den Zustand der Arzneikunde vor 18 Jalirhimderten. Antritts-
vortrag von Prof. liud. Robert. Halle : Milhlmann.

Drugs and Medicines of North America. By J. U. and G. G. Lloyd.
Volume II., Nos. 1, 2, and 3. Cincinnati : Published by the
Authors. 1886. 32 pp., 4 pi.

Chinarinden und Cinchona von A. Tschircli. Separatabdruck aus der
Eeal-Encyklopadie der gesammtcn Pharmacie von Geissler und
Moeller. Wien und Leipzig : Urban u. Schwarzenberg. 1887.
59 S. mit 8 Holzschnitten.

Untersuchungen ilher Cacao und dessen Prdparate. Preisgekronte
Schrift von Dr. Paul Zippcrer. Hamburg und Leipzig : Leopold
Voss,

PHARMACY.

A Compend of Pharmacy. By F. E. Stewart, M.D., Ph.G., etc. Second
edition, thoroughly revised. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston, Son &
Co. 1887. 12mo, pp. 184.

330 YEAR-BOOK OP PHARMACY.

Elements of Pharmacy. By G. S. V. Wills. Sixth Edition. London :
Simpkin.

Frinciples of General Pharmacy, with special references to systems of
weights and measures, specific gravity and its uses, pharmaceutical
manipulations ; compiled by Ch. T. P. Fennel, Ph.G., Professor of
Practical Pharmacy and Instructor in the Pharmaceutical Labo-
ratory in the Cincinnati College of Pharmacy. Cincinnati :
McDonald & Eick. 1886. 8vo, pp. 124.

Manuel des Etudiants en Phcirmacie. Par Ludovic Jammes, pharmacien
de Ire classe, medecin. Paris : J. B. Bailliere et Fils. 1886. 12mo,
pp. 47o and 768.

Handbuch der prahtischen Pharmacie fiir Apotheker, Drogisten, Aerzte
und Medizinalbeamte. Bcarbeitet von Vr. Ileinrich BecTcurts und
l)r. Bruno llirsch. Stuttgart : Verlag von Ferdinand Enke. 1887.

Compendium der Arzneiverordnung. " Medicinisches Recept-Taschen-
buch." 2 Auflage. Von Dr. 0. Liebrcich und l)r. A. Langgaard.
Berlin : Fischer's Medizin-Buchhaiidhmg.

Manual of Practical Pharmaceutical Assaying, including details of the
sim])lcst and best methods of determining the strength of crude
drugs and galenical preparations. Designed especially for the use
of the student and of the practical pharmacist. By A. B.Lyons,
A.M., M.D. Detroit : D. O. Haynes & Co. 1886.

Neues pharmaceutisches Manual. Von Eugen Bietcrich. Berlin : Verlag
von Julius Springer. 1887.

A Plea for Legitimate Pharmacy versus Proprietary Articles paiiaJcing
of the Character of Nostrums ; with a compilation of formulae for
remedies prescribed by physicians and lists of simple remedies-
By Emlen Painter, Ph.G. 8vo, pp. 35.

Formularium of TJnoffi,cial Preparations of the Pennsylvania Pharma-
ceutical Association:

Report of Analyses of Drugs. Willis G. Tucker, M.D., Analyst to the
State Board of Health of New York.

Proceedings of the American Pharmaceutical Association at the Thirty-
fourth Annual Meeting, held at Providence, R.I., September, 1886.
Also the Constitution, By-laws, and Roll of Members. Phila-
delphia : American Pharmaceutical Association. 1886. 8vo,
pp. i.-xx., l-7o3.

Pharmaceutischer-Kalcndcr, 1887. Herausgegeben von Br. E. Geissler.
16 Jahrgang. Berlin : Verlag von Julius Springer.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 331

BOTANY.

A Manual of Botany, including the Structure, Classification, Properties,
Uses, and Functions of Plants. By Robert Benthnj, F.L.S., M.B.G.8.,
etc. Fifth Edition. London : J. & A. Churcliill.

Elements of Botany, including organography, vegetable histology, vege-
table physiology, and vegetable taxonomy, and a glossary of botani-
cal terms. Illustrated by nearly 600 engravings from drawings
by the author. By Edson 8. Bastin, A.M., F.B.M.S. Chicago: G.
P. Engelhard & Co. 1887.

Gray's Botanical Text-booh. Sixth Edition. Yol. ii. Physiological
Botany. By George L. Goodale, A.M., M.D., Professor of Botany
in Harvard University. New York and Chicago : Ivison, Blake-
man, Taylor & Co. 8vo, pp. 499.

lllustrirtes Bepetitoriiim der fharmaceutlsch-mediziniscJien Botanih ti)id
Pharmakognosie, mit 477 Holzschnitten. Von H. Karsten. Berlin :
J. Springer. 1886. 310 Seiten.

Naturgeschiclde des Pfianzenreichs. Grosser Pflanzenatlas mit Text fiir
Schule und Haus. 80 fein kolorirte Doppeltafeln mit iiber 2,000
naturgetreuen Abbildungen mit 40 Bogen begleitendem Text nebst
vielen Holzschnitten. Herausgegeben von Dr. M. FiinfstucJc,
Privatdozent am konigl. Polytechnikum zu Stuttgart. Emil
Hanselmanns Yerlag in Stuttgart.

Lehrbuch der gesammten Pflanzenhunde von Prof. Dr. M. Se alert. Bear-
beitet von Prof. W. v. Allies. 7. Auflage. Leipzig : C. F. Winter.

The Floioering Plants of Great Britain. By Anne Pratt. New Edition.
3 vols. 8vo. London : Warne.

Botany Notes. — Part I. Histology and Physiology. Part II. Systematic
Morphology. By Alexander Johnstone, F.G.S. Third Edition.
Edinburgh: E. & G. Livingstone. 1887.

Maniindaiions de Botanique. Par le Prof. P. Girod. Paris : Librairic
J. B. Bailliere et Fils.

Botanisches Taschenhuch, enthaltcnd die in Deutschlaiul, Deutsch-
Oesterreich uud der Schweiz wild wachsendcn und im Frcicn
kultivirten Gefasspfianzen nach dem natiirlichcn System einheit-
lich geordnet und auf Grund dcrsclben zum Bestimmen einge-
richtet. Vou Dr. F. Kruse. Berlin : Hermann Paetel. 1887.

Nie natiirlichen Pflanzenfamillen nebst ihren Galtimgen und ivichtigeren
Arten, insbesondere den Nutzpflanzen. Von Prof Dir. A. Kngler und
Prof. K. Prantl. Leipzig: Engolraann.

332 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Lectures on the Physiology of Plants. By S. H. Vines. Cambridge
Warehouse. 8vo, pp. 706.

Beitrlige zar Biologie der PJlanzen. Herausgegeben von Dr. F. Cohn.
Breslau : Kern's Verlag.

Manuel technique d'anatomie vegefale ; Guide pour I'etude de la bota-
nique microscopique. Par le Prof. E. Strashurger. Traduit par le
Prof. Godfrin. Paris : clicz M. Saxy.

Dns Pjlavzenlehen des Meeres. Yon Dr. Ernst Voges. Leipzig: Froh-
bcrg.

British Fungi, Lichens and Mosses, including Scale Mosses and Liverworts.
By E. M. Holmes and P. Gray. London : Sonneuschcin. Post 8vo,
pp. 58.

Saccardo (P.A.). Fungi italici, autograpbice dclineati, fasc. 37, 38 (cum
iudiee al])habetico totius ojjeris). Patavii. in-i. pag. 14.

Die Mikroslcopische Pflanzen imd Thierioelt des Siisswassers. Von Prof.
Dr. 0. Kirchner und Dr. F. Blochmann. Bevorwortet von Prof. Dr.
0. BiltscliU. Braunschweig : Gebr. Haering.

Die Stellung der Honighehcdter xmd der Befruchtungswerkzeuge in den
Bhimen. Von Karl Friedr. Jordan. (Flora, Eegeusburg. 188(5.
56 Seiten. 2 Tafeln.)

A Monograiih of the Genus Crocus. By George Maiv. London: Dulau.

Select extra.tro]>ical plants, readily eligible for industrial culture or natu-
ralization, with indications of their native countries and some of
their uses. By Baron Ferd. von Midler, K.G.M.G., etc. Govern-
ment Botanist for Victoria. New Victorian Edition, revised and
enlarged. Melbourne. 1886.

Die Alpeniiflanzen nach der Natur gcmalt von Jos. Seboth uiid Jenny
Schermaid. Mit Text von Ferd. Graf und cine Anleitung zur
Kultur der Alpenpflanzen von Joh. Petrasch. 1. Bd. 2 verb.
Aufl. Mit 101 Chromolith. Prag : Tempsky. Leipzig : Freytag.

Botanikcr-Kalcndcr, 1887. ilerausgcgeben von P. Sydoiv and C. Mylius.
Berlin : Julius Springer.

MISCELLANEOUS SUBJECTS.

Joint Scicniijic Papers. By James Prescott Joule, D.C.L., F.B.S., etc.
Published by the Physical Society of London. London : Taylor
& Francis. 1887. Vol. II.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 333

Methodischcr Leitfaden der Physik und Chcmie. Fiir hohere Tochter-
schulen, Lelirerinnenseminarien und Fortljildungsanstalten bear,
beitet von Dr. Karl Jansen, Oberlehrer am Realgymnasium zu
Diisscldorf. Mit 200 in den Text gedruckten Aljbildungen.
Freiburg i. B., Herder'sche Verlagsbuclihandlung. 1887.

Anleitung zum exiierimentellen Studium der Physik. 1 TJd. GalvaniscJie
Elehtricitdt. Von Meiser xmd Mertig. Dresden und Leipzig : Bal-
damus.

Miiller-PouUlet's Lehrhuch der PhysiJc und Meteorologie. 9 umgearb.
und verm. Aufl. Von Prof. Dr. Leap. Pfaimdler. [In 3 Bdn.] Mit
gegen 2,000 Holzst., Taf. zum Thl. in Farbendr., u. 1 Photogr. 1
Bd. gr. 8. (XXI. 888 S.) Braunschweig : Viewcg u. Sohn.

LexiJcon der Physik und Meteorologie in volksthiimlicher Darstellung
von Dr. E. Lommel, Prof, der Physik in Erlangen. Mit 392 Ah-
bildungen und einer Karte der Meei'esstromungen. Leipzig :
Verlag des Bibhographischen Instituts.

Lehrhuch der angeivandten Optik in der Chemie. Von Dr. C. Gdnge.
Braunschweig : Vieweg u. Sohn.

Taschenhuch fiir Mineralogen. Von Dr. Carl Eiemami. Berlin : Julius
Springer. 1887.

L'annee scievtifique et {ndustrieUe. Par Louis Figuier (trentieme
annee). 1886. 1 vol. in-16° broche. Librairie Hachette et Cie.,
Paris.

Manuel de technique micro seopiqtie, applicable a rhistologie, 1' anatomie
comparee, I'embryologie, et la botanique. Par M. le docteiir P.
Francotte. Paris : chez M. J. Lebegue.

Die Mikroskopie der technisch venoendeten Faserstoffe. Ein Lehr- und
Handbuch der mikroskopischen Untersuchung der Faserstoffe,
Gewebe und Papiere. Bearbeitet von Dr. Franz Bitter von Hohnel.
Mit 69 in den Text gedruckten Holzschnitten. Wien, Pest,
Leipzig : A. Hartleben's Verlag. 1887. VIII. und 163 S. gr. 8°.

Atlas de microscopie cUnique, par le Dr. Alexandre Peyer. Traduit sur
la deuxieme edition allemande par le Dr. Eugene de la Harpe.
Paris : chez O. Berthier, editeur, lOt, boulevard Saint Germain.
1887.

Considerations gnierales et pratiques stir Vetude microscopique des cham-
pignons. Par E. Boudier. Gr. in 8. Paul Klincksicck.

Traits pratiqite de Micrograp]iie,t\:p\)\iqn6e a la Botanique, a la Zoologie,
a rHygiene, et aux recherchcs cliniques. Par le Prof. It, Gerard.
Chez M. 0. Doin, editeur, Paris. 1880.

334 YEAR-BOOK OF PHARMACY.

Die Mikroorr/anismcn der Gdlirungs-Industrie. Yon A. Jorgensen.
Berlin : Parey.

Trinconi (E.). I microrganismi della suppurazione. Napoli : iu-8.
pag. 104 e 3 tavole.

Microszymas et microbes. Theorie generale de la nutrition et origine
des ferments ;i propos de la discussion sur les ptomaines, les
leucomaines, et leur role pathologique. Par A. Bechamp. Paris :
J. B. Bailliere.

Die Mikroorgnnismcn. Mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Aetiologie
der Infcktionskrankheit bearbeitet von Prof. Dr. G. Fliigge. 2
vollig umgearb. Aufl. der " Fermente u. Mikro-parasiten." Mit
144 Abl)ild. Leipzig : F. C. W. Vogel.

Etudes d'hygiene piMique. Par A. Olivier. In 8. Steinheil.

Manuel d'hygiene inihlique. Par M. J. Vidal. Chez MM. Asselin et
Houzeau, libraires, place de I'Ecole-de-Medecine, Paris. 1886.

What to do in Cases of Poisoning. By William Murrell, M.D. Fifth
Edition. London: H.K.Lewis.

The Equine Hospital Prescriber. By James B. and A. Gresswell. London :
Bailliere, Tindall & Cox. 1886.

The Bovine Prescriber, drawn up for the use of Veterinary Practitioners
and Stiadents. By James B. and Albert Gresswell. London :
Bailliere, Tindall & Cox. 1886.

The Mineral Water Malcers" Manual for 1887. London : J. G. Smith,
165, Queen Victoria Street.

Practical Guide to Photography. By Marion ^~ Co. London : Marion
& Co., 23, Soho Square, W. 1886. Crown 8vo, pp. 237, and
catalogue.

Practical Amateur Photography. By C. C. Vevers. Leeds : Published
by the Author.

The ABC of Modern {Dry Plate) Photography. By the London Ste-
reoscopic Comi)any, Limited. London. 1887. (Twenty-second
Edition.)

The Methods of Glass-blowing. By W. A. Shcnsfone. London : lliving-
tons, Waterloo Place. 1886. Crown 8vo, pp. 86.

Handbuch der Seifenfabrihation. Unter Mitwirkung von L. Borchert,
F. Eichbaum, E. Noak, Th. Weichold und andcrcn Fachmannern,
hcrausgegcben von Dr. G. Deite, Kedakteur des Seifenfabrikant.
JMit zablreichen in den Text godruckteu Holzschuitteu. Berlin:
Verlag von Julius Sjiringcr. 1887.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 335

A Manual of Weights and Measures, including principles of metrology ;
the freights and measures now in use ; weight and volume, and
their reciprocal relations ; weighing and measuring ; l^alances
(scales) and weights ; measures of capacity ; sjjecific weight and
specific volume, etc., with rules and tables. By Oscar Oldberg,
Pharm.D., Professor of Pharmacy and Director of the Pharma-
ceutical Laboratory in the Illinois College of Phannacy. Second
edition, revised. Chicago : Chas. J. Johnson. 1887. 8vo, pp. 240.

Druggists' Frice-BooJcs. Published by H. Silverlock, 92, Blackfriars
Koad, S.E. 1886.

John Bell & Co.'s Price-Book of Drugs, Chemicals, and Pharmaceutical
Preparations. Pp. 140.

Glaisyer & Kemp's Price-Booh of Drugs, Chemicals, Pharmaceutical
Preparations and Sundries. Pp. 188.

The Wholesale and Retail Druggists' Price-Book. By D. Elliot. Sixth
Edition.

The Chemists and Druggists' Diary for 1887. London: Office of the
Chemist and Druggist.

Sixieme Congres International Pharmaceut!qu,e sous le hard protectorat
de sa Majeste Leopold II., Pol des Beiges, et sous le patronage du
Gouvernement. Tenu a, Bruxelles, du 31 Aout au 6 Septembre,
1885. Compte-Rendu, par E. van de Vyvere, Secretaire-General.
Brussels : H. Lamertin, 33, Rue du Marche-aux-Bois.

Proceedings of the Chemists' Assistants' Association. Containing Papers
and Abstracts of Papers read at its Meetings during the Session
1885-86. London. 1886. 8vo, pp. 14i.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

§ritislj ^Ijctrmiiccutkiil €mkxma

AT THE

TWENTY-FOUPJH ANNUAL MEETING

JWCA-lSrCIIESTER-,

1887.

337

CONTENTS.

Constitution and Rules of the Conference.
Alphabetical List of Members' Names and Addresses.
Programme of Transactions of the Conference at Manchester,

1887, including Titles of Papers.
The Transactions of the Conference, including the Papers read

AND Discussions thereon.
General Index to the Year-Book and Transactions.

I'liitisb yburnuucutical (Tonfcvciuc.

CONSTITUTION.

Art. I.— This Association shall be called The British Pharmaceutical Conference, and its
objects shall be the foUowin? : —

1. To hold an annual Conference of those engaged in the practice, or interested in the

advancement, of Pharmacy, with the view of promoting their friendly reunion, and
increasing their facilities for the cultivation of Pharmaceutical Science.

2. To determine what questions in Pharmaceutical Science require investigation, and

when practicable, to allot them to individuals or committees to report thereon.

3. To maintain uncompromisingly the principle of purity in Medicine.

4. To form a bond of union amongst the various associations established for the advance-
'~ ment of Pharmacy, by receiving from them delegates to the annual Conference.
Art. n.— Membership in the Conference shall not be considered as conferring any

guarantee of professional competency.

RULES.

1. Any person desiring to become a member of the Conference shall be nominated in
writing by a member, and be balloted for at a general meeting of the members, t.wo-thirds
of the votes given being needful for his election. If the application Ije made during the
recess, the Executive Committee may elect the candidate by a unanimous vote.

2. The subscription shall be 7s. 6d. annually, which shall be due in advance upon July 1.

3. Any member whose subscription shall be more than two years in arrear, after written
application, shall be liable to be removed from the list by the Executive Committee. Members
may be expelled for improper conduct l)y a majority of three-fourths of those voting at a
general meeting, provided that fourteen days' notice of such intention of expulsion has
been sent by the Secretaries to each member of the Conference.

4. Every association established for the advancement of Pharmacy s'lall, during its
recognition by the Conference, be entitled to send delegates to the annual meeting.

.5. The Officers of the Conference shall be a President, four Vice-presidents by election,
the past Presidents (who shall be Vice-presidents), a Treasurer, two General Secretaries, one
local Secretary, and nine other members, who shall collectively constitute the Execntive
Committee, i'hree members of the Executive Committee to retire annually by ballot, the
remainder being eligible for re-election. They shall be elected at each annual meeting, by
ballot of those present.

6. At each Conference it shall be determined at what place and time to hold that of the
next year.

7. Two members shall be elected by the Conference to audit the Treasurer's accounts,
such audited accounts to be presented annually.

8. The Executive Committee shall present a report of proceedings annually.

9. These rules shall not be altered except at an annual meeting of the members.

10. Reports on subjects entrusted to individuals or committees for investigation shall be
presented to a future meeting of the Conference, whose property they shall become. All
reports shall be presented to the Executive Committee at least fourteen days before the
annual meeting.

•»* j4 uf ?iors are specially requested to send the titles of their Papers to The Hon. Gen. Sees. Brit.
Pharm. Conf., 17, Bloomsbury Square, London, W.C, two or three xveeks before the Annial
yieeting. The subjects vcill then be extensively advertised, and thusfull interest vcill be secured.

FOE 31 OF NOMINATIOX.

I Nominate

{Name)

(Address)

as a Member of the British Pharmaceutical Conference,

Member.

Date

This or any similar form must be filled up legibly, and forwarded to Tlie Asst. Secretary,
Brit. Pharm. Conf, 17, Bloomsbury Square, London, AV.C, who will obtain the nec:!SSary
signature to the paper.

Pupils and Assistants, as well as Principals, are invited to become members.

330

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Bedford, Professor, P. W., 02, Temple Court, 5, Beekman Street,
New York, U.S.A.

Bdchner, L. a., Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Pharmacy, University,
Munich, Germany.

Dragendorff, G. Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Phamiacy, University,
Dorpat, Eussia.

Ebert, a. E., 42G, State Street, Chicago, IlHnois, United States.

Edwards, J. B. Ph.D., F.C.S., Box 398^, Post Office, Montreal, Canada.

Fluckiger, F. a., Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacy, University,

Strassburg, Germany.

Maisch, J. M., Professor of Materia Mcdica and Botany, College of
Pharmacy, 143, North Tenth Street, Philadelphia, United States.

Markoe, .G. F. H., Professor of Pharmacy, College of Pharmacy,
Boston, Massachusetts, United States.

Mello, J. C. de, Campinas, Brazil.

Saunders, W., London, Ontario, Canada.

ScHACHT, C, Ph.D., 56, Mittelstrasse, Berlin, Germany.

SouBEiRAN, J. L., M.D., Professor of Pharmacy, Ecole de Pharmacie,
Montpellier, France.

Squibb, Dr. E. R., 56, Doughty Street, Brooklyn, New York, U.S.A.

VuiJ, J. E. do, Ph.D., C.I.E., 54, Heercngracht, The Hague, Holland.

340

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 341

FOREIGN AND COLONIAL MEMBERS.

Aickin, Mr. G., The Pharmacy, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand.

Alcazar, Mr. L. J., Central Dispensary, Corner Upper Prince and
Henry Streets, Port of Spain, Trinidad.

Allen, Mr. W. H., Corner 25th Street and Baker Street, Detroit,
Michigan, U.S.A.

Ambrosse, Mr. J. D. L., Corner of McGill and Notre Dame Streets,
Montreal, Canada.

Ancell, Mr. W. C, Trafalgar Street, Nelson, New Zealand.

Appleby, Mr. J., Bareilly, India (Year-Book to Messrs. Burgoyne,
Burbidges, Cyriax & Farries, 16, Coleman Street, E.G.).

Appoo, Mr. Hirjibhoy Jamsetjee, L.M.&S., 51, Nizampoora Street,
Bhendy Bazaar, Bombay.

Armstrong, Mr. H. C, J. P., Wilcannia, New South Wales. (Year-
Book to Messrs. Burgoyne, Burbidges, Cyriax & Farries, 16, Cole-
man Street, B.C.)

Aruott, J., M.D., Professor of Midwifery, Grant Medical College,
Bombay.

Aubin, Mr. J., Alexandra, Waipa County, New Zealand.

Baker Ali Khan, Poorana Avelly, Hydrabad, Deccan, India.

Baker, Mr. E. H., South Melbourne.

Balchundra Kiishna, L.M.dS., Chief Medical Officer, Baroda, India.

Barnard, Mr. F., Kew, Victoria.

Barnett, Mr. Joel, Inverell, New South Wales.

Bamsley, Mr. J. E., Du Toits Pan, Diamond Fields, South Africa.

Bassett, Dr., Bathurst, New South Wales.

Bateman, Mr. J. M., Villa de la Favorite, Resina, Naples, Italy.

Bathgate, Mr., 17, 18, and 19, Old Court House Street, Calcutta,

India (Year-Book to Messrs. A, Lawrie & Co., 14, St. Mary Axe,

E.G.).
Beach, ^Ir. Wesley, Botica del Sol Sucre, Bolivia.
Bell, Mr. C. R. , Grahamstown, South Africa (Year-Book to Messrs.

Burgoyne, Burbidges, Cyriax & Farries. 16, Coleman Street, E.C.).
Berkley, Mr. Robert, Brisbane, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Homer & Sous, Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.G.).
Beynon, Mr. E., Messrs. Phillips & Co., Bombay (Year-Book and

Letters to Messrs. Idris & Co., Ascham Street, Kentish Town,

N.W.).
Bickford, Mr. A. M., Adelaide, South Australia.
Biram, Mr. J., W^arragul, Victoria.
Birks, Mr. G. N., 59, Bundle Street, Adelaide (Year-Book and

Letters to F. Newbery & Sons, 1 King Edward Street, Newgate

Street, E.G.
Blaekie, Mr. J., Albury, New South Wales.
Blackburn, Mr. T. F., Nhill, Victoria.

Blackett, Mr. C. R., 1'2G, Gertrude Street, Fitzroy, Victoria.
Bliss, Mr. F., Messrs. E. Plomor & Co., Simla, India (Y tar-Book to

Messrs. Rivers & Co., 46, Gresham Street, E.C.).
Boland, Mr. A. E., Venezuelan Dispensary, Frederick Street, Port of

Spain, Trinidad.
Borcher, Mr. Gottfried, Kimberley, South Africa.

342 BRITISH PHAKMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Bosisto, Mr. J., Ricbmond, Melbourne (Year-Book and Letters to
Messrs. Griiuwade, Kidley & Co., Mildmay Chambers, Bishoj^s-
gate Street, E.G.).

Boully, Mr. J., Albert Park, South Melbourne, Victoria.

Bourgeois, Mr. J. C, Coffee Street Dispensary, Sanferaando, Trinidad.

Bowen, Mr. W., 45, Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria.

Braddock, Mr. C. H., Hurtle Square, Adelaide, South Australia.

Brian, Mr. W. H., Christchurch, New Zealand.

Brismead, Mr. J., High Street, St. Kilda, Victoria.

Bristed, Mr. J., Messrs. Kemp & Co., Bombay, India.

Brown, Mr. M., Geelong, Victoria.

Brownscombe, Mr. W. J., Bridge Boad, Eichmond, Melbourne (Year-
Book to Messrs. Grimwade, Eidley & Co., Mildmay Chambers,
Bishopsgate Street, E.C.).

Burjorjee Framjee. G.G.M.C, Soopari Bagh Eoad, Paril, Bombay.

Burkhill, Mr. J., Menindie, New South Wales.

Butters, Mr. E., Bloemfontein, South Africa (Year-Book to Messrs.
Evans, Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew Close, E.G.).

Chamberlin, Mr. G. F., 8.S, Commercial Eoad, Prahran, Victoria.

Chatu Kutti, K.V.. Charitable Dispensary, Calicut, India.

Clarke, Mr. D., Maryborougli, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs. Davy,

Y'ates & Eoutledge, 64, Park Street, Southwark, S.E.).
Clemes, Mr. A. B., Stawell, Victoria.
Clowes, Mr. J., One-Mile Creek, Gympie, Queensland.
Coaker, Mr. N., Jagersfontein, Orange Free State.
Colcord, Mr. J. W., Lynn, U.S.A.
Connelly, Mr. J., Bega, New South Wales.
Cook, Mr. G. E. , Downing Street, King William's Town, South Africa.

(Year-Book to Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew

Close, E.C.).
Cooper, J. A., M.D., F.E G.S., Hissar, Punjab, India.
Cooper, Mr. J., Sturt Street, Adelaide, South Australia.
Costin, Mr. W. J., (^ueen Street, Petine's Bight, Brisbane, Queensland.
Coudon, J. H., M.D., L.S.A., Brigade Surgeon, I. M.D., Civil Surgeon,

Cawnpore, India.
Couve, Sir. Noel, Port IjOuis, Mauritius.
Cowell, Mr. S. G., c/o Messr--. Berkley, Tavlor <fe Co., Brisbane (Y'ear-

Book to Messrs. Horner & Sons, Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.G.).
Cox, Mr. S., West-End Dispensary, Capo Town.
Craig, Mr. E., Cairns, North Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Horner & Sons, Mitre Sijuare, Aldgate, E.C.
Cranwell, Mr. AV. A., Buenos Ayres (Year-Book care of Messrs. Symes

<fc Co., 14, Hardman Street, Liverpool).
Cripps, Mr. T. H., Madras Medical Hall, 51, Poonamalles Eoad,

Madras.
Cross, Mr. C, Gawler, South Australia.
Crossley, Dr. E., Hushiarpur, Punjab, India,
Crow, IVI'-. W. E., Crovernmcnt Civil Hospital, Hong Kong.
Cunynghame, Mr. G. F., Government Dispensary, District of Parra-

matta, Sydney, N.S.W.
Curtis, Mr. C, Melbourne HosjntahlMelbourtie, Victoria (Letters to G.

S. Taylor, F.C.S., IB, Queen's Terrace, St. John's Wood, N.W.).

Dale, Mr. W., Corner of Clark and Madison Streets, Chicago, Illinois,

United States.
Dalton, Mr. S. M., 70, Chapel Street, Prahran, Victoria.
Darroll, Mr. E. G., near Railway Station, Wyubcrg, South Africa

(Year-Book to Messrs. Burgoyne, Burbidges & Co., 16, Coleman

Street, E.C).

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 34-3

Davenport, B. F., M.D., 161, Tremont Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Davies, Mr. E. C. J., c/o Messrs. Eocke, Tompsitt & Co., 3, Flinders

Street, Melbourne (Letters to above, Year-Book to Messrs. Kocke,

Tompsitt & Co., 120, London Wall, E.C.).
D'Crastos, Mr., P. A., Civil Hospital, Muskat, India.
De Silva, Mr. N. A., Bombay Medical Service, Lower Mahim, Dadar,

Bombay.
Dey, Mr. Preo Lall, 4, Beadon Street, Calcutta, India.
Dittu, Sahib, Civil Surgeon, Shabpur, Punjab, India.
Donaldson, Mr. D. D., Du Toits Pan, Diamond Fields, South Africa.
Donaldson, Mr. J. E., Brisbane, Queensland.
Drummond, Mr. D., King William's Town, South Africa.
Dunne, Mr. L. C, Cunnamulla, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Horner & Sous, Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.C.).
Dyer, Mr. S., Medical Hall, Pretoria, Transvaal.
Dymock, W., M.D., Bombay, India.

Eagles, Mr. F. T., 342, Brunswick Street, Fitzroy, Melbourne, Victoria.
Eastes, Mr. C, Manly Beach, Sydney, New South Wales (Year-Book

to Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, GO, Bartholomew Close, E.G.
Eastes, Mr. C. W., Boweal, N.S.W. (Year-Book to Messrs. Evans,

Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew Close, E.C.).
Eccles, Mr. A., Hastings Street, Napier, New Zealand.
Edinborough, Mr. H. D., San Fernando, Trinidad.
Edson, Mr. J., Medical Hall, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand

(Year-Book to Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew

Close, E.C.).
Eduljee Nesserwanjee, G.G.M.C, Bombay, India.
Edwards, Mr. H. D., care of Mr. Rutherford, Charters Towers,

Queensland.
Elworthy, Mr. G. T., Mining DisjDensary, Mount Parry, Queensland.
English, Mr. J., Messrs. Kempthorue, Prosser & Co., Dunedin, New

Zealand.
Evans, IMr. P. J., Parade, Norwood, South Australia.
Eyre, F. .J., Molesworth Street, N. Adelaide, South Australia.

Fatzea, Mr. Spiro, British Pharmacy, Smyrna.

Fawcett, Mr. B., 630, Harris Street, Ultimo, Sydney, N.S.W.

Fernandes, Mr. D. , 25, Meadow Street, Fort, Bombay.

Finch, Mr. C. C, 216, Paramatta Street, Sydney, New South Wales.

Fleischer, Mr. E. T., Humansdorp, Cape Colony (Year-Book to
Messrs. B. G. Lenuon & Co., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate Street,
E.C.).

Flint, Mr. C. B. , Mount Gambler, South Australia.

Forrest, Mr. J. K., Jeifcott Street, West Melbourne, Victoria.

Forster, Mr. C. C. (Messrs. Forster & Co.), Main Street, Stawell,
Victoria.

Forster, Mr. W. M., Mackay, Northern Queensland.

Fox, Mr. F. J., High Street, Armadale, Victoria.

Francis, Mr. H., 31, Bourke Street East, Melbourne, Victoria.

Francis, Mr. It. P., 31 Bourke Street East, Melbourne, Australia (Year-
Book and Letters to 5, Coleman Street, E.C.).

Fyvie, Mr. E., Tarraville, South Gippsland, Victoria.

Gabriel, Mr. A. W., Qucanbeyan, New South Wales.
Gabriel, Mr. K., Chapel Street, South Yarra, Melbourne, Victoria.
Gardner, Mr. C. E., Colesberg, Cape Colony (Year-Book to Mess*
B. G. Lennon & Co., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate Street, E '^ .
Given, Mr. H. B., Milparinka, New South Wales.

3i4 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Godambe, Y. P., L.M., Medical Officer, Sangli State, B.P., India.

Godbier, Mr. H., Rangoon (Year-Book and Letters care of Messrs.
Evans, Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew Close, E.G.).

Gokhle, Vithal Vishnoo, M.A., L.M.&S., Kandavadi Hall, Bombay,
India.

Goodwin, Mr. D. R., Tamworth, New South Wales.

Gordon, Mr. J. C, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada.

GransauU, Mr. A., Henry Street, Port of Spain, Trinidad.

Gray, Mr. P., 243, Strada Reale, Valletta, Malta.

Grogan, Mr. W. E., Bridgetown, Barbadoes.

Groves, Mr. H., F.L.S., 15, Via Borgognissanti, Florence, Italy (Year-
Book and Letters care of T. B. Groves, F.C.S., Weymouth).

Guest, Mr. H. W. W., Moonta, South Australia.

Gutheil, Mr. E., West Mellowene, Victoria.

Hallawell, Mr. J., Porto Aligre, Brazil (Year-Book to Messrs. Symes

& Co., 63, Wood Street, Liveriwol).
Hallawell, Mr. T., Eio Grande de Sul, Brazil (Year-Book and Letters

to 63, Wood Street, Liverpool).
Hansby, Mr. W. M. J., Eeefton, New Zealand.
Harrison, Mr. C, 53, Chapel Street, Prahran, Victoria.
Headding, Mr. C, Port Adelaide, South Australia.
Heald, Mr. S. H., Numurkah, Victoria. (Year-Book to Messrs. Eocke,

Tompsitt & Co., 119 and 120, London Wall, E.C.)
Heinrich, Mr. Gustav, Dispensary at Eganstown, Victoria.
Helmore, Mr. O., Medical Hall, Kimberley, South Africa.
Heron, Mr. A. B., Townsville Dispensary, Townsville, Queensland.
Hicks, Mr. J. A. , Bay Street, Brighton, Victoria.
Higgins, Mr. J. M., Fitzroy Street, St. Kilda, Victoria.
Hill, Mr. T. B., 150, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand.
Hirst, Mr. C. E., 96, Spencer Sti-eet West, Melbourne, Victoria.
Hocking, Mr. W. R., Messrs. Smith & Osborne, North Adelaide, South

Australia.
Hodgetts, Mr. G.. 305, Y'onge Street, Toronto, Canada.
Holdsworth, Mr. J., Pall Mall, Sandhurst, Victoria.
Hood, Mr. E. W., St. George's, Grenada.
Hooper, D., F.C.S., Ootacamund, Nilgiris, Madras, India.
Hooper, Mr. E. G., Church Street, Hawthorn, Victoria.
Hornemann, Mr. L., Stellenboseh, South Afnca.

Horton, Mr. E., 769, George Street South, Sydney, New South Wales.
Hosking, Mr. J. W., Crown Street, Wollongong, New South Wales.
Hughes, Mr. A. E., 61, Elizabeth Street North, isrelbonrnc, Victoria.
Hughes, Mr. C. H., Mai-yborougb, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Gordon &, Gotch, Stationers, Bride Street, E.C. ; favour of Mr. W.

Dawson, Maryborough).
Hughes, Mr. E., Wangaratta, Victoria.

Huntsman, IMr. T., 250, Nicholson Street, Fitzroy, Victoria.
Hustler, :\Ir. F. F., Port Adelaide, South Australia.
Hustwick, Mr. T. H., Blenheim, New Zealand.
Hutchinson, Mr. F. P., New Brighton Dispensary, Woodstock, Near

Cape Town.

Ingham, Mr. Thomas, Rockhampton, Queensland (Year-Book to
Messrs. Burgoyne, Burbidges & Co., Coleman Street, E.G.).

Jamsetji, Dr. P., Limbdi, Kattywar, India.

Jackson, A. II., B.Sc, F.C.S., Coll. of Pharmacy, Melbourne, Australia.

Jackson, ^Ir. J. W., Balgowlah, o^Ianly, Australia.

Jayakar, Wishmarao Bulajei, L.M.&S., 28, Candd Wari, Bombay.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 345

Jefferson, Mr. A. B., Deniliquin, New South Wales.
Jones, Mr. H. L., Victoria, British Columbia.
Jones, Mr. J. C, 181, Bridge Road, Richmond, Victoria.
Joerning, Mr. L., Cape Town, South Africa.
Joerning, Mr. L., Stellenbosch, South Africa.

Kempthorne, Mr. 0. J., Dunedin, New Zealand (Year-Book to

Messrs. Grimwade, Ridley & Co., Mildmay Chambers, Bishopsgate

Street, E.C.).
Kennedy, Mr. R. Frank, Warrnanibool, Victoria.
Kernot,'C. N., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., L.M., etc., Dalhousie Square,

Calcutta (Year-Book aud Letters care of Messrs. Evans, Lescher &

Webb, 60, Bartholomew Close, E.C.).
Kunte, A. M., B.A., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Grant Medical

College, Bombay.

Laing, Mr. A. S., Port of Spain, Trinidad.

Landell, J., M.D., Rio Grande (Year-Book and Letters care of Messrs.

Symes & Co., 14, Hardmau Street, Liverpool).
Lane, Mr. C. B., Inverell, New South Wales.
Levey, G. J., L.S.A. , Ermelo, Transvaal.
Levien, Mr. G. E., Takaka, Nelson, New Zealaud.
Ley, Mr. D., East Maitlaud, New South Wales.
Lloyd, Surgeon-Major, M.D., Sitapur, Oudh, India.
Lower, Mr. S. W., King William Street, Adelaide, South Austrtilia.

Macgowan, Mr. J. T., Lygeu Street, North Carlton, Victoria.
Maclachlau, Mr. H. F., Winburg, Orange Free State (Year-Book care

of Messrs. Hamilton, Adams & Co., 32, Paternoster Row, E.G.).
Makin, Mr. G. E., Market Square, Berrima, New South Wales.
Marchant, C. G., Octacamuud, Madras.
Marquis, Manoel Vicente Chryzanto, K.S., L.R.C.P., L.R.C.S., L.M.,

L.F.P.S., F.S.Sc, Verla, Bardez, Goa, India.
Marshal, Mr. A., Heyfield, Victoria.

Marshall, C. W., Royal Navy Hosijital, Port Royal, Jamaica.
Marshall, Mr. M., Dunedin, New Zealand.
Marston, Mr. C, Smith Street, Collingwood, Victoria.
Martin, Mr. R. R., 23, Front Street West, Toronto, Canada.
Mason, A. H., F.C. S., 48, St. Jean Baptiste Street, Montreal, Canada.
Matthews, Mr. R., Adelong, New South Wales.
j\Iayne, Mr. J., 203, Oxford Street, Sydney, New South Wales.
McBain, Mr. J. R., Sherbrooke, P. Q., Canada.
McLachlan, Mr. H. F., Winburg, Orange Free State.
McLean, Mr. J. E., Toowong, Brisbane, Queensland.
Melhuisli, Mr. T. B., 131, William Street, Sydney, New South Wales.
Mepta, Butukram Soobaram, L.M.&S., Medical Storekeeper, Baroda,

India.
Mercer, Mr. Wm., Daylosford, Victoria.
Miller, Mr. A. P., Murray Street, Ilobart, Tasmania (Year-Book to

Messrs. Evans, Lescher A Webb, GO, Bartholomew Close, E.C.).
Miller, Mr. C. B., Graaf Reinet, Cape Colony (Year-Book to Messrs.

B. G. Lennon & Co., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate Street,

E.C.).
Millington, Mr. R. S., Byron Street, Inverell, New South Wales.
Mills, Mr. W. H. , Co-operative Dispensary, Henry Street, Port of

Spain, Trinidad.
Moore, Mr. J., 31, Oxford Street, Sydney, New South Wales (Year-
Book to Messrs. Maw, Son & Thompson, Aldersgate Street, E.C.).
Moore, Mr. T. F., Waipawa, Hawke's Bay, New Zealaud.

345 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Morg.au, Mr. R. S. D., Woodspoint, Victoria, Australia. (Year-Book
to Messrs. Grimwade, Eidley & Co., Mildmay Chambers, 82,
Bishopsgate Street, E.C.).

Mutlow, Mr. W. H., I3eardy Street, Armidale, New South Wales.

Nanavata, Jumnadass Premahund, L.M.&S., 159, Bhooleshwur, Bom-
bay, India.
Narayen Vinayeck, Eowpoora, Veniram's Temjile, Baroda City, India.
Noakes, Mr. E. T., Lonsdale Street, Dandeuoug, Victoria.

O'Brien, Mr. J., Eoekley, New South Wales.
Ogburn, Mr. J., Charlton, Victoria.
Ogle, Mr. M. F., Maryborough, Victoria.

Owen, Mr. A. .1., Geelong (Year-Book and Letters to Mcssi-s. J.
Eichardson & Co., Friar Lane, Leicester).

Park, Mr. S., Timor Street, Warrnambool, Victoria.

Parker, Mr. G. A., Port Eoad, Hindmarsh, South Australia. (Year-
Book to Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, 60, Bartholomew Close,
E.C.).

Parker, Mr. J., Bathurst, New South Wales.

Parker, Mr. J., King William Street, Adelaide, South Australia.

Parsons, Mr. A. B. W., Lytteltou, New Zealand.

Partridge, Mr. T., Messrs. Maxwell & Co , Darjeeling, Bengal.

Petit, Monsieur A., Eue Favart, 8, Paris, France.

Petit, Mr. W., Waimate, Canterbury, New Zealand.

Phillips, Mr. B., Poona, India (Year-Book and Letters to Messrs.
Idris & Co., Ascham Street, Kentish Town, N.W.).

Phillips, Mr. T., Inglewood, Victoria.

I'hipps, Mr. W., The Pharmacy, Arouca, Triuidad.

Pincus, Mr. Max, Castlemaine, Victoria.

Plunket, Mr. C. T., 33, Lonsdale Street, Melbourne, Victoria.

Pollard, Mr. W. H., Messrs. Symes & Co., Simla, India.

Pollard, Mr. T. J., Punjab Medical Hall, Lahore, Punjab, India.

Pond, Mr. J. A., 03, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand (Year-
Book and Letters care of Messrs. H. B. Sleeman & Co., 37, Lime
Street, E.C.).

Poole, Mr. H. J., 34, King William Street, Adelaide, South Australia
(Year-Book to Messrs. Maw, Son & Thompson, Aldersgate Street,
E.C.).

Porter, Mr. H., Lithgow, Sydney, New South Wales. (Year-Book to
Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, (50, Bartholomew Close, E.G.).

Potts, Mr. W. H., ()9, Bourks Street. W., Melbourne.

Preshaw, Mr. D. 0., Ileefton, New Zealand.

Princep, Mr. P., care of Mr. II. S. Brothwood, Pharm. Chemist,
Summerhill, Sydney, N.S.W.

Pulis, Mr. G. A., 213, Ida Eeale, Valletta, Malta.

Eammell, Mr. E., Bombay, India (Year-Book and Letters care of
Messrs. Treacher & Co., 38a, King William Street, E.C.).

Eamsey, Mr. P. A., Colonial Dispensary, Frederick Street, Port of
Spain, Triuidad.

Eaud, Mr. E., Wayga Wayga, N.S.W.

llawlius, Mr. S. A., Medical Hall, Park Street, Port of Spain, Triuidad.

Eeay, ]\Ir. F. W., Hamilton, Newcastle, New South Wales.

Eeeil, Mr. F., Durban, Natal, South Africa.

Eeeve, Mr. F. W., Thorgomindah, Queensland.

Eeunard, Mr. M., Messrs. E. Plomer & Co., Lahore, India.

Ehodes, Mr. G. H., Du Toits Pan Eoad, Kimberley, Cape Colony.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 347

Eicliards, Mr. A., Colouial Dispensary, Frederick Street, Port of

Spain, Trinidad.
Koberts, Mr. E., 17, Via Toruaboiini, Florence, Italy.
Roberts, Mr. W. P., 77, Church Street, G-ibraltar.
Eobinson, Mr. J. W., Bultfontein Dispensary, Biiltfonteiu, Diamond

Fields, South Africa (Year-Book to Messrs. Eobinson & Son,

172, Eegent Street, W.).
Eobinson, Mr. W., Tungamah, Victoria.
Eocke, Mr. H., 3, Flinders Street, Melbourne, Victoria (and 119 & 120,

London Wall, London, E.G.).
Eogers, Mr. H., Messrs. llogers & Co., Bombay, India (Year-Book and

Letters care of Mr. P. Harrower, 134, Bath Street, Glasgow).
Eohrssen, Mr. A. B. N. Otto, Kimberley, South Africa.
Eoss, Mr. W. C, Frederick Street, Port of Spain, Trinidad.
Eotsou, Mr. G., Te Arolia, Auckland, New Zealand.
Eow, Mr. W. E., Balmain, Sydney, New South Wales (Year-Book

and Letters care of Messrs. Saddington & Co., 30, Lime Street,

E.G.).
Eowley, Mr. W. M., 10, Bourke Street East, Melbourne, Victoria.
Eutherford, Mr. H. E., Charters Towers, Queensland.
Euttonjee, Mr. H., Bombay, India (Year-Book care of Messrs. Walter

Nutter & Co., 84, Bishopsgate Street Within, E.C.).

Salmon, Mr. J., Messrs. Salmon & Walker, Central Jones Street,
Kimberley, South Africa.

Samuel, Mr. J. B., Mussoorie, India (Year-Book and Letters care of
Messrs. A. Lawrie & Co., 14, St. Mary Axe, E.G.).

Sanders, Mr. H. C, Fauresmitb, Orange Free State.

Sanders, Mr. E. F., Hamilton, Waikato, Auckland, New Zealand.

Sanders, Mr. W. B., Stayuer, Ontario, Canada.

Scott, Mr. Samuel, Singai:)ore.

Schaer, Prof. E., Neumiinster-Ziirich, Switzerland

Selke, Dr. Dada Nathajee, Assistant Surgeon, Hubli, India.

Sewell, Mr. J. E., Thames Street, Oamaru, New Zealand.

Shah Narayandas DAmoderdas, Student in the G.M.C., Third
Bhoiwada, No. 7, Bombay.

Sharland, Mr. J. C. , Victoria Street East, Auckland, New Zealand
(Year-Book to Messrs. Fletcher, Fletcher & Stevenson, North Lou-
don Chemical Works, Holloway, N.).

Shillinglaw, Mr. H., Swauston Street, Melbourne, Victoria.

Sloper, Mr. F. E., Oxford Street, Sydney.

Smith, Mr. G., Grafton Eoad, Auckland, New Zealand.

Smith, Dr. J., Paramatta, New South Wales (Year-Book and Letters
care of Messrs. Longmans, Green, Eyder & Co., Foreign Depart-
ment, 39, Paternoster Eow, E.C.).

Smith, Mr. J. G., Elgin Street, Carlton, Victoria.

Smith, Mr. J. H., Dandenong, Victoria.

Smith, Mr. J. L., Port Augusta, South Australia,

Smith, Mr. W. E., Madras.

Spettigue, Mr. J. T., Ladysmith. Natal.

Speechly, Mr. E., Kurachi, Scinde, India (Year-Book and Letters care
of Messrs. A. Lawrie & Co., 14, St. Mary Axe, E.C.).

Spencer, Mr. R., Mangakahia, Auckland, Now Zealand.

Seiuire, Mr. F. E., San Eemo, Italy.

Stoddart, Mr. A. L., Burwood Eoad, Hawthorn, Victoria.

Swift, Mr. G. , 07, Swanston Street, Melbourne, Victoria.

Sykes, Mr. A. E., care of Mr. A. Eccles, Hastings Street, Napier, Ne\y
Zealand.

Symes, Mr. T. E., Bundle Street, Adelaide, S. Australia.

348 BRITISH rHARMACEUTlCAL CONFERENCE.

Taitt, Jlr. A. J., Colonial Dispensary, Frederick Street, Port of Spain,

Trinidad.
Takemura, K., F.C.S., 16, Motozonochio Ichi chi o me, Kondimaclii,

Tokio, Japan.
Taylor, Mr. Edward, Brisbane, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Horner & Sons, Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.G.).
Taylor, Mr. Gr. 0., Lawrence, Otago, New Zealand (Year-Book to

Messrs. Evans, Lescher & Webb, GO, Bartholomew Close, E.G.).
Taylor, Mr. W. C, Bombay, India (Year-Book and Letters care of

Messrs. Aldridge & Co., 4 East India Avenue, E.G.).
Tebb, Mr. H., 2, George Street, Cape Town (Year-Book and Letters

to Messrs. B. G. Lennon & Co., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate

Street, E.G.).
Thomas, Mr. H., Normanton, Queensland.

Thompson, Mr. J. D., 1'22, Bourke Street East, Melbourne, Victoria.
Thompson, Mr. T. W., The South Brisbane Pharmacy, Queensland.
Timmins, Mr. W. P., 51, Glebe lload, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book to

Messrs. Grimwade, Eidley & Co., Mildmay Chambers, Bishopsgate

Street, E.G.).
Tompsitt, Mr. H. T., 3, Flinders Street, Melbourne, Victoria (and

liy & 120, London Wall, London, E.G.).
TurnbuU, Mr. J., care of Mr. A. P. Miller, Hobart, Tasmania.
Turner, Mr. W. 0., Messrs. Akcrmau, Turner & Co., Pietermaritzburg,

Natal (Year-Book to Messrs. A. Durant & Co., S'J, Gresbam Street,

E.G.).

Uren, Mr. Frank, Warrnambool, Victoria.

Vale, Mr. J. F., 45, Collins Street West, Melbourne, Victoria.
Venkatswamy Naidoo, Chikhli, India.

Waller, Mr. J., Mitchell Street, Sandhurst, Victoria.

Walsh, Mr. A., Port Elizabeth, South Africa (Year-Book and Letters

to Messrs. B. G. Lennon & Co., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate

Street, E.G.).
Walsh, Mr. W., care of Messrs. Ormond A Walsh, Peterborough,

Ontario, Canada.
Warbreck, Mr. W. F., Murtoa, Victoria.
Ward. Mr. F. W., Messrs. E. Morrison & Co., Naini Tal, East

Indies.
Wardroj), Mr. W., Main Road, S. Duncdiu, N.Z.
Waring, Mr. 11. J., Balranald, New South Wales.
Watt, Mr. A. J., 52S, George Street, Sydney, N.S.W. (Year-Book and

Letters to Messrs. Burgoync, Burbidges, Cj'riax & Farries, IC, Cole-
man Street, EC).
Weaver, Mr. B. J. G., Beardy Street, Armidale, N.S.W.
West, Mr. J., Bangalore, India.

Wetzel, Mr. H. A., Box 470, Detroit, Michigan, United States.
Wheeler, Mr. F., Grant Street, Alexandra, Victoria.
Whitlield, Mr. A , Longford, Tasmania.
Wigg, Mr. W. J., Maryborough, Victoria.
Wilkinson, Mr. J., llcrbertong, Queensland (Year-Book to Messrs.

Horner A Sons, Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.G.).
Wilkinson, Mr. T. M., Medical Hall, Dunedin, New Zealand.
Williamson, Mr. H. B., Wanganai, New Zealand.
Winch, Mr. P. J., Tavlor Street, Kadina, South Australia.
Woodcock, R. G., F.LC, F.C.S., C3G to (il2. West 55th Street, New

York, U. S.A.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 349

Woodman, Mr. C. J., Kensington, S. Australica.
Wooluough, Mr. H. A., Hong-Kong Dispensary, Hong-Kong.
Wragge, Mr. G. S., Boulia, Queensland.

NOTICE.

Members are requested to report anij inaccuracies in these
lists hy letter, addressed as follows : —

The Asst. Secretary,

Brit. Pharm. Conf.,
17, Bloomshury Square, London, W.C.

350 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

HOME MEMBERS.

Abbott, Mr. J., 145, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds.

Abraham, Mr. Alfred C, 87, Bold Street, Liverpool.

Abraham, Mr. T. F., 87, Bold Street, Liverpool.

Adam, Mr. B,, Marketplace, Mansfield.

Adams, Mr. F., Stoke-on-Trent.

Adams, Mr. W., 30, High Street, Shrewsbury.

Adcock, Mr. H. Dickson.

Adlington, Mr. W. B,, 6, Weymouth Street, Portland Place, W.

Agar, Mr. W., Westgate, Mansfield.

Aiuslie, Mr. W., 58, George Street, Edinburgh.

Aitken, Mr. J., 3, Pitt Street, Edinburgh.

Aitken, Mr. 11., 73, Princes Street, Edinburgh.

Alcock, F. H., F.C.S., 104, Varna Road, Birmingham.

Alexander, Mr. G., 40, William Henry Street, Liverpool.

Alexander, Mr. J., Marsh Lane, Bootle, Liverpool.

Allan, Mr. J. H., F.C.S., The Royal Infirmary, Liverpool.

AUden, Mr. J., 156, Cromwell Road, South Kensington, S.W.

Allen, A. H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 1, Surrey Street, Sheffield.

Allen, Mr. B., Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol.

Allen, Mr. C. B., 20, High Road, Kilburn, N.W.

Allen, Mr. J., George Street, Plymouth.

Allen, Mr. Thos., Ramsey, Isle of Man.

Allen, Mr. W. N., 48, Henry Street, Dublin.

Allenby, Mr. W., Castlegate, Helmsley, Yorkshire.

Allis, Mr., F., Kingswood, Wottonunder-Edge, Gloucester.

Allison, Mr. E., 13, Blanket Row, Hull.

AUwork, Mr. F., 8fi, St. James Road, Holloway, N.

Amoore, Mr. A. S., 173. Sloane Street, S.W.

Amvot, T. E., F.R.C.S , Diss.

Anchiuleck, H.A., F.R.C.S.I., etc., 35, York Street, Dublin.

Anderson, Mr. A. B., 38, Princes Street, Dundee.

Anderson, Mr. D. S., Musselburgh, N.B.

Anderson, Mr. E. H., Denny, Stirlingshire.

Andrews, Mr. E. A., North-West London Hospital, Kentish Town

Road, N.W.
Andrews, Mr. G. B., St. George's, Norwich.
Anthony, Mr. D., 39, St. Mary Street, Cardiff.
Anthony, Mr. J. L., 24, Kimbolton Road, Bedford.
Appleby, Mr. C, Market Place, East Retford.
Arblastcr, Mr. C. J., 123, New Street, Birmingham.
Archer, Mr. J. S., Guiseley, Leeds.
Argue, Mr. J., Lower Marlocs, Hemcl Hempstead.
Arkiustall, Mr., 35, Gloucester Road. South Kensington, S.W.
Armitago, Mr. G., 30, Hamilton Street, Greenock, N.B.
Arnfield, Mr. J. C., 241, Stamford Street, Ashton-under-Lyue
Arnold, Mr. S., 42, Mount Ephraiui, Tunhritlgc Wells.
Arrandale, Mr. W., UV.), Manchester Road. Denton, Lancashire.
Arundel, Mr. M. H., Cy-2, Poet's Road. Highburv. N.
Ashton, Mr. W. , 3(5, Sloane Square, Cliclsea, S.W.
Ashtou, Mr. W., 23, Lord Street, Southport, Lancashire.
Asten, ]\rr. W., 118, New Street, Birmingham.
yi.stley, Mr. J., 4, Broad Gate, Coventry.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 351

Aston, Mr. W., Tarporley, Cheshu-e.

Atkins, Ml'. .J., 1, Lansdowne Crescent, Bournemouth.

Atkins, Mr, S. E., Market Place, Salisbury.

Atkins, Mr. W. E., Market Place, Salisbury.

Atkins, Mr. W. S., 106, Broad Street, Birmingham.

Atkinson, Mr. J., Tynemouth, Northumberland.

Atkinson, Mr. J. G., 19G, Belsize Eoad, N.W.

Atkinson, Mr. L., 285, Brockley Eoad, S.E.

Atkinson, Mr. E., Bassenthwaite, Keswick.

Atmore, Mr. G.. High Street, Lynn.

Attfield, Prof. J., Ph.D., F.E.S., etc., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C,

Attwood, Mr. A., 14, Miles Lane, Cannon Street, E.G.

Ault, Mr. J., Fernilee, Near Whaley Bridge, by Stockport.

Austin, Mr. H. P., 126, Bermondsey Street, S.E.

Austin, Mr. J., Nechells House, Nechells, Birmingham.

Ayre, Mr. G., Thirsk.

Babb, Mr. J., 7, High Street, Upper Sydenham.

Babtie, Mr. J., 30, High Street, Dumbarton.

Backhouse, Mr. H. N., 76, New Bond Street, W.

Bagshaw, Mr. H. B., 77, Werneth Hall Eoad, Oldham.

Bagshaw, Mr. "W., 37, Terrace Buildings, Yorkshire Street, Oldham.

Bainbridge, Mr. J., Hartshill, Bouham Eoad, Brixton, S.W.

Baildon, H. B., B.A., 73, Princes Street, Edinburgh.

Bailey, Mr. W., The Terrace, Oaken, Wolverhampton.

Baily, Mr. J., 26, Ethelle.t Eoad, Margate.

Baine, Mr. J. A., 3, Grey Place, Greenock.

Baker, Mr. A. P., 33, Norfolk Terrace, Westbourne Grove, W.

Baker, Mr. F., Harnet Street, Sandwich.

Baker, Mr. P. C, 8, Stockbridge Terrace, Grosvenor Square, W.

Baker, Mr. T. B., Cosham, Hants.

Balcomb, Mr. .J., 10, Suffolk Parade, Cheltenham.

Baldock, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., 3, High Street, South Norwood, S.E.

Balkwill, Mr. A. P., 106, Old Town Street, Plymouth.

Balmforth, Mr. A., Grange Ville, Mauley "Park, Whalley Eaoge,

Manchester.
Bamford, Mr. J. W., 37, Cronkeyshaw Eoad, Eochdale.
Bannister, E., F.I.C., F.C.S., The Government Laboratory, Somerset

House, W.C.
Bannister, Mr. W., 108, Patrick Street, Cork.
Barber, Mr. J. S., Eoyal Free Hospital, Gray's Inn Eoad, W.C.
Barclay, Mr. T., 17, IBull Street, Birmingham.
Barclay, Mr. John, 17, Bull Street, Birmingham.
Barker, Mr. A. W., 98, Queen's Eoad, Dalston.
Barker, Mr. W. E., 143, New Bond Street, W.
Barlow, Mr. F., 117, Balsall Heath Eoad, Birmingham.
Barnard, Mr. J., 22.j, Oxford Street, W.
Barnes, J. B., F.C.S., 1, Trevor Terrace, Princes Gate, S.W.
Barnitt, Mr. J., 86, The Parade, Leamington.
Barr, Mr. E., Gourock, N.B.

Barraclough, Mr. T., Eoscoe Terrace, Chapeltown Eoad, Leeds.
Barrett, Mr. A. A., 46, New Street, Birmingham.
Barrett, Mr. .7. T., 30, Eegent Street West, Leamington.
Barritt, Mr. E. H., 1, High Street, Colchester.
Barron, Mr. F., 117, Bush Lane, E.C.
Barron, Mr. W., 37. Winchcomb Street, Cheltenham.
Barton, Mr. A. F. G., 387, Edge Lane, Liverpool.
Barton, Mr. H., Bridge Street, St. Ives, Hunts.
Barton, Mr. H., 77, King's Eoad, Brighton.
Barton, Mr. H. E., High Street, Kenilworth.

352 BRITISH PHARMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE.

Barton, Mr. T. J., 1, Ford Street, Coventry.

Bascombe, F., F.I.C., 3, Grand Promenade, Brixton, S.W.

Batchelor, Mr. A. E., 'JO, West Street, Fareham, Hants.

Bates, Mr. F. W., Brooks Bar, Manchester.

Bates, Mr. J., Wellington, Salop.

Bates, Mr. W. I., 116, MOl Street, Macclesfield.

Bates, Mr. W., 50, Oxford Street, Southampton.

Bateson, Mr. T., 23, Stricklandgate, Kendal.

Bathe, Mr. B. S., 7, Lower Terrace, Netting Hill, W.

Batting, Mr. T. G., 98, The New Parade, Calverley lload, Timbridge

Wells.
Batty, Mr. T., 154, Walmgate, York.
Baxter, Mr. G., 19, Foregate Street, Chester.
Baxter, Mr. W. J., Church Street, Coleraine.
Bayley, Mr. G. H., 12, Victoria Road, Saltaire, near Leeds,
Bayley, Mr. W., 3, Earle Street, Crewe.
Baynes, J., F.I.C., F.C.S., F.Il.M.S., Laboratory, Royal Chambers,

Scale Lane, Hull.
Beach, Mr. J., Bridjiort.

Beacock, Mr. J. H,, 20, Uj^perhead Row, Leeds.
Beale, Mr. J. H. , Circular House, Bournemouth.
Beal, Mr. E. J., Ilford.

Beauland, Mr. S., 11, Arctic Parade, Great Horton, Bradford, Yorks.
Bearpark, Mr. C. F. , West Bank, Seamer Road, Scar-borough.
Beckett, Mr. W. , Heywood, Manchester.
Beck, Mr. A. N., 11, York Building, Hastings.
Beggs, Mr. G. D., Medical Hall, Dalkey, Co. Dublin, Ireland.
Bellield, Mr. W., 267, Stamford Street, Ashton-uuder-Lyne.
Bell, Mr. C. B., 6, Spring Bank, Hull.

Bell, Mr. F. E., 38 & 40, Scotswood Road, South Benwell, Newcastle.
Bell, Mr. J. A. , Robertson Street, Hastings.
Bell, Mr. W. H., 96, Albany Street, N.W.
Bell, Mr. W. H. , Messrs. Clarke, Bleasdale, Bell S: Co. , York.
Benger, F. B., F.C.S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.
Bennett, Mr. G., 15, Penley's Grove Street, York.
Bennett, H., L.R.C.P., L.R.C.S.E., L.A.H., 6, Clarendon Place,

Maidstone.
Bently, Mr. W. J., High Court, Tottenham, N. [S.W.

Bentley, Prof. R., M.R.C.S., F.L.S., 38, Penywcrn Road, Earl's Court,
Bernays, A. J., Ph.D., F.C.S., St. Thomas's Hospital, S.E.
Berry, Mr. E., The Cross, Gloucester.
Berry, Mr. T., 189, Henshaw Street, Oldham.
Berry, Mr. W., 4, Hampton Terrace, Redland, Bristol.
Bertie, Mr. J., Auchcnblae, N.B.
Best, T. F., F.LC, F.C.S., Lawn Wharf, Uxbridge.
Bevan, Mr. C. F., Church Street, Harwich.
Bienvenu, Mr. J., 27, High Street, Andovcr.
Biffin, Mr. T., 56, North Street, Taunton.
Biggs, Mr. F. W., 50, King Street, Penrith, Cumberland.
Billing, Mr. T., 86, King's Road, Brighton.
Billinge, Mr. Murk, Hyde, Manchester.
Billington, Mr. F., 169, Wavcrtree Road, Liverpool.
Bindloss, Mr. G. F., 97, Leighton Road, N.W.
Binglev, Mr. J., Northampton.
Binnie', Mr. R.,

Birch, Mr. H. C, 7, Church Road, Upper Norwood, S.E.
Bird, Mr. F. C. J., 49, Bcrners Strept, W.
Bird, Mr. G., Topsfield Place, Crouch End, N.
Bird, II. M., F.C.S., St. Mary's Hospital, Paddiugton, W.
Bird, Mr. W. L., 10, Alexandra Villas, Uxbridge Road, W,

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 353

Birkett, Mr. J., 16, The Crescent, Morecambe, Lanes.

Bishop, Mr. R. , Broad Street, Eye, Suffolk.

Bishop, Mr. E. J., Osmaston Eoad, Derbv.

Bishop, xMr. W. M., 785, Old Kent Eoad, S.E.

Blabey, Mr. J. J., Allertou Road, Woolton, near Liverpool.

Blackburn, Mr. H. J., il3. West Derby Road, Tue Brook, Liverpool.

Blackshaw, Mr. T., 35, Market Place, Burslem

Blackwell, Mr. J., Bull Street, Birmingham.

Blain, Mr. W., Market Street, Bolton.

Blain, Mr. W. Rushton, 25, Market Street, Bolton.

Blake, Mr. C. A., 47, Piccadilly, W.

Bland, F. S., F.C.S., 75, High Street, Stourbridge.

Blatchley, Mr. T., Yeadon, Yorks.

Blayney, Mr. R. B., 58, Bold Street, Livei-pool.

Bletsoe, Mr. J., 1, HiU Street, Richmond, Sun'ey.

Blissett, Mr. W., Romsey, Hants.

Blood, IsLr. C, Formbv, Lancashire.

Blunt, T. P., M.A., F'C.S., Wyle Cop, Shrewsbury.

Blyth, Mr. U. Address unknown.

Blyton, Mr. J., Lane Villa, Cheetham Hill, Manchester.

Bolam, Mr. J., 38, Northumberland Street, Xewcastle-on-Tvne.

Bolton, Mr. C. A., Carlton Street, Nottingham.

Booth, JLr. J., Heckmondwike.

Borland, J., F.L.S., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., 7, King Street, Kilmarnock.

Borthwick, Mr. A. J., Market Place, Selkirk.

Bostock, Mr. W., Sylvester House, Ashton-under-Lyne.

Botham, Mr. J., 1-80, Bury New Road, Manchester.

Bottle, A., F.C.S., Townwall Street, Dover.

Boucher, Mr. J., 4, Union Street, Bristol.

Bourdas, Mr. I., 48, Belgrave Road, S.W.,

Boutall, Mr. G. S., 52, Marchmont Street, Russell Square, W.C.

Bowden, Mr. T. L., High Street, Keynsham, Bristol.

Bowden, Mr. W., 291, Liverpool Road. Patricroft, Lancashue.

Bowen, Mr. J. W., 13, Curzon Street, W.

Bowie, Mr. G. D.,

Bowker, Mr. Ellis, Bury, Lancashire.

Bowles, Mr. W. J., 3, Newland Terrace, Kensington, W.

Bowling, Mr. J. H., 1, Dimond Street, Pembroke Dock.

Boyce, Mr. G., Chertsey.

Boyce, Mr. J. P., Peascod Street, Windsor.

Brabazon, Mr. J. T. P., Oxford Buildings Pharmacy, Belfast.

Braby, F., F.C.S., F.G.S., M.R I., Bushey Lodge, Teddington.

Bradbury, Mr. T. , 1, High Street, Glossop.

Bradley, Mr. C, 46, Market Place, Reading.

Bradley, Mr. T. D. , Dunstall House, Ryde, Isle of Wight.

Brady, H. B., F.R.S., care of Messrs' Brady & Martin, 29, Mcsiey
Street, Newcastle-on-T_vne.

Branson, F. W. , F. C. S. , 14, Commercial Street, Leeds.

Bray-shay, Mr. T., 38, High Street, Stockton-on-Tees.

Breadner. Mr. C. G., Cheetham, Manchester.

Brearey, Mr. A. W. , Prospect Hill, Douglas, Isle of Man.

Bremridge, Mr. R., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Brevitt, Mr. W. J., Somerset Road, Handsworth Wood, near Birming-
ham.

Brewster, Mr. W. , Market Place, Kingston-on-Thames.

Brierley, Mr. J., 23, Bridge Street, Burton-on-Trent.

Briggs, Mr. G , 221, Woodhouse Lane, Leeds.

Bright, Mr. R., 29, Broad Bridge Street, Peterborough.

Brightmore, Mr. W., 237, Maida Yale, W.

Broad, Mr. J. M., 510, Hornsey Road, N.

A A

lioi BRITISH rHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Brockett, Mr. E. H. , 41, Northumberland Street, Neweastle-on-Tyne^

Brodie, Mr. R., 253, Crown Street, Glasgow.

Brooke, Mr. T., Brambope, Leeds.

Brookes, Mr. Josh., Shude Hill, Manchester.

Broomhead, Mr. G. E., 15, Union Place, Aberdeen.

Brown, Mr. D., 93, Abbey Hill, Edinburgh.

Brown, Mr. J., 187, Mill Street, Great Ancoats, Manchester.

Brown, Mr. J., Chester-le-Street.

Brown, Mr. R., 45, Washington Street, Glasgow.

Brown, Mr. W. S., 113, IVLxrket Street, Manchester.

]5rowuon, G., F.C.S., 15, Althorp Eoad, Upper Tooting, S.W

Bruuker, J. E., M.A., 68, Grafton Street, Dublin.

Buchanan, Mr. D., Kirriemuir, N.B.

Buchanan, Blr. J., 52, North Bridge, Edinburgh.

Buchanan, T. D., M.D., 24, Westminster Terrace, West Glasgow.

Buchner, Mr. Max, 124, High Street, Whitechapel, E.

Buck, Mr. li. C, 1!)2, Breck Eoad, Liverpool.

Buckett, Mr. A. H., 22. Market I'lace, Penzance, Cornwall.

]3uckle, Mr. C. F., 77, (iray's Inn Eoad, W.C.

Buckle, Mr. J., Market Place, Malton, Yorks.

Buckley, IMr. J. J., Ill, Earl's Court Eoad, South Kensington, S.W.

Bull, Mr. John, .317, Lavender Hill, Clapham Junction, S.W.

Bullen, Mr. T., 24, Church Eoad, Hove, Brighton.

Bullock, J. L., F.I.C., F.C.S., 3, Hanover Street, W.

Bullus, Mr. J., 262, High Street, West Bromwich, Birmingham.

Banker, Mr. J., 64, Greenwood Eoad, Dalston, E.

Burden, Mr. E. M., 37, Duke Street, W.

Burdwood, Mr. J., 30, Frankfort Street, Plymouth.

Burford, S. F., F.C.S., Halford Street, Leicester.

Burge, Mr. J. A., Surrey Place, Alexandria, N.B.

Burlinson, Mr. T., 2, John Street, Sunderland.

Burn, Mr. D. H., High Street, Ai-broath.

Burn, Mr. Thos., 512, Eochdale Eoad, Manchester.

Burn, Mr. W., li), Market Street, Durham.

Burnett, Mr. G. T., Stogumbor, Taunton.

Burnett, J. F., F.C.S., 294, U.xbridge Eoad, W.

Burnett, Mr. E., Fraserburgh, N.B.

Burns, Mr. W., 142, High Street, Ayr, N.B.

Burrell, Mr. G., 116, High Street, Montrose.

Burroughs, Mr. G. H., Christ Church Eoad, Oxton, Birkenhead.

Burroughs, Mr. S. M., 7, Snow Hill. Holborn Viaduct, E.C.

Burt, Mr. J., 89, Montague Street, Worthing.

Burton, Mr. J., Llandudno, North Wales.

Burton, Mr. J. I)., 397, Cambridge Eoad, E.

Busby, Mr. J., Harpeuden, Herts.

Buscall, Mr. H. J., 126, High Street, Burtou-on-Trent.

Butcher, Mr. G. S., 329. Chapel Street, Salford, Manchester.

Butcher, Mr. T., 418, High Street, Cheltenham.

Butler, Mr. E. H., 93, Humberstone Gate, Leicester.

Butt, E. N., F.C.S., 13, Curzon Street. W.

Butterwortii, Mr. A., 37, Wakelield Eoad. Bradford, Yorks.

Byass, T. H., M.D., F.E.C.S., Cuckrteld, Sussex.

Caley, Mr. A. J., Cliapcl Field, Norwich.

Callawiiv, Mr. L., 10, Victoria Street, Clifton, Bristol.

Calvert,"Mr. J., King Street, Belper.

Calvert, Mr. E., Market Cross. Stokesloy, Yorks.

Cameron, J., F.I.C., Laboratorv, Somerset House, W.C.

Candy, Mr. J. W. G., Market Place, Wantage, Berks.

Canuell, Mr. W., Queen's Square, Wolverhampton.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Carciwell, Mr. E., 64, Minster Street, Reading.

Cardwell, Mr. S., Brighonse.

Carlton, Mr. E. P., 8, High Street, Horncastle.

Carr, Mr. W., 170, Wliarf Street, Leicester.

Carr, Mr. W. P., Berwick-ou-Tweed.

Carteighe, J., F.C.S., 3, Hereford Square, South Kensington, S.W.

Carteighe, M., F.I.C , F.C.S., 180, New Bond Street, W.

Carter, Mr. E., York Glass Comj^any, York.

Carter, Mr. F., High Street, Carshalton, Surrey.

Carter, Mr. R. W., Naas, Co. Kildare, Ireland.

Carter, Mr. W., 2, Union Terrace, Cheetham Hill, Manchester.

Cartwright, Mr. W., Ironmarket, Newcastle, Staffs.

Cave, Mr. J. R., Fernhill Cottage, Mortimer, near Reading.

Caw, Mr. J., Cupar, Fife, N.B.

Cawdell, Mr. G., 12, London Street, Hyde Park, W.

Chamberlain, Mr. A. G., 3, Market Place, Rugby.

Chaplin, Mr. J. L., Corumarket, Wakefield, Yorks.

Chapman, Mr. H., 52, Newborough Street, Scarborough.

Chapman, Mr. T. W., 199, Bristol Street, Birmingham.

Chapman, Mr. J. J., 20, Boundary Road, N.W.

Charity, Mr. W., 101, Leadenhali Street, E.C.

Chase, Mr. T., Edgbaston, Birmingham.

Chater, Mr. E. M., 129, High Street, Watford.

Cheetham, Mr. G., High Street, Hope, Derbyshire.

Chessall, Mr. R., Fore Street, Sidmouth.

Cheverton, G., F.C.S., The Broadway, Tuubridge Wells.

Chipperfield, Mr. R., Southampton.

Chislett, Mr. C, Lanark, N.B.

Church, Prof. A. H., M.A., F.I.C, F.C.S., Shelsley, Kew, Surrey.

Church, Mr. H. J., Cambridge.

Churchouse, Mr. W. B., Chard.

Clapham, Mr. J., Oak House, Meanwood Road, Leeds.

Clapham, Mr. J. W., 1, Oakdale Terrace, Meanwood Road, Leeds.

Clapp, Mr. E. F., 35, Church Street. Stoke Newington, N.

Clark, IMr. J., Melbourne Terrace, York.

Clark, Mr. J. A., 48, The Broadway, London Fields, Hackney, E.

Clark, Mr. J. W., Belvoir Street, Leicester.

Clark, W. L, D.Sc, A.I.C., 104 & 106, South Cannougate, Edinburgh.

Clarke, Mr. C. G., 75, Weston Road, S.E.

Cla-ke, Mr. F., 40, Mount Pleasant, Norwich.

Clarke, Miss I. S.,

Clarke, Mr. G. B., 3, Higb Street, Woburn.

Clarke, Mr. J., 88, George Street, Croydon.

Clarke, Mr. J. A , 148, Gallowgate, Glasgow.

Clarke, Mr. W. H., 51, Plumstead Road, Plum stead.

Clarke, Mr. W. L., The Pavement, Forest Hill, S.E.

Clayton, Mr. F. C, 18, St. James's Road, Birmingham.

Clayton, Mr. J. W., Market Place, Blackburn.

Clayton, Mr. W., 41, Wicker, Shetlield.

Cleave, Mr. S. W. Address unknown.

Cleave, Mr. W., Chudleigb.

Cleaver, E. L., F.I.C, F.C.S. Address unknown.

Clements, Mr. A., Market Street, Coateliill, Co. Cavan.

Clifford, Mr. T. A., 13, Chaucer Road, Acton, Middlesex.

Clift, Mr. H., 4, Beresford Street, Jersey.

Clifton, Mr. E. S., Corn Hill, Ipswich.

Clifton, Mr. F., 34, Corn Market, Derby.

Clough, Mr. J., 11, High Street, Northwich.

Clower, Mr. J., 22, Bridge Street, Nortbamiiton.

Coates, Mr. E., 21, Duke Street, Edinburgh.

356 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Coates, Mr. J. M., 53, Clayton Street East, Newcastle- on-Tvne. ■

Coats, Mr, J. T., 20, James Street, Pilrig, Edinburgh.

Cocker Mr. J. J., 8, Carlisle Terrace, Bradford.

Cocksedge, Mr. H. B. Amhurst, St. John's Park, Hyde, I. of W.

Cockshott, Mr. W., '62, Westgate, Bradford.

Cocktou, Mr. J., High Street, Maryj^ort.

Codd, Dr. F., 51, Duke Street, Devonport.

Colchester, Mr. W. M., junr., 53. Coronet Street, Old Street, N.

Coldwell, Mr. D. B., 20, Sussex Street, Warwick Square, S.W.

Cole, F. A., F.C.S., 33, Saint Botolph's Street, Colchester.

Coleman, Mr. A., 65, St. Mary Street, Cardiff.

Coleman, Mr. E. F., Chapel Ash, Wolverhampton.

Coley, Mr. S. J., 57, High Street, Stroud.

Colleuette, A., F.C.S.,F.R.Met.Soc., 11, Commercial Arcade, Guernsey.

Collett, Mr. C. B., West Green lioad, South Tottenham, N.

Colley, Mr. B., Owen Street, Tipton.

Collier, Mr. H., The Disijeusary, Guy's Hospital, S.E.

Collins, Mr. H. G. (Mr. liussell's). High Street, Windsor.

Congreve, Mr. G. T., Coombe Lodge, Rye Lane, Peckham, S.E.

Connor, S., L.R.C.S.E., L.A.H.D., Hill Street, Newry, Ireland.

Couroy, M., F.C.S., 29, Fleet Street, Liverpool.

Constance, Mr. E., 65, Charing Cross, S.W.

Cook, Dr. E. A., F.C.S., 79, Sheen Park, Richmond, Surrey.

Cooke, Mr. P., Church Row, Wandsworth, S.W.

Cooke, P. M., L.A.H., L.M., Enniscorthy.

Cooke, Mr. W., Hodnet, Market Drayton, Salop.

Coolcy, Mr. W. B., Dudley Street, Wolverhampton.

Cooper, Mr. A., 80, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, S.W.

Cooper, Mr. F. R. , 124, Market Street, Manchester.

Cooper, Mr. G., Branscombe, Devon.

Cooper, Mr. H., 24, Greek Street, Soho Square, W.C.

Cooper, Mr. H., 151, Lillie Road, Fulham, S.W.

Cooper, H. P., F.C.S., 15, Haringey Road, Hornsey, N.

Corder, Mr. 0., London Street, Norwich.

Corder, Mr. W. S., 83, Tyne Street, North Shields.

Corfield, Mr. C, Church Street, St. Day, Cornwall.

Corfield, Mr. E., 166, Broad Street, Birmingham.

Cornish, Mr. H. R., 24, Market Place, Penzance.

Cortis, A. B., F.C.S., 12, South Street, Worthing.

Cosbie, Mr. C. L., The Medical Hall, High Street, Holywood, Co.

Down.
Cossey, Mr. J., St. John's, Maddermarket, Norwich.
Cotton, Mr. J., Church Street, St. Helen's, Lanes.
Cotton, Mr. J. M., 1, Waterloo Road, Bui-slem.
Cottrill, Mr. G. J., Shepton Mallet.
Cottrill, Mr. J. W., 29, Upper Gloucester Place, N.W.
Coulter, Mr. G., Wetherby, I'orks.
Coupland, Mr. J., 20, Regent Parade, High Harrogate.
Coutts, Mr. A., Path-head, Kirkcaldy, N.B.
Coutts, Mr. C, 26, Broad Street, Aberdeen.
Cowgill, Mr. B. H., 48, Mauchester Road, Burnley.
Cowlev, Mr. W., Peel, Isle of Jlau.
Cox, Mr. A., Old Hill, near Dudley.
Cox. Mr. A. IL, St. Martin's Place, Brighton.
Crackle, Mr. W. H., General Hospital, Nottingliam.
Cranijiton, Mr. J., Post Ollice, Sawstou, Cambridge.
Cranidge, Mr. J., Denaby, Mcxbro'.

Crawshaw, E., F.P.S., 80, Fann Street, Aldersgate Street, E.C.
Cridland, Mr. F. E. J., 192, Palmerston Buildings, Old Broad Street,

E.C.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 357

Crispe, Mr. J., 4, Cheapside, E.G.

Critchley, Mr. T., King William Street, Blackburn.

Croly, T. H., L.Il.C.P., L.M., Doogort, Achill, Westport, Co. Mayo.

Cronshaw, Mr. C, 198, Manchester Koad East, Little Hiilton, nr. Bolton.

Crook, Mr. C, East Thorpe, Mirfield, Yorks.

Crook, Mr. W. Ci., Public Analyst, Norwich.

Crooke, Mr. Chas. G. , New Meeting Street, Birmingham.

Cross, Mr. G. , Wintertou, Lincolnshire.

Cross, Mr. W. G. , junr. , Mardol, Shrewsbury.

Croyden, Mr. C, 4.5, Wigmore Street, W.

Croydeu, Mr. E. H., Newcastle, Staffs.

Crozier, Mr. E., Clifton Square, Lytham.

Cruickshank, Mr. G. L., Fyrie.

Cruickshank, Mr. G. P., 218, George Street, Aberdeeu.

Cruickshank, Mr. J., 5, Union Road, Macduff, N.B.

Cruse, Mr. T. H., Palmerston Koad, Southsea.

Cubitt, Mr. C, 17, Market Place, Norwich.

Cubley, Mr. G. A., 4, High Street, Sheffield.

Cuff, Mr. J. H., junr., St. Mildreds, Station Eoad, New Barnet.

Cuff, Mr. E. C, 25, College Green, Bristol.

Cullen, Mr. H. H., 20.5, Holloway Eoad, London, N.

Cullinan, Mr. E., 155, King Street, Hammersmith, W.

Cullingford, Mr. L. J., 85, Pevensey Eoad, Eastbourne.

Cupiss, Mr. F. , The Wilderness, Diss.

Curfew, Mr. J., Flowery Field, Hyde.

Curtis, Mr. H., 178, High Street, Lewes.

Cussons, Mr. T. T., Ossett, E. S. 0.

Cutchffe, Mr. G. J., 7, Strand, Dawlish.

Cuthbert, Mr. E., 27, Westgate, Huddersfield.

Cutting, Mr. T. J., Finkle Street, Selby.

Dadley, Mr. E., 21, Carter Gate, Nottingham.

Dalby, Mr. E. E., 21, Howick Street, Monkwearmouth Shore.

Dale, Mr. J., Ivy Cottage, Cornbrook, Hulme, Manchester.

Dalwood, Mr. J. H., Cheap Street, Sherborne, Dorset.

Dampney, Mr. E. S., 87, Abingdon Eoad, Kensington, W.

Diiniel, Mr. S., 30, Harbour Street, Eamsgate.

Darby, S., F.I.C., F.C.S. Address unknown.

Darling, W. H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 126, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Darling, Mr. W., 12G, Oxford Street, Manchester.

DarroU, Mr. W. , Clun, Salop.

Davenport, Mr. H., 33, Great Eussell Street, W.C.

Davenport, Mr. J. T., 33, Great Eussell Street, W.C.

Davidson, Mr. A., High Street, Montrose, N.B.

Davidson, Mr. C, 205, Union Street, Aberdeen, N.B.

Davidson, Mr. J. N., Dundee.

Davidson, Mr. W., 54, Castle Street, Aberdeen, N.B.

Davies, Mr. D. J., 28. Great Darkgate Street, Aberystwith.

Davies, E., F.I.C., F.C.S., 88, Seel Street, Liverpool.

Davies, Mr. F. H., Bridge Terrace, Thornton Heath, Surrey.

Davies, Mr. J. L., Hay, Breconshire.

Davies, Mr. .J. T., Walter's Eoad, Swansea.

Davies, E. H., F.I.C., F.G.S., Apothecaries' Hall, Blackfriavs, E.G.

Davis, Mr. D. F., 2, High Street, Leominster.

Davis, Mr. H., 19, Warwick Street, Leamington.

Davis, E. H., P.C.S., High Harrogate.

Davison, Mr. W. H., High Street, Hastings.

Dawson, Mr. O. E., 15elle Vue Eoad, Southampton,

Day, Mr. J., Chapeltown Eoad, Leeds.

Day, Mr. J. C. T., 130, George Street, Limerick.

358 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Dechan, M., F.C.S., 5, Oliver Place, Hawick.

Deck, A., F.C.S., 9, King's Parade, Cambridge.

Deering, INIr. A., 30, Lanvanor Koad, Hollydale Eoad, Peckham, S.E.

Dennis, Mr. J. W., 77, Eastgate, Louth, Lincolnshire.

Dickie, Mr. J., 91, Victoria Road, Glasgow.

Dickinson, Mr. D. , 9, Abbey Street, Derby.

Dickinson, Mr. F., 13, St. Mary Street, Stamford.

Dickinson, Mr. John G., Ledbury Terrace, South End, Croydon.

Diver, Mr. 13., Islehara, Cambridgeshire.

Dixon, Mr. H., 1, Eussell Gardens, Kensington, W.

Dixon, Mr. J., North Kelsey, near Brigg, Lincolnshire.

Dixon, Mr. J., 84, Crosby Street, Maryport.

Dixon, Mr. W. H., East Grinstead.

Dobbin, Mr. W., Belfast.

Dobinson, Mr. T., 125, Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland.

Dobson, Mr. J., 2, Side, Newcastle-on-Tync.

Dodge, Mr. W., Heaton Norris, Stockport.

Doig, j^Ir. W., 1, Castle Street, Dundee.

Donald, Mr. D., 29, George Street, Perth.

Douaghey, Mr. J. J., 193, Overgate, Dundee.

Donovan, Mr. E., 22, Main Street, Blackrock, Dublin.

Dott, D. B., F.R.S.E., F.I.C., 24, Castle Street, Edinburgh.

Downes, Mr. R. J., 13(), Lower Baggott Street, Dublin.

Downie, Mr. H , 43 & 44, Snndhill, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Downing, Mr. J. G., 55, High Street, Braintree.

Drake, Mr. W., Wyke, near Bradford.

Drane, Mr. W., 5, West Parade, West Norwood, S.E.

Draper, H. C, F.C.S., 2, Orwell Park, Rathgar, Dublin.

Draper, H. N., F.C.S., M.R.I.A., 23, Mary Street, Dublin.

Dresser, Mr. R., 14, Pavement, York.

Drew, Mr. B., 91, Blackman Street, Southwark, S.E.

Driver, Mr. T., Woolton, Liverpool.

Druco, Mr. G. C, 118, High Street, Oxford.

Duck, Mr. W. B., Hazeldean House, Warnborough Road, Oxford.

Duncan, Mr. S., 19, West ]51ackhall Street, Greenock, N.B.

Duncan, Mr. W., 13, East Princes Street, Rothesay, N.B.

Duncan, Mr. W., Royal Dispensary, Richmond Street, Edinburgh.

Duncan, Mr. W., 74^ Shore, Leith".

Dunkley. Mr. E., 57, High Street, Tunbridge Wells.

Dunlop, Mr. J., 70, Osborne Street, Hull.

Dunn, Mr. II., 31, Otley Road, Shipley, Leeds.

Dunn, Mr. J., 3()0, Sootswood Road, Ncwcastle-on-Tyne.

Dunn, Mr. S., Fore Street, St. Austell.

Dunn, Mr. T., High Street. Selkirk.

Dunstan, Prof. Wyndham, F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Dun woody, Mr. J., .30. Market Street, Sligo.

Durdcn, Mr. H., 13, Coruhill, Dorchester, Dorset.

Durrant, Mr. Ci. R., Old Cross, Hertford.

Dutton, Mr. F., 19, Bradshawgate, Bolton.

Dutton, Mr. J., Rock Ferry, Birkenhead.

Dyer, Mr. W., Corn Market, Halifax.

Dymond, Mr. T. S., Bycullah Park, Enfield, :NriddIcsex.

Dyson, Mr. A., 55, Langdale Street, Elland, Yorks.

Dyson, Mr. W. B., 35, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, S.W.

Earee, Mr. T., High Street. Staines.

Earle, Mr. F., 22, Market Place, Hull.

Bastes, E. G., A.I C, 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Eddeu, Mr. T. L., Woolmer Tower, The Grove, Hammersmith, W.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL COXFERENCE. 359

Edgar, Mr. Alexander, The Laurels, DolpLin Eoad, Spark Hill,

Birmingliam.
Edgeler, Mr. W. B., Higli Street, Petei-sfield, Hants.
Edisbury, Mr. J. F., 3, High Street, Wrexham.
Edwards, Mr. G., Stockport Eoad, Manchester.
Edwards, Mr. H., Medical Hall, Caterham Valley.
Edwards, Mr. H., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Ekins, A. E., F.O.S., Market Place, St. Albans.
Elborue, Mr. W., Owen's College, Manchester.
Eldridge, Mr. J. H., Earlham Eoad, Norwich.
EUinor, Mr. G., Wicker Pharmacy, Spital Hill, Sheffield.
Elhot, R. J., Ph.D., 69, Church Street, Liverpool.
Elliot, Mr. W. T. Paradise Street, Birmingham.

Elliott, Mr. J. D., 3, Orchard Place, Woolwich Eoad, Gi^ienwicli, S.E.
Elliott, Mr. J. G., 196, Gibraltar Street, Sheffield.
Elliott, Mr. E., 279, High Street, Gateshead.

Ellis, Mr. C. S., 7, St. Augustine's Eoad, Edgebastou, Birmingham.
EUis, Mr. R., Terrace Eoad, Abervstwith.
ElUs, Mr. T. W., 2, Carr Lane, Hull.
Ellis, Mr. W., Burnham, Essex.

Ellwood, Mr. T. A., 60, Grove Eoad, St. John's Wood.
Emson, Mr. W. N., 102, Lothian Eoad, Brixton, S.W.
English, Mr. T. J., 146, Great Britain Street, DubUm
Ereaut, Mr. G., 10, Bath Street, Jersey.
Evans, Mr. A. B., .56, Hanover Street, LiverpooL
Evans, Mr. C. E., Moreton Hampstead, Devon.
Evans, Mr. C. J. Address unknown.
Evans, Mr. D. C, Maidstone.
Evans, ^Mr. E., .56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. E., junr., .56, Hanover Street, LiverpooL
Evans, G., F.C.S., 7, Stepney Street, Llanelly.
Evans, Mr. I. H., Medical Hall, Market Cross, Lymm.
Evans, Mr. J., 1, Church Street, Oswestiy.
Evans, J., M.D., 19, Dawson Street, Dublin.
Evans, Mr. J. J., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Evans, Mr. J. J. 0., 1, Orchard Gardens, Teignmouth.
Evans, Mx. W. P., 56, Hanover Street, Liv€rpool.
Exley, Mr. J., 34, Hunslet Lane, Leeds.
Eynon, Mr. D. J., 87, Eegent Street, Leamington.
Eyre, Mr. J. S. , High Street, Lauuceston, CornwalL

Fairburn, Mr. J., Northallerton.

Fairelougli, Mr. E. A., 11, Edmund Place, Aldersgate Street, E.C-

Fairgi-ieve, Mr. T., Clerk Street, Edinburgh.

Fairley, Mr. T., F.E.S.E., 16, East Parade, Leeds.

Farnworth, Mr. Walter, Blackburn.

Farnworth, Mr. Wni., 49, King William Street, Blackburn.

Farr, Mr. J., Crowu Street, Halifax.

Farrage, Mr. E., Rothbury, Moiijeth.

Farries, T., F.I.C., F.C.S., 16, Coleman Street, E.C.

Farthing, Mr. T. W. , 4, Park Cottage, Stoke, Devonport

Faulkner, Mr. H., PillKwenllv, Newport, Monmoiithshire.

Faulkner, Mr. J. E„ 3U Lad'broke Grove Road, W.

Faull, Mr. J., Westgate, Bradford, Yorks.

Featherstone, Mr., Showell Hurst, Moseley, Birmingham.

Feaver, Mr. J., 71, Bohemia Eoad, near Hastings.

Fell, Mr. J. C, MiddlescK Hospital, W.

Fenwick, Mr. J., 17, Bute Terrace, Queen's Park, Glasgow.

F^erguson, Mr. W. K., 53, Great George Street, Leeds.

Ferneley, Mr. C, 61, Ty thing, Worcester.

330 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFP^^RENCEi

ForriJay, Mr. E. J. P., Market Street, Oakengates, Salop.

Ferrier, Mr. D. H., 2, Hilltown, Dundee.

Fewtroll, Mr. J., 19, Main Street, Turriff, N.B.

Field, Mr. W. C, 9, North Street, Taunton.

Fielden, Mr. V. (i. L., 2, Tliornton Villas, Holderness Road, Hull.

Fiudlay, Mr. J. D., (V.), Dundas Street, Glasgow.

Fiugland, Mr. J., Tliornhill, Dumfries.

Fiulay, Mr. J., Hadden's Medical Hall, Skibbereen, Co. Cork.

Fisher, Mr. F. D., 1, Market Place, Grrautham.

Fisher, Mr. H. A., 3-5, High Street, Ramsgate.

Fisher, Mr. J. J., 29, Bank Street, Cai-lisle.

Fisher, Mr. T., 97, Roxburgh Street, Greenock, N.B.

Fitch, R., F.G.S., F.S.A., Market Place, Norwich.

Fitt, Mr. F. E., Barking, Essex.

Fitzgerald, Mr. A. H., care of Messrs. Johnson & Sons, 23, Cross

Street, Finsbury, E.G.
Fleemiug, Mr. W. , Queen Square, Wolverhampton.
Fletcher, F. W., F.C.S., 56, Hamilton Road, Highbury, N.
Fletcher, Mr. J., 23, King Street, Dudley.
Fletcher, Mr. J., Montpellier Avenue, Cheltenham.
Flint, Mr. J., Ranelagh Place, Liverpool.
FUntan, F. R., F.R.M.S., Guildford Street, Chertsey, Surrey.
Floyd, Mr. J., Bury St. Edmunds.
Flux, Mr. W., 3, East India Avenue, E.C.
Forbes, Mr. J. W., 65, Newport Street, Bolton, Lanes.
Ford, Mr. E. B., 3, George Street, Poutypool.
Ford, Mr. J., High Street, Kirriemuir.
Forrest, Mr. R. W., 319, Crown Street, Glasgow.
Forster, Mr. R. H., Castle Street, Dover.
Forth, Mr. W., 397, High Street, Cheltenham.
Foster, Mr. A. J., The Banks, Rochester.
Foster, Mr. F., 29, St. Nicholas Street, Scar-borough.
Foster, Mr. F. H., 2, Bank of England Place, Plymouth.
Foster, Mr. J., Collurapton.
Foster, Mr. J., 38, Corporation Road, Carlisle.

Foster, Mr. R. Le Neve, Messrs. Calvert & Co., Bradford, Manchester.
Foster, W., M.A., F.I.C., F.C.S., Middlesex Hospital, W.
Foulkes, Mr. W. H., 20, Hi-h Street, Rhyl, Flints.
Foulkes, Mr. W. J., Birkenhead.
Fowler, Mr. W. R., 122, Queen Street, Portsea.
Fowler, W., F.C.S., 8, Alexandra Tenace, Sunderland.
Fox, Mr. A. R., 56, Snig Hill. Sheffield.
Fox, Mr. C. J., 35, Addington Street, Ramsgate.
Fox, Mr. W., 109, Bethnal Green Road, E.
Francis, Mr. G. B., 5, Coleman Street, E.C.
Francis, G. Bult, F.C.S., 5, Coleman Street, E.C.
Francis,' IMr. J. B. Wrexham.
Francis, Mr. T. H., 101. High Holboru, W.C.
Francis, Mr. W. H. , 5, Coleman Street, E.C.
Franklin, Mr. A., 60, West Street, Fareham.
Fraser, Mr. A., 58, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Eraser, Mr. A., Medical Hall, Largs, N.B.
Frazer, Mr. D,, 127, Buchanan Street, Glasgow.
Freeman. Mr. E., Ledbury, Hei-efordshire.
Frizell, IMr. W. A., Waterloo Place, Londonderry.
Froggatt. Mr. T. W., Eyam, ria Shellield.
Froom, Mr. W. H., 75, Aldei-sgate Street, E.C.
Frost, Mr. G., 7, Corn Market, Derbv.
Fudge, Mr. C. W., Sheptou Mallet. "
Fuller, Mr. J., Rookwood, Chapter Road, Willesden Park, N.W.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 3G1

Furness, Mr. J. M., 7, Westbar, Sheffield.

Furniss, Mr. T., Ill, Kocky Lane, Newsham Park, Liverpool.

Fyvie, Mr. J. G., 9, Diamoud, Coleraine.

Gadd, Mr. H., 97, Fore Street, Exeter.

Gadd, Mr. E., 1, Harleyford Road, Vauxball, S.E.

Gadd, Mr. W. F., Granville House, Queen Street, Eamsgate.

Gaitskell, Mr. J., Gosforth, via Carnforth.

Gale, S., F.I.C., F.C S., '225, Oxford Street, W.

Galloway, Mr. G. E. , 13, Castle Street, Inverness.

Gamble, Mr. A. G. , Avenue Eoad, Grantham.

Gamley. Mr. D., 2, Grange Eoad, Edinburgh.

Garduei", Mr. W., King's College Hospital, W.C.

Garibaldi, Mr. J. A., 44, Geraldine Eoad, Wandsworth, S.W.

Garner, Mr. J., 119, High Street, Kensington, W.

Garrett, Mr. T. P., 171, Commercial Street, Newport, Mon.

Garside, Mr. S. A., 6, Aughton Street, Ormskirk.

Gascoigue, Mr. C, 18, High Street, Kidderminster.

Gater, Mr. J., Victoria Eoad, Peckham, S.E.

Gedge, Mr. W. S., 90, St. John Street, Clerkenwell, E.G.

Geddes, Mr. G., Main Street, Aberchirder, Banffshire.

Geddes, Mr. W., Werneth, Oldham.

Gee, Mr. G., High Street, Sandbach, Cheshire.

George, Mr. H., 68, Broad Street, AVorcester.

George, Mr. J. E., Hirwaiu, near Aberdare.

George, Mr. J. I., West Street, Wigton, Cumberland.

Gerard, Mr. G. E., Great Bedwin, Wilts.

Gerrard, A. W., F C.S. , University College Hospital, W.C.

Gerrard, Mr. J., Edge Fold, Middle Hulton, Bolton.

Gibb, Mr. E., New Byth, Turriff.

Gibbons, Mr. G., 24, West Street, Weston-super-Mare.

Gibbons, Mr. T. G., 41, Market Street, Manchester.

Gibbons, Mr. W., 41, Market Street, Manchester.

Gibbs, Mr. J., 53d, Terminus Eoad, Eastbourne.

Gibbs, Mr. E. D., Smethwick, Birmingham.

Gibson, A., F.C.S., Leven, Fife.

Gibson, Mr. B. W., Barnard Castle, Durham.

Gibson, Mr. F. J., 93, Darlington Street, W^olverharapton.

Gibson, Mr. F. T., 93, Gooch Street, Birmingham.

Gibson, Mr. J., 102, Upper Brook Street, Manchester.

Gibson, Mr. J. P., Hexham.

Gibson, Mr. E , Erskine Street, Hulme, Manchester

Gibson, Mr. W. H., 107, King's Eoad, Brighton.

Giles, Mr. W. , 123, Crown Street, Aberdeen.

Gill, Mr. G., Chapel Lane, Bingley.

Gill, Mr. H , Boston Spa, Yorkshire.

Gill, Mr. J., 43, Piccadilly, Manchester.

Giil, Mr. J. W., 57, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

Gill, Mr. W., 183, Eadford Eoad, Hyson Green, Nottingham.

Gill, Mr. W., 1, West Street, Tavistock.

Gillett, Mr. J., 10, NeviJl Street, Southport.

Gilmour, Mr. G., 15, Morrison Street, Kingston, Glasgow.

Gilmour, Mr. W., 11, Elm Eow, Edinburgh.

Gimblett, Mr. W., 73, Union Street, Eyde, Isle of Wight.

Glaisyer, Mr. T., 12, North Street, Brighton.

Glazier, W. H., F.C.S., Courtlands, East Molesey.

Glegg, Mr. J., Park House, Lochhead, Aberdeen.

Glover, Mr. J. S., 282, Manchester Street, Werneth, Oldham.

Glover, Mr. W. K., 205, Union Street, Aberdeen.

Goldfinch, Mr. G., 7, Brent Terrace, Hendon, N.W.

362 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Gokling, Mr. J. F., 172, Albany Street, N.W.

Gooch, Mr. S. L. , Bouudary House, High Street, High Baruet, N.

Good, Mr. T., 31, High Street, Lowestoft.

Goodliffe, Mr. G., 17, Rendezvous Street, Folkestone.

Goodwin, Mr. J., Lower Clapton, E.

Gordelier, Mr. W. G., 39, High Street, Sittingbourne.

Gordon, Mr. W., 7G, King Street, Aberdeen.

Goskar, Mr. J. J., 1, Carlisle Circus, Belfast.

Gossop, Mr. G. K., 88, Church Street, Great Grimsby.

Gostliug, Mr. T. P., Diss.

Gorild, Mr. J., Bed Lion Square, Newcastle, Staffs.

Gowaus, Mr. J., 21, High Street, Perth, N.B.

Granger, Mr. E. J., Upper Clapton, E.

Grant, Mr. T., Malvern House, Clevedon.

Grant, Mr. W., High Street, Blairgowrie.

Gravill, E. D., F.B.M.S., F.C.S., 300, High Holborn, W.C.

Gray, Mr. C, Swan Bank, Bilston, Staffordshire.

Greaves, Mr. A., Chesterfield.

Greaves, Mr. J., Oxford Terrace, Canton, Cardiff.

Greaves, Mr. W. S., Ironville, Alfreton.

Green, Mr. H. S., 10, Belgrave Terrace, Miitley, Plymouth.

Green, Mr. J., 19, Wood Street, Swindon.

Green, Mr. S., 2, York Place, Nunhead, S.E.

Greenall, Mr. A., 10, South Boad, Waterloo, near Liverpool.

Greenish, H. G., F.I.C., 20, New Street, Dorset Square, N.W.

Greenish, T., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., 20, New Street, Dorset Square, N.W.

Greenish, Mr. T, E., 5, Bathurst Street, Sussex Square, W.

Greeusill, Mr. H. W., Fishponds.

Greenwell, Mr. E. H., Chester-le-Street.

Gi'eig, Mr. W., 59, Glassford Street, Glasgow.

Griffin, Mr. T., High Street, Weybridge, Surrey.

Griffith, Mr. B., High Street, Slough.

Gritliths, Mr. E. H., Market Street, Kidsgrove.

Grimwade, Mr. E. W., Mildmay Chambirs, 82, Bishopsgate Street, E.G.

Grindley, Mr. G. H., Westland Bow, Dublin.

Grisbrook, Mr. E., Windsor, Berks.

Grisbrook, Mr. S., 12, The Promenade, Bromley, Kent.

Grose, Mr. N. M., 5, Castle Street, Swansea.

Groves, Mr. B. H., Blandford.

Groves, T. B., F.C.S., Weymouth.

Gud^on, Mr. F. G., G, Albert Place, High Road, Chiswick, Middlesex.

Guil(>r, Mr. J., 20, Ujiper Baggot Street, Dublin.

Gulliver, Mr. W., 6, Lower Belgrave Street, Pimlico, S.W.

Gunn, Mr. W., Market Place, Duns, N.B.

Guyer, J. B., F.C.S., 11, Strand, Torquay.

Gwinnell, Mr. E., 73, Powis Street, Woolwich, Kent.

Hackman, Mr. L. L., Fratton Road, Landport, Hants.
Haddock, Mr. J., 27, Chapol Street, Leigh, Lanes.
Hadfield, Mr. J., 20, Cheetham Street, Rochdale.
Hall, Mr. A. L., The Cross, Winchcombe.
Hall, F., M.R.C.S., 1, Jermyn Street, S.W.
Hall, Mr. F., Redcar.

Hall, Mr. H. S., Stretford Road, Manchester.
Hall, Mr. P., 118, Grey Street, Ncwcastle-on-Tyne.
Hall, Mr. S., Jjittleborough, near Manchester.
Hall, Mr. T. H., MO, Drayton Park. N.
Hall, Mr. W., Market Street, Lancaster.
Hallawav, Mr. J., 52. Castle Street, Carlisle.
Haller, Mr. F. W., 79, High Street, Boston.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFEREXCE. 363

Hamilton, J. T., M.D., 3, Lo-n-er Sackville Street, DuLlin.

Hamilton, Mr. W., Barrow-on-Humber.

Hammerton, Mr. E., 28, High Street, Colchester.

Hammond, Mr. W. H., 1, Caroline Street, Hull.

Hamp, Mr. .J., Worcester Street, Wolverhampton.

Hampson, Mr. R., 20.5, St. John-street Road, E.G.

Hanbur}', C, F.I.C., F.C.S., Plough Court, Lombard Street, E.G.

Hanbury, F.J., F.L.S., Plough Court, Lombard Street, E.C.

Hardeman, Mr. J., 55, Buiy New Road, Manchester.

Hardie, Mr. G. H., 362, Rochdale Road, Manchester.

Hardie, Mr. J., 68, High Street, Dundee.

Harding, Mr. J., 36, King's Head Street, Hai-wich.

Hardwick, Mr. S., 21, Commercial Road, Bournemouth.

Hardwicke, Mr. J. E., i, Meat Market, Bury St. Edmunds,

Hardy, Mr. J., North Street, Bishops Stortford.

Hardy, Mr. S. C, 177, Regent Street, W.

Hargraves, Mr. H. L., 30, High Street, Oldham.

Hargreaves, M., 108, Fylde Road, Preston, Lanes.

Harland, R. H., F.I.C,, F.C.S., 37, Lombard Street, E.C.

Harland, Mr. R. T., Wellington Road, Eccles.

Harlev, Mr. J., 3, James's Square, CrieiJ, N.B.

Harold, Mr. J. P., 15, East Street, W.C.

Harpley, Mr. R. B., 34, Church Street, West Hartlepool.

Han-ington, Mr. A., Needliam Market, Suffolk.

Harrington, Mr. A., jun., Walsham-le-Willows, Suffolk.

Harrington, Mr. J. F., 45, Kensington High Street, W.

HaiTington, W., L.A.H.D., 80, Patrick Street, Cork.

Han-is, Mr. E. W., 128, High Street, Merthyr Tydhl.

Harris, Mr. S. , High Street, Droitwich, Cheshire.

Han-ison, Mr. J., .33, Bridge Street, Sunderland.

Harrison, Mr. J., 2, Market Street, St. Helen's, Lanes.

Hanuson, Mr. R., Farnworth, near Bolton.

Han-ison, Mr. T. E., North Street, Sleaford.

Harrison, Mr. W., Headingley.

Harrison, Mr. W. B., 6, Bridge Street, Sunderland.

Harrop, Mr. J. H., 239, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

Harrop, Mr. W. H., Hightown, Crewe.

narrower, Mr. P., 136, Cowcaddens Street, Glasgow.

Hart, Mr. J., 131, Embden Street, Hulme, Manchester.

Hart, Mr. J., 130, Newport Street, Bolton.

Hart, Mr. T., 2, Armadale Street, Dennistown, Glasgow.

Hart, Mr. T., F.C.S., 72, Lancashire Hill, Stockport.

Hartley, Mr. John, 1, Church Road, Lytham.

Hai"tley, Mr. S., High Street, Harrow-on-the-Hill.

Harvey, Mr. E., 6, Giltspur Street, E.C.

Har%-ey, S., F.C.S., South Eastern Laboratory, Canterbury.

Harvey, Mr. W. B., Frome, Somerset.

Harvey, Mr. W. R., 98, Humberstone Road, Leicester.

Harvie, Mr. G., Princes Street, Helensburgh.

Harvie, Mr. J., 68, Stirling Street, Airdrie, N.B.

Hai-wood, Mr. E. G., 92, Clarence Street, Bolton.

Haslett, Mr. J. H., 18, North Street, Belfast.

Hasselby, Mr. E. H., 1, Eversfield Plaee, St. Leonards-on-Sea.

Hasselby, Mr. T. J., 1, Baxtergate, Doncaster, Yorkshire.

Hatch, Mr. R. M., 84, Whiteladies' Road, Clifton.

Hatrick, Mr. J. B., 18, Gilmour Street, Paisley.

Havill, Mr. P. W., 15, Fore Street, Tiverton, Devon.

Hawkins, Mr. L. W., 18, Burr Street, E.

Hawkins, Mr. T., 32, Ludgate Hill, E.C.

Haydon, W. F., F.C.S., The Exchange, Birmingham.

3G4 BKITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Hayes, Mr. J., Great Warley, Essex.

Hayes, Mr. W., 12, Grafton Street, Dublin.

Hayhoe, Mr. W., G7, Stratford Koad, Plaistow, E.

Hayles, Mr. B. H., Broadway, Ealing, Middlesex.

Hearder, Mr. H. P., 24, Westwell Street, Plymouth.

Heath, Mr. A., 114, Ebury Street, S.W.

Heathcote, Mr. H. C, Winster, Derbyshire.

Heaton, Prof. C. W., F.I.C., F.C.S., Charing Cross Hospital, W.C.

Hedley, Mr. Thos., Eamsbottom, Manchester.

Hemingway, Mr. A., 20, Poi'tman Street, W.

Hemingway, Mr. E., 20, Portmau Street, W.

Hemingway, Mr. W., 20, Portman Street, W.

Henderson, Mr. C, Wibsey, near Bradford.

Henry, Mr. J. P., 97, Donegall Street, Belfast.

Henry, Mr. S. R., Oxford Buildings Pharmacy, Belfast.

Herbert, Mr. H. S., 29, High St., Wavertree.

Herring, Mr. W. C, 40, Aldersgate Street, E.C.

Heslop, Mr. H. H., Ivingswinford, near Dudley.

Hewlett, Mr. C. J., 40, 41, & 42, Charlotte St.i Great Eastern St.. E.C.

Heywood, J. S.C.,F.C.S., 19, Inverness Terrace, Hyde Park Gardens,

W.
Hick, Mr. A., High Street, Wath-on-Dearne.
Hiekcy, Mr. E. L., 199, King's Koad, Chelsea, S.W.
Hickin, Mr. H., Mardol Head, Shrewsbury.
Higgins, Mr. W., Borough, Farnham, Surrey.
Hill, Mr. A., 27, Oxford Street, South Heigham, Norwich
Hill, Mr. A. B., 101, Southwark Street, S.E.
Hill, Mr. J. R., 8G, York Place, Edinburgh.

Hillhouse, Prof. M. A. ,F.L.S., The Mason Science College, Birmingham.
Hillier, Mr. H., 15, Old Bond Street, Bath.
Hills, T. H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 225, Oxford Street, W.
Hills, W., F.C.S., 225, Oxford Street, W.
Hind, Mr. T. W. L., Kendal.
Hiudle, Mr. J., 70, Copy Nook, Blackburn.
Hinds, Mr. J., 127, Goslord Street, Coventry.
Histed, Mr. E., 2, Upper St. James Street, Brighton.
Hitchman, Mr. H., Market Place, Kettering.
Hobson, Mr. C, Market Place, Beverley.
Hockcu, Mr. J., 31, Old Hall Street, Liverpool.
Hodges, Mr. W., Eastgate liow, Chester.

Hodgkin, J., F.I.C., F.C.S., Messrs. Howard & Sons, Stratford, E.
Hodgkiuson, Mr. C, 198, Ui>per Whitecross Street, E.C.
Hodgkinson, Mr. J. S., Matlock Bridge.
Hodgkiuson, Mr. W., 198, Upper Whitecross Street, E.C.
Hodgson, Mr. A., 8, Millbrook Place, Harrington Square, N.W.
Hodkinson, Mr. J., Mill Street, Macclesfield.
Hodsoll, Mr. T. W. H., 11. Start Street, Shepherdess Walk, N.
Hogg, Mr. B., 1, Southwick Street, Hyde Park, W.
Holgate, Mr. S. V., 29, Long Bow, Nottingham.
Hollick, Mr. B.,
Holliday, Mr. John, Warwick.
HoUiday, Mr. T., 5, High Street, West Bromwich.
Holmes, Mr. C. J., 16, Cambridge Street. Hyde Park, W.
Holmes, E. M., F.L.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.
Holmes, Mr. F. G., Brill.
Holmes, Mr. P., 11, Strand, Torquay.

Holmes, Mr. T., 32, Seymour Boad, Sharpies, near Bolton.
Holmes, Mr. W. M., 7, Belgravo Mansions, Grosvenor Gardens, S.W.
Holroyd, Mr. W., 31, Duke Street, St. James, S.W.
Hooper, Mr. L., 43, King William Street, E.C.

BRITISH PHAEMACEDTICAL COXFEREXCE. 365

Hopkin, Mr. W. K., 1(5, Cross Street, Hatton Garden, E.G.

Hopkiuson, Mr. T., 44 & 45, High Street, Grantham.

Hornbj-, Mr. A., 50, George Street, Richmond, Surrey.

Horncastle, Mr. J., 17, Craven Road, Westbourue Terrace, W.

Horner, Mr. E., Mitre Square, Aldgate, E.G.

Horton, Jlr. G. D., C3, Aston Road North, Birmingham.

Horrell, Mr. A. C. J., Albion House, Broadstairs.

Horsfall, Mr. J., Aughtou Road, Birkdale, Southport.

Horsfiekl, Mr. J. N., Sweet Street, Leeds.

Horsley, Mr. T. W., 274, Portobello Road, Notting Hill, W.

Hothersall, Mr. J., 25, Staudishgate, Wigan.

Houghton, Mr. T., 53, St. Clements, Oxford.

Howard, D., F.I.C., F.C.S., Stratford, E.

Howard, Mr. W. D., F.I.C., Lord's Meade, Tottenham,

Howard, R., L.A.H., Arklow, Co. Wicklow.

Howell, Mr. M., 61, High Street, Peckham, S.E.

Howes, Mr. H., 238. Bristol Street, Birmingham.

Howie, Mr. W. L., Cornbrook House, Eccles, Lanes.

Howlett, Mr. H. J., 2, High Street, Crayford, Kent.

Howorth, Mr. J., Market Place, Doncaster.

Hucklebridge, Mr. J. M., 116, Ebury Street, S.W.

Huddlestone, Mr. R. 0., 68, Lower Broughton Road, Manchester.

Huggett, Mr. S.,

Hughes, Mr. E., 14, Market Place, Altrincham, Cheshire.

Hughes, Mr. E. G., Victoria Street, Manchester.

Hughes, Mr. J., 14, Wind Street, Swansea.

Hughes, Mr. J. M., 48, Fulham Road, S.W.

Hughes, Mr. L. S., Maple Road, Penge, S.E.

Hugill, Mr. J., 14 & 15, Miles Lane, Cannon Street, E.G.

Humble, Mr. J. M., 29, Horse Fair, Birmingham.

Hume, Mr. A., 63, Northumberland Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Hume, Mr. J. W. D., Alexander Terrace, Clapham Road, Lowestoft.

Humphry, Mr. H., Dartmouth. ,

Hunt, Mr, A., Fore Street, Exeter.

Hunt, Mr. C, 29, Chapel Street, Belgrave Square, S.W.

Hunt, Mr. L., 2, Albert Bridge, Manchester.

Hunt, Mr. R., 45, High Street, Winchester.

Hunt, Mr. T., Workhouse, Liverpool.

Hunter, Mr. F. W., 4, Westmoreland Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Hunter, Mr. G., Withernsca, Yorks.

Hunter, Mr. J. C, 99, Great Western Road, Glasgow.

Hurley, Mr. E. W., 137, Lewisham High Road, S.E.

Huski'sson, H. 0., F.I.C., F.C.S., F.L.S., Swinton Street, Gray's Inn

Road.
Hutcheon, Mr. W., 21, High Street, Bonnyrigg, Midlothian.
Hutchins, Mr. C, Wind Street, Neath.
Hutton Mr. H., 202, Broad Street, Birmingham.
Hyslop, Mr. J. C, 39, Church Street, N.W.

Illingworth, Mr. G. S., 5, Nithsdale Road, Pollokshields, Glasgow.
Ince, J., F.L.S., F.C.S., F.G.S., 11, St. Stephen's Avenue, Shepherd's

Bush, W.
Ince, W. H., A.I.C., 11, St. Stephen's Avenue, Shepherd's Bush, W.
Ingall, Mr. J., Ashford, Kent.

Insull, Mr. E. S., 54 & 56, Lichfield Street, Hanley.
Ismay, Mr. J. G., Groat Market, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Ive, Mr. W., 115, Gloucester Road, South Kensington, S.W.
Izod, Mr. J., Church Road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Jackson, Mr. BarnetE., Palace Buildings, Harpurhey, Manchester.

366 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Jackson, Sir. C, 4, Church Road, Acton, W.

Jackson, Mr. CI., 870, Rochdale Road, Harpurhey, Manchester.

Jackson, Mr. J., Sun Bridge Buildings, Bradford.

Jackson, Mr. R., 7, Smithy Row, Nottingham.

Jackson, Mr. Urban Arthur, 43, Great Ducie Street, Strangeways,

Manchester.
Jackson, Mr. W., Crediton, Devon.
James, Mr. A. W., Sketty, near Swansea.
James, Mr. C, 80, Argyle Street, Birkenhead.
James, Mr. K., North Bar Street, Beverley.
Jamieson, Mr. S., 9, Crossgate, Cupar, Fife.
Jarmaiu, G., F.I.C., F.C.S., 9, York Place, Huddersfield.
Jefferson, Mr. P., 145, Meadow Lane, Leeds.
Jeffery, Mr. H., 110, Cheltenham Road, Bristol.
Jeffrey, Mr. T. A., Leamington House, Cheltenham.
Jeffries, Mr. H., 23, High Street, Guildford.
Jenkins, Mr. E. E., High Street, Beeston, near Nottingham.
Jenkins, Mr. H., Eilerslie Park Road, Gloucester.
Jenkins, Mr. J., Llysyfi'an, Haverfordwest.
Jenkins, Mr. J. T., Dennian Street, New Radford, Nottingham.
Jenner, Mr. H. A., Grand Parade, St. Leonards-ou-Sea.
Jewell, Mr. J. R., 7, Vere Street, Cavendish Square, W.
Jeyes, Mr. P., 6, Drapery, Northampton.
Jinks, Mr. J., Iron Bridge, Shropshire.
Job, Mr. A. T., Southleigh, Spencer Hill, Wimbledon.
Jobsou, Mr. R., 125, Scotswood Road, Newcastle-ou-Tyne.
Johnson, Mr. E. E., Liverpool Apothecaries' Company, Liverpool.
Johnson, Mr. J., Address unknown.
Johnson, Mr. J., Union Street, Aberdeen.
Johnson, Mr. J. B., Uttoxeter.
Johnson, Mr. T., 8, Market Place, Wigan.
Johnson, Mr. W., 5, Stanley Street, Leek, Staffordshire.
Johnston, Mr. J., 45, Union Street, Aberdeen.
Johnstone, Mr. C. A., Glenolbyh, Whaley Bridge.
Johnstone, Mr. W., Cromarty, N.B.
Johnstone, W., Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., F.G.S., 16, Alfred Place West,

South Kensington, S.W.
Jones, Mr. A. M., King Street, Brynmawr, Brecoushire.
Jones, Mr. D. W., Commercial Place, Aberdare.
Jones, Mr. E., 21, High Street, Hanley.

Jones, E. W. T., F.C.S., 10, Victoria Street, Wolverhampton.
Jones, Mr. F., 131, Prescot Road, Liverpool.
Jones, Mr. H., Berwyn Street, Llangollen.
Jones, Mr. H. S., 139, Fulham Road, S.W.

Jones, H. W., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., Messrs. Wyleys & Co., Coventry.
Jones, Mr. J., 20, Cliester Road, Hulme, Manchester.
Jones, Mr. J., 04, Wednestield Road, Little London, Willenball.
Jones, Mr. J. H., 121, Finsbnry Pavement, E.C.
Jones, Mr. J. P., 2, Bridge Street, Aberayron.
Jones, Mr. J. R., Vivian Arms Hotel, Swansea.
Jones, Mr. M., Chester Street, Flint.
Jones, Mr. M., 12, High Street, Swansea.
Jones, Mr. 0., Market Place, Bangor.
Jones, I\L-. R., Cavan Medical Hall, Cavan.
Jones, Mr. T. P., 82, Seven Sisters' Road, N.
Jones, Mr. T. P., Tiie Pharmacy, Llanidloes.
Jones, Mr. W., 2 & 3, High Street, Bull Ring, Birmingham.
Jones, Mr. W. C, 23, Bayswater Terrace, Bayswater, W.
Jones, Mr. W. H., 4, Maclise Road, West Kensington Park, W.
Joues, Mr. Wm. H., 50, Hanover Street, Liverpool.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. oG7

Jones, Mr. W. 0., 135, Ladbroke Grove, Netting Hill, W.
Jones, Mr. W., 203 & 205, Old Cbristchurch Eoad, Bournemouth.
Joseph, Mr. A. I., St. Leonards-on-Sea.

Kay, Mr. J. P., 205, Union Street, Aberdeen.

Kay, Mr. Samuel, 7, Lower Hillgate, Stockport.

Kay, Mr. T., 7, Lower Hillgate, Stockport.

Kave, Mr. H., Berry Brow, Huddersfield.

Keall, Mr. F. P., 199, High Street, Swansea.

Kearnes, Mr. R. H., Swan Bank, Bilstou.

Keene, Mr. B., care of Mr. Adcock, Alcester, Eedditch.

Keene, Mr. E., 143, New Bond Street, W.

Keene, Mr. J., Paddock Wood, Kent.

Kelley, Mr. R., The Coombe, Bowlish, Shepton Mallet.

Kemble, Mr. J., Mevagissey, Cornwall.

Kemp, Mr. D., 9i, High Street, Portobello, Mid-Lothian.

Kemp, Mr. D. S., 21, Weighton Road, Auerley, S.E.

Kemp, Mr. D. S., 27, Coverdale Road, Shepherd's Bush, W.

Kemp, Mr. H., 254, Stretford Eoad, Manchester.

Kendall, Mr. J. H., 14, Blagdon Street, Blyth, Northumberland.

Kendall, Mr. R. , Wharf Street, Sowerby Bridge.

Kennedy, Mr. W., 59, Trougate, Glasgow.

Ker, Mr. A., 92, Lower Moss Lane, Hulme, iLiuchester.

Kerfoot, Mr. T., Medlock Vale Works, Berry Street, Manchester.

Kermath, Mr. W. R., 78, Market Street, St". Andrews, Fife.

Kermode, Mr. R. K., Castletown, Isle of Man.

Kernot, G. C, Ph.D., L.R.C.S.. L.S. A., 9, Elphinstoue Road, Hastings.

Kerr, Mr. C, 56, Nethergate, Dundee.

Key, Mr. W. H., 89, Taff Street, Pontypridd.

Keyworth, G. A., F.C.S., St. Hilary, Hastings.

Kidd, Mr. James Cassie, 2, Union Terrace, Cheetham Hill, Man-

Kimber, Mr. B. T., 16, Fonthill Road, Tollington Park, N.

Kinch, Prof. Ed.,F.I.C.,F.C.S., Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester.

King, Mr. H. A., 38, Exchange Street, Norwich.

King, Mr. W., 4, Market Place, Huddersfield.

King, Mr. W. G., Market Drayton.

Kingerlee, Mr. G., Castle Street, Buckingham.

Kingsford, Mr. F., 54, Piccadilly. W.

Kingzett, C. T., F.LC, F.C.S., Trevena, Amhurst Park, N.

Kinninmout, A., F.C.S., 69, South Portland Street, Glasgow.

Kirby, Mr. T. W., 24, Castle Street, Liyerpool.

Kirk' Mr. S., 89, Upper North Street, Poplar, E.

Kirkby, W., F.R.M.S., 36, Meadow Street, Sheffield.

Kitchin, A., F.LC, F.C.S., 27, King Street, Wliitehaven.

Kite, Mr. W. T., 1, Ormond Villas, Cheltenham.

Knight, Mr. G. J., 452, Edgware Eoad, W.

Knight, Mr. R., 281, Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

Knights, J. W., F.LC, F.C.S., Cambridge.

Laird, Mr. G. H., 40, Queensferry Street, Edinburgh.

Lake, Mr. J. H., 41, High Street, Exeter.

Lakeman, Mr. N., Post Office, Modbury.

Lakin, Mr. W., 10, New Bond Street, Leicester.

Lambert, Mr. J., Elvet Bridge, Durham.

Lamplough, Mr. H., 113, Holboru Hill, E.C

Lane, Mr. W., 69, Market Street, Manchester.

Lascelles-Scott, W., 21, New Bridge Street, Ludgate Circus, E.C.

Latham, Mr. R. J., Market Place, Howden, Yorks.

Laughlin, Mr. W., Ramsey, Isle of Man.

368 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Laverack, Mr. W. H., P. 0. Corner, Malton.

Lawrance, Mr. E., Welwyn, Herts.

Laws, Mr. J., Ill, Church Street, N.W.

Lear, Mr. G. H., 373, Coventry lload, Birmingham.

Lee, Mr. S. W., G, Whitecliapel, Liverpool.

Lee, Mr. W., Castle, Northwich, Cheshire.

Lee, Mr. W., High Street, Honiton, Devon.

Leete, Mr. S. F., Thrapston.

Leigh, Mr. J. J., 5, Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland.

Leigh, Mr. M., 4G, Dyke Eoad, Brighton.

Leitch, Mr. W., 17, Picardy Place, Edinburgh.

Lemmon, Mr. G. F., St. George's Road, Hastings.

Lenfestey, Mr. W. G., 32, Mortimer Street, Heme Bay.

Lescher, T. H., F.C.S., 00, Bartholomew Close, E.C.

Leslie, Mr. J., Walkley, Sheffield.

Lester, Mr. H., 1, Bridge Street, Nuneaton.

Lester, Mr. T. R., 107, Patrick Street, Cork.

Lewinton, Mr. A. B., IG, Cleveland Street, Fitzroy Square, W.

Lincolne, Mr. W., Ely, Cambridgeshire.

Lindsay, T., F.C.S., Maryfield Cottage, Marvhill, N.B.

Liuford, J. S., F.C.S., IG, Gladstone Street, Hull.

Ling, Mr. E., Esher, Surrey.

Lister, Mr. S., 70, High Street, Great Horton, Bradford.

Litchfield, Mr. J., 50, High Street, Lougton, Staffordshire.

Littlewood, Mr. S., Sutton-in-Ashfield.

Liverseege, Mr. J. F., 73, Soho Street, Smethwick, Birmingham.

Llewellyn, Mr. R., 148, High Street, Merthyr.

Lloyd, Mr. G., jun., 30, Church Street, Bilston.

Lloyd, Mr. .7. AV., 34, Mount Pleasant, Liverpool.

Lloyd, Mr. 11., High Street, Claycross.

Lloyd, Mr. R., Penygraig, Rhondda Valley.

Lloyd, Mr. T. H., 10, Friar Lane, Leicester.

Loc'kyer, W. .J., F.C.S., 7, St. Julian's Farm Road, West Norwood, S.E.

Lofthouse, Mr. J., Fleetwood.

Long, I\rr. H., 139, Church Road, West Brighton.

Long, Mr. H., 48, High Street, Notting Hill, W.

Longbotham, Mr. J., Chester-le-Stix-et, Durham.

Longman, Mr. J. II., The Norfolk Pharmacy, Littlehamptou.

Lord, Mr. C, Todmorden, Lancashire.

Lorimer, Mr. J., Junction Road, HoUoway Road, N.

Lowe, A. J. G., F.I.C., F.C.S., 5, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Lowther, Mr. M. K., Langtoft, Ijowthorpe.

Lucas, Mr. J. M. M., 1G2, Windmill Street, Gravesend.

Luff, A. P., B.Sc, F.I.C., F.C.S., St. Mary's Hospital, W.

Luke, Mr. R. S., 30, Tavistock Road, Plymouth.

Lumby, Mr. A., Tranmere, Liverjjool.

Lunau, Mr. A., Banchory, N.B.

Mabcn, Mr. T., 5, Oliver Place, Hawick.
McAdam, Mr. R., 32, Virginia Street, (Glasgow.

Macadam, S., Ph.D., F.R.S.E., F.I.C., F.C.S., Surgeons' Hall, Edin-
burgh.
Macadam, W. I., F.C.S., F.I.C., Surgeons' Hall, Edinburgh.
Macanlav, Mr. J. J., Holywood, Co. Down.
Macaulay, Mr. W. H., Wakefield.

McCowan, Dr. W., F.C.S., 85, Raglan Road. Smethwick, Birmingham.
Macdonald, Mr. A., 71, Coleman Street, E.C.
Macdonald, Mr. J., 12, West Newington, Edinburgh.
MacDermott, Mr. R. J., Thorne Terrace, West Worthing.
M'Donald, Mr. K., Dunkeld.

BlilTISa PHARMACEUTICAL CJNrEKENCE. 369

MacEwan, Mr. P., 42, Cannon Street, E.G.

Macfarlane, Mr. A. Y., 255, Cauongate, Edinburgh.

MacFarlaue, Mr. P., A^^othecaries' Hall, Fort William, N.B.

Macfarlane, Mr. T. B., 17, Main Street, Wishaw, N.B.

McGlashau, Mr. J., 60, Dairy Koad, Edinburgh.

McGregor, Mr. D., 23, Bernard Street, Leith.

McGregor, Mr. G., Ellon, Aberdeen.

Machin, Mr. W. G., Hartley Wmtney, AVinclifield.

Machon, Mr. H., Market Place, Saffron Walden.

McHugh, Mr. H. S., Bridge Street, Gastleford.

Maciutodh, Mr. A., 21, Montague Street, Bothesay.

Mackay, Mr. D., 47, Scouriugburu, Dundee.

Mackay, Mr. G. D., Canning Street, Edinburgh.

Mackenzie, Mr. C. A., Queen's Road, Hastings.

Mackenzie, Mr. J., 45, Forrest Eoad, Edinburgh.

McKeown, W. A., M.D., CM., 20, College Square East, Belfast.

Mackey, Mr. J. B., 2, Bouverie Street, E.G.

Mackill, Mr. B. C, Cadzow Street, Hamilton.

MacLachlan, Mr. J. McC., 42, New North Koad, N.

Maclagau, Sir D., M.D., F.K.S.E., 28, Heriot Row, Edinburgh.

McLeod, Mr. T., 1-18, Broomielaw, Glasgow.

M'Millau, Mr. J., 17, Great Western Road, Glasgow,

McMullan, Mr. T., 54, Victoria Street, Belfast.

McMurray, Mr. J., 13, Clyde Street West, Helensburgh, N.B.

M'Naught, Mr. A., 4, West Blackhall Street, Greenock.

McNicol, Mr. J., Apothecary Hall, Alva, Stirlingshire.

Macpherson, Mr. A., Stornoway.

Macpherson, Mr. C. A., 97, Dairy Road, Edinburgh.

McSweeny, Mr. M. A., Prospect Place, Sundays Well, Cork.

Madeley, Mr. E. S., 3, West Kensington Terrace, W.

Maggs, Mr., Junr., St. Leonards-ou-Sea^

Maggs, Mr. F. R., Yeovil.

Magor, Mr. Martin, Aston New Town, Birmingham.

Maitland, Mr. P. C, 13(;, Great Portland Street, W.

Maitland, Mr. W., Kemnay, Aberdeensliire.

Maizey, Mr. E., 1!)4, Cassland Road, South Hackney, E.

Makius, G. H., M.R.C.S., F.I.G., F.C.S., Danesiield, St. Albans,

Herts.
ManfuU, Mr. H. J., 88, Arkwright Street, Nottingham.
Manning, Mr. R. J., Wells, Somerset.
Maries, Mr. D. R., 16, Irlam Road, Bootlo, Liverpool.
Marley, Mr. W., 124, Northumberland Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Marriott, Mr. T. E., Havelock Road, Hastings.
Marris, Mr. T., 82, Bridge Street, Worksop, Notts.
Marsden, Mr. T. B., 112, Wilmslem Road, Withington, Manchester.
Marsh, Mr. J. H., 0, Milsom Street, Bath.
Mursh, Mr. W. H., 92, ToUington Park, N.
Marshall, Mr. Geo. T., Bridge Street, Morpeth.
Marshall, Mr. T., Beverley.

Marshall, W., F.B.S., 9, Duggan Place, Rathmines, Dublin.
Marson, Mr. Wm., 53, Greengate Street, Stafford.
Marstou, Mr. J. T., 105, London Wall, City, E.G.
Martin, Mr. N. H., 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Martindale, W., F.C.S., 10, New Cavendish Street, W.
Mason, Mr., Uhissendiue, Kew.
Mason, Mr. A., 29, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.
Mason, Mr. H. C, 1, Australian Avenue, E.G.
Mason, Mr. J., Medical Hall, Boyle, Go. Roscommon.
Mason, Mr. W. B., 117, Derby Street, Bolton.
Mason, Mr. W. R., Gunnersbury Station, Brentford Road, W.

C B

370 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCR.

Mather, Mrs. Ellen, High Street, Haddington, N.B.

Mather, Mr. J., 58, Kay Street, Bolton.

Mather, Mr. J. H., 78, High Street, Godalming.

Mathews, Mr. J. H., 1, Queen's Gardens, Hyde Park, W.

Mathias, Mr. T., Saiindersfoot, Pembrokeshu'e.

Matthews, Mr. E., High Street, Royston, Herts.

Matthews, Mr. H., 7, Old King Street, Bristol.

Matthews, Mr. T., Man of Ross House, Ross, Herefordshire.

Matthews, Mr. W., 12, Wigmore Street, W.

Maunder, Mr. R., 714, Rochdale Road, Manchester.

Maurice, Mr. J., 31, Bedford Street, Plymouth.

Maw, Mr. C, 11, Aldersgate Street, E.G.

Maxey, Mr. W. H., 265, Glossop Road, Sheffield.

Maxfield, Mr. J., 89, Bartholomew Street, Leicester.

Mayger, Mr. W. I)., 6, Regent Square, Northampton.

Mays, Mr. R. J. J., 3, St. Mary's Terrace, Ryton-ou-Tyne.

Meadows, Mr. H., 15, Westgate Street, Gloucester.

Meadows, Mr. J., 41, Humberstone Gate, Leicester.

Medd, Mr. J., 47, Westgate Street, Gloucester.

Mellin, Mr. G., 16, Tichborne Street, Regent Street, W.

Mellin, Mr. J. P., 1, Belgrave Road, Dresden, Stoke-on-Trent.

Mellor, Mr. J. G., Market Square, St. Neots, Hunts.

Mercer, Mr. A., Prestwich, Maji Chester.

Mercer, Mr. J., 53, Water Lane, Preston.

Merrell, Mr. J., 181, York Road, N.

Merrikin, Mr. J. B., 25, Milsom Street, Bath.

Merson, Mr. W., The Dispensary, Paignton.

Metcalfe, Mr. C. L., 13, Whitefriargate, Hull.

Metcalfe, Mr. E. H., Malvern.

Middleton, Mr. A., 18, Southwell Road, Nottingham.

Midgley, Mr. C, St. Ann's Square, Manchester.

Miles, Mr. G., 1, Belvedere.

Miller, Mr. W. C, 107, Hockley Hill, Birmingham.

Millhouse, l\Ir. H. H., 54, Piccadilly, London.

Millidge, Mr. A., 117, High Street, Newport, Isle of Wight.

Milligau, Mr. D. G., Haltwhistle.

Milligau, Mr. W. M., Newton Stewart, N.B.

Mills, M.IS. A. E., 2, Torwood Terrace, Torquay.

Mills, Mr. J., Eastgate Row, Chester.

Mills, Mr. R. M., Bourne, Lincolnshire.

Mills, Mr. W. H., 1, Market Place, Hewood, Lans.

Milne, Mr. W., 4, Fleet Street, Torquay.

Minchin, Mr. F. J., Athy.Co. Kildare.

Minshull, Mr., 42, Dudley Street, Wclverhnmpton.

Miushull, Miss R. C, N. E. Hospital for Children, Hackney Road, E.

Mitche.i, Mr. E. D., 325, Moss Lane East, Manchester.

M tchell, Mr. J., 151, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Mitten, Mit-s F., Hurstpierpoiut, Sussex.

Moir, Dr. M., 143, Union Street, Aberdeen.

Monkhouse, Mr. H., All Saint's, Derby.

Moody, Mr. S. W., 6, Walkergato, Louth, Lines.

Moore, Mr. J. W., 7, Market Square, Hnnley.

Moorhouse, Mr. W., 40, Kirkgate, WakctieM.

Morgan, Mr. J. D., Bridge End House, Bideford, Devon.

Morgan, W., Ph.D., 10, Nelson Terrace, Swansea.

Morison, Mr. (i.. High Street, Peebles, N.B.

Morrell, Mr. T., 1, South Street, New North Road, Islington, N.

Morris, Mr. J., 127, Gosford Street, Coventry.

Morris, Mr. J. 0., Lichfield Street, Walsall.

Morris, Mr. J. L., 81, Alexandra Road, Manchester.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 371

Morris, Mr. T., 118, Market Street, Faru worth, Bolton.

Morson, T., F.C.S., 33, Southampton Eow, W.C.

Morson, Mr. T. P., 33, Southampton Row, W.C.

Mortiboy. Mr. J., 119, Railton Road, Heme Hill, S.E.

Mortimer, Mr. D. A., 141, Union Street, Aberdeen.

Mortimer, Mr. J., 20, The Mall, Clifton, Bristol.

Morton, Mr. J., Ramsbottom. [S.E.

Moss, J., F. I.e., F.C.S., Galen Works, Wilson Street, New Cross E -ad,

Moulden, Mr. W., 49, King William Street, Blackburn.

Moyle, Mr. J., 27, Broadway, Hacmiersmith, W.

Muir, Mr. G., IGf), Cumberland Street, Glasgow.

Mullock, Mr. E., Charing Cross, Birkenhead.

Mumbray, Mr. R. G., Richmond, Surrey.

Mumby, Mr. C, 47, High Street, Gosport.

Munday, Mr. J., 1, High Street, Cardiff.

Mundey, Mr. H., 233, Cheetham Hill, Manchester.

Murdoch, Mr. D., High Street, Falkirk, N.B.

Murdoch, Mr. G., 249, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow.

Muskett, Mr. J., Harleston, Norfolk.

Myers, Mr. G., 71, Coltmau Street, Hull.

Naish, Mr. C. E., 18, Braithwaite Road, Sparkbrook, Birmingham.

Naylor, W. A. H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 5, Coleman Street, E.C.

Neale, Mr. H., Biddings, near Alfreton, Derbyshire.

Neale, Mr. J., 55, High Street, King's Lynn.

Nesbit, Mr. J., 162, High Street, Portobello.

Neve, Mr. F. C, Norman Road, St. Leonards-on-Sea.

Newbigin, Mr. J. L., Alnwick.

Newby, Mr. R. I., Lemon Street, Truro, Cornwall.

Newcome, Mr. J., 71, High Street, Grantham.

Newey, Mr. J. T., Address not known.

Newman, Mr. W. F., 8, Market Street, Falmouth.

Newsholme, Mr. G. T. W., 74, Market Place, Sheffield.

Newton, Mr. T. A. C, 9, Carlton Terrace, Carlton Road, Kilburn, N.W.

Nicholl, Mr. S. C, 37, High Street, Belfast.

NichoUs, Mr. R. E., Fernleigh Lodge, Lee, Kent.

Nicholson, Mr. A., Flat House, Tunbridge Wells.

Nicholson, Mr. H., 38, Argyle Street, Birkenhead.

Nicholson, Mr. J. H., 4, Glasgow Street, Maxwelltown, Dumfries.

Nickolls, Mr. J. B., Swancote, Chaddesley Corbett, Kidderminster,

Nickson, Mr. J., 56, Broad Street, Ludlow.

Nicol, Mr. J., 4, Dowanhill Place, Partick, Glasgow.

Nightingale, Mr. J. C, 15, Great Percy Street, W.C.

Noble, Mr. A., 139, Princes Street, Ediinburgh.

Noble, Mr. J., 55, King Street, South Shields.

Norman, Mr. W. F., 37, Warwick Street, Leamington.

Nuthall, Mr. E., Bank Plain, Norwich.

Nutt, Mr. A. J., 133, Fenchurch Street, E.C.

Odling, Prof. W., M.B., F.R.S., etc., 15, Norham Gardens, Oxford.

Oglesby, Mr. .J., 31, Micklegate, York.

Oldfield, Mr. H., 48, Market Street, Hyde.

Oldham, Mr. J., 4, Albert Street, Mansfield, Notts.

O'Neill, Mr. J. Address unknown.

Orchard, Mr. E. J., Market Place, Salisbury.

Orme, Mr. W. , Long Street, Atherstone.

Ottey, Mr. T., Waterloo Street, Burton-on-Treut.

Owen, Mr. J., Holloway Road, Islington, N.

Padwick, Mr. J., 5, Preston Street, Brighton.

3/2 Bl'JTISH rUAKMACEUTICAL COXPEKENCE.

Padwick, Mr. T., Kedhill.

Padwick, Mr. W. G., 05, St. James's Eoad, Croydon.

Page, Mr. Chas., 10, Dale End, Eirmingham.

Paine, Mr. C, 3, Commercial Street, Newport, Mon.

Paiue, Mr. S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

Palmer, Mr. F., 3, Auerley Eoad, Upper Norwood, S.E.

Palmer, Mr. F. W., liauisey, Hunt.s.

Park, Mr. C. J.. 1, Mutley Plain, Plymouth.

Park, Mr. W., 91, Brook Street, Broughty Feny, Dundee.

Parker, Mr. A., High Street, Uttoxeter.

Parker, E. H., F.C.S.. 85, Clifton Eoad, Maida Vale.W,

Parker, Mr. S., 360, Leeds Eoad, Bradford, Yorks,

Parker, Mr. T., 9 & 10. Bridge Street, York.

I'arker, Mr. W. H., 177, Alfreton Eoad, Nottingham.

Parkes, Mr. J. P., Leyton House, Albion Eoad, Stoke Newington, N.

Parkin, Mr. J. B., Kirkgate, Eipou.

Parkinson, Mr. F. W., Atherstonc, Warwickshire.

Parkinson, Mr. E., 1, William Heni-y Sti'eet, Soho, Liverpool.

Parkinson, 11., I'h.D., Sun Bridge Buildings, Bradford, Yorkshire.

Parkinson, Mr. T., 30, Market Place, Driffield.

Parrott, Mr. W. S., 79, High Street, Watford.

Parry, Mr. W. P., 43, King William Street, E.G.

Pars, Mr. E. C, Market Place, Thrapstone.

Passmore, Mr. F., 27, Kemiington Park Gardens, S.E.

Pasmore, Mr. F. E., 2(), Cullum Street, Fenchurch Street, E.G.

Patchitt, Mr. E. C, 1"28, Derby Eoad, Nottingham.

Paterson, Mr. A., 133, Govan Eoad, Glasgow.

Paterson, Mr. J., Helmsdale, Sutherlandshire.

Paterson, Mr. J., 133, Gallowgate, Aberdeen.

Paterson, Mr. S., Gallowgate, Aberdeen.

Patman, Mr. F. T., 30, King Street, ^\^litehaven.

Paton, J., F.L.S., Kelviugrove Museum, Glasgow.

Patterson, Mr. D. J., West Hill, Mansfield, Notts.

Pattiusou, J., F.I.C., F.C.S., 75, The Side, Ncwcastle-ou-Tyne.

Pattisou, Mr. G., 139, St. John Street Eoad, E.G.

Pattrick, Mr. W., High Street, Measham.

Paul, Mr. E., 157, Kim; Edward's Eoad, Birmingham.

Payne, Mr. H., Market Easen.

Payne, Mr. J. C. C, Oxford Buildings, Belfast.

Payne, Mr. S., Wallingford, Berkshire.

Peake, Mr. A., Queen Street, Earlestown.

Pearson, C.T., F.E.B.S., F.Z.S., 101, Stamford Street, Blackfriars, S.E.

Peatsou, Mr. H. E., 102, Broughtou Eoad, Salford, Manchester.

Pedley, E. D., M.E.C.S., L.D.S., 17, Eailway Approach, London

Bridge, S.E.
Pedley, Mr. G., 17, Eaiiwav Approach. London Bridge, S.E.
Pedley, Mr. T., Mill Bank,' Triangle, Halifax.
Penney, W., .\.L.S., Parkstone, Poole.
Penrose, A. P., L.IXS., E.C.S., 5, AmwcU Street, W.C.
Percy, Mr. T. B., Victoria Square, Triuo.
Perfect, Mr. E., Biugley, Yorks.
Perkins, Mr. J., 29, Victoria Street, Wolverhampton.
Perry, Mr. E. C, Wote Street, Basingstoke.
Perry, Mr. G. E., 171, Hagley Eoad, Birmingham.
Perry, Mr. W. H., 18, Ledsam Street, Birmingham.
Petrie, Mr. J. J., Aboyue, Aberdeensiiire.
Pettigrcw, Mr. J. W., Lonzie, near Glasgow.
Pettinger. Mr. E., 49, High Street, Hampstead, N.W.
Phillips, Mr. C. L.. 13. Morgan Street, Tredegar.
Phillips, Mr. J., 58, Wallgate, Wigan.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 373

Phillips, Mr. J. J., Ryecroft, Ashton.

Philp, Mr. J., Wadebridge, Cornwall.

Pickard, Mr. W., 130, High Street, Netting Hill, W.

Picken, Mr. T. W., Newport, Salop.

Pickering, Mr. J., Market Place, Crowle, Doncaster.

Pickering, Mr. T., John Street, Over Winsford, Cheshire.

Pickup, Mr. W., 80, Bank Top, Blackburn.

Picnot, Mr. C, 24, High Street, Strood.

Pidd, Mr. A. J., 221, Chester Road, Hulme, Manchester.

Pidgeon, J. D., 6, Lewisham High Road, New Cross, S. E.

Pilcher, W. .J., F.R.C.S., High Street, Boston.

Pilley, Mr. S., '.), Bargate, Boston.

Pinkerton, Mr. W., 17, Greenside Place, Edinburgh.

Pinyou, Mr. W., 49, Abbev Road, St. John's Wood. N.W.

Pitchford, Mr. W., 54, Cotham Hill, Cotham, Bristol.

Pitman, Mr. J., 50, RedcHff Hill, Bristol.

Place, Mr. J., 23 and 24, King Street, Cambridge.

Plant, Mr. W. E., Somerby, near Oakham.

Piatt, Mr W., Matlock Bath.

Plowman, S., F.R.C.S., F.I.C., L.R.C.P., L.S.A., 2 Residence, St.

Thomas's Hospital, S.E.
Pocklington, Mr. H., 20, Park Row, Leeds.
Poingdestre, Mr. C. R.. 187, Newington Butts, S.E.
Pond, Mr. B. C, 102, Brixton Hill, S.W.
Pond, Mr. G. P., 68, Fleet Street, E.G.
Ponsford, Mr. J., 24, Wolborough Street, Newton Abbot.
Poole, Mr. J., .50, High Street, Newcastle, Staffs.
Porter, W. E., F.C.S., 16, Tybridge Street, Worcester.
Postans, Mr. A. W., 35, Baker Street, W.
Pottage, Mr. J. C, 117, Prince's Street, Edinburgh.
Pott, Mr. F. F., Post Office, Lower Tranmere, Birkenhead.
Potter, Mr. H., 75, Weston Street, S.E.
Potts, Mr. C, Market Place, Ilkestone.
Powell, Mr. W., White Horse Street, Leeds.
Powers, Mr. E., Priory Works, CoventiT.
Powuall, Mr. T. R., 45, St. George's Road, Bolton.
Pratt, Mr. G. W., 44, Stretford Road, Hulme, Manchester.
Pratt, Mr. R. M., Cattle Market, Otley, Yorks.
Prentice, Mr., J., 126, Nicholson Street, Edinburgh.
Presley, Mr. E., 12, St. Augustine's Parade, Bristol.
Presslie, Dr., 90, King Street, Aberdeen.
Preston, Mr. J., 4, High Street, Sheffield.
Preston, Mr. J. C, 81, Bishopsgate Street Without, E.G.
Pretty, Mr. C, 285, North End Road, S.W.
Prichard, Mr. E., 10, Vigo Street, Regent Street, W.
Pridmore, Mr. W., Castle Street, Hinckley, Leicestershire.
Prince, Mr. A. G., 2, Market Street, Longton, Staffs.
Pring, R. W., L.A.H.D., 7, Plough Buildings, Belfast.
Prior, Mr. G. T., 32, Broad Street, Oxford.
Probyn, Mr. C, 55, Grosvenor Street, Grosvenor Square, W.
Proctor, Mr. B. S., 11, Grey Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Proctor. Mr. W., 56, Dean Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Prosser, Mr. F. H., 112 & 114, Spring Hill, Birmingham.
Prosser, Mr. J. A., Manchester Road, Walkden.
Pugh, Mr. G., Dunster House, Mincing Lane, E.G.
PuUin, Mr. W. H., 42, Parade, Leamington.
Pumphrey, Mr. A., 5, Bristol Road, Weston-super-Mare.
Purdue, Mr. T., Witnev, Oxon.

Purefoy, R. D., F.R.C.S.I., 13, Mcrriou Square, N., Dublin.
Purves, Mr. S., 70, Haymarket Terrace, Edinburgh.

374 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Quialan, Prof. F. J. B., M.D., M.E.I.A., F.C.P., 29, Lower Fitzwilliam
Street, Dubliu.

Eackham, Mr. G., Wenhaston, Halesworth, Suffolk,

Kadley, Mr. W. V., 42, Hampton Eoad, Soutbport.

Eae, Mr. J.,

Eaimes, Mr. K., BonuInRton Park, Edinburgh.

Eainey, Mr. J. J., Pbcenix House, Spilsby.

Eait, Mr. E. C, 362, Hamilton Place, Partick.

Eamsden, Mr. W., Fallowfield, Manchester.

Eandall, W. B., F.C.S., 146, High Street, Southampton.

Eansom, Mr. F., Bancroft, Hitchin.

Eausom, Mr. W., Hitchin.

Eastrick, Mr. E. J., Chesterfield, Elm Grove, Southsea.

Eay, Mr. G., 9, Stanley Street, Macclesfield.

Eedferu, Mr. J., Cobham, Surrey.

Eedfern, Mr. T., 50, King Street, Penrith.

Eedwood, Prof. T., Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., 17, Bloomsbury Square, W.C.

Eees, Mr. W. H., Dartmouth.

Eeid, Mr. N., 19, High Street, Montrose, N.B.

Eeynolds, Mr. F., Station Eoad, Harrogate.

Eeynolds, Mr. J. J., Prospect Place, Bungay, Suffolk.

Eeynolds, K., F.C.S., 13, Briggate, Leeds.

Eeynolds, Mr. E. F., 13, Briggate, Leeds.

Eeynolds, Mr. T., Caerphilly.

Eheeder, Mr. T., CO, Elswick Eoad, Newcastle-ou-Tyne.

Ehind, Mr. W. W., 69, Gloucester Eoad, Eegeut's Park, N.W.

Ehodes, G. W., M.E.C.S., Westbourne House, Huddersfield.

Eich, S. W., F.LC, 34, Gloucester Eoad, Croydon.

Eichards, Mr. J., 33, Castle Street, Swansea.

Eichards, Mr. J. P., Lammas Street, Carmarthen.

Eichardsou, B. W., M.D., F.K.S., etc., 25, Manchester Square, W.

Eichardson, Mr. J., 448, Kingsland Eoad, E.

Eicbardson, J. G. F., Ph.D., F.C.S., Elmfield, Knighton, Leicester.

Eichardsou, Mr. E. T., Fern Grove, Hartiugton Eoad, Liverpool.

Eichardson, Mr. J. H., Mresford.

Eichardson, Mr. W. H., Dudley.

Eicbes, Mr. T., 1, Victoria Parade, Torquay.

Eichmond, Mr. E., Leighton Buzzard, Beds.

Eiddell, H. B., F.C.S., Whitefield House, Eothbury, Morpeth.

Eiddle, Mr. W. E., St. Cutbberts, Hexham.

Eidge, Mr. J., 8, Lome Street, Wigan.

Eidlcy, Mr. A. C, St. Clements, Ipswich.

Eighton, Mr. J., '229, Lord Street, Soutbport.

Eimmington, F. M., F.C.S., 9, Bridge Street, Bradford, Yorkshire.

Eitcbie, Mr. D., 39, Market Street, Aberdeen, N.B.

Eoacb, Mr. P., 8, St. James's Street, S.W.

Eobb, Mr. J., 133, Clifton Street. Eoatb. Cardiff.

Bobbins, J., F.C.S.. 147, Oxford Street, W.

Roberts, Mr. J., 247, Horsley Heath, Tipton.

Eoberts, Mr. M., High Street, Bnngor.

Eoberts, Mr. E., Llangunider, Crickhowell.

Eoberts, Mr. W. C, Post Olfico, Llausilin.

Eoberts, Mr. W. E., 20, Castle Street, Beaumaris.

Eoberts, Mr. W. E., Eusliolnic, Manchester.

Eobertsou, Mr. G., London Hospital, E.

Eobeson, Mr. C, 148, Prescot Bond, Fairfield, Liverpool.

Eobinson, A. E., F.C.S., 9, Bull Eing, Birmingham.

Robinson, Mr. B., 1. Broad Street, Pendleton, Manchester.

Eobinson, Mr. G., New Lane, Patricroft, near Manchester.

BRITISH PHARilACEDTICAL COXFEREXCE. 375

Robinson, Mr. J., Orford Hill, Norwich.

Robinson, Mr. J., Stanley, R.S.O., Durham.

Robinson, Mr. J., 334:. Alfreton Road, Oldkuow Sh'eet, Nottingham.

Robinson, Mr. J. S., 12, Macaulay Street, Great Grimsby.

Robinson, Mr. J. S., Alfreton.

Robinson, Mr. R,, 78, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.

Robinson, Mr. R. A., 195, Bromptou Road, S.W.

Robinson, Mr. W., Main Street, Cockermouth.

Robinson, Mr. W. P., 17, Pavement, Clapham Common, S.W.

Robsou, Mr. T., 4, Victoria Road, Brighton.

Roderick, Mr. T., Commercial Street, Pontypool,

Rodman, Mr. J., 285, Duke Street, Glasgow.

Rogers, Mr. F. A. , 29, Chapel Street Belgrave Square, S.W.

Rogers, Mr. J., R., 82, Church Street, Stoke Xewington, N.

Rogei-s, Mr. W., 53, Ben Jonson Road, Stepney, E.

Ronchetti, Mr. T. A., 40, Mandale Road, South Stockton.

Rookledge, Mr. F. E., Easingwold.

Royse, Mr. A., Middleton, Lanes. \

Royse, Mr. Alfred, 27, Long Street, Middleton, Manchester.

Rose, Mr. J. D., 18, Ormonde Street, Jarrow-on-Tyne, Durham.

Ross, L. B., F.C.S., Great Driffield.

Rossiter, Mr. F., 14, Grand Parade, St. Leonards-ou-Sea.

Rotherham, Mr. C. J., 56, South Molten Street, W.

Round, Mr. F,, 10, London Street, Southi^ort.

Rouw, Mr. W. T., Market Place, Ruthin.

Rowe, Mr. P. M., High Street, Marlborough.

Rowe, Mr. R., 25, Ladv Margaret Road, N.W.

Rowe, S. T.. M.A.. Ph"D., Public Analyst, Redruth.

Rowell, R. H., L.S.A., etc., Houghtou-le-Spriug.

Russell, Mr. C. J. L., 29, High Street, Windsor.

Sainsburv, Mr. A. F., 176, Strand, W. C.

Salmon, Mr. E. F., .80, Western Road, Hove, Brighton.

Salter, Mr. B., Uckfield.

Salter, Mr. J. B., Castle Street, Shrewsbury.

Sambell, Mr. J., 33 Fore Street, Redruth.

Samuel, A. H., F.C.S., 62, Dale Street, Liverpool.

Sanderson, Mr. G. C, 40, Peter Street. Manchester.

Sandford, Mr. G. W., 47, Piccadilly, W.

Sandiland, Mr. R. B., Bicester, Oxfordshire.

Sandwith, Mr. W. H., Bracknell, Berks.

Sangster, Mr. A., 66, High Street, St. John's Wood, N.W.

Sangster, Mr. J., Aberdeen.

Sangster, Mr. J. G., 2, Palmerston Road, Southsea.

Sangster, Mr. W., Dufftown.

Sansom, Mr. E., 75, Duke Street, Barrow-in-Furness.

Sansom, Mr. H., 71, Regent Street, Leamington.

Sarsfield, Mr. W., 7, Market Place, Durham.

Satchell, Mr. F., Crowthorne, Wokingham, Berks.

Saunders, Mr. C, 4 & 6, North Road, Highgate, N.

Saunders, Mr. D. P., Haverfordwest.

Saunders, Mr. T. P., Blenheim House, West Cowes, I.W.

Saunders, Mr. J. W., 6, Rochester Square, Camden Road, N.W.

Savage, Mr. W. D., Park Road East, Brighton.

Saunders, Mr. W. H., 153, Duke Street, Livei-pool.

Savage, Mr. W. W., 65, Edward Street, Brighton.

Saville, Mr. J., 4, Goodramgate, York.

Savory, Mr. A. L., 143, New Bond Street, W.

Savory, Mr. J. F., 143, New Bond Street, W.

Sawyer, Mr. H., 37, Fisher Street, Carlisle.

376 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Saver, Mr. E. C, 8fi, Berners Street, Ipswich.

Scaife, Mr. S., 368, Stretford Road, Manchester.

Scanlan, Mr. C, 71 & 73, Market Street, Droylsden.

Schacht, F. T., B.A., M.R.C.S., West London Hospital, Hammer-
smith, W.

Schacht, G. F., F.C.S., 52, Eoyal York Crescent, Clifton, Bristol.

Schacht, Mr. W., 26, Finsbury Pavement, E.G.

Schmidt, Mr. A., 382, New City Road, Glasgow.

Schorlemmer, Prof. C, Ph.D.,F.E.S., etc., Owen's College, Manchester.

Seath, Mr. A. , Dunfermline.

Seivwright, Mr. G., The Square, Cullen, N.B.

Selkirk, Mr. J., 7, Pembroke Street, Cork.

Senier, A., M.D., Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., Thornfield, Harold Road
Upper Norwood, S.E.

Senier, H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 88, Norwood Road, S.E.

Severs, Mr. J., 23, Stricklandgate, Kendal.

Seymour, j\Ir. F. S., The Square, Winiborne.

Shackleton, Mr. G. W., 61, Frogmore Street, Abergavenny.

Shapley, Mr. C, 11, Strand, Torquay.

Sharman, Mr. C. R., Daventry Road, Towcester.

Sharpc, Mr. L. G., 34, High Street, Netting Hill, W.

Shaw, Mr. A., Riddings, Derbyshire.

Shaw, Mr. J. W., 4, Edwardes" Terrace, Kensington, W.

Shenstone, J. C, F.R.M.S., 13, High Street, Colchester.

Shepheard, Mr. T., 12, Bridge Street Row, Chester.

Shepherd, Mr. G. J., 76, College Street, A.berdeen.

Shepherd, Mr. .J. W., Settle.

Sherlock, JMr. T., Market Place, St. Helen's, Lanes.

Sherriff, Mr. G., Paignton, South Devon.

Shields, Mr. J., Alsager, Cheshire.

Shillinglaw, Mr. W., L.D.S., 33, Hamilton Square, Birkenhead.

Shirtlitf, Mr. W., 66, Goldhawk Road, Shepherd's Bush, W.

Siebold, L., F.I.C., F.C.S., Carr Bank, Walmersley, near Burv, Laucs.

Sillitoe, Mr. F. S., Station Road, Redhill, Surrey.

Silson, Mr. R. W., 113, Church Street, Manningham, Bradford.

Silverlock, Mr. H. T., U2, Blackfriars Road, S.E.

Silvers, Mr. F. T., 25, Camberwcll Green, Camberwell, S.E.

Sim, J., F.C.S., 24, Bridge Street, Aberdeen.

Simms, Mr, R. J., 3, Ramshill Road, South Cliff, Scarborough.

Simpkins, Mr. J., Minchinhampton.

Simpson, Mr. A., {), Melbourne Street, Stalybridge.

Simjison, Mr. A. H., The Cross, Forfar.

Simpson, Mr. D. O., Hoanor.

Simpson, Mr. G., i\Iusic Hall Buildings, Peterhead.

Simpson, Mr. H. D., 2, New Street, Louth.

Simpson, Mr. -R., 16, Henry Street, Dublin.

Simpson, Mr. R. G., Stowmarket.

Simpson, Mr. T., Bloxham, Banbury, Oxon.

Simpson, Mr. W., 431 & 433, New City Road, Glasgow.

Sinclair, Mr. R., Invergordon, N. B.

Skinner, Mr. M. H., Keelby, near Ulcoby, Lines.

Slack, Mr. .Tno. L., 144, Stockport Road, Manchester.

Sladc, Mr. J., Tonbury.

Slater, Mr. A., South Street, New Wliittington, Dcrbyshh-e.

Slater, Mr. J., 76, Bedford Street, Leicester.

Slater, Mr. J., Sadler Street, Wells, Somerset.

Slater, Mr. T.. Stone, Staffordshire.

Smeeton, Mr. W., 26. Commercial Street, Leeds.

Smiles, Mr. .7., 3, Brandon Terrace, rklinburgh.

Smith, Mr. A., 60, Acres Lane, Stalybridge.

BRITISH PHAKMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 377

Smith, Jfr. Allen, Sale, Near Manchester.

Smith, Mr. A. J., 47, North Street, Taunton.

Smith, Mr. A. W., 9S, High Street, Eye, Sussex.

Smith, Miss C. L., 3(55, Eglinton Street, Glasgow.

Smith, Mr. D., Market Place, Stroud, Gloucestershire.

Smith, E., F.C.S., 8, The Strand, Torquay.

Smith, Mr. E., 283, Liveipool Koad, Islington, N.

Smith, Mr. E. M., 34, St. Thomas Street, Weymouth.

Smith, Mr. F. J , 50, Southwark Street, S.E.

Smith, Mr. H., Leamington.

Smith, Mr. J. D., Magdalen Street, Norwich. =

Smith, Mr. J. J., 619, Rice Lane, Walton, Liverpool.

Smith, Mr. J. S., Heriot Hill House, Edinburgh.

Smith, Mr. J. S. T. W., 10, Alexandra Road, St. .John's Wood, N.W.

Smith, Mr. J. T., 17, Blackburn Street, Radeliffe, Manchester.

Smith, Mr. J. W., 1a, Denbigh Road, Westbourne Grove, W.

Smith, Mr. N., 373, High Street, Cheltenham.

Smith, Mr. N., Amersham.

Smith, Mr. P. S.,

Smith, Mr. R. J., care of Wright, Layman & Umney, 50, Southwark

Street, London, S.E.
Smith, R., M. D., Durham County Asylum, Sedgefield, Ferry Hill.
Smith, Mr. S. A., 102, Parade, Leamington.
Smith, T., F.R.C.S.E., Heriot Hill House, Edinburgh.
Smith, Mr. Tenison, Top of Union Street, Ryde, Isle of Wight.
Smith, Mr. W., 48, Porcbester Road, W.
Smith, Mr. W. F., 280, Walworth Road, S.E.
Smith, Mr. W. H., 36, St. George's Road, Brighton.
Smithson, Mr. J., 1, Preston Road, Brighton.
Smithurst, Mr. J., 20, Robin Hood Street, Nottingham.
Snape, Mr. G. J., 13, Great Hampstow Street, Birmingham.
Sneath, Mr. T. D., 26, Stodman Street, Newark-on-Trent.
Snoxell, Mr. S., 12, Haydou Place, Guildford.
Soames, Mr. W., Wargrave, near Henley-on-Thames.
Southall, A., F.C.S., Bull Street, Birmingham.

Southall, Mr. Wilfred F., Sir Harry's Road, Edgebaston, Birmingham.
Southwell, Mr. C. H., Boston.
Sowray, Mr. J., Petergate, York.
Sowray, Mr. R. D., 58, Sandy Lane, Skelmersdale.
Spargo, Mr. H., 85, Osborne Road, Jesmond, Newcastle-on-Tyce.
Spearing, Mr. J., 53, Above Bar, Southampton.
Spence, Mr. J., 1, Mounthooly, Aberdeen, N.B.
Spencer, Mr. T., London House, South Street, Sleaford, Lines.
Spencer, Mr. T., Wokingham.

Spilsbury, J., F.C.S., .S3, Bath Street, Leamington.
Spinney, Mr. F., 14, Commercial Road, Bournemouth.
Sprackett, Mr. W., 58, Quayside, Bristol.
Spyer, Mr. N., 1, Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.
Squire, Mr. A., 1, Bush Lane, E.G.
Squire, P. W., F.L.S., F.C.8., 413, Oxford Street, W
Stable, Mr. R. H., 92, Drayton Park, Highbury, N.
Stacey, H. G., F.C.S., 300, High Holborn, W.C.
Stacey, Mr. S. LI., 300, High Holborn, W.C.
Stafford, Mr. W., 10, Northgate Street, Gloucester.
Stainer, Mr. J., 59, Sandgate Road, Folkestone.
Stammwitz, Miss L., 2, Palace Avenue, Paignton, S. Devon.
Stamp, Mr. E. B., High Street, Hampstead, N.W.
Stanford, E. C. C, F.C.S., Gleuwood, Dalmuir, Glasgow.
Stangroom, Mr. A., Wbissonsctt, near Dereliam, Norfolk.
Stanley, Mr. H., 72, The Parade, Leamington.

378 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Stanley, Mr. T., Wlialley Road, Accrington.
Stansfield, Mr. E., 85, Haverstock Hill, N.W.
Stanswood, Mr. J., 277, Commercial Road, Landport.
Stauway, Mr. W. H., Kington, Herefordshire.
Staples, Mr. E., West Street, Wilton.
Stapleton, Mr. J., 3, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.
Starkie, Mr. R. S., 120, Strand, W.C.
St. Dalmas, Mr. A., 40, Belgrave Gate, Leicester.
Steedman, Mr. R. H., Holly Villa, Dalmuir, N.li.
Stedmau, Mr. W., 7<5, High Street, Ashford, Kent.
Stenson, Mr. J., 110, High Street, Camden Town, N.W.
Stephen, Mr. J. W., 38, Duff Street, Macduff, Banfl'sLire.
Stephenson, Mr. F., 10, Howe Street, Edinburgh.
Stephenson, Mr. J. B., 48, Frederick Street, Edinburgh.
Stephenson, Mr. J. N., High Street, Heckmoudwike.
Stephenson, S., F.C.S , Llyn-y-mawn, Holywell, Flintshire.
Stevens, Mr. P. A., 72, Mansfield Road, N.W.
Stevenson, Mr. J. C, The Strand, Todmorden.
Stevenson, Mr. J., 1, Baxtergate, Whitby.
Stevenson, Mr. R. W., 19, Victoria Street, Derby.
Stevenson, T., M.D., F.I.C., F.C.S. , 4.5, Gresham Road, S .W.
Stewart, Mr. D., Albert Street, Kirkwall, N.B.
Stewart, Mr. J., 8, Cadzow Street, Hamilton.
Stewart, Mr. J., Watergate, Grantham.
Stickland, Mr. W. H., 28, Cromwell Place, S.W.
Stiles, Mr. M. H., 2, French Gate, Doncaster.
Stiling, Mr. J. E., 4, Courtenay Street, Newton Abbot.
Stoakes, Mr. B. M., 1(1, Whitefriargate, Hull.
Stobbs, Mr. R., Alma Place, Cleveland Road, North Shields.
Stockman, Mr. R., University, Edinburgh.
Stoker, G. N., F.I.C., The Laboratory, Somerset House, W.C.
Stones, Mr. W., 113, Market Street, Manchester.
Storey, Mr. E. H., 42, Castle Street East, Oxford Street, W.
Storie, Mr. R., Dalkeith, N.B.
Storrar, Mr. D., 228, High Street, Kirkcaldy.
Stott, W., Ph.D., D.Sc, Sowerby Bridge.
Strachan, Mr. A., 138, Rosemount Place, Aberdeen.
Strachan, Mr. J. E., 34, Upper Kirkgate, Aberdeen.
Streater, Mr. J. H., 3, Sloane Street, S.AV.
Strongitijarm, Mr. W. G., Loampit Hill, Lewisham, S.E.
Stroud, ]\Ir. J., Chesterfield House, Ashley Hill, Bristol.
Stuart, C. E., B.Sc, 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Stuart, Mr. J. E., Fair View, Arkwright Road, Hampstead, N.W.
Sumner, Mr. J., High Street, Coleshill.
Sumner, Mr. R., i)OA, Lord Street, Liverpool.
Sutcliffo, Mr. G. H., 3, St. James Street, Bacnp.
Sutton, F., F.I.C., F.C.S., Bank Plain, Norwich.
Swan, J. W., F.I.C., F.C.S., Lauriston, Bromley. Kent.
Swingburn, Mr. R. H., 33, Broad Street, South IMolton, Devon.
Swinn, Mr. C, 125, Upper Moss Lane, Hulme, Manchester.
Swinnerton, Mr. W., 07, High Street, Princes Eud, Tipton.
Swire, I\Ir. J., King Cross, Halifax.

Sykes, Mr. H., Commercial Square, Mold Green, Huddersfield.
Sykes, Mr. T. H., Church Street, Southport.
Symes, Dr. C, 14, Hardman Street, Liverpool.
Symington, Mr. T., 13, Dundas Street, Edinburgh.
Symous, W., F.C.S., 20, Joy Street, Barnstaple.
Symons, W. H., F.R.M.S., F.C.S., 130, Fellow's Road, South
Hampstead, N.W.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 379

Talbot, Mr. T. H., 106, Fenchurcli Street, E.G.
Tame, Mr. T., Queen's Square, High ^Yycombe.
Tame, Mr. T. W., I'J, Moor Street, Chepstow.
Tampliu, Mr. E. C, Kiugston-on-Thames.

Tanuer, Mr. A. E., Tottenham High Cross, E. ' *

Taphn, Mr. W. G., 91, Hampstead Iload, N.W.
Taubman, Mr. E., 33, Southampton Row, W.C,
Taylor, Mr. A., Loudon Road, St. Leonards-on-Sea.
Tavlor, Mr. E., 24, Yorkshire Street, Rochdale.
Tavlor, G. S., F.C.S., 13, Queen's Terrace, St. John's Wood, N.W.
Taylor, Mr. J., 13, Baker Street, W.
Tavlor, Mr. John, The Belgrave Pharmacy, Torquay.
Taylor, Mr. J. B., I'J, High Street, Bedford.

Taylor, Mr. J. W., Belvoir Pharmacy, 128, Dereham Road, Norwich.
Taylor, Mr. R. E., 11, Gloucester Road, Birkdale Park, Southport.
Taylor, Mr. S., 178, Dalton Road, Harrow-in-Furness.
Taylor, Mr. S., 70, Great George Street, Leeds.
Taylor, Mr. F. W., Newport Pagnell.
Taylor, Mr. W. G., Charford Mill, Bromggrove.
Telfer, Mr. H. V., High Street, Bruton, Somerset.
Terrj% Mr. T., 1, Egerton Crescent, Withiugtou, Manchester.
Thatcher, Mr. T., 257, Catherine Street, Ashtou-under-Lvne.
Thomas, Mr. D., 43, 44, & 45, High Street, Ferndale, Pontypridd,
Thomas, Mr. H., St Leonards-on-Sea.
Thomas, Mr. H. J., Laudore, Swansea.
Thomas, Mr. J., Bridge, Canterbury, Kent.
Thomas, Mr. J. D. D., 144, Ashley Road, Bristol.
Thomas, Mr. J. E., 2, Christina Street, Swansea.
Thomas, Mr. J. P., 5, Great Dark Street, Aberystwyth.
Thomas, Mr. R., 143, HighS treet, Merthyr.
Thomas, Mr. T. E., Burry Port.
Thomas, Mr. W., Builth, Breconshire.
Thomas, Mr. W. J., 9, Commercial Place, Aberdare.
Thompson, Mr. A., 51, English Street, Carlisle.
Thompson, Mr. A., 146, Upper Richmond Road, Putney, S.W.
Thompson, Mr. C, Stratford Road, Sparkbrook, Birmingham.
Thompson, Mr. C. T. S., Lodge Lane, Princes Park, Liverpool.
Thompson, Mr. G., Alston.
Thompson, Mr. H., 101, Southwark Street, S.E.
Thompson, Mr. H. A., 22, Worship Street, Finsbury Square, E.G.
Thompson, Mr. H. C, 153, Lodge Lane, Liverpool.
Thompson, Mr. J., 11, Aldersgate Street, E.C.
Thompson, Mr. J., 58, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Thompson, Mr. J., High Street, Knaresboro', Yorkshire.
Thompson, Mr. J. S., Sutton Coldfield, near Birmingham.
Thompson, Mr. L., Lisnaskea, Ireland.
Thompson, Mr. M. F., 17, Gordon Street, Glasgow.
Thompson, Mr. T., 35, George Street, Edinburgh.
Thompson, Mr. T., Fiukle Street, Richmond, Yorks.
Thomson, Mr. C, Elie, Fife.

Thomson, W., F.I.C., F.R.S.E., Royal Institution, Manchester.
Thorburu, Mr. H., 3, Newgate Street, Bishop Auckland.
Thorn, Mr. J. J., 225, Oxford Street, W.
Thornton, Mr. H., 136, Leeds Road, Bradford.

Thorp, Mr. J., Heaton Moor Road, Heaton Chapel, near Stockport.
Thorp, W., junr., B.Sc, F.I.C., 39, Sandringham Road, Kings-
laud, E.
Thresh, J. C, D.Sc. (Lond.), Buxton, Derbyshire.
Thrower, Mr. E. A., Diss.
Thurland, Mr. H., 41, St. Giles Road, Oxford.

380 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFEIIENCE.

Thurlby, Mr. G., High Street, Gorleston, Yarmouth.

Thwaites, Mr. F., Albert Hill, Bishop Auckland.

Tichborne, Prof. C. R. C, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., 15, North Great

Georges Street, Dubliu.
Tilsley, Mr. J., Bei'riew, Montgomeryshire, North Wales.
Tilsley, Mr. 11., Caersws R.8.O., Montgomeiy.
Tily, Mr. C. A., 45, Maida Vale, W.

Tipping, Mr. T. J. W., 155, High Street, Stoke Newington, N.
Tipton, Mr. St. J., St. George's, Wellington, Salop.
Tirrell, Mr. J., Market Square, Hanley.
Tocher, Mr. G., Helensburgh.
Todd, Mr. J., 4, Annandale Street, Edinburgh.
Tomlinson, Mr. J. G., 9, I'ark Terrace, Fulwood, near Preston.
Toone, Mr. J. A., 27, Old Christchurch Road, Bournemouth.
Towerzey, Mr. A., 51, Royal York Crescent, Clifton, Bristol.
Townsend, Mr. C, 4, Union Street, Bristol.
Townson, Mr. W., 2, Russell Street, Liverpool.
Towther, Mr. T., The Manor House, Moseley, Birmingham.
Trick, Mr. W. B., 92, Green Lanes, Stoke Newington, N.
Trigg, Mr. J. W\, Barton Street, Gloucester.
Troake, Mr. R. J., 126, White Ladies' Rdad, Chfton, Bristol.
Troke, Mr. C, 82, City Road, E.C.
Troughton, Mr. C, 72, Old Hall Street, Liverpool.
Truman, Mr. H. V., Thames Street, Sunbury.
Tucker, Mr. H. S., 139, Great Hamilton Row, Birmingham.
Tucker, Mr. W. T. M., High Street, Glastonbury.
Tudor, Mr. W. P., Priory Villa, Brecon.

Tullett, Mr. T. W., 86, Main Street, Sparkbrook, Birmingham.
Tullv, Mr. J., senr., Glen Vue Works, East Grinstoad, Sussex.
Tupiiohne, Mr. E. H., 394, King's Road, Chelsea, S.W.
Tupliohuo, Mr. J. T., 1, Coleherne Terrace, West Brompton, S.W.
Turnbull, Mr. H. J., Tavistock Place, Sunderland.
Turner, Mr. A., 74, Loveburn Street, Dumfries, N.B.
Turner, Mr. C. E., 20, Bury Street, Great Russell Street, W.C.
Turner, H., M.R.C.S., 1, Spotland Road, Rochdale.
Turner, Mr. J., Chemical Works, Queen's Ferry, Flintshire.
Turner, Mr. J., 15, Fore Street, Hexham.
Turner, iMr. J., IG, Market Square, Aylesbury.
Turner, Mr. J., 118, Princess Buildings, The Moor, Sheffield.
Turner, Mr. R. C, 7, Park Hall Place, East End, Finehley, N.
Turner, Mr. R., Oundle, Northamptonshire.
Turner, Mr. W. S., 225, Oxford Street, Manchester.
Turton, Mr. Wni., 93 ife 95, St. Peter's Street, Leeds.
Turney, Mr. S. B., 183, Union Street, Plymoutli.
Tutton, Mr. .7., 7, Lower Hillgate, Stockport.
Twemlow, Mr. R., 91, Upper Brook Street, Manchester.
Twiss, Mr. W., Hunstanton, Norfolk.
Tyler, Mr. T., Comberton Hill, Kidderminster.
Tyrcr, Mr. P., 70, Long Lane, Borough, S.E.
Tyrcr, T., F.I.C., F.C.S., Garden Wharf, Battersea, S.W.

Umney, C, F.I.C., F.C.S., 50, Southwark Street, S.E.

Umuev, Mr. J. C, Eardlov House, Laurie Park, Sydenham, S.E.

Upton, Mr. E. J., Wallingford, Berks.

Urwick, Mr. W. W., CO, St. George's Road, Pimlico, S.W.

Vallanco, Mr. A. C, Cavendish House, Mansfield.
Vennall, Mr. G., Cranlcigh, Guildford.
Vincent, Mr. P., jun., Walliani Green, S.W.
Vince, Mr. J., 37, Cheapside, Lancaster.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 331

Virgo, Mr. C, The Foregate, Worcester.

Voce, Mr. W. G., 52, Halesowen Koad, Netherton, near Dudley.

Waddington, Mr. H., Market Street, Thornton, near Bradford.

Wakefield, Mr. C. H., Blackmore House, Malvern Wells.

Wakefield, Mr. T., Six Ways, Brookfields, Birmingham.

Wakeham, Mr. C, Helston.

Wales, Mr. J. C, Hemsworth, Yorkshire.

Walker, Mr. C, 8, Cannon Street Road, E.

Walker, J. F., M.A., F.l.C, F.C.S., 16, Gilligate, York.

Wallace, Mr. W., 89, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow.

Wall work, Mr. J., 94, Elliott Street, Tyldesley, near Manchester.

Walton, Mr. E., High Street, Maidenhead.

Wand, Mr. S., Haymarket, Leicester.

Ward, G., F.l.C. , F.C.S., 39, Aire Street, Leeds.

Ward, Mr. J., 39, Eastgate Street, Gloucester.

Ward, Mr. .J. S., 72, Saltoun Road, Brixton, S.W.

Ward, W., F.C.S., Sheffield Moor, Sheffield.

Warren, Mr. W., 24, Russell Street, Covent Garden, W.C.

Warrick, Mr. F. W., Old Swan Lane, E.G.

Waterall, Mr. G. E., Chapel Bar, Nottingham.

Watkinson, Mr. J. W., Market Street, Faruworth, Bolton.

Watson, Mr. F. P., 31, Carholme Road, Lincoln.

Watson, Mr. .J. E. H., Rose Corner, Norwich.

Watson, Mr. M., 3, Summerhill Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Watson, Mr. S., 170, High Street, Hounslow.

Watson, Mr. T. D., F.C.S., 23, Cross Street, Finsbiiry, E.G.

Watts, Mr. J., Dudley Hill, Bradford, Yorks.

Watts, Mr. W. M., 32, Lower Whitecross Street, E.G.

Wand, Mr. T., 30, Layerthorpe, York.

Wealthall, Mr. A., 15(5, Great Jackson Street, Hulrao, Manchester.

Webb, Mr. E. A., 60, Bartholomew Close, E.G.

Webb, Mr. R. C., Medical Hall, Wexford.

Weld, Mr. C. G., Messrs. Burroughs, Willcome & Co., Snow Hill

Buildings, Holborn Viaduct, E.G.
Wellcome, Mr. H. S., 7, Snow Hill, Holborn Viaduct, E.G.
Wellings, Mr. Wm., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool.
Wells, Mr. J., 52, Upper Sackville Street, Dublin.
Wells, Mr. W. F., junr., 20, Upper Baggot Street, Dubhn.
West, Mr. E. R., 12, Strand, Dawlish.
West, Mr. T., 61, Chester Road, Stretford, Manchester.
West, Mr. W., 15, Hortou Lane, Bradford.
Westlake, Mr. J., 4, High Street, Sutton.
Weston, Mr. C, 2, High Street, Ventnor, Isle of Wight.
Weston, Mr. S. J., 151, Westbourne Terrace, W.
Westrup, Mr. J. B., 76, Kensington Park Road, W.
Wheeldon, Mr. .J., 241, Stockport Road, Manchester.
Wlieeldon, Mr. W. H., Hijh Street, Knighton, Radnorshire.
Wheeler, Mr. C, 143, Hackney Road, E.
Wheeler, Mr. J. W., K), New i3oud Street, W.
White, Mr. K. A., Mavfield, Sussex.
White, Mr. G., 115, Hall Street, Dudley.
White, Mr. .T. F., 13, lUenheim Terrace, Leeds.
Whitfield, Mr. C, Cross End, Cross Lane, Salford.
Wbitfield, J., F.C.S., 113, Westborough, Scarborough.
Whitla, Mr. M. R., Medical Hall, Monaglian.
Whitla, W., 1\LD., L.A.H., College Square North, Belfast.
Whitmore, Mr. W. T., 7, Arlington Street, Piccadilly, S.W.
Whitrow, Mr. B., 15, St. John's Road, Tunbridge Wells.
Whitaker, Mr. E., 32, Regent Road, Salford, Laucs.

382 BRITISH PHARMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE.

Whittle, Mr. S., Leigh, Lancashire.

Whittles, Mr. H., 44, Wheeler Street, Lozells, Birmingham.

Whitworth, Mr. J., 88, Portland Street, Southport.

Whysall, Mr. W., Grantham.

Whyte, Mr. J. S., 57, Guthrie Port, Arbroath, N.B.

Wigg, Mr. H. J., 22.5, Oxford Street, W.

Wiggins, Mr. H., 2.30, Southwark Park Road, Bermondsey, S.E.

Wild, Mr. F., 285, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Wild, Mr. J., Clarendon Place, Hyde, Cheshire.

Wild, Mr. John, 225, Oxford Street, Manchester.

Wilford, Mr. J., 31, Lower Parliament Street, Nottingham.

Wilkes, Mr. G. W., 6, Spring Hill, Birmingham.

Wilkinson, Mr. B. J., 1, Middletou Road, Kingsland, E.

Wilkinson, Mr. G., 267, Waterloo Road, Manchester.

Wilkinson, Mr. T., 270, Regent Street, W.

Wilkinson, Mr. W., 51, Lambeth Walk, S.E.

Wilkinson, Mr. W., 203, Cheetham Hill, Manchester.

Will, Mr. W. W., Ossory Villa, Ossory Road, London, S.E.

Willan, Mr. R., 5, Market Street, Ulverston.

Willan, Mr. W., 3, Friargate, Preston, Lanes.

Willey, Mr. W., New Clee, Grimsby.

WiUiams, Mr. C. E., 38, St. Peter's Road, Great Yarmouth.

Williams, Mr. E., Cerrig-y-Druidion, Denbighshire.

Williams, Mr. E., 10, Wrexham Street, Mold.

WilUams, Mr. H., 9, Bull Ring, Birmingham.

WiUiams, J., F.I.C., F.C.S., 10, Cross Street, Hatton Garden, E.G.

WilUams, Mr. J., Victoria Road, Aldershot.

Williams, Mr. J. D., Turret House, Bodmin, Cornwall.

Williams, Mr. J. V., 95, Old Town Street, Plymouth.

WUliams, Mr. J. W., C, GUtspur Street, E.C.

WUUams, M. Whitley, F.I.C., F.C.S., Quecnwood CoUege, Stockbridge,

Hants.
Williams, Mr. R., St. Clears, Carmarthenshire.
WUUams, Mr. T., 11, Bute Street, Cardiff.

WiUiams, Mr. T. H., 58, Lady Margaret Road, Kentish Town, N.W.
Williams, Mr. W., 205, Crown Street, Liverpool.
Williams, Mr. W., 80, Upper Street, Islington, N.
Williams, Mr. W. J., 123, Cannon Street, E.C.
WiUiamson, Mr. W. H., 54, Dantzic Street, Manchester.
W'illis, Mr. C, 55, High Street, King's Lynn.
Wilhnott, Mr. W., King's CoUege Hospital, W.C.
Willmott, Mr. W. Address unknown.
WUls, Mr. G. S. v.. Trinity Square, S.E.
Wilson, Mr. C. F., 23, Liverpool Road, Stoke-on-Trent.
Wilson, Mr. E., Silverdalo, Staffordshire.
Wilson, Mr. J., General Infirmary, Derby.
Wilson, Mr. J., Penrith, Cumberland.
Wilson, !^[r. J., 11, George Street, Bath.
Wilson, Mr. J. H., 6, West Park, Harrogate.
Wilson, Mr. James MUton, 16, Leveu Street, Edinburgh.
Wilson, Mr. T., Stowmarkct.
Wilson, Mr. T. W., Bootham, York.
Wilson. Mr. W., 09, Market Street, Manchester.
Wing, INIr. G. N., Melton Mowbray.
Wing, Mr. Lewis, Chislehurst, W. Kent.

Wink, Mr. J. A., 2, Devonshire Square, Bishopsgate Street, E.C.
Wise, Mr. J. N., 14 A 15, Claypath, Durham.
Wood, Mr. A., New Brentford.
Wood, Mr. A. W., 3, James Street, Harrogate.
Wood, Mr. C. G. , 04, Coppice Street, Oldham.

BRITISH rHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 383

Wood, C. H., F.I.C., F.C.S., 46, Lomine Eoad, HoUoway, N,

Wood, Mr. R., 50, Hi^'h Street, Windsor.

Wood, Mr. R., 25, Mill Street, Macclesfield.

Woodland, J., F.L.«., F.C.S., etc., St. George's Hospital, S.W.

Woodward, Mr. J. L., Bridgewater.

Woolford, Mr. .J., 61, Kirkgate, Leeds.

Woollcombe, R. L., M.A., LL.D., Howtli View, Blackrock, Co. Dublin.

WooUey, Mr. CI., Sparkenhoe Street, Leicester.

WooUey, Mr. G. S., 69, Market Street, Manchester.

Woolley, Mr. Harold, 69, Market Street, Manchester.

Woolley, Mr. Hermann, Knowsley Street, Cheetham, Manchester.

Woolley, Mr. S. W., 146, High Street, Southampton.

Woolrich, Mr. C. B., Uttoxeter, Staffs.

Wootton, Mr. A. C, 42, Cannon Street, E.C.

Wootton, Mr. P., Market Place, Luton, Beds.

Worfolk, Mr. G. W., Brook Street, Ilkley.

Worth, Mr. E., Town Hall, Bournemouth.

Wright, A., A.K.C., 8, Bentinck Crescent, Elswick Eoad, Newcastle-

on-Tyne.
Wright, C. R. A.,D.Sc., F.R.S., F.I.C., F.C.S., St. Mary's Hospital, W.
Wright, Mr. G., 102, High Street, Burton-on-Treut.
Wright, Mr. H. C, 50, Southwark Street, S.E.
Wright, Mr. T. D., 26, Chapel Street, Southport.
Wj'ass, Mr. W., 90, St. Leonard Gate, Lancaster.
Wvatt, Mr., H., 20, Derby Road, Bootle, Liverpool.
Wyborn, .J. M., F.C.S., 59, Moorgate Street, E.C.
Wyles, Mr. W., 1, New Bridge, Dover.
Wyley, Mr. W. F., Hertford Street, Coventry.
Wylie, Mr. D. N., 1, South College Street, Edinburgh.
Wyman, Mr. J., Charles Street, Farringdon Road, E.C.
Wynne, Mr. E. P., 7, Pier Street, Aberystwith.

Yates, Mr. D., 32, Darwen Street, Blackburn.
Yates, Mr. F., 64, Park Street, Southwark, S.E.
Yates, Mr. G. A., Birch Villa, Lees, via Oldham.
Yates, Mr. R., 64, Park Street, Southwark, S.E.
Yeomans, Mr. J., 22, Petty Cury, Cambridge.
Yorath, Mr. T. V., Canton, Llandaff.
Young, Mr. .J., 20, High Street, Newport, Mon.
Young, Mr. J., Folds Road, Bolton.
Young, Mr. J., Elgin.

Y''oung, .J. R., F.C.S., Sankey Street, Warrington.
Young, Mr. J. R., 17, North Bridge, Edinburgh.
Young, Mr. R. F., New Barnet.

NOTICE.

Members are requested to report any inaccuracies in these lists
hy letter, addressed as follows : —

The Asst. Secretauy,

Brit. Pjiarm. Coxf.,

17, Bloomsbury Square,

London, W.C.

SOCIETIES AND ASSOCIATIONS

INVITED TO SEND DELEGATES TO THE ANNCAL MEETING.

The Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.

The North British Brauch of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.

The Pharmaceutical Society of Ireland.

Aberdeen and North of Scotland. — Society of Chemists and Druggists (1839).
Mr. A. Strachan, 138, Bosemount Place, Aberdeen.

Birmingham. — Midland Counties Chemists' Association (1869). Messrs. Chas.
Thompson and F. H. Alcock, F.C.S., 159, Stratford Koad, Birmingham,

Chemists' Assistants' Association (18C8), Birmingham.

Brighton.— Association of Pharmacy (1861). Mr. Marshall Leigh, 46, Dyke
Koad, Brighton.

Bristol. — Pharmaceutical Association (re-established 186U). G. F. Schacht,
F.C.S.,7, liegeut Street, Clifton, Bristol.

Colchester. — Association of Chemists and Druggists (1815). Mr. J. C. Sheu-
stone, 13, High Street, Colchester.

Coventry. — Coventry and Warwickshire Pharmaceutical Association (1877).

Messrs. Wyleys & Co., Coventry.
Dover. — Chemists' Association. Mr. R. M. Ewell, 37, Town Wall Street, Dover.

Dundee. — Chemists and Druggists' Association (1868). Mr. J. Russell, 111,

Nethergate, Dundee.
Edinburgh. — Chemists' Assistants' Association. Mr. J. K. Hill.

Exeter. — Exeter Pharmaceutical Society (1815). Mr. J. Hiotou Lake, 11,
High Street, Exeter.

Glasgow. — Chemists and Druggists' Association (1854). Mr. J. Arnot, 84,
Virginia Street, Glasgow.

Halifax. — Halifax and District Chemists and Druggists' Association (1868). Mr.
J. B. Brierley, Halifax.

Hastings. — Chemists' Association (1884). ^Ir. A. N. Beck, 11, York Buildings,
Hastings.

Hawick. — Pharmaceutical Association. Mr. Thomas Mabcn, 5, Oliver Place,
Hawick.

Hull.— Chemists' Association (1868). Mr. C. B. Bell, 6, Spring Bank, Hull.

Leeds. — Chemists' Association (1862). Mr. F. \Y. Branson, 14, Commercial
Street, Leeds.

Leicester. — Leicester and Leicestershire t hemists' Association. ^Ir. J. J.
Edwards, 43, The Newarke, Leicester.

Liverpool. — Chemists' Association (1868). A. H. Samuel, F.C.S., 115, Upijer
Parliament Street, Liverpool.

London. — Chemists' Assistants' Association. Mr. E. J. Millard, 103, Great
BusseU Street, W.C.

881

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 385

Manchester. — Chemists and Druggists' Association (1853). F. B. Beuger,
F.C.S., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester.

NEWCASTLE-upoN-TyNE. — North of England Pharmaceutical Association. Chas.
B. Ford, St. Nicholas' Chambers.

Nottingham. — Nottingham and Notts Chemists' Association (1863). Mr. W.
Widdowson, Sherwood Street North, Nottingham.

Oldham. — Chemists' and Druggists' Assistants and Apprentices' Association
(1870). Mr. C. Ct. Wood, Secretary, Church Institute, Uldham.

Plymouth. — Association of Chemists for Plymouth, Devonport, and Stouehouse
(1868). ]Mr. G. Breeze, Catherine Street, Devonport.

ScAEBOROUGH. — Chemists' Association (1870). J. Whitfield, F.C.S., Scarborough.

Sheffield. — Pharmaceutical and Chemical Society (1869). Mr. Jno. Humphrey,
Sheffield.

Sunderland. — Chemists' Association (1869). Mr. J. Harrison, 33, Bridge Street,
Sunderland.

York. — Chemists' Association (1865). Mr. Montague Folkard, 9, High Ousegate,
York.

C C

Prksentation Copies of the Year-Book of Pharmacy are
forwarded to the following : —

Clje |l?onorarg fHcmbcrs.

Eibrarics.

American Pharmaceutical Association ; Chemical Society of London ; Ecole
de Pharmacie, Moutpellier ; Ecole Superieure de Pharmacie, Paris ; Massa-
chusetts College of Pharmacy ; The Mason College, Birmingham ; Missouri
College of Pharmacy; New Zealand Board of Pharmacy; North British
Branch of the Pharmaceutical Society ; Pharmaceutical Society of Great
Britain ; Pharmaceutical Society of Ireland ; Pharmaceutical Society of
New South Wales ; Ontario College of Pharmacy, Toronto ; Pharmaceutical
Society of Australasia ; Royal Society of Loudon ; Societe de Pharmacie,
Paris; State of Illinois Board of Pharmacy ; Yorkshire College of Science.

|3rol)incial 'Associations (fjabing Hibrarirs).

Aberdeen Society of Chemists and Druggists ; Brighton Chemists' Association ;
Bristol Pharmaceutical Association ; Colchester Association of Chemists
and Druggists ; Coventry and Warwickshire Pharmaceutical Association ;
Dover Chemists' Association ; Dundee Chemists and Druggists' Association ;
Edinburgh Chemists' Assistants' Association ; Glasgow Chemists and
Druggists' Association ; Halifax and District Chemists and Druggists'
Association ; Hastings Chemists' Association ; Hawick Chemists' Associa-
tion ; Hull Chemists' Association ; Leeds Chemists' Association ; Leicester
and Leicestershire Chemists' Association ; Liverpool Chemists' Association ;
Londcm Chemists' Assistants' Association ; Manchester Chemists and
Druggists' Association ; Midland Counties Chemists' Association ; North
of England Pharmaceutical Association ; Nottingham and Notts Chemists'
Association ; Oldham Chemists and Druggists' Assistants and Apprentices'
Association ; Plymouth, Devonport, and Stonehouse Chemists' Association ;
Scarborough Chemists' Association; Sheffield Pharmaceutical and Chemical
Association ; Sunderland Chemists' Association ; York Chemists' Associa-
tion.

Souvnals.

American Druggist ; American Journal of Pharmacy; Archiv der Pharmacie;
]5iitish Medical Journal ; Canadian Pliarmaceutical Journal ; Cliomical
News ; Chemist and Druggist ; Journal do Pharmacie d'Anvers; Journal de
Pharmacie et de Cliimie ; Lancet ; Medical Press and Circular ; The Micro-
scope ; Nature; Pharmaceutical Journal; Pharmaceutische Ceutralhalle ;
Pharmacist ; Ecpertoire de Pharmacie ; llevista Earmaceutica.

The FOLLOWING Journals are received from their respective
Editors: —

American Druggist ; American Journal of Pharmacy ; Archives de Pharaiacie ;

Arcliiv der Pharmacie ; Australasian Journal of Pharmacy ; British Medical
Journal ; Canadian Pliarmaceutical Journal ; ('hcmical News ; Chemist and
Drug;;ist ; Journal de I'harmacie d'Anvers ; Journal de Pliarmacie et de
Chimic ; National Druggist; Pimrniaccutical Journal; Pharmaceutical
Record ; Pharmaceutische Centralhalle ; Pharmacist ; Proceedings of the
Anitrican Pharmaceutical Association ; Repertoire do Pharmacie ; Bevista
Farmaceutica.

S86

PROGRAMME OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE

AT THE

TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING, MANCHESTER, 1887.

OFFICERS.

Prcsiticnt. s. r. atkins, j.p.
Firc^^rcsitirnts.

[Who have filled the office of President.)

Prof. BENTLEY, F.L.S., M.R.C.S., London.
H. B. BRADY, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.C.S., New-

castle-on-Tvne.
TflOS. B. GROVES, F.C.S., Weymouth.
Pk->f. RED WOOD,Ph.D.,F. I. C.F.C.S., London.
G. F. SCHAGHT, F.C.S., Clifton, Bristol.

R. REYNOLDS. F.C.S., Leeds.

Pkof. ATTFIELD, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.I.C.,

F.C.S., London.
J. WILMAMS, F.I.O., F.C. 8., London.
J. B. STEPHENSON, Edinburgh.
T. GREENISH, F.C.S., F.R.M.S.

Ficc=i|rfsil>mts.

C. SYMES, Ph.D., Liverpool.
G. S. WOOLLEY, Manchester,

M, CARTEIGHE, F.I.C., F.C.S., London.
S. PLOWMAN, F.R.C.S., London.

CrraSUrcr. C. UMNEY, P.I.C, F.C.S., London.

f^onorarg fficiural Srrrctarics.

. A. H. NAYLOR, F.I.C., F.C.S., London. | JOHN C. THRESH, D.Sc, F.C. S., Buxton.
ILoral Srcrctarg. F. BADEN BENGER, F.C.S., Manchester.

Babclay, T., Birmingham.
Brunkeb, J. E., M.A., Dublin,
CoNEOT, M., F.C.S., Liverpool.
Davies, R. H., F.I.O., London.
DoTT, D. B., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh.

Er.BOHNE, W., F.C.S., Manchester.
Gbekaed, a. W., F.C.S., London.
Maben, T., Hawick.
Simons, W. H., F.C.S., F.R.M.S., London.

^utiitors.

C. J. ARBLASTER, Birmingham. | "W. WILKINSON, Manchester.

•assistant Sccrrtarg. EJitor of grar^Book.

W. H. INCB, A.I.G\ LOUIS SIEBOLD, F.I.C, F.C.S.

ILoral Committer.

Absfield, J. C, Ashton.
HA.HFOKD, .1. W., Rochd.ile.
Bak.vaby. F., MiUichcBtcr.
Bell, J. Carter. Higher Brcnighton.
Bexger, F. B. (//oh. Lucal Secretary),

Mauchester.
BiLLiNcE. M., Hyde.
Blain, W., Bolton.
BvLToN, John, Manchester.
Boor, F., FallowHeld.
Booth, W. G., Mauchester.
BoTHAJi, J., Maucliester.
BosTocK. W,, Ashton.
BowDEN, Vf , Patricroft.
BowKER, E., Bury.
Bkeaoner, C. G.. Manchester.
Buow.v, W. S., Manchester.
Burn, Thos . Manchester.
Carter, W., Manchester.
Clayton, E.. Mauchester.
ECKER8LEV, F., Wigan.
Elborne, W., Owens College.
Kstc'OURT, C, .Manchester.
Forbes, J. W., Bolton .
Gibbons. T. G., Manchester.
Gibbons, W., Manchester.
Gibson, R , Manchester.
Hall, H. S., Manchester.
Hardie. G. H.. 31auchc6ter,
Hart, J., Manchester.

Hay, a., Salford Hospital.
Hedley, T., Rauisliottom.
Holt, J., Manchester.
Hcdolestone, R. O., Manchester.
Hih:hes, E. G., Manchester.
Hint, L., M.auchester.
Jackson, G., Manchester.
Johnstone, C. A., Manchester.
Kay, S., Stockport.
Kay. T.. Stockport.
Kemp, H , Manchester.
Kerfoot, T., Manchester.
Lateward, J. R., Manchester.
Mi'C-ORMioK. F. H., Manchester.
Mason, W. B., Bolton.
Mather, W., Manchester.
Malnder, Robt., Manchester.
Mayor, D., Manchester.
Miugley, C., Manchester.
Morton, I., Ramsbottoin.
Oldfield, a. C. M.-vuchester.
OLDFiELn, H. , Hyde.
Paine, S , Manchester.
Peatson, H. R., Manchester.
Phillips, J., Wigan.
PoLLiTT, J. M., Radcliffe.
Pratt, G. W.. Manchester.
RA.MSDEN, W., FallowHeld.
Robinson, B., Pendleton.
ScAlFE, 8., Manchester.

.Shaw, Thos., Manchester.
SiEBOLD. L., Walinersley.
Slack, J. L., M.anchester.
Slugg, J. T., Chorlton.
Smith, A., Sale.
Smith, J. R., Radcliffe.
Stevenson, J. C, Todmorden.
Stones, W., Manchester.
Swindles, T,. Manchester.
SwiNN, , Manchester.
Taylor, E. , Manchester.
Thresh, Dr., Manchester.
Turner, W. S., Manchester.
TwE.Mj,ow, R., Manchester.
Watkinson. J. W., FamwortU.
Watekhouse, W. H., Ashton.
Westmacott, G., Manchester.
Wheeldon, J., Manchester.
Wild, J., Hyde.
Wild. J , Clayton-Ie-Moors.
Wild, Jno., Manchester.
Wilkinson, G., Manchester.
Wilkinson, J. F.. Pendleton.
Wilkinson, W., fliaiichester.

WoOLLEV. G. S. (C/lUtriHOJI).

Chester.

WooLLEV, Herman [Trciisurer), Mau-
chester.

WooLLKv, Harold, Manchester.

Young, J. K., Warringtou.

M: n.

The Sittings of the Confekknck wbhk hkld in thb

CHEMICAL LECTURE THEATRE, OWENS COLLEGE, MANCHESTER,

On TUESDAY & WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 30th anu 31bt, 1887,
Commenciny at Ten a.m. each day.
867

388 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

MONDAY, 29th AUGUST.

The EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE met, according to notices from the Honorary
General Secretaries, at 10 p m., at the Grand Hotel, Manchester.

TUESDAY, 30th AUGUST.

The CONFERENCE met at 10 o'clock a.m., adjourning at 1 p.m.; and at
2 o'clock p.m., adjourning at 4 p.m.

^"^rbcr of ^lusincss.

Eecoption of Delegates.

Report of Executive Committee.

Financial Statement.

Eeport of Treasurer of the " Bell and Hills Library Fund.

President's Address.

Reading of Papers and Discussions thereon.

PAPERS.

1. Report on Strophanthus and Stroplianthin. By W. Elborne, F.C.S.

2. Contrihiition to our Knowledge of Catha Leaves. By Prof. Fluckiger and

J. E. Gerock.

3. A New Method of Preparing Aconitine. By John Wili-iams, F.I.C, F.C.S.

4. Macluui Beans, the Seeds of Eutada Scandcns. By John Moss, F.I.C,

F.C.S.

5. Note on the Estimation of Ipecacuanha. By F. Ransom.
G. Report on Bland's Pills. By T. Maben.

7. Note on the Cuitivation of English Bhitbarb. By W. Elborne, F.C.S.

8. On Two Species of Vesicating Beetles from South Africa. By J. 0.

Braithwaitk.

9. Oil (f Erodia, a New Deodorant for Iodoform. By H. Helbing.
10. Cryptopine and it:i Salts. By Dr. E. Kacder.

There was a mid-day adjournment between 1 and 2 p.m. for luncheon on
the College premises.

At 4 p.m. members were conveyed by omnibus to the Exhibition, Old
Trafford.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONPERENCB. 389'

WEDNESDAY, 31st AUGUST.

The CONFEEENCE met at 10 o'clock a.m., adjourning from 1 p^m. till
2 p.m. The whole of the business of the Conference was completed this day
by about 4 p.m.

(L)ii)cr of l^usiue-ss.

Eeception of Delegates.

Reading of Papers and Discussions thereon.

PAPERS.

11. Tlie Relation of Pharmacy to Medicine. By Prof. Leech, F.R.C.P.

12. A Method of Detecting and Estimating Salicylic Acid in Wines. By W. H.

Ince, A.I.C.

13. Note upon the Testing and Purification of Hydrochlorate of Cocaine. By

John Williams, F.I.C, F.C.S.

14. Pharmaceutical Notes on Some Synthetical Compounds Recently Introdnad

into Medicine. By H. Helbing.

15. Note on Camphor Oil. By Peteb MacEwas, F.CS,

16. Some Fundamental Errors in th". Pharmacopeia. By C. R. C. Txchborne,

LL.D., F.I.C, L.A.H.I.

17. A Spurious Cuheh. By W. Kirkbt, F.R.M.S.

18. On the Cliemistry and Pharmacy of some of the Morphine Dericativcs. By

D. B. DoTT, F.E.S.E., and G. R. Stockman, M.D.

19. Note on the Plmrmacy of Logwood. By Locis Siebold, F.I.C, F.C.S.

20. Notes on the Application of Dyewoods in Chemical Analysis. By Lodis

Siebold, F.I.C, F.C.S.

21. Examination of Commercial Samples of Cocoa Butter. By E. J. Millard.

22. Nitrites and Nitro-Glycerine. By G. A. Atkinson, M.D.

23. Quiiwlogical Work in the Madras Cinchona Plantations. By David Hooper,.

F.C.S.

Place of Meeting for 1888.
Election of Officers for 1887-88.

There was a mid-day adjournment between 1 and 2 p.m. for luncheon on the
College premises.

THURSDAY, 1st SEPTEMBER.

A large party of members and friends, accompanied by the Local Committee,
travelled by special train to Matlock Bath. Here they inspected the caverns
and petrifying wells, for which the place is famous, and ascended the High Tor
and the Heights of Abraham. After luncheon at the Royal Hotel, they were
taken for a drive round the neighbourhood. On their return they again re-
freshed themselves, and afterwards paid flying visits to the Pavilion and
Gardens. They were then conveyed by train back to Manchester.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE,

MEETING AT MANCHESTER, 1887.

The Twenty-fourth Annual Meeting of the British Phai-maceutical
Conference commenced its sittings on Tuesday, August 30th, in
the Chemical Theatre of the Owens College, Manchester. S. R.
Atkins, Esq., J. P., in the chair.

The folloiving viemhers and visitors were present during the
meetings : —

Aberdare — Thomas, W. J.

Aberdeen — Belfield, W. ; Broomhead, G, E. ; Giles, W. ; John-
son, J.

Ashton-tmder-Lyne — Bostock, W.

Barnet — Young, R. F.

Barnsley — Lister, T.

Barnstaple — Symons, Miss Sophie.

Birmingham — Alcock, F. H. ; Haydon, W. F. ; Perry, G. E. ;
Thompson, C.

I?oZto?i— Mason, W. B.

Bombay — Phillips, A. ; Phillips, B.

Bournemouth — Spinney, F.

Brighton — Kernot, C. F. ; Leigh, M. ; Savage, W. D.

Bury — Siebold, L.

Buxton — Thre.sh, J. C.

Cambridge — Church, H. J. ; Deck, A.

Carlisle — Thompson, A.

Cheltenham — Barron, AV.

Chester — Baxter, G. ; Hodges, W. ; Tupham, T.

Clifton— Bevvy, W. ; Schacht, G. F.

Coleraine — Baxter, AY. J.

Corfc— Lester, T. R.

Coventry — Hinds, J. ; Jones, H. J. ; Wyley, W. F.

S90

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 391

Crewe — Harrop, W. H.

Dalkley (Ireland) — Begg, G. D.

Denton — Arrandale, W.

Droiticich — Harrj, S.

Dziblin — Browne, Harriet E. ; Brunker, J. E. ; Simpson, R. ;
Tichborne, C. R. C. ; Wells, Miss Mary A. ; Wells, W. F.

Edinburgh — Dott, D. B. ; Purves, S. ; Symington, T. ; Young,
J. R.

Farnworth — Wilkinson, J. W.

Glasgoiv — Nicoll, J.

Gloucester — Jenkins, H. ; Stafford, W. ; Ward, J

Halifax — Alexander, W. .' 1

Hastings — Winter, H.

Hawick — Maben, T.

Heato7i-Morris — Williams, Miss.

Hindley — Hart, A. M.

Hold — Cheetham, G.

Huddersjield — Bell, J. H.

Hull—BeW, C. B. ; Metcalfe, C. S.

Hurstpierpoint — Mitten, Miss F. ; Mitten, Miss R. E.

Hyde — Billinge, M.

JZ^%— Worfold, G. W.

Leamington — Pullen, W. H.

Leeds — Branson, F. W. ; Fairley, T. ; Jefferson, P. ; Reynolds, R. ;
Ward, G.

Leicester — Butter, E. H. ; Burford, S. F. ; Clark, J. W. ;
Meadows, J.-

Leighton — Richmond, R.

Leven — Gibson, A.

Liverpool — Abraham, A. C. ; Conroy, M. ; Eraser, A. ; Greenall,
A. ; Lee, T. W. ; Neuman, J. ; Samuel, A. H. ; Symes, C.

Llanelly — Evans, G.

London — Baldock, J. H. ; Bindloss, G. F. ; Bird, F. C. J. ;
Burroughs, S. M. ; Christy, T. ; Clarke, C. G. ; Collier, H. ; Craw-
shaw, E. ; Davies, R. H. ; Dyson, W. B. ; Dymond, T. S. ; Eastes,
E. G. ; Fowler, Mrs. ; Gerrard, A. W. ; Glazier, W. ; Gurnelle E.
Hampson, R. ; Helbing, H. ; Holmes, E. M. ; Lascelles-Scott, W.
Long, H. ; MacEwan, P. ; Maitland, P. C. ; Martindale, W.
Mason, W. ; Moss, J. ; Naylor, W. A. H. ; Parry, W. P. ; Pass-
more, F. ; Pedley R. U. ; Pretty, C. ; Robinson, R. ; Robinson,
W. P. ; Roberts, W. P. ; Sangster, A. ; Saul, J. E. ; Smith, F. J. ;
Symons, W. J. ; Taylor, G. S. ; Tingle, J. G. ; Tompsett, L. ;

392 BRITISH PHARMACEOTICAL CONFERENCE.

Watson, T. D. ; White, W. ; Williams, Mrs.; Williams, T. H. ;
Williams, J. ; Wootton, A. C. ; Wright, T. R. ; Wright, C. R. A.

Louth — Simpson, H. T.

Lynn — Evans, J. H.

Manchester — Benger, F. B. ; Butcher, C. G. ; Blyton, T.; Burn,
T. ; Balmforth, A. ; Bowden, W. ; Cooper, F. R. ; Cornish, W
Deacon, F. W. ; Dickson, R. J. ; Elborne, W. ; Le Neve Foster
R. ; Gibbons, W. ; Hart, J. ; Huddleston, R. O. ; Hardy, G. H.
Hughes, E. G. ; Johnstone, C. A. ; Johnston, E. S. ; Jackson
G. ; Kemp, H. ; Kidd, J. C. ; Kirkby, W. ; Leech, D. J.; Lowe
W. ; Marsden, W. ; Mayor, D. ; Morris, W. ; Needham, C. T.
Owles, T. ; Pidd, A. J.; Pirin, J.; Pratt, G. W. ; Paine, S.
Russell, W. M. J. ; Roberts, H. R. ; Robinson, B. ; Smith, J. L.
Slugg, J. T. ; Stamp, A. K. ; Swinn, C. ; Slack, J. L. ; Scarfe, S.
Tyson, J.; Turner, W. S. ; Tatham, M. D. ; Woolley, G. S.
Wyatt, W. ; Wild, J. ; Wilkinson, G. ; Wild, G. F. ; Woolley, H.
Wheeldon, J. ; Wishmark, G. H.

Mansfield — Adams, B.

Neiocastle-on-Tyne — Brady, H. B.; Martin, N. H. ; Spargo, H. A

Newton Heath — Carr, W.

Northampton — Hayger, W. D.

Nottingham — Patchitt, E.

Oldham — Geddes, W.

Peterborough — Lipscomb, S. ; Lipscomb, Miss.

Plymouth— BalkwiU, A. P.

Preston — Hargreavcs, M.

EadcUffe—Hmith, J. T.

Liamshottom — Hulley, T.

Rochdale — Bamford, J. W. ; Wilson, H.

Rothesay — Duncan, E.

Salishui-y — Atkins, S. R.

Saltaire — Bayley, G. H. ; Bayle}-, Mrs.

Scarborough — Whitfield, J.

Sheffield — Allen, A. H. ; Furness, J. M. ; Newsholme, G. T. W.

Shepton Mallett—CotivcU, G. J.

Shreivsbury — Cross, W.

Smethivick—Gibhs, R. D.

Southampton — Chipperfield, J.

Southport — Ashton, W. ; Radley, W. V.

Stalybridge — Simpson, A.

St. Leonards — Rossiter, F.

Stockport— Hart, T.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 393

Swansea — Davies, J. T. ; Grose, N. M. ; Morgan, W.

Tarporley — Aston, W.

Todmorden — Lord, B. ; Lord, C.

Wantage — ^Candj, C. Gr.

Warrington — Young-, J. R.

Wigan — Johnstone, T.

Withington — Terry, T.

YurA;— Clark, J.

Meeting of the Executive Committee.

A meeting' of the Execntive Committee was hekl at the Grand
Hotel, Manchester, on Monday, August 29, at 10 p.m.

Present : — Mr. Atkins, President, in the chair ; Messrs. Benger,
Brady, Brunker, Conroy, Davies, Dott, Elborne, Gerrard, Maben,
Reynolds, Schacht, Symes, Symons, Williams, and Woolley, Dr.
Thresh and Mr. W. A. H. Naylor, Hon. Gen. Sees., and Mr. W.
H. Ince, Assist. Sec.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirmed.

A draft report, for presentation at the annual meeting, was
submitted by the Hon. Gen. Sees., and after a slight alteration,
was agreed to.

The order in which papers should be read at the general meeting
was discussed, and the programme arranged.

The Treasurer's financial statement for the year 188G-7 was
read and approved.

A proposed list of officers for the ensuing year was discussed
and adopted for recommendation to the general meeting for
election.

The, MS. of the Year-Book for 1887, so far as it could be
completed, was laid on the table.

The place of meeting for 1888 was considered. The Committee
was of opinion that the Conference should adhere to its usual cus-
tom in following the British Association, and go to Bath.

A report of the Formulary Committee was presented through
its Chairman, and read by Mr. Naylor.

The report was accepted, and it was agreed to recommend to the
General Meeting tlie reappointment of the Committee.

A letter was then read from Messrs. Dott and Stockman, re-
questing a gi"ant of £5 for the purchase of materials to carry out
an investigation on morphine derivatives.

394

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Proposed by Mr. Naylor, seconded by Mr. Conroy, and carried
unanimously, that the grant be accorded.

Mr. J. C. Nightingale was elected Assistant Secretary in the
room of Mr. W. H. Ince, who found it impracticable longer to
fulfil the duties of this office.

It was announced that Mr. Ryder Horton had resigned the
office of Honorary Secretary for New South Wales, and that steps
had been taken for appointing a suitable successor.

The following sixty gentlemen were duly nominated and elected
to membership : —

Balmforth, Mr. Alfred, Man-
chester.

Bates, Mr. F. W. Brooks, Man-
chester.

Billinge, Mr. Mark, Hyde.

Birks, Mr. G. N., Adelaide,
South Austialia.

Blain, Mr. W. Rushton, Bolton.

Bowker, Mr. Ellis, Bury.

Brookes, Mr. Josh., Manchester.

Burn, Mr. Thos., Manchester.

Butcher, Mr. G. S., Manchester.

Candy, Mr. J. W. G., Wantage.

Chipperfield, Mr. R., Southam-
ton.

Condon, J. H.; M.D. L.S.A.,
Cawnpore, India.

Cripps, Mr. T. H., Madras,
India.

Cullinan, Mr. E., London.

Cunynghame, Mr. G. F., Sydney,

"n.s.w.

Fairclough, Mr. R. A., London.

Foster, Mv. R. Le Neve, Man-
chester.

Gibbons, Mr. Walter, Manches-
ter.

Hardie, ^Mr. G. H., Manchester.

Harrington, Mr. J. F., London.

Hedley, Mi'. Thos., Ramsbottom.

Herbert, Mr. H. S., Wavertree.

Huddlestone, Mr. R. 0., Man-
chester.

Jackson, Mr. Urban Arthur,
Manchester.

Johnston, Mr. J., Aberdeen.

Johnstone, Mr. C. A., Whaley
Bridge.

Jones, Mr. William H., Liver-
pool.

Kay, Mr. Saml., Stockport.

Kidd, Mr. James Cassie, Man-
chcstej'.

Knight, Mr. R., Manchester.

Lee, Mr. S. W., Liverpool.

!Mason, Mr., London.

Midgley, Mr. C, Manchester.

Mitchell, Mr. E. D., Manchester.

Morgan, Mr. J. D., Bideford.

^lorton, ]\Ir. J., Ramsbottom.

^lundey, Mr. H., Manchester.

Parry, Mr. W. P., London.

Peatson, j\[r. H. R., Manchester.

Pedley, Mr. G., London.

Phillips, Mr. J. J., Ashton.

Piatt, Mr. W., Matlock Bath.

Pretty, Mr. C, London.

Rand, Mr. E., Wayga Wayga,
N.S.W.

Roberts, Mr. W. R., Manchester.

BRITISH PHAEMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 395

Royse, Mr. Alfred, Manchester. West, Mr. J., Bangalore, India.

Simpson, Mr. R., Dublin. Whitfield, Mr. C, Manchester.

Slack, Mr. Jno. L., Manchester. Wild, Mr. John, Manchester.

Smith, Mr. Allen, Sale. Williamson, Mr. H. B., Wan-
Spargo, Mr. H., Newcastle-on- ganai, N. Z.

Tyne. Wilson, Mr. W., Manchester.

Wardrop, Mr. W. Dunedin, Woollcombe, Mr. Rd., Dublin.

N. Z. Woolley, Mr. S. W., Southamp-
Wellings, Mr. William, Liver- ton.

pool. Wyass, Mr. W., Lancaster.

At a meeting of the Executive Committee held on Thursday,
September 1, it was agreed to offer for sale, through Messrs. J.
and A. Churchill, the British Pharmaceutical Conference Unofficial
Formulaiy, at a cost of 6d. per copy in paper covers, and Is. per
copy bound in cloth. It was further agreed that the Is. copies
should be interleaved.

GENERAL MEETING.

Tuesday, August 30th.

Mr. G. S. WoOLLET opened the proceedings by offering, on be-
half of the pharmacists of Manchester and the district, a cordial
welcome to the Confei-ence on its first visit to Manchester. At
the same time he expressed the hope that the meeting would
prove to be, as it promised, a very successful one ; and that the
arrangements made by the Local Committee would render the
visit to Manchester both interesting and agreeable. His pleasure
in standing forward on this occasion was somewhat marred by
the thought that the gentleman whose place he occupied, Mr.
William Scott Brown, was prevented by the state of his health
from being present. Those who knew Mr. Brown best knew how
delighted he would have been to have stood there and welcomed
the Conference. The pharmacists of the district owed Mr. Bi-own
a large debt of gratitude, for whenever any movement was on
foot for the progress of pharmacy or the welfare of pharmacists,
Mr. Brown had always been in front. After acknowledging the
kindness of the authorities of Owens College, and of tlie Ex-
ecutive Committee of the Royal Jubilee Exhibition, who had
placed at the disposal of the Local Secretary a number of tickets

396 BRITISH PHAEMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE.

for the Convei'sazione on Thursday evening, he remarked that
the Executive Committee had determined to avail themselves
of the facilities for studying the industries of the district in
the machinery annexe of the Exhibition rather than to seek for
opportunities of visiting various works, and he believed that
those who visited the Exhibition would be of opinion that
the Committee had in this matter acted for the best. In con-
clusion, he trusted that every member would carry away very
pleasant recollections of the visit to Manchester.

Professor Leech said he had great pleasure, on behalf of the
authorities of Owens College, as well as his own, in welcoming the
Conference. The authorities of the College had great pleasure
in putting at their disposal all the accommodation required, and
were wishful to do evei'ything which could increase the pleasure
of the meeting. It was not the first time that they had shown an
interest in the progress of phannacy, that being the first college
of the kind to institute a system of pharmaceutical education.
In that College were provided lectures and laboratories, giving an
education which would fit pharmacists not only to pass examina-
tions, but for the scientific work of their lives. On his own be-
half, he need hardly say that as Professor of Materia Medica, he
took a deep interest in the progress of pharmacy, and he trusted
that the present meeting would be successful in every respect,
and especially that it would advance the true interests of scientific
pharmacy.

The President, on behalf of the Conference, thanked Mr. Wool-
ley and Pi'ofessor Leech for the welcome they had given. The
Conference met under very favoui-able auspices, in every respect,
and he felt sure that the meetings would be promotive of the great
purposes for which the Conference existed. He was certain that
those who were visitors to Manchester would gain much pleasure
and no small intellectual profit, and if they could leave behind
til em any pleasant recollections with their hosts, they would have
largely accomplished the object of their visit.

Reception of Delegates.

Dr. Thresh (Hon. Gen. Sec.) then road the following list of
delegates to the Conference : —

Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. — The President, Vice-
1 'resident, and Messrs. S. R. Atkins, W. G. Cross, R. Hampson,
G.T. W. Newsholme, W. V. Radley, W. D. Savage, G. F. Schacht,
C Symes, and G. S. Woolley.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL COXFEIIENCE. 397

Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain (North British Branch).—
Messrs. D. B. Dott, Daniel Frazer, Adam Gibson, and Alexandei'
Kinninmont.

Pharmaceutical Society of Irelatid. — Mr. J. E. Brunker, M.A.,
Messrs. G. D. Beggs, F. J. Minchin, R. Simpson, J. Wells, and
Professor Tichborne.

Aberdeen and North of Scotland Society of Chemists and Druggists.
— Messrs. G. E. Broombead, "W. Giles, J. Jobnson, and D. Ritcbie.

Brighton Association of Pharmacy. — Messrs. Marshall Leigb and
W. D. Savage.

Bristol Pharmaceutical Association. — Mr. G. F. Scbacbt.

Hawick Pharmaceutical Association. — Mr. T. Maben.

Hull Chemists' Association. — Messrs. C. B. Bell and W. H. Ham-
mond.

Leeds Chemists' Association. — Messrs. F. W. Branson, P. Jeffer-
son, R. Reynolds, and G. Ward.

Leicester and Leicestershire Chemists' Association. — Messrs. S. F.
Bnrford, E. H. Butler, J. W. Clark, and J. G. F. Richardson.

Liverpool Chemists' Association. — Messrs. A. C. Abraham, J. F.
Abraham, M. Conroy, A. H. Samuel, and W. Wellings.

London Chemists Assistants' Association. — Messrs. F. C. J. Bird,
T. S. Dymond, and J. E. Saul.

Manchester Pharmaceutical Association. — The members of the
Council of the Manchester Pharmaceutical Association.

Midland Counties Chemists' Association. — Messrs. Perry, Wyles,
Thompson, Alcock, Haydon, Pullen, Hinds, and Jones.

North of England Pharmaceutical Association. — Mes.srs. N. H.
Martin and J. Harrison.

Sheffield Pharmaceutical and Chemical Society. — Messrs. J. M.
Fumess, G. T. W. Newsholme, and A. R. Fox.

Dr. THEEsn also said that letters of apology for non-attendance,
and expressing good wishes for the success of the Conference, had
been received from Mr. Carteighe, President of the Pharmaceutical
Society of Great Britain, Professor Bentley, Professor Attfield,
and Messrs. Greenish, Barclay (Birmingham), J. B. Stephenson
(Edinburgh), A. Strachan (Aberdeen), and F. Ransom (Hitchin).

The President said he had himself received similar letters from
Professor Dunstan, ]\Ir. Plowman, and others.

Mr. W. A. H. Natlor (Hon. Gen. Sec.) then read the report of
the Executive Committee, as follows : —

598 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Report of the Executive Committee.

Your Committee, in presenting its Annual Report of the business
Avliich it has transacted during the past year, feels that it has not
altogether been an uneventful period in the history of the Con-
ference. Following closely upon the retirement of the senior
Honorary General Seci-etary, Mr. Sidney Plowman, F.R.C.S., at
the Biraiingham meeting, came the sudden resignation of the paid
officer. At the meeting of the Executive in October last, it was
announced that in consequence of failing health, Mr. Princep had
applied to be immediately relieved of his duties as Secretary, and
that in consideration of the urgent demand of his case, his appli-
cation had been immediately granted. The acceptance of his
resignation was marked by an entry in the record of the proceed-
ings of that meeting of the following minute : — " That the Hono-
rary General SecretaHes convey to Mr. Princep an expression of
regret at the circumstances under which he was compelled to
leave the service of the Conference, together with an appi-eciation
of the satisfactory manner in which he had performed his duties
as paid Secretary since February, 1881."

In selecting an officer in succession to Mr. Princep, a favoui'able
opportunity was afforded your Committee of considering the most
suitable conditions under which the appointment should be made.
The choice lay between one of two courses, either to proceed to
the lines on which the late Secretary was appointed, or return
to the system in vogue prior to 1880. Of those who had made
application for the vacancy, two had declared their willingness to
accept election in accordance with the latter alternative, a fact
Avhich was lai-gely instrumental in eliciting for it a renewed trial.
It was accordingly decided to adopt this line of procedure, and
Mr. W. H. Ince was appointed Assistant Secretary for one year at
a salary of £40. It was further agreed that a sum not exceeding
£10 should be allowed him for expenses incurred in attending the
annual meeting. Mr. Ince is now neaiing the close of his year of
office, but will not be able to accept re-election in consequence of
his leaving England at an early date to prosecute his studies at
a Continental university. He requests that his services may
terminate after the present meeting.

Your Committee regret to have to announce the resignations of
two Colonial Secretaries, that of Mr. H. Sliillinglaw, for Victoria,
and of Mr. Ryder Horton, for New South Wales. During the

BRITISH THARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 3('9

three years and a half Avhich Mr. Shillinglaw has exercised his
office, he has steadily and successfully laboured to promote the
interests of the Conference. To -Mr. Horton, whose appointment
is of recent date, is due the acknowledgment of having rendered
heartj and useful service.

Early in the present year a series of circulars, setting forth the
objects of the Conference, and inviting to its membership, was
posted to those unconnected with it, w^ho had registered as
chemists and druggists in Great Britain and Ireland since Janu-
ary, 1886.

A moi'e numerous issue of a like kind has been circulated in
India and the Colonies, the distribution having been effected
severally by the Colonial Secretaries throughout the colonies in
which they respectively reside.

Although sufficient time has not elapsed to justify a numerical
statement of the results of the home and foreign issue, there is
already the prospect of an encouraging return. To those mem-
bers who had promised to provide themselves with a copy of the
General Index, and who up to the beginning of the year had
neglected to do so, a circular note was addressed requesting them
to fulfil their engagement as promptly as their convenience would
allow. It is satisfactory to be able to announce that 188 of those
addressed suitably responded to the appeal.

The report last year included a fitting reference to a new feature
which characterized the proceedings of the Conference at Bir-
mingham. The departure there taken Avas expressly intended to
farther the social objects of this association, and the results of
the project were such as to leave no doubt of its success.

Your Committee, in conference with the Local Committee, ar-
ranged to repeat the experiment this year ; accordingly last even-
ing there was a reception by the President and officers of the
Conference at the Grand Hotel.

Many members availed themselves of this opportunity of renew-
ing friendships and forming new ones. The whole spirit of last
night's gathering encourages the inference that a Conversazione
will henceforth find a permanent place in the pi-oceedings of Con-
ference.

It is with great pleasure your Committee is able to report that
two applications for grants in aid of research have been made.
A sum of £10 has been handed over to Mr. E. M. Holmes for
defraying the costs connected with the purchase and cultivation
of authentic specimens of Aconitum Napellus, with a view subse-

400

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Financial Statement for the tear ending June 30th, 1887.

The Hon. Treasurer in Account with the British Fharmaceuticnl

Conference.

1886. Dr.

July 1. To Assets forward from last year —
,, Balance in kand at Bank
,, Balance in band of Secretary
„ Messrs. J. and A. ChurchiU's Ac
count ....

1887.
June 30.

,, Sale of Year-Book by Publishers
,, Sale of Year-Book by Secretary

,, Advertisements

,, Members' Subscriptions

,, Surplus Cash left by late Secretary

,, Index to Year-Book, sale by Sec
retary ....

,, Index to Year-Book, sale by Pub
Ushers ....

,, Outstanding Liabilities, W. I

Richardson's Account unpaid
„ McCorquodale & Co.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

219 7
3 9 10

337 7 4

114 10

17 13

4
6

124 1

611 13
4

18 10
124 1

611 17 10

re 7 6

1 10 4

79 17 10

11 5 6
16 8 6

— 27 14
£1198 18 10

1887. Cr. £ 8. d.
Juno 30. By Expenses connected with Year-Book: —

Printing, Binding, Publishing • 384 13 11

Postages and Distributing . 42 10
Advertising and Publishers'

charges 34 7 3

Foreign Journals . . . 5 15 6

Editor's Salary . . . . 150

£ g. d

,, Expenses connected with Index to Year-Book :

Postages and Distributing
Preparing, etc. .

Salary of Secretary
Blue Lists : —

Printing

Postageg . . . ,

617 6 8

1 10
53 3

5 15
9 6

54 13
65 2 3

15 1

BEITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 401

1887. Cr. £ .s. d. £ s. d.
June 30. By Printiug and Stationery 39 8 6

„ Postages -40 12 11

,, Formulary Committee 10

,, Expenses of Birmingham Meeting : —

Mr. Princep . . . . 5
Mr. Plowman . . . . 3 15

Printing 9 13 6

18 8 6

„ Petty Cash 10 7 10

,, Grant to Mr. Elborne, Manchester . . .500

„ Bank Charges 10

,, Outstanding Liabilities on last year —

Messrs. Butler & Tanner's Account paid .137 2

,, Outstanding Assets — Messrs. J. and A.

Churchill's Account, since paid . . . 108 17 5

„ Balance at Bank .... 03 14 8

„ Balance with Secretary —

Petty Cash . \ . . 3 2

Postage 4 9

70 17 o

£1198 18 10

The Bell caul Hills Fund.

1886. Dr.

July 1. To Balance (forward from last year)

,, 6. ,, Di^•idend on Consols, £350

1887.
Jan. 6. ,,

1886. Cb.

Oct. 26. By Books for Birmingham

1887.

June 30. ,, Balance at Bank .

1887.
July 1. To Balance

Examined and found correct, ( C. J. ARBLASTER, Birmingham,
securities viewed. \A. WILKINSON, Manchester.

D i)

£
. 22

s.
4
1

5
6

£32

£
. 10

s.
13

. 16
1 July 20 5

12
2

£32

£ s. d.

16 12 4
5 2

£21 14 4

402 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

quently to the extraction and chemical examination of its alka-
loidal constituent.

This undertaking is a practical outcome of a suggestion offered
by Mr. T. B. Groves, when discussing the valuable paper on
" Crystallized Aconitine," conti'ibuted by Mr. John Williams at
the last General Meeting.

The sum of £5 has been placed at the disposal of Mr. W.
Klborne, for a further research on Strophanthus and Strophanthin.
The results of his investigation will be embodied in a repoi-t, to be
presented to this meeting.

A year ago the Conference at its Annual Meeting appointed a
Committee of ten of its members to ])repare a formulary of un-
official remedies.

This Committee, through its Chairman, has handed in the di-aft
of what it recommends for publication as the first edition of an
Unofficial Formulary. The Executive Committee -will now lay
these results before the Conference.

Your Committee advises the reappointment of the Sub- Com-
mittee.

Mr. Siebold, F.I.C., F.C.S., was last December i-eappointed
editor of the Year-Booh for 1887, and the manusci-ipt of the forth-
coming volume, so far as it can be completed, is now on the table.

The number of papers which have been received for the present
meeting is a little in advance of last year, and it is believed that
the several contributions will provide ample scope for pi'ofitable
discussion.

In the absence of Mr. Umney (Treasurer), ]Mr. W. A. H. Xaylor
read the financial statement {see pp. 400, 401) : —

Mr. Wilkinson, Auditor, testified to the correctness of the
accounts, which he had examined, and the securities.

The Presid1':nt moved the adoption of the report and the ac-
counts. He remarked tliat, like all records of human laboui% the
i-eport contained mingled experiences of sunshine and shadow ;
that thei-e were shades in the form of resignations in the list of
active workers could not be denied, but the impression produced
on his mind was, that on the whole the Conference was in a
tlioi-oughly sound, healthy, and flourishing condition. He believed
he was only expressing the general opinion of the members, ladies
as well as gentlemen, in saying that the idea of a preliminary
conversazione, inaugui-ated last year at Birmingham, had proved a

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 403

decided success. One of tlie purposes of the Conference was the
promotion of social intercourse, and the advantage of meeting
together before the business meetings commenced, and renewing
old friendships and making new ones, could hardly be overesti-
mated. With regard to the Unofficial Formulary, he would only
say that the result of the Committee's work up to the present
time had been printed, and he commended it to the careful exam-
ination of the members.

Mr. Kemp seconded the motion, which was at once carried
unanimously.

The German Apotheker-Verein.

The President said it had been suggested that a telegram of
congratulation should be sent to the German Apotheker-Verein,
which was then sitting at Munich, and asked if it were the will
of the meeting this should be done.

The suggestion was unanimously agreed to.

The President then delivered the followino^ address : —

THE PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS.

The honour you have conferred on me in electing me as your
President is one that I most highly appreciate, although it entails
responsibilities I shrink from trying to discharge.

At any time I should have felt my inability worthily to intro-
duce and conduct your deliberations, but in this year, so memorable
in the history of our country, and in the city of Manchester, I am
most deeply sensible of the difficulty of my position.

Enough, and perhaps more than enough, has already been said
respecting the Queen's Jubilee, and yet it would ill become me to
omit all reference to it. Interested as we all are in the progress of
science and in the development of the industries of our country,
we cannot but be thankful that during fifty years stability has
attached to the throne, and life and health have been continued to
the monarch of these realms.

Other and neighbouring lands have been agitated by revolutions,
and have tried all possible varieties of government, but Great
Britain has remained devoted to the House of Brunswick, and the
recent celebrations have in a most remarkable manner brought to
light the real depth of this devotion.

There is another topic on which I feel bound to say a few words

404 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

as in some measure preparatory to the remarks that follow. "We
are assembled iu the city of Manchester, a city -whose histoiy is
strikingly illustrative of the progress of our country during the
last fifty years.

As the railways converging hither carry us through the dense
forest of chimneys ; as on our way through the streets we gaze on
the long rows of warehouses, and at length stand before the
majestic town hall, it is difficult for us wlio are comparative
strangers to the place to imagine what ISIauchester must have
been half a century since.

The mail coach to London, first started in 1787, leaving Man-
chester at 4 a.m., and professing to reach London " early next
evening," had indeed been superseded by the railway, but Avho
could have supposed that in the course of fiifty years the power
of locomotion could have been so increased, and the trade and in-
dustry of the nation have been so developed as to make it possible
that in 1887 as many as fi.fteen or twenty express trains should
be running up to the metropolis every day, and performing the
journey in four and a quarter or four and a half hours ?

This one fact speaks volumes.

Again, fifty years ago, the amount of traffic between Manchester
and Livei'pool was such as to tax to their utmost extent the cairy-
ing powers of river, road, and rail ; but what must the trade have
gi'own to, and what must be the energy inherent in this great
manufacturing centre, when it has become possible to float an
enterprise which is to convert Manchester into one of the sea-ports
of the kingdom ?

And while the magnitude of industries pursued in this district
has become such as no one could have dreamt of in 18.37, it
is gratifying to observe that intellectual has kept pace with
material progress. Educational and scientitic institutions have
been extended. ^lauchester has proved itself worthy of its Quaker
citizen, John Ualton, who fifty years ago was Professor of Chemistry
and Mathematics in the George Street Academy, and President of
your Literary and Philosophical Society, but whom all the world
now remembers as the discoverer of the Atomic Theory.

Owens College has developed a taste for learning, and has led
tt) the creation of the Victoria University, whose graduates will
doubtless, as time advances, do their part towards extending the
fame of Manchester as one of the great centres of thought in the
United Kingdom.

And as the patroness of Art, this city has taken a position not

BRITISH PHARMACEDTICAL CONFERENCE, 405

surpassed by another city in the kingdom, except the metropolis
itself.

Music and painting have abundant admirers here, while the
Art Exhibitions of 1857 and 1887 show that admiration of all that
is beautiful in design and execution is not a mere passing fashion
among men whose marvellous success in business has made them
ambitious of surrounding themselves with the works once found
only in the mansions of the aristocracy ; but that there is a desire
to promote the advancement of high art, and to give to all classes
of the community an oppoi't unity of enjoying its pleasui^es.

In one word, the history of Manchester during the past fifty
years forces upon us the lesson, that in all departments of life
there must be incessant striving after progress.

Education must be pursued with even greater energy. Especially
is this the case with regard to the science of chemistry and its
allies — the sciences in which, as pharmacists, we are specially
interested. Pressed as we are in our purely business relations by
the severe competition of the age, it behoves us to develop, as far
as possible, the purely scientific portion of our work.

1 invite your attention to a brief review of the Victorian Era as
it more especially affects ourselves as pharmacists.

Within this half century chemistry has made vast progress.
The foundation of its success had been well and ti'uly laid iu
the latter half of the eighteenth century and the beginning of the
present century by a band of distinguished experimentalists
scattered over Europe. Scheele, Lavoisier, Berzelius, Berthollet,
Priestley, Davy, etc., were succeeded in our time by such eminent
specialists as Faraday, Tyndall, Stokes, Hofmann, Perkin, Roscoe
and Crookes, etc.

In 1775 Bergmann, of Upsala, carefully examined the law of
simple elective affinity. In 1803 Berthollet carj-ied the inquiry
still further.

In 1766 Cavendish discovered hydrogen.

In 1774 Priestley discovered oxygen.

In 1819 Oersted discovered the law of electro-magnetism.

In 1822 Seebeck, of Berlin, discovered thermo-electricity.
Nobili, in 1826 observed that electric currents were produced by
animal tissues. With these and similar tools in the workshop of
research in physical science, Faraday proceeded to accomplish his
own grand work.

In 1802 Wollaston noticed the dark bands in the solar spectrum.
In 1815 Fraunhofer produced a map of sis hundred of them.

406 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Then- follow Herschell, Miller, Wheatstone, and others, nntil
Swan detects by spectrum analysis a-roorro^ of a grain of sodium.

And five new bodies are admitted to the sacred college of the
elements, amongst which our distinguished President of the
Chemical Society contributes thallium.

In 1760 Black lectures on a new discovery — latent heat. Seguin,
in 1839, and Mayer, in 1842, perfect their researches in the same
direction.

From 1822 to 1845 Faraday is employed in his researches on
the relation of magnetism to light.

These illnstrations are taken from the realm of physics. But
the truth equally applies to physic; a lengthened period of pre-
paration has enabled the latter half of this century to reap mag-
nificent results. And if I may be permitted still further to
moralize as we pursue our way, I wonld remark how prone we are,
dazzled with a brilliant victoiy, to forget the patient and laborious
toil — often extending over long, long years — that preceded it.

The change of the old oi'der to the new is equally manifest if
we contemplate for a minute the science of botany.

Since 1837 botany has made such rapid strides as to have
become almost revolutionized, except so far as relates to the simple
description of plants and their parts and organs ; although here
much progress has been made.

Nearly all is new in reference to vegetable histology, the bases
of which were laid by Schleiden and Mohl in their researches on
" The Development and Structure of the Cell."

To improvements in the construction of the microscope and its
nse, are due in a great measure the important advance in our
knowledge of the internal structure and development of plants and
their parts.

In the physiology of plants A'cry much is also new, but much
still remains to be done, for which we must look in the futui'e
to the combined work of the vegetable physiologist, chemist, and
physicist.

In this age, in connection Avith botanical study, it is necessary
to make a passing reference to the great researches of Darwin
as to the origin of species, fertilization of orchids, climbing and
twining plants and tendrils, etc., etc.

Passing to systematic botany, or the classification of plants, we
notice that in 1837 the artificial system of Linnaeus was in common
nse in this country, the only attempt to introduce a natural system
having been made by Lindley about 1830 ; but it was not until

BRITISH PHAKMACEDTICAL CONFEUENCE. 407

1845 that lie propounded his views fully in his great work on the
" Vegetable Kingdom." But at the present time the Linnaean
system, which even Linnteus himself regarded as but an introdnc-
tion to the natural system which he designated as the " prteminm
et ultimnm in botanicis desideratum," has been entirely superseded
by the natural systems founded more especially upon the arrange-
ment of De Candolle, Lindley, and Bentham and Hooker.

Our knowledge of flowerless plants in 1837 was entirely crypto-
gamic, but immense strides have since been made in all that
relates to the structure of the cryi^togamia, and the whole subject
as regards these plants is now regarded with intense interest,
owing to the great light it has thrown and is throwing on the
cause of propagation and treatment of diseases as evinced especially
by the formation of the new science of bacteriology and the anti-
septic treatment of disease.

Let us turn to another topic, and one in which we have a vital
interest.

In 1841 an association composed of the leading London and
provincial pharmacists was formed, which resulted in the creation
of "the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain," a society Avhich
has done more to raise the position of the chemist and druggist of
this country than has been achieved by any other corporate body
for its constituents.

The condition of pharmacy in 1841 and succeeding 3'ears explains
the motives and the conduct of our fomiders. Our very existence
was threatened ; expansion and growth on the better side— the
scientific and semi-professional — was attacked from a groundless
suspicion as to our secret ambitions. Hence self-defence was tl.e
cry of the hour.

"History, in one respect at least, is ever repeating herself — the
hour reveals the man.

Pharmacy may well be proud of the men who then came to the
front and championed her cause.

A veritable galaxy of high-principled, self-sacrificing men they
were, and as fixed stars they are destined to abide in the jiharuia-
ceutical heavens.

Provincial chemists should never forget how much they owe to
those men. The story has been well told, but 1 feel deeply, and at
times sorrowfully, that it has not received the recognition it
deserves. It may be we are yet too near the actors and the stage
accurately to assess the value of their work ; but I am strongly
convinced in my own judgment that as time flies the founders of

408 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

our Society will stand forth prominently revealed, not simply as the
benefactors of their own order, but of society.

I am none the less conscious of the fact that to-day, struggling
as we are with a competition as fioi'ce as it is unprecedented, we
can scarcely expect a fair and dispassionate appreciation of the
philosophy of forty-six years since.

Disinterestedness was the prominent characteristic of those
metropolitan pharmacists who headed the new movement, though
self-preservation was the all-powerful instinct on which they
played.

The Bayard of pharmacy, " le bon chevalier, sans peur et sang
reproche," was Jacob Bell, a man to wliom we might apply the
laureate's words : —

" He seemed the thing he was, and joined
Each office of the social hour
To noble manners, as the Hower
And native growth of noble mind."

Jacob Bell was a man of whom Ave may be proud. N'aturally
diffident and retiring, circumstances forced on him a prominence
and a responsibility he neither sought nor coveted. Endowed
mentally and socially with every qualification which to most men
would have induced a let-alone policy, he threw himself with
impassioned ardour into the cause, first of defence and then of
progress.

I remember, as a lad, meeting him about this time, and I grate-
fully cherish the recollection of the impression he produced on my
mind as to the purity and nobility of his aims.

Jacob Bell united in himself, to an unwonted degi'ee, the
faculties, rarely combined, of breadth of view and attention to
detail. Do we adequately appreciate the humbler of these
virtues ?

Canova once excited the surprise of an onlooker that he was so
careful as to the delicate touches in the less prominent parts of a
statue.

" 111 the elder days of art

Builders wrought with greatest care
Each minute and unseen part,
For the gods see everywhere."

Jacob Bell possessed a mind stored with rich and varied culture
and a conscience sensitive to the slightest touch.

His position was unit^ue for usefulness in the direction to which

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 409

he specially applied himself ; wealthy, and hence not suspected of
a money-making ambition ; occupying a position equally excep-
tional in his business relations with the medical profession ; the
intimate friend, and alternately the host and the guest of the
recognised leaders in science and art, he stepped out from the ease
and affluence in which he was placed, down into the arena of hard
and oft of factious fight in the interests not of the privileged few
but of the entire body of chemists and druggists in Great Britain.

Bell was loyally supported and seconded by such eminent men
as Allen, Payne, Savory, Morson, Dinneford, and others.

Indeed, my time and your patience preclude the briefest possible
reference either to their worth or their work.

But there are two eminent pharmacists, happily still with us,
to whom pharmacy and this Conference are deeply indebted, and
whose names I venture to mention — Messrs. Thomas Hyde Hills
and George Webb Sandford.

The Pharmaceutical Society found " a local name and habita-
tion" at 17, Bloomsbury Square — the fountain-head of a river
destined to widen and deepen as time rolls on. Growth follows on
life : the movement was instinct with vital energy and develop-
ment was con-espondingly rapid. A Library and Museum wei-e
provided ; a small laboratory was furnished ; lectures were insti-
tuted, and fortunate in the highest degree was the Society in
securing the services of such men as Thomson, lire, Pereira,
Fownes, and Redwood.

The heart beating vigorously, the result is active circulation
throughout the extremities of the body. At that time pharma-
ceutical literature was conspicuous for its absence ; we had no
journal or newspaper in which our policy could be expounded — ■
hence the neces.sity of holding meetings in the principal towns of
the kingdom to explain the movement and secure adherents. A
large measure of success crowned the effort : chemists at length
began to perceive and appreciate the necessity of combination.

The Society secured its Charter of Incorporation in 1843 — the
most important recognition the State could give — and secured at
the cost of much forethought, labour, and anxiety.

That document defines the objects of the newly incorporated
body as education, protection of interests, and relief of distress.

I have always thought that our founders were right as to these
objects, and, likewise, as to the order in which they placed them.

It may not be uninstructive to inquire, some forty years after-
wards, to what extent have these objects been realized ?

410 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Within the term of nearly half a century, not only have nearly
all the founders passed away, but so also have the major pai't of
the rank and file then in business.

The Act of 1868 rendered examination a necessary condition of
registration. For nearly twenty years the relative proportions of
examined to unexamined men have been changing, and now ai'c
scattered all over the kingdom pharmacists with the hall mark of
the Society, whose competency I have no right to question.

I have no wish to utter any sentimental nonsense about the
" good old times," for I do not believe that they were better than
the present. On the other hand, we need not be ashamed of those
days. As ajiprentices we worked harder and longer than our youth
do now ; no doubt because we were obliged ; and, it must be ad-
mitted, much of the work might have been done by the porter.
There were as many incompetent and idle apprentices then as
now ; none the less, I fear that the conditions of apprenticeship in
changing have not improved. The term of appi-enticcship was
longei", and the relations between pupil and principal closer, in so
far as moral and intellectual influence is concerned. It is true
there were no examinations to i-eveal our ignorance ; few books to
read and no lectures to attend, so that in theory we were thinly
clad, but in practical manipulation we were thoroughly equipped.
The preparations of the Pharmacopoeia were respectably turned
out, so far as the appliances of a fairly well-appointed country
laboratory would admit of. They were not always elegant by the
light of modern standards, but they were known to be genuine, and
they wei'c home-made ! ! In short, the principal of an establish-
ment having covenanted to teach his pupil as much of his craft as
he knew, honourably fulfilled his part of the covenant.

Such is the personal testimony" I bear to a contract I duly signed,
scaled, and delivered — an indenture I am startled to find dating
from 1843 ; my own humble charter of incorporation in pharmacy
dating fi-om the same year as the Charter of our Society.

Under the old order of things there were chemists in every
part of the country of superior culture, and possessing a fair
accjuaintance with scientific research, but they were only a small
minority.

Much then remained to be done, and, I regret to add, much
remains to be done.

The question of education continues to be the question of the
hour, and like other pressing questions of the day brooks no delay.
It has been before the country for a long time ; it has been the

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CON'FEKENCE. 41 I

theme of more than one presidential addi-ess to the Conference ; it
has been discussed from every point of view by some of our ablest
thinkers, and at length has secured a fairly strong consensus of
opinion in favour of a compulsory trainhuj. In that verdict I
heartily concur.

I shall not pursue the question as to the methods by which that
training shall be secured ; it has been carefully treated by my
predecessor in the chair, and by Mr. Barclay, of Birmingham. 1
have confidence in the law of supply and demand; at the present
moment the former is in excess of the latter.

The voluntary principle, valuable in many respects, has in this
matter proved inadequate. The wreck of fondly-cherished but
illusive hopes in our examination rooms is a melancholy fact, but
the victims deserve more pity than anger. I speak from an intimate
knowledge of the Board of Examiners when I say that they do their
duty fearlessly and fairly. But no examining body can be popular
unless it pa.ss all candidates, or we get within measurable distance
of the millennium.

In one word, the mischief lies not in examination, but in the
absence of training.

I have for a long time felt that it is desirable to raise the stan-
dard of the Preliminary examination.

The middle-class education of England is in a most unsatisfactory
state; the education imparted in our national schools has so im-
proved since the passing of the Elementary Education Act, that the
errand boy is often more accurately grounded in knowledge than
the apprentice ; hence the desirability of making the initial test
more stringent, and a correcter index of subsequent experience.

I do most emphatically protest against the injustice of allowing
youths to enter a calling, the conditions of which have never been
explained to them.

There is a tendency amongst a certain section of our confreres to
speak of the times through which we are passing as merely a
temporary crisis, the immediate phase of Avhich will shortly dis-
appear ; hence the spirit of opportunism so prevalent.

The sooner the error is recognised and rectified, the better.

We may see again in Great Britain the days of commercial,
industrial, and agricultural prosperity we so long enjoyed, but we
shall never return to the easy-going times of the past. We have
entered on a new if not a better, order of things; the competition
of the age must be reckoned with as a permanent factor ; let us
hope that the survival of the fittest may be the result.

412 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

The fntnro cmiflition of Pharmacy in this country in all pro-
bability will be developed on the scientific and semi-professional
side. Pharmacists are trained to the manipulation of a large-
number of minute transactions involving much care and no small
anxiety, but each one financially of small moment. Such operations
have no tendency to develop the business man in the ordinary
acceptation of the term. The conditions of the average pharmacy
are opposed to the habit of broad generalization, so essential to
success in other callings.

I am not despondent as to the future, but I feel that our hope
lies in cultivating the scientific rather than the merely trading
side of pharmacy, for in this dii'ection from the nature of things
competition will be less acute, and remuneration for service
rendered on a higher scale.

Pharmacy has not wanted men who as true seers have perceived
the nature of the coming struggle, and indicated the fashion in
which it should be met. Such men were our founders, and such men
are around me to-day. I honour a policy as beneficent as it is just.
The times of insular ignorance and independence are ending.
Each decade of years is breaking down separating walls and
erecting the international, in short the universal.

Continental nations are fast becoming our rivals. France,
Germany, Austria, Russia, Scandinavia, and even Spain demand
a prolonged and thorough curriculum before an arts degree can be
obtained.

I am aware that I am within range of hostile fire; T shall be
reminded that the countries I have mentioned protect the phar-
macist when qualified. I admit both the force and the fairness of
the retort.

We have just grounds of complaint; but this is neither the
time nor the place for discussing our grievances. I merely remark
that we shall not lessen them by maintaining the present standard
of attainments.

At a recent interview with the Chancellor of the Exchequer, on
the question of endowing or subsidizing the resources of our new
universities, Sir Lyon Playfair uttered the following weighty
words: —

"The expei'ience of commercial nations throughout the world,
was that the competition of industries was a competition of
intellect."

AVe found ourselves on that statement, and urge that pharmacy
will be no privileged exception to the law.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 413

. I do not ask for more stringency in the qualifying examination,
but for more solid and abiding attainments ; it would be an intel-
lectual miracle if the work of years crowded into a few months
could be made a life-long possession.

Beyond and above the qualifying examination, we must offer
inducement to capable and aspiring students to pttr^we their studies.
An honours degree — a Fellowship in Pharmacy — would be a
suitable distinction.

Such men we have amongst us ; indeed, what would become of
the Conference without them ?

I am not unsympathetic Avith the struggles of many excellent
high-principled men who are perplexed as to the future, but the
Confei-ence discreetly declines to discuss the politics of pharmacy,
a rock on which speedy shipwreck would ensue.

There is a Society whose function it is to guard their privileges,
and if we have been unsuccessful in that direction, it has not been
from the want of will but of power.

It must be frankly admitted that pharmaceutical legislation is
not the brightest chapter in our history. It is the old old story of
internal dissension and external hostility ; reluctant to combine
save under the pressure of impending danger, relaxing even that
partial attempt so soon as the peril was passed, we have never yet
succeeded in bringing to bear at one time on public opinion and
on the Legislature the weight of the collective opinion of 14,000
associated men.

I long for the unity of pharmacists with an intensity I cannot
express, and I am prepared to make any personal sacrifices to
achieve this end. When the central body representing pharmacy
in Great Britain speaks authoritatively, not simply for its members
but for the entire corporation of registered men, then will the
impact of that influence be felt irresistibly in Parliament.

Whilst referring to that assembly, I venture to express the hope
that ere long pharmacy may be directly represented there ; special
interests, involving an acquaintance with many technical details
requii'e a trained specialist in the House to connect its judgment
and assist in its special legislation. Manchester has placed science
under an obligation in this respect.

The ancient fires of hostility I am thankful to believe have largely
died out, but too frequently to be followed by a supinoness equally
pai-alysing.

I admit it to be a fairly debateable question whether our appeals
to the superior courts have proved of any service to us ; the judg-

414 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE,

ments of tliose courts seeming to us most illogical and inequit-
able.

We are tempted to exclaim with Goldsmith —

"How small of all that human hearts endure,
That part which laws or kings can cause or cure! "

Twenty-four years ago, in the busy, thriving town of I^ewcastle-
on-Tyne, my valued friend, the late Henry Deane, presided over
the first meeting of the British Pharmaceutical Conference.

We turn with unmingled satisfaction to the fact that we are
" an organization established for the encouragement of pharmaceu-
tical research, and the promotion of friendly intercourse and union
amongst pharmacists."

Two forces at work in society are ever countei-acting each other;
the isolated action of the individual and the associated effort of the
many. The value of the latter influence has been most happily
and successfully illustrated in the history of the Conference ; had
it achieved nothing better, it would have justified its existence.
Hospitality has been so charming and profuse as to need a little
Avholesome checking; life-long friendships have been formed, and
slowly a much needed esprit de corps has been fostered.

But we exist chiefly and pre-eminently for the prosecution of
original scientific research.

It is pertinent to inquire, how much of this work can we show
after an existence of neai-ly a quarter of a century.

A review of the facts prohibits boasting, but may prove an
abundant incentive to greater exertion. If the work accomplished
be regarded in the light of the well-nigh limitless field of inquiry,
it dwindles almost to a vanishing point. That, hoAvever, is true of
all research. The vastness of area necessitaes division of labour ;
but before glancing at the special allotment in this field we are
pledged to cultivate, it may be useful once again to ask what
research means.

The attempt to compi-ess into a sentence an answer to the
question may only prove its partial ti-uth. But may Ave not say
original scientific research iu its broad significance means the investi-
gation and revelation of all the facts and phenomena of universal
nature ? Creation is the domain of science. There lies before each
research worker not merely the boundless field of matter and law,
but, if I may be pardoned the solecism, a field that actually
tantalizes him by disclosing fresh realms as he pushes his own
discoveries. Man stands thus with his own brief life, still briefer

BRITISH PHAKMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 415

wlien limited to the period in which his intellectual and physical
powers by careful training are fitted for the enterprise, in face of
this fascinating complex problem.

Enough to fire ambition and also teach humilit}'.

It can only be b}' a division of labour and a strict limitation of
it to special subjects we assist in the general result.

" One science only will one genius fit,
So vast is art,- so narrow human wit."

Research as distinguished from invention, or the application
of knowledge previously acquired, is surrounded with difficulties ;
hence the comparatively few who pursue it. Gifts of mind, know-
ledge of prior work, money and suitable appliances to work with
are all needed.

An industry bordering on enthusiasm, an indifference to vulgar,
unreflecting applause, the absence of lionizing and public dinners,
the non-necessity of a mill-horse round of teaching others, such are
favoui-able conditions for unlocking- the secret casket of nature's
inner mystei'ies.

The spirit of the age is not helpful to such results. We admit
that the tendency to analyse is busy enough, and in its crusade
neither institutions nor beliefs, however sacred or time-honoured,
ai'e spared ; but of that we do not complain, so long as inquiry is
exhaustive and inference not too rapid, for only falsehood shuns
the light.

The restlessness of the age is alien to research. The life-long
though often barren labours of the mediseval alchemist would be
an absolute anachronism in our day. The desire to gather the
harvest so soon after sowing is fatal to effort of the right sort. And
yet, is it not strange that in an age that chafes under incertitude,
the very accuracy and finality of real research does not exert a
more fascinating power ? Conscious, too, as the research worker
well may be, that each conquest in nature he makes is the pro-
moter of human welfare in some form or another.

Occasionally the world has been startled by a great discovery
that has revolutionized the entire field of search. Bacon, with his
philosophy of induction ; Newton and the law of gravitation ;
Galileo and the telescope ; Torricelli and the barometer ; Lavoisier's
researches in the gases ; Berthollet's discovery of the chemical law
of elective affinities ; Dalton and atoms ; Faraday and magnetism ;
Darwin and evolution ; Pasteur and germs. These and many
others, too numerous to mention, have been the pointsmen on the

416 BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

line of resejircli, diverting' the train of inquiry into new territories.
Working with hiws revealed and with tools fashioned by the hands
of such world-famous scientists, the educated pharmacist pursues
his own investigation in pharmaceutical chemistry, etc.

And what are the records of the year that closes to-day ?

We have not been surprised in the field of pure science by any
great and startling discovery, but in pharmacology the year has
not been ban-en. The principal facts to be mentioned are, an
endeavour to supply remedial agents in a more presentable and
agreeable form. To substitute for crude di-ugs their active prin-
ciples. To eliminate from prepai'ations of drugs, substances that
are inert and which have been found to induce instability, or that
would produce unsigbtliness, or that would be nauseous to the
palate. To provide i-emedies of definite strength, or that at least
would be more uniform in their composition. Primarily these
improvements are due to an increase of scientific knowledge
amongst those who practise pharmacy, and indirectly to the
severity of commercial competition.

The relative position of England amongst the nations in regard
to chemical i-esearch is a matter in Mhich probably many divei-gent
opinions exist in this assembly. My own impression is that, in
relation to pure science, her position is on an equality with the
continental nations, and in advance of that of the United States.

The discoveries in this field are probably fewer than those of
the Germans, but they are not less important or less brilliant. Of
this fact, the Journal of the Chemical Society, and the " Proceedings
of the Royal Society," afford ample proof.

England 1 believe has a smaller number of professors of chemis-
try, but the character of their researches will bear favourable com-
parison with those of any civilized nation.

I do not think so favourable a judgment can be passed upon
chemistry in relation to the various industries (applied chemistry).

In this country, the industrial chemist has confined his study
too nearly to the results of research, to the neglect of methods of
research ; hence the employment of German chemists in a large
number of English chemical works.

The need can only be met by supplying to English chemists the
opportunity of a systematic technical training.

You are doubtless awai-e that continental nations provide these
advantages, and an initial movement has been made in this coun-
try in the same direction.

The strictly pharmaceutical work in both English and foreign

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 417

laboratoi'ies during tlie past yeai" is of a most interesting nature.
Allow me to note some of it.

Cocaine. — The increasing extent to which cocaine is employed
as a local anaesthetic, and the absence of uniformity in the vai-ious
makes as they appear in commerce, justify a passing i-eference to
the alkaloid.

Although recent investigations have considerably enlarged our
knowledge of the chemistry of this base, there still remain obscure
points which require for their settlement further experimental
study.

Prominent amongst these is an inquiry now proceeding into
the nature of the amorphous substance or substances which are
commonly associated with the crystalline alkaloid.

Meanwhile, in view of the comparative ease with which cocaine
can be obtained in a finely crystallizable condition, it seems need-
less to resort to other than the crystalline base.

Conine. — To Ladenberg, to whom chemical science is so largely
indebted for its present knowledge of some of the alkaloids,
belongs the proud distinction of having effected the first complete
.synthesis of a natural alkaloid. The amount of work done by
this distinguished chemist, ere success attended his efforts, is most
remarkable.

Indian Hemp. — Another important drug, which has been made
repeatedly the subject of chemical inquiry, and which has yielded
various results to different investigators, has been examined by
Jahn. He reports that the base he has isolated from Indian hemp,
he has identified as choline.

Lobelia Infl.ata. — The most recent attempts at effecting a separa-
tion of the proximate principles of the leaves and seeds of this
plant have resulted in the isolation of a solid alkaloidal substance.

Not long ago Kosen announced that he had succeeded in extract-
ing from this drug both a liquid and a solid base, identical with
those he had previously obtained from Lobelia Nicotiance- folia.

This statement of the existence of two alkaloids in lobelia seeds,
J. U. and C. G. Lloyd in their latest investigations have been
unable to confirm. For their alkaloid they have retained the
name lobeline. They describe it as being colourless, odourless, and
amorphous, forming non-crystallizable salts. Therapeutically it
is among the most powerful emetics.

These results are of considerable interest, and lead to the in-
ference that the supposed volatile alkaloid of previous investi-
gators was a mixture of bases contaminated with oil.

E E

418 13i;iTISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

Strophanthin. — Duriiii^ the year some furtliei' intei-esting facts
have been disclosed rehxting' to the chemistry of the cardiac
principle first extracted from the seeds of the Kombe arrow
poison by Professor Frazer.

It is noteworthy that of those who have devoted themselves to
the isolation and examination of the bitter substance resident in
the fruit of Strophanthus Hispidus, Professor Frazer alone has
obtained it in a crystalline or semi-crystalline condition.

The difference, according to this eminent physiologist, appears
to be due to some A'ariation in the seeds operated on. It is satis-
factory to observe that the records of the published results of
various workei's agree in pronouncing sti-ophanthin to be a con-
jugated compound, and the latest recorded series of experiments
show that under the influence of the yeast ferment it readily splits
up into glucose and a crystallizable substance which has been
named strophanthidin.

Pepperette, a clever imitation and adulteration of pepper, has
at length surrendered to the joint attacks of chemist and micro-
scopist, leaving little doubt that ground olive stones have been
sometimes supplied to the English market as a domestic condi-
ment.

The new chlorate process is interesting to us in chemical indus-
try as a striking illustration of the tendency profitably to utilize
otherwise waste products.

The cheaper production of sodium by Castner's process will in
all probability be attended by important results in chemical
raanufactiires.

The synthesis of pilocarpine by Messrs. Hardy and Calmels
deserves a passing notice — a fact of recent interest, but of per-
manent value.

(xcntlemen, I close this imperfect and I fear tedious sketch of
the Victorian Ei-a as it stands related to us as pharmacists, and
especially as a Conference. I may be charged with being Utopian
as to the position and aim of cultured pharmacy reflected by this
association. I do not, liowever, anticipate such a verdict from its
members; for as such you are interested in the progress of truth,
and are seeking its advancement by its discovei-y.

I cherish the confident belief that the Manchester meeting of
the British Pharmaceutical Conference will not merely promote
generous sentiments, but specially that the papers which will be
read and the discussions which follow, will inspire us with noble
aims and fresh endeavours.

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFEKENCE. 419

" Who are the great?
Those who have boldly ventured to explore
Unsounded seas, and lands unknown before —
Soared on the wings of science, wide and far,
Measured the sun, and weighed each distant star,
Pierced tlie dark depths of ocean and of earth,
And brought uncounted wonders into birth ;
Eepelled the pestilence, restrained the storm,
And given new beauty to the human form ;
Wakened the voice of reason, and unfurled
The page of truthful knowledge to the world :
They who have toiled and studied for mankind,
Aroused the slumbering virtues of the mind,
Taught us a thousand blessings to create —
These are the nobly great."

Mr. F. Baden Benger, as Local Secretary, said he had the
privilege of moving a vote of thanks to the President for his
address. Mr. Atkins was already well known to them all, not
only in connection with the Conference, biat also in connection with
•the Pharmaceutical Society ; some present had been associated with
!him on the cou^ncil of that body, and he might remind them that
on the last election Mr. Atkins came out at the head of the poll.
Some members again had been associated with him on the Board
of Examiners. Some might remember kindly congratulations from
him on passing an examination or winning a prize, and possibly
one or two might remember equally kind words of advice and
recommendations to come up again when better prepared. To
them all, however, the President was well known as a man of
great experience, of very wide culture, and of polished eloquence.
and those who had come with high anticipations as to the address
they were going to hear, would not go away disappointed. He
!had himself listened to it with very great pleasure, and expected
tto renew that pleasure on reading it when printed.

Dr. Symes had much pleasure in seconding the motion. He did
"not feel competent to remark upon the long history of science
through which the President had taken them, but he noticed that
he remarked in one place that he felt some regret in seeing there
was still so much to be done in the advancement of pharmaceutical
science. Now it occurred to him that thei'e was another side of
that question, and that they might also feel a pleasure in knowing
that there was so much to be done, and he thought there was
evidence in the numbers present that thei'e wei-e those who were
ready and willing to do it. Every increment of knowledge iu

420 BRITISH PHAKMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE.

building up the great superstructure which they were all looking
forward to, and which would probably nev^er be perfect, though
they all strove to,niake it so, would simply land them on a higher
platfoi-m from which they would see that there was still more to
be done. The President had thrown out some hints as to the
direction in which their efforts should be made ; he had referred
to the advantages of microscopic study in association with
pharmacy, and he (Mr. Symes) ventured to think that in the
study of botany particularly, vegetable histology had not played
so important a part in the past as it would do in future. This had
been recently recognised at the School of Pharmacy in Bloomsbury
Square, and in the appointment of a new professor of botany this
had been especially borne in mind. The President had also en-
larged on the advantages of scientific research, paiticularly as
applied to pharmacy, and it must have occurred to the minds of
many that in the new building now being erected in Bloomsbury
Square, thei-e were a number of rooms on the plan labelled
" llesearch Laboratory." It was to be hoped that in the future
an amount of useful work would be done there which would
benefit them all. They had been reminded in the address of the
•importance of remembei-ing that after all they were practical
pharmacists, and that the end and aim of all their scientific eduea-
tion was the better conduct of the art of pharmacy. This led him
to think of what he had been advocating for some time, viz., the
teaching of pi'actical pharmacy at Bloomsbury Square. It was
now hoped that in the not ver}- far distant future there would be
the means of teaching in a scientific manner the practical part of
their calling, and thus enabling students to prepare for the actual
duties of their every-day life.

Mr. Brady, F.R.S., Vice-President, then put the motion, Avhich
was carried by acclamation.

The Presidknt, in acknowledging the vote of thanks, said he
was perfectly sincere in stating that he fully appreciated the
importance of the occasion, and his own Avant of fitness for the
task whicli devolved upon him, but he was much reassured by the
acknowledgment which had been made. The value of an}- acknow-
ledgment depended on the soiirce from which it came ; not merely
on the sinccrfity but on the capacity to judge of those who awarded
it ; and be might eay, in no tenns of flattery, that he valued more
highly than he could express the mark of approval which had just
been passed. He felt in sitting down to prepare this address that
he had been j)receded by a number of eminent men, who had so

BRITISH PHARMACEUTICAL CONFERENCE. 421

carefully harvested the field that there were only a few sti-ay
corns left behind. His desire had been to gather up these, and
present chem in the form of a sheaf of gleanings, and he was very
pleased to think that in this task he had not been altogether
unsuccessful.

After the President's Address the i-eading of papers was then
proceeded with, the first being : —

A REPORT OX STROPHAXTHUS AXD STROPHAX-

THIX.

By W. Elbokne, F.L.S.,

Assistaiit Lecturer in Materia MeJica and Pharmacy in
The Owens College, Manchester.

The following is a continuation of a paper read at an evening
meeting of the Pharmaceutical Society in the month of Mai-ch,*
since which period papers on this subject have likewise been pub-
lished by Gerrardjt FraserJ and Merck. §

The interim has afForded me an opportunity of repeating some
of the experiments detailed in my original paper with the view of
their confirmation, and of submitting to your notice some further
results concerning the preparation of strophanthin. The seed
operated upon was the greenish brown variety known commerr
cially as S. Kombe, but appeared a finer sample than that used in
my previous expei-iments.

Moistiire. — 82 grams well powdered